svn merge -r588:HEAD ^/branches/released .

27 files changed, 19440 insertions, 19449 deletions

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c
index a1afe76cf..b201fb8a7 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c
@@ -1,1127 +1,1127 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file implements the server-side part of the DMX protocol. A
- * vector of fucntions is provided at extension initialization time, so
- * most all of the useful functions in this file are declared static and
- * do not appear in the doxygen documentation.
- *
- * Much of the low-level work is done by functions in \a dmxextension.c
- *
- * Please see the Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol
- * document for details about the protocol.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-
-#include "dmxextension.h"
-#include <X11/extensions/dmxproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/dmx.h>
-#include "protocol-versions.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-extern unsigned long XRT_WINDOW;
-extern int           PanoramiXNumScreens;
-#endif
-
-extern void DMXExtensionInit(void);
-
-static unsigned char DMXCode;
-
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXDispatch);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXQueryVersion);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXSync);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXForceWindowCreation);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetScreenCount);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXAddScreen);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXRemoveScreen);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetInputCount);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetInputAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXAddInput);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXRemoveInput);
-
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXDispatch);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXQueryVersion);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXSync);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXForceWindowCreation);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetScreenCount);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXAddScreen);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXRemoveScreen);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetInputCount);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetInputAttributes);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXAddInput);
-static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXRemoveInput);
-
-static int _DMXXineramaActive(void)
-{
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    return !noPanoramiXExtension;
-#endif
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/** Initialize the extension. */
-void DMXExtensionInit(void)
-{
-    ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
-    
-    if ((extEntry = AddExtension(DMX_EXTENSION_NAME, 0, 0,
-                                 ProcDMXDispatch, SProcDMXDispatch,
-                                 NULL, StandardMinorOpcode)))
-	DMXCode = extEntry->base;
-}
-
-static void dmxSetScreenAttribute(int bit, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
-                                  CARD32 value)
-{
-    switch (1 << bit) {
-    case DMXScreenWindowWidth:   attr->screenWindowWidth   = value; break;
-    case DMXScreenWindowHeight:  attr->screenWindowHeight  = value; break;
-    case DMXScreenWindowXoffset: attr->screenWindowXoffset = value; break;
-    case DMXScreenWindowYoffset: attr->screenWindowYoffset = value; break;
-    case DMXRootWindowWidth:     attr->rootWindowWidth     = value; break;
-    case DMXRootWindowHeight:    attr->rootWindowHeight    = value; break;
-    case DMXRootWindowXoffset:   attr->rootWindowXoffset   = value; break;
-    case DMXRootWindowYoffset:   attr->rootWindowYoffset   = value; break;
-    case DMXRootWindowXorigin:   attr->rootWindowXorigin   = value; break;
-    case DMXRootWindowYorigin:   attr->rootWindowYorigin   = value; break;
-    }
-}
-
-static int dmxFetchScreenAttributes(unsigned int mask,
-                                    DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
-                                    CARD32 *value_list)
-{
-    int    i;
-    CARD32 *value = value_list;
-    int    count  = 0;
-        
-    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
-        if (mask & (1 << i)) {
-            dmxSetScreenAttribute(i, attr, *value);
-            ++value;
-            ++count;
-        }
-    }
-    return count;
-}
-
-static void dmxSetDesktopAttribute(int bit, DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
-                                   CARD32 value)
-{
-    switch (1 << bit) {
-    case DMXDesktopWidth:  attr->width  = value; break;
-    case DMXDesktopHeight: attr->height = value; break;
-    case DMXDesktopShiftX: attr->shiftX = value; break;
-    case DMXDesktopShiftY: attr->shiftY = value; break;
-    }
-}
-
-static int dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(unsigned int mask,
-                                     DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
-                                     CARD32 *value_list)
-{
-    int    i;
-    CARD32 *value = value_list;
-    int    count  = 0;
-        
-    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
-        if (mask & (1 << i)) {
-            dmxSetDesktopAttribute(i, attr, *value);
-	    ++value;
-            ++count;
-        }
-    }
-    return count;
-}
-
-static void dmxSetInputAttribute(int bit, DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
-                                 CARD32 value)
-{
-    switch (1 << bit) {
-    case DMXInputType:           attr->inputType      = value;   break;
-    case DMXInputPhysicalScreen: attr->physicalScreen = value;   break;
-    case DMXInputSendsCore:      attr->sendsCore      = !!value; break;
-    }
-}
-
-static int dmxFetchInputAttributes(unsigned int mask,
-                                   DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
-                                   CARD32 *value_list)
-{
-    int    i;
-    CARD32 *value = value_list;
-    int    count  = 0;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
-        if (mask & (1 << i)) {
-            dmxSetInputAttribute(i, attr, *value);
-            ++value;
-            ++count;
-        }
-    }
-    return count;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    xDMXQueryVersionReply rep;
-    int                   n;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
-
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.majorVersion   = SERVER_DMX_MAJOR_VERSION;
-    rep.minorVersion   = SERVER_DMX_MINOR_VERSION;
-    rep.patchVersion   = SERVER_DMX_PATCH_VERSION;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-	swapl(&rep.majorVersion, n);
-	swapl(&rep.minorVersion, n);
-	swapl(&rep.patchVersion, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXQueryVersionReply), (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    xDMXSyncReply rep;
-    int           n;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
-
-    dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
-
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.status         = 0;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.status, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXSyncReply), (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    xDMXForceWindowCreationReply rep;
-    REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
-    WindowPtr     pWin;
-    int           n;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-        PanoramiXRes *win;
-        int          i;
-
-        if (!(win = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, stuff->window, XRT_WINDOW,
-                                           DixReadAccess)))
-            return -1;           /* BadWindow */
-
-        FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
-            if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
-					   DixReadAccess))
-                return -1;       /* BadWindow */
-
-            dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
-        }
-        goto doreply;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,
-				   DixReadAccess))
-        return -1;               /* BadWindow */
-
-    dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
-  doreply:
-    dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.status         = 0;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.status, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXForceWindowCreationReply), (char *)&rep);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    xDMXGetScreenCountReply rep;
-    int                     n;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
-
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.screenCount    = dmxGetNumScreens();
-    if (client->swapped) {
-    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenCountReply), (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
-    xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply rep;
-    int                          n;
-    int                          length;
-    int                          paddedLength;
-    DMXScreenAttributesRec       attr;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
-
-    if (stuff->physicalScreen < 0
-        || stuff->physicalScreen >= dmxGetNumScreens()) return BadValue;
-
-    if (!dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr))
-        return BadValue;
-
-    rep.logicalScreen       = attr.logicalScreen;
-    rep.screenWindowWidth   = attr.screenWindowWidth;
-    rep.screenWindowHeight  = attr.screenWindowHeight;
-    rep.screenWindowXoffset = attr.screenWindowXoffset;
-    rep.screenWindowYoffset = attr.screenWindowYoffset;
-    rep.rootWindowWidth     = attr.rootWindowWidth;
-    rep.rootWindowHeight    = attr.rootWindowHeight;
-    rep.rootWindowXoffset   = attr.rootWindowXoffset;
-    rep.rootWindowYoffset   = attr.rootWindowYoffset;
-    rep.rootWindowXorigin   = attr.rootWindowXorigin;
-    rep.rootWindowYorigin   = attr.rootWindowYorigin;
-                                 
-    length                  = attr.displayName ? strlen(attr.displayName) : 0;
-    paddedLength            = pad_to_int32(length);
-    rep.type                = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber      = client->sequence;
-    rep.length              = bytes_to_int32((sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply))
-                                             + paddedLength);
-    rep.displayNameLength   = length;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.displayNameLength, n);
-        swapl(&rep.logicalScreen, n);
-        swaps(&rep.screenWindowWidth, n);
-        swaps(&rep.screenWindowHeight, n);
-        swaps(&rep.screenWindowXoffset, n);
-        swaps(&rep.screenWindowYoffset, n);
-        swaps(&rep.rootWindowWidth, n);
-        swaps(&rep.rootWindowHeight, n);
-        swaps(&rep.rootWindowXoffset, n);
-        swaps(&rep.rootWindowYoffset, n);
-        swaps(&rep.rootWindowXorigin, n);
-        swaps(&rep.rootWindowYorigin, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
-    if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.displayName);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
-    xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply rep;
-    int                              n;
-    int                              status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
-    unsigned int                     mask   = 0;
-    unsigned int                     i;
-    CARD32                           *screen_list;
-    CARD32                           *mask_list;
-    CARD32                           *value_list;
-    DMXScreenAttributesPtr           attribs;
-    int                              errorScreen = 0;
-    unsigned int                     len;
-    int                              ones = 0;
-    
-
-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
-    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq));
-    if (len < stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount)
-        return BadLength;
-
-    screen_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
-    mask_list   = &screen_list[stuff->screenCount];
-    value_list  = &mask_list[stuff->maskCount];
-
-    for (i = 0; i < stuff->maskCount; i++) ones += Ones(mask_list[i]);
-    if (len != stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount + ones)
-        return BadLength;
-    
-    if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
-
-    if (!(attribs = xalloc(stuff->screenCount * sizeof(*attribs))))
-        return BadAlloc;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < stuff->screenCount; i++) {
-        int count;
-        
-        if (i < stuff->maskCount) mask = mask_list[i];
-        dmxGetScreenAttributes(screen_list[i], &attribs[i]);
-        count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(mask, &attribs[i], value_list);
-        value_list += count;
-    }
-
-#if PANORAMIX
-    status = dmxConfigureScreenWindows(stuff->screenCount,
-				       screen_list,
-				       attribs,
-				       &errorScreen);
-#endif
-
-    xfree(attribs);
-
-    if (status == BadValue) return status;
-
-  noxinerama:
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.status         = status;
-    rep.errorScreen    = errorScreen;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.status, n);
-        swapl(&rep.errorScreen, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client,
-                  sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply),
-                  (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
-    xDMXAddScreenReply     rep;
-    int                    n;
-    int                    status = 0;
-    CARD32                 *value_list;
-    DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;
-    int                    count;
-    char                   *name;
-    int                    len;
-    int                    paddedLength;
-
-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
-    paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
-    len          = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReq));
-    if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
-        return BadLength;
-
-    memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
-    dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
-    value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
-    count      = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
-    
-    if (!(name = xalloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
-        return BadAlloc;
-    memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
-    name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
-    attr.displayName = name;
-
-    status = dmxAttachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
-
-    xfree(name);
-
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.status         = status;
-    rep.physicalScreen = stuff->physicalScreen;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.status, n);
-        swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client,
-                  sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReply),
-                  (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
-    xDMXRemoveScreenReply rep;
-    int                   n;
-    int                   status = 0;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
-
-    status = dmxDetachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen);
-
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.status         = status;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.status, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client,
-                  sizeof(xDMXRemoveScreenReply),
-                  (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-static int dmxPopulatePanoramiX(ClientPtr client, Window window,
-                                CARD32 *screens, CARD32 *windows,
-                                xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
-{
-    WindowPtr              pWin;
-    PanoramiXRes           *win;
-    int                    i;
-    int                    count = 0;
-    DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
-    
-    if (!(win = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, window, XRT_WINDOW,
-                                       DixReadAccess)))
-        return -1;               /* BadWindow */
-    
-    FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
-        if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
-				       DixReadAccess))
-            return -1;          /* BadWindow */
-        if (dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr)) {
-            screens[count] = attr.screen;
-            windows[count] = attr.window;
-            pos[count]     = attr.pos;
-            vis[count]     = attr.vis;
-            ++count;            /* Only count existing windows */
-        }
-    }
-    return count;
-}
-#endif
-
-static int dmxPopulate(ClientPtr client, Window window, CARD32 *screens,
-                       CARD32 *windows, xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
-{
-    WindowPtr              pWin;
-    DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
-        return dmxPopulatePanoramiX(client, window, screens, windows,
-                                    pos, vis);
-#endif
-    
-    if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, window, client, DixReadAccess))
-        return -1;               /* BadWindow */
-
-    dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr);
-    *screens = attr.screen;
-    *windows = attr.window;
-    *pos     = attr.pos;
-    *vis     = attr.vis;
-    return 1;
-}
-
-static int dmxMaxNumScreens(void)
-{
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) return PanoramiXNumScreens;
-#endif
-    return 1;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
-    xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply rep;
-    int                          i, n;
-    CARD32                       *screens;
-    CARD32                       *windows;
-    xRectangle                   *pos, *vis;
-    int                          count = dmxMaxNumScreens();
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
-
-    if (!(screens = xalloc(count * sizeof(*screens))))
-        return BadAlloc;
-    if (!(windows = xalloc(count * sizeof(*windows)))) {
-        xfree(screens);
-        return BadAlloc;
-    }
-    if (!(pos = xalloc(count * sizeof(*pos)))) {
-        xfree(windows);
-        xfree(screens);
-        return BadAlloc;
-    }
-    if (!(vis = xalloc(count * sizeof(*vis)))) {
-        xfree(pos);
-        xfree(windows);
-        xfree(screens);
-        return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    if ((count = dmxPopulate(client, stuff->window, screens, windows,
-                             pos, vis)) < 0) {
-        xfree(vis);
-        xfree(pos);
-        xfree(windows);
-        xfree(screens);
-        return BadWindow;
-    }
-
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = count * 6;
-    rep.screenCount    = count;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);
-        for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-            swapl(&screens[i], n);
-            swapl(&windows[i], n);
-            
-            swaps(&pos[i].x, n);
-            swaps(&pos[i].y, n);
-            swaps(&pos[i].width, n);
-            swaps(&pos[i].height, n);
-            
-            swaps(&vis[i].x, n);
-            swaps(&vis[i].y, n);
-            swaps(&vis[i].width, n);
-            swaps(&vis[i].height, n);
-        }
-    }
-
-    dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
-
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
-    if (count) {
-        WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*screens), (char *)screens);
-        WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*windows), (char *)windows);
-        WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*pos),     (char *)pos);
-        WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*vis),     (char *)vis);
-    }
-
-    xfree(vis);
-    xfree(pos);
-    xfree(windows);
-    xfree(screens);
-
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply rep;
-    int                           n;
-    DMXDesktopAttributesRec       attr;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
-
-    dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
-
-    rep.width               = attr.width;
-    rep.height              = attr.height;
-    rep.shiftX              = attr.shiftX;
-    rep.shiftY              = attr.shiftY;
-
-    rep.type                = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber      = client->sequence;
-    rep.length              = 0;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.width, n);
-        swapl(&rep.height, n);
-        swapl(&rep.shiftX, n);
-        swapl(&rep.shiftY, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
-    xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply rep;
-    int                              n;
-    int                              status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
-    CARD32                           *value_list;
-    DMXDesktopAttributesRec          attr;
-    int                              len;
-
-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
-    len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq) >> 2);
-    if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))
-        return BadLength;
-
-    if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
-
-    value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
-    
-    dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
-    dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
-
-#if PANORAMIX
-    status = dmxConfigureDesktop(&attr);
-#endif
-    if (status == BadValue) return status;
-
-  noxinerama:
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.status         = status;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.status, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client,
-                  sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply),
-                  (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    xDMXGetInputCountReply rep;
-    int                     n;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
-
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.inputCount     = dmxGetInputCount();
-    if (client->swapped) {
-    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.inputCount, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputCountReply), (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
-    xDMXGetInputAttributesReply rep;
-    int                          n;
-    int                          length;
-    int                          paddedLength;
-    DMXInputAttributesRec        attr;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
-
-    if (dmxGetInputAttributes(stuff->deviceId, &attr)) return BadValue;
-    rep.inputType      = attr.inputType;
-    rep.physicalScreen = attr.physicalScreen;
-    rep.physicalId     = attr.physicalId;
-    rep.isCore         = attr.isCore;
-    rep.sendsCore      = attr.sendsCore;
-    rep.detached       = attr.detached;
-    
-    length             = attr.name ? strlen(attr.name) : 0;
-    paddedLength       = pad_to_int32(length);
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = bytes_to_int32(paddedLength);
-    rep.nameLength     = length;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.inputType, n);
-        swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);
-        swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);
-        swapl(&rep.nameLength, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
-    if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.name);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
-    xDMXAddInputReply      rep;
-    int                    n;
-    int                    status = 0;
-    CARD32                 *value_list;
-    DMXInputAttributesRec  attr;
-    int                    count;
-    char                   *name;
-    int                    len;
-    int                    paddedLength;
-    int                    id     = -1;
-
-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
-    paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
-    len          = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXAddInputReq) >> 2);
-    if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
-        return BadLength;
-
-    memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
-    value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
-    count      = dmxFetchInputAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
-    
-    if (!(name = xalloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
-        return BadAlloc;
-    memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
-    name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
-    attr.name = name;
-
-    status = dmxAddInput(&attr, &id);
-
-    xfree(name);
-
-    if (status) return status;
-
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.status         = status;
-    rep.physicalId     = id;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.status, n);
-        swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXAddInputReply), (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
-    xDMXRemoveInputReply     rep;
-    int                      n;
-    int                      status = 0;
-
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
-
-    status = dmxRemoveInput(stuff->physicalId);
-
-    if (status) return status;
-
-    rep.type           = X_Reply;
-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    rep.length         = 0;
-    rep.status         = status;
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
-        swapl(&rep.length, n);
-        swapl(&rep.status, n);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXRemoveInputReply), (char *)&rep);
-    return client->noClientException;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXDispatch(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xReq);
-
-    switch (stuff->data) {
-    case X_DMXQueryVersion:         return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
-    case X_DMXSync:                 return ProcDMXSync(client);
-    case X_DMXForceWindowCreation:  return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
-    case X_DMXGetScreenCount:       return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
-    case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes:  return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
-        return ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXAddScreen:            return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
-    case X_DMXRemoveScreen:         return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
-    case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes:  return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes: return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
-        return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXGetInputCount:        return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
-    case X_DMXGetInputAttributes:   return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXAddInput:             return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
-    case X_DMXRemoveInput:          return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
-        
-    case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
-    case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
-    case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
-        return BadImplementation;
-
-    default:                        return BadRequest;
-    }
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
-    return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXSyncReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
-    return ProcDMXSync(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
-    swaps(&stuff->window, n);
-    return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
-    return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
-    swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);
-    return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
-    swapl(&stuff->screenCount, n);
-    swapl(&stuff->maskCount, n);
-    SwapRestL(stuff);
-    return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    int paddedLength;
-    REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
-    swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);
-    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
-    paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
-    SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
-    return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
-    swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);
-    return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
-    swapl(&stuff->window, n);
-    return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
-    return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
-    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
-    SwapRestL(stuff);
-    return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
-    return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
-    swapl(&stuff->deviceId, n);
-    return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    int paddedLength;
-    REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
-    swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);
-    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
-    paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
-    SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
-    return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    int n;
-    REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
-
-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
-    swapl(&stuff->physicalId, n);
-    return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXDispatch (ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xReq);
-
-    switch (stuff->data) {
-    case X_DMXQueryVersion:         return SProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
-    case X_DMXSync:                 return SProcDMXSync(client);
-    case X_DMXForceWindowCreation:  return SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
-    case X_DMXGetScreenCount:       return SProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
-    case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes:  return SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
-        return SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXAddScreen:            return SProcDMXAddScreen(client);
-    case X_DMXRemoveScreen:         return SProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
-    case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes:  return SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes:
-        return SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
-        return SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXGetInputCount:        return SProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
-    case X_DMXGetInputAttributes:   return SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
-    case X_DMXAddInput:             return SProcDMXAddInput(client);
-    case X_DMXRemoveInput:          return SProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
-        
-    case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
-    case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
-    case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
-        return BadImplementation;
-
-    default:                        return BadRequest;
-    }
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * This file implements the server-side part of the DMX protocol. A

+ * vector of fucntions is provided at extension initialization time, so

+ * most all of the useful functions in this file are declared static and

+ * do not appear in the doxygen documentation.

+ *

+ * Much of the low-level work is done by functions in \a dmxextension.c

+ *

+ * Please see the Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol

+ * document for details about the protocol.  */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <X11/X.h>

+#include <X11/Xproto.h>

+#include "misc.h"

+#include "os.h"

+#include "dixstruct.h"

+#include "extnsionst.h"

+#include "opaque.h"

+

+#include "dmxextension.h"

+#include <X11/extensions/dmxproto.h>

+#include <X11/extensions/dmx.h>

+#include "protocol-versions.h"

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+#include "panoramiX.h"

+extern unsigned long XRT_WINDOW;

+extern int           PanoramiXNumScreens;

+#endif

+

+extern void DMXExtensionInit(void);

+

+static unsigned char DMXCode;

+

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXDispatch);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXQueryVersion);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXSync);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXForceWindowCreation);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetScreenCount);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXAddScreen);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXRemoveScreen);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetInputCount);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXGetInputAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXAddInput);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcDMXRemoveInput);

+

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXDispatch);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXQueryVersion);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXSync);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXForceWindowCreation);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetScreenCount);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXAddScreen);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXRemoveScreen);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetInputCount);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXGetInputAttributes);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXAddInput);

+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcDMXRemoveInput);

+

+static int _DMXXineramaActive(void)

+{

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    return !noPanoramiXExtension;

+#endif

+    return 0;

+}

+

+/** Initialize the extension. */

+void DMXExtensionInit(void)

+{

+    ExtensionEntry *extEntry;

+    

+    if ((extEntry = AddExtension(DMX_EXTENSION_NAME, 0, 0,

+                                 ProcDMXDispatch, SProcDMXDispatch,

+                                 NULL, StandardMinorOpcode)))

+	DMXCode = extEntry->base;

+}

+

+static void dmxSetScreenAttribute(int bit, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,

+                                  CARD32 value)

+{

+    switch (1 << bit) {

+    case DMXScreenWindowWidth:   attr->screenWindowWidth   = value; break;

+    case DMXScreenWindowHeight:  attr->screenWindowHeight  = value; break;

+    case DMXScreenWindowXoffset: attr->screenWindowXoffset = value; break;

+    case DMXScreenWindowYoffset: attr->screenWindowYoffset = value; break;

+    case DMXRootWindowWidth:     attr->rootWindowWidth     = value; break;

+    case DMXRootWindowHeight:    attr->rootWindowHeight    = value; break;

+    case DMXRootWindowXoffset:   attr->rootWindowXoffset   = value; break;

+    case DMXRootWindowYoffset:   attr->rootWindowYoffset   = value; break;

+    case DMXRootWindowXorigin:   attr->rootWindowXorigin   = value; break;

+    case DMXRootWindowYorigin:   attr->rootWindowYorigin   = value; break;

+    }

+}

+

+static int dmxFetchScreenAttributes(unsigned int mask,

+                                    DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,

+                                    CARD32 *value_list)

+{

+    int    i;

+    CARD32 *value = value_list;

+    int    count  = 0;

+        

+    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {

+        if (mask & (1 << i)) {

+            dmxSetScreenAttribute(i, attr, *value);

+            ++value;

+            ++count;

+        }

+    }

+    return count;

+}

+

+static void dmxSetDesktopAttribute(int bit, DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,

+                                   CARD32 value)

+{

+    switch (1 << bit) {

+    case DMXDesktopWidth:  attr->width  = value; break;

+    case DMXDesktopHeight: attr->height = value; break;

+    case DMXDesktopShiftX: attr->shiftX = value; break;

+    case DMXDesktopShiftY: attr->shiftY = value; break;

+    }

+}

+

+static int dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(unsigned int mask,

+                                     DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,

+                                     CARD32 *value_list)

+{

+    int    i;

+    CARD32 *value = value_list;

+    int    count  = 0;

+        

+    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {

+        if (mask & (1 << i)) {

+            dmxSetDesktopAttribute(i, attr, *value);

+	    ++value;

+            ++count;

+        }

+    }

+    return count;

+}

+

+static void dmxSetInputAttribute(int bit, DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,

+                                 CARD32 value)

+{

+    switch (1 << bit) {

+    case DMXInputType:           attr->inputType      = value;   break;

+    case DMXInputPhysicalScreen: attr->physicalScreen = value;   break;

+    case DMXInputSendsCore:      attr->sendsCore      = !!value; break;

+    }

+}

+

+static int dmxFetchInputAttributes(unsigned int mask,

+                                   DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,

+                                   CARD32 *value_list)

+{

+    int    i;

+    CARD32 *value = value_list;

+    int    count  = 0;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {

+        if (mask & (1 << i)) {

+            dmxSetInputAttribute(i, attr, *value);

+            ++value;

+            ++count;

+        }

+    }

+    return count;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    xDMXQueryVersionReply rep;

+    int                   n;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);

+

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.majorVersion   = SERVER_DMX_MAJOR_VERSION;

+    rep.minorVersion   = SERVER_DMX_MINOR_VERSION;

+    rep.patchVersion   = SERVER_DMX_PATCH_VERSION;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+	swapl(&rep.majorVersion, n);

+	swapl(&rep.minorVersion, n);

+	swapl(&rep.patchVersion, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXQueryVersionReply), (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    xDMXSyncReply rep;

+    int           n;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);

+

+    dmxFlushPendingSyncs();

+

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.status         = 0;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.status, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXSyncReply), (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    xDMXForceWindowCreationReply rep;

+    REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);

+    WindowPtr     pWin;

+    int           n;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+        PanoramiXRes *win;

+        int          i;

+

+        if (!(win = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, stuff->window, XRT_WINDOW,

+                                           DixReadAccess)))

+            return -1;           /* BadWindow */

+

+        FOR_NSCREENS(i) {

+            if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,

+					   DixReadAccess))

+                return -1;       /* BadWindow */

+

+            dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);

+        }

+        goto doreply;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,

+				   DixReadAccess))

+        return -1;               /* BadWindow */

+

+    dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);

+  doreply:

+    dmxFlushPendingSyncs();

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.status         = 0;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.status, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXForceWindowCreationReply), (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    xDMXGetScreenCountReply rep;

+    int                     n;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);

+

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.screenCount    = dmxGetNumScreens();

+    if (client->swapped) {

+    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenCountReply), (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);

+    xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply rep;

+    int                          n;

+    int                          length;

+    int                          paddedLength;

+    DMXScreenAttributesRec       attr;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);

+

+    if (stuff->physicalScreen < 0

+        || stuff->physicalScreen >= dmxGetNumScreens()) return BadValue;

+

+    if (!dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr))

+        return BadValue;

+

+    rep.logicalScreen       = attr.logicalScreen;

+    rep.screenWindowWidth   = attr.screenWindowWidth;

+    rep.screenWindowHeight  = attr.screenWindowHeight;

+    rep.screenWindowXoffset = attr.screenWindowXoffset;

+    rep.screenWindowYoffset = attr.screenWindowYoffset;

+    rep.rootWindowWidth     = attr.rootWindowWidth;

+    rep.rootWindowHeight    = attr.rootWindowHeight;

+    rep.rootWindowXoffset   = attr.rootWindowXoffset;

+    rep.rootWindowYoffset   = attr.rootWindowYoffset;

+    rep.rootWindowXorigin   = attr.rootWindowXorigin;

+    rep.rootWindowYorigin   = attr.rootWindowYorigin;

+                                 

+    length                  = attr.displayName ? strlen(attr.displayName) : 0;

+    paddedLength            = pad_to_int32(length);

+    rep.type                = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber      = client->sequence;

+    rep.length              = bytes_to_int32((sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply))

+                                             + paddedLength);

+    rep.displayNameLength   = length;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.displayNameLength, n);

+        swapl(&rep.logicalScreen, n);

+        swaps(&rep.screenWindowWidth, n);

+        swaps(&rep.screenWindowHeight, n);

+        swaps(&rep.screenWindowXoffset, n);

+        swaps(&rep.screenWindowYoffset, n);

+        swaps(&rep.rootWindowWidth, n);

+        swaps(&rep.rootWindowHeight, n);

+        swaps(&rep.rootWindowXoffset, n);

+        swaps(&rep.rootWindowYoffset, n);

+        swaps(&rep.rootWindowXorigin, n);

+        swaps(&rep.rootWindowYorigin, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);

+    if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.displayName);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);

+    xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply rep;

+    int                              n;

+    int                              status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;

+    unsigned int                     mask   = 0;

+    unsigned int                     i;

+    CARD32                           *screen_list;

+    CARD32                           *mask_list;

+    CARD32                           *value_list;

+    DMXScreenAttributesPtr           attribs;

+    int                              errorScreen = 0;

+    unsigned int                     len;

+    int                              ones = 0;

+    

+

+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);

+    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq));

+    if (len < stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount)

+        return BadLength;

+

+    screen_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);

+    mask_list   = &screen_list[stuff->screenCount];

+    value_list  = &mask_list[stuff->maskCount];

+

+    for (i = 0; i < stuff->maskCount; i++) ones += Ones(mask_list[i]);

+    if (len != stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount + ones)

+        return BadLength;

+    

+    if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;

+

+    if (!(attribs = malloc(stuff->screenCount * sizeof(*attribs))))

+        return BadAlloc;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < stuff->screenCount; i++) {

+        int count;

+        

+        if (i < stuff->maskCount) mask = mask_list[i];

+        dmxGetScreenAttributes(screen_list[i], &attribs[i]);

+        count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(mask, &attribs[i], value_list);

+        value_list += count;

+    }

+

+#if PANORAMIX

+    status = dmxConfigureScreenWindows(stuff->screenCount,

+				       screen_list,

+				       attribs,

+				       &errorScreen);

+#endif

+

+    free(attribs);

+

+    if (status == BadValue) return status;

+

+  noxinerama:

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.status         = status;

+    rep.errorScreen    = errorScreen;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.status, n);

+        swapl(&rep.errorScreen, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client,

+                  sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply),

+                  (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);

+    xDMXAddScreenReply     rep;

+    int                    n;

+    int                    status = 0;

+    CARD32                 *value_list;

+    DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;

+    int                    count;

+    char                   *name;

+    int                    len;

+    int                    paddedLength;

+

+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);

+    paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);

+    len          = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReq));

+    if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)

+        return BadLength;

+

+    memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));

+    dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);

+    value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);

+    count      = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);

+    

+    if (!(name = malloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))

+        return BadAlloc;

+    memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);

+    name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';

+    attr.displayName = name;

+

+    status = dmxAttachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);

+

+    free(name);

+

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.status         = status;

+    rep.physicalScreen = stuff->physicalScreen;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.status, n);

+        swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client,

+                  sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReply),

+                  (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);

+    xDMXRemoveScreenReply rep;

+    int                   n;

+    int                   status = 0;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);

+

+    status = dmxDetachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen);

+

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.status         = status;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.status, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client,

+                  sizeof(xDMXRemoveScreenReply),

+                  (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+static int dmxPopulatePanoramiX(ClientPtr client, Window window,

+                                CARD32 *screens, CARD32 *windows,

+                                xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)

+{

+    WindowPtr              pWin;

+    PanoramiXRes           *win;

+    int                    i;

+    int                    count = 0;

+    DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;

+    

+    if (!(win = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, window, XRT_WINDOW,

+                                       DixReadAccess)))

+        return -1;               /* BadWindow */

+    

+    FOR_NSCREENS(i) {

+        if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,

+				       DixReadAccess))

+            return -1;          /* BadWindow */

+        if (dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr)) {

+            screens[count] = attr.screen;

+            windows[count] = attr.window;

+            pos[count]     = attr.pos;

+            vis[count]     = attr.vis;

+            ++count;            /* Only count existing windows */

+        }

+    }

+    return count;

+}

+#endif

+

+static int dmxPopulate(ClientPtr client, Window window, CARD32 *screens,

+                       CARD32 *windows, xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)

+{

+    WindowPtr              pWin;

+    DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

+        return dmxPopulatePanoramiX(client, window, screens, windows,

+                                    pos, vis);

+#endif

+    

+    if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, window, client, DixReadAccess))

+        return -1;               /* BadWindow */

+

+    dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr);

+    *screens = attr.screen;

+    *windows = attr.window;

+    *pos     = attr.pos;

+    *vis     = attr.vis;

+    return 1;

+}

+

+static int dmxMaxNumScreens(void)

+{

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) return PanoramiXNumScreens;

+#endif

+    return 1;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);

+    xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply rep;

+    int                          i, n;

+    CARD32                       *screens;

+    CARD32                       *windows;

+    xRectangle                   *pos, *vis;

+    int                          count = dmxMaxNumScreens();

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);

+

+    if (!(screens = malloc(count * sizeof(*screens))))

+        return BadAlloc;

+    if (!(windows = malloc(count * sizeof(*windows)))) {

+        free(screens);

+        return BadAlloc;

+    }

+    if (!(pos = malloc(count * sizeof(*pos)))) {

+        free(windows);

+        free(screens);

+        return BadAlloc;

+    }

+    if (!(vis = malloc(count * sizeof(*vis)))) {

+        free(pos);

+        free(windows);

+        free(screens);

+        return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    if ((count = dmxPopulate(client, stuff->window, screens, windows,

+                             pos, vis)) < 0) {

+        free(vis);

+        free(pos);

+        free(windows);

+        free(screens);

+        return BadWindow;

+    }

+

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = count * 6;

+    rep.screenCount    = count;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);

+        for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {

+            swapl(&screens[i], n);

+            swapl(&windows[i], n);

+            

+            swaps(&pos[i].x, n);

+            swaps(&pos[i].y, n);

+            swaps(&pos[i].width, n);

+            swaps(&pos[i].height, n);

+            

+            swaps(&vis[i].x, n);

+            swaps(&vis[i].y, n);

+            swaps(&vis[i].width, n);

+            swaps(&vis[i].height, n);

+        }

+    }

+

+    dmxFlushPendingSyncs();

+

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);

+    if (count) {

+        WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*screens), (char *)screens);

+        WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*windows), (char *)windows);

+        WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*pos),     (char *)pos);

+        WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*vis),     (char *)vis);

+    }

+

+    free(vis);

+    free(pos);

+    free(windows);

+    free(screens);

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply rep;

+    int                           n;

+    DMXDesktopAttributesRec       attr;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);

+

+    dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);

+

+    rep.width               = attr.width;

+    rep.height              = attr.height;

+    rep.shiftX              = attr.shiftX;

+    rep.shiftY              = attr.shiftY;

+

+    rep.type                = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber      = client->sequence;

+    rep.length              = 0;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.width, n);

+        swapl(&rep.height, n);

+        swapl(&rep.shiftX, n);

+        swapl(&rep.shiftY, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);

+    xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply rep;

+    int                              n;

+    int                              status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;

+    CARD32                           *value_list;

+    DMXDesktopAttributesRec          attr;

+    int                              len;

+

+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);

+    len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq) >> 2);

+    if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))

+        return BadLength;

+

+    if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;

+

+    value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);

+    

+    dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);

+    dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);

+

+#if PANORAMIX

+    status = dmxConfigureDesktop(&attr);

+#endif

+    if (status == BadValue) return status;

+

+  noxinerama:

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.status         = status;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.status, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client,

+                  sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply),

+                  (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    xDMXGetInputCountReply rep;

+    int                     n;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);

+

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.inputCount     = dmxGetInputCount();

+    if (client->swapped) {

+    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.inputCount, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputCountReply), (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);

+    xDMXGetInputAttributesReply rep;

+    int                          n;

+    int                          length;

+    int                          paddedLength;

+    DMXInputAttributesRec        attr;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);

+

+    if (dmxGetInputAttributes(stuff->deviceId, &attr)) return BadValue;

+    rep.inputType      = attr.inputType;

+    rep.physicalScreen = attr.physicalScreen;

+    rep.physicalId     = attr.physicalId;

+    rep.isCore         = attr.isCore;

+    rep.sendsCore      = attr.sendsCore;

+    rep.detached       = attr.detached;

+    

+    length             = attr.name ? strlen(attr.name) : 0;

+    paddedLength       = pad_to_int32(length);

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = bytes_to_int32(paddedLength);

+    rep.nameLength     = length;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.inputType, n);

+        swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);

+        swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);

+        swapl(&rep.nameLength, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);

+    if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.name);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);

+    xDMXAddInputReply      rep;

+    int                    n;

+    int                    status = 0;

+    CARD32                 *value_list;

+    DMXInputAttributesRec  attr;

+    int                    count;

+    char                   *name;

+    int                    len;

+    int                    paddedLength;

+    int                    id     = -1;

+

+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);

+    paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);

+    len          = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXAddInputReq) >> 2);

+    if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)

+        return BadLength;

+

+    memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));

+    value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);

+    count      = dmxFetchInputAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);

+    

+    if (!(name = malloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))

+        return BadAlloc;

+    memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);

+    name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';

+    attr.name = name;

+

+    status = dmxAddInput(&attr, &id);

+

+    free(name);

+

+    if (status) return status;

+

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.status         = status;

+    rep.physicalId     = id;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.status, n);

+        swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXAddInputReply), (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);

+    xDMXRemoveInputReply     rep;

+    int                      n;

+    int                      status = 0;

+

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);

+

+    status = dmxRemoveInput(stuff->physicalId);

+

+    if (status) return status;

+

+    rep.type           = X_Reply;

+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    rep.length         = 0;

+    rep.status         = status;

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

+        swapl(&rep.length, n);

+        swapl(&rep.status, n);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXRemoveInputReply), (char *)&rep);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static int ProcDMXDispatch(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xReq);

+

+    switch (stuff->data) {

+    case X_DMXQueryVersion:         return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);

+    case X_DMXSync:                 return ProcDMXSync(client);

+    case X_DMXForceWindowCreation:  return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);

+    case X_DMXGetScreenCount:       return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);

+    case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes:  return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:

+        return ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXAddScreen:            return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);

+    case X_DMXRemoveScreen:         return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);

+    case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes:  return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes: return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:

+        return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXGetInputCount:        return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);

+    case X_DMXGetInputAttributes:   return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXAddInput:             return ProcDMXAddInput(client);

+    case X_DMXRemoveInput:          return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);

+        

+    case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:

+    case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:

+    case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:

+        return BadImplementation;

+

+    default:                        return BadRequest;

+    }

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXQueryVersionReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);

+    return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXSyncReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);

+    return ProcDMXSync(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);

+    swaps(&stuff->window, n);

+    return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);

+    return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);

+    swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);

+    return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);

+    swapl(&stuff->screenCount, n);

+    swapl(&stuff->maskCount, n);

+    SwapRestL(stuff);

+    return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    int paddedLength;

+    REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);

+    swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);

+    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);

+    paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);

+    SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);

+    return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);

+    swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);

+    return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);

+    swapl(&stuff->window, n);

+    return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);

+    return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);

+    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);

+    SwapRestL(stuff);

+    return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXGetInputCountReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);

+    return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);

+    swapl(&stuff->deviceId, n);

+    return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    int paddedLength;

+    REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);

+    swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);

+    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);

+    paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);

+    SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);

+    return ProcDMXAddInput(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    int n;

+    REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);

+

+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);

+    swapl(&stuff->physicalId, n);

+    return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);

+}

+

+static int SProcDMXDispatch (ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xReq);

+

+    switch (stuff->data) {

+    case X_DMXQueryVersion:         return SProcDMXQueryVersion(client);

+    case X_DMXSync:                 return SProcDMXSync(client);

+    case X_DMXForceWindowCreation:  return SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);

+    case X_DMXGetScreenCount:       return SProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);

+    case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes:  return SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:

+        return SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXAddScreen:            return SProcDMXAddScreen(client);

+    case X_DMXRemoveScreen:         return SProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);

+    case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes:  return SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes:

+        return SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:

+        return SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXGetInputCount:        return SProcDMXGetInputCount(client);

+    case X_DMXGetInputAttributes:   return SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);

+    case X_DMXAddInput:             return SProcDMXAddInput(client);

+    case X_DMXRemoveInput:          return SProcDMXRemoveInput(client);

+        

+    case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:

+    case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:

+    case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:

+        return BadImplementation;

+

+    default:                        return BadRequest;

+    }

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c
index ec33468be..50a23e30f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx_glxvisuals.c
@@ -1,601 +1,601 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include <GL/glx.h>
-#include <GL/glxproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/Xext.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/extutil.h>
-
-#include "dmx_glxvisuals.h"
-
-__GLXvisualConfig *GetGLXVisualConfigs(Display *dpy, int screen, int *nconfigs)
-{
-    xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *req;
-    xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply reply;
-    __GLXvisualConfig *config, *configs;
-    GLint i, j, nvisuals, nprops;
-    INT32 *props, *p;
-    int   majorOpcode, dummy;
-    int   num_good_visuals;
-
-    if (!XQueryExtension(dpy, "GLX", &majorOpcode, &dummy, &dummy)) {
-       return(NULL);
-    }
-
-    /* Send the glXGetVisualConfigs request */
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    GetReq(GLXGetVisualConfigs,req);
-    req->reqType = majorOpcode;
-    req->glxCode = X_GLXGetVisualConfigs;
-    req->screen = screen;
-    if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {
-	/* Something is busted. Punt. */
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    nvisuals = (int)reply.numVisuals;
-    if (!nvisuals) {
-	/* This screen does not support GL rendering */
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* Check number of properties per visual */
-    nprops = (int)reply.numProps;
-    if (nprops < __GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS)  {
-	/* Huh?  Not in protocol defined limits.  Punt */
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    props = (INT32*) Xmalloc(nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);
-    if (!props) {
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* Allocate memory for our config structure */
-    config = (__GLXvisualConfig*)
-	Xmalloc(nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
-    if (!config) {
-	Xfree(props);
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    memset(config, 0, nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
-    configs = config;
-    num_good_visuals = 0;
-
-    /* Convert config structure into our format */
-    for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {
-
-	/* Read config structure */
-	_XRead(dpy, (char *)props, (nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));
-
-	/* fill in default values */
-	config->visualRating = GLX_NONE_EXT;
-	config->transparentPixel = GLX_NONE_EXT;
-
-	/* Copy in the first set of properties */
-	config->vid = props[0];
-	config->class = props[1];
-
-	config->rgba = (Bool) props[2];
-
-	config->redSize = props[3];
-	config->greenSize = props[4];
-	config->blueSize = props[5];
-	config->alphaSize = props[6];
-
-	config->accumRedSize = props[7];
-	config->accumGreenSize = props[8];
-	config->accumBlueSize = props[9];
-	config->accumAlphaSize = props[10];
-
-	config->doubleBuffer = (Bool) props[11];
-	config->stereo = (Bool) props[12];
-
-	config->bufferSize = props[13];
-	config->depthSize = props[14];
-	config->stencilSize = props[15];
-
-	config->auxBuffers = props[16];
-	config->level = props[17];
-
-	/* Process remaining properties */
-	p = &props[18];
-	for (j=__GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS; j<nprops; j+=2) {
-	    int property = *p++;
-	    int value = *p++;
-
-	    switch (property) {
-	      case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:
-		config->multiSampleSize = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:
-		config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;
-		break;
-
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT:
-		config->transparentPixel = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT:
-		config->transparentIndex = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT:
-		config->transparentRed = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT:
-		config->transparentGreen = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT:
-		config->transparentBlue = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT:
-		config->transparentAlpha = value;
-		break;
-
-	      case GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT:
-		config->visualRating = value;
-		break;
-
-	      /* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */
-	      case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:
-		config->visualSelectGroup = value;
-		break;
-
-	      default :
-		/* Ignore properties we don't recognize */
-		break;
-	    }
-	} /* for j */
-
-	/*
-	// filter out overlay visuals (dmx does not support overlays)
-	*/
-	if (config->level == 0) {
-	   config++;
-	   num_good_visuals++;
-	}
-
-    } /* for i */
-
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-
-    nvisuals = num_good_visuals;
-
-    config = configs;
-    for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {
-	/* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */
-	{
-	    XVisualInfo *vis, template;
-	    int n;
-
-	    template.screen = screen;
-	    template.visualid = config->vid;
-	    vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,
-				 &template, &n);
-
-	    if (vis != NULL) {
-		config->redMask = vis->red_mask;
-		config->greenMask = vis->green_mask;
-		config->blueMask = vis->blue_mask;
-		config->alphaMask = 0; 	/* XXX */
-		free(vis);
-	    }
-	}
-	config++;
-    } /* for i */
-
-    XFree(props);
-    SyncHandle();
-
-    *nconfigs = nvisuals;
-    return( configs );
-}
-
-
-__GLXFBConfig *GetGLXFBConfigs(Display *dpy, int glxMajorOpcode, int *nconfigs)
-{
-    xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *req;
-    xGLXGetFBConfigsReply reply;
-    __GLXFBConfig *config, *fbconfigs;
-    GLint i, j, numFBConfigs, numAttribs;
-    INT32 *attrs, *p;
-    int screen = DefaultScreen( dpy );
-    int numValidConfigs = 0;
-
-    /* Send the glXGetFBConfigs request */
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    GetReq(GLXGetFBConfigs, req);
-    req->reqType = glxMajorOpcode;
-    req->glxCode = X_GLXGetFBConfigs;
-    req->screen = screen;
-
-    *nconfigs = 0;
-
-    if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {
-	/* Something is busted. Punt. */
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    numFBConfigs = (int)reply.numFBConfigs;
-    if (!numFBConfigs) {
-	/* This screen does not support GL rendering */
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;		
-    }
-
-    numAttribs = (int)reply.numAttribs;
-    if (!numAttribs)  {
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    attrs = (INT32*) Xmalloc(2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);
-    if (!attrs) {
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* Allocate memory for our config structure */
-    config = (__GLXFBConfig*)
-	Xmalloc(numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));
-    if (!config) {
-	Xfree(attrs);
-	UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	SyncHandle();
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    memset(config, 0, numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));
-    fbconfigs = config;
-
-    /* Convert attribute list into our format */
-    for (i=0; i<numFBConfigs; i++) {
-
-	/* Fill in default properties */
-	config->transparentType = GLX_NONE_EXT;
-	config->visualCaveat = GLX_NONE_EXT;
-	config->minRed = 0.;
-	config->maxRed = 1.;
-	config->minGreen = 0.;
-	config->maxGreen = 1.;
-	config->minBlue = 0.;
-	config->maxBlue = 1.;
-	config->minAlpha = 0.;
-	config->maxAlpha = 1.;
-
-	/* Read attribute list */
-	_XRead(dpy, (char *)attrs, (2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));
-
-	p = attrs;
-	for (j=0; j<numAttribs; j++) {
-	    int attribute = *p++;
-	    int value = *p++;
-
-	    switch (attribute) {
-	      /* core attributes */
-	      case GLX_FBCONFIG_ID:
-		config->id = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_BUFFER_SIZE:
-		config->indexBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_LEVEL:
-		config->level = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER:
-		config->doubleBufferMode = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_STEREO:
-		config->stereoMode = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_AUX_BUFFERS:
-		config->maxAuxBuffers = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_RED_SIZE:
-		config->redBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_GREEN_SIZE:
-		config->greenBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_BLUE_SIZE:
-		config->blueBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_ALPHA_SIZE:
-		config->alphaBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_DEPTH_SIZE:
-		config->depthBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_STENCIL_SIZE:
-		config->stencilBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE:
-		config->accumRedBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE:
-		config->accumGreenBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE:
-		config->accumBlueBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE:
-		config->accumAlphaBits = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_RENDER_TYPE:
-		config->renderType = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE:
-		config->drawableType = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE:
-		config->visualType = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT:
-		config->visualCaveat = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE:
-		config->transparentType = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE:
-		config->transparentIndex = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE:
-		config->transparentRed = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE:
-		config->transparentGreen = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE:
-		config->transparentBlue = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE:
-		config->transparentAlpha = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH:
-		config->maxPbufferWidth = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT:
-		config->maxPbufferHeight = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS:
-		config->maxPbufferPixels = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_VISUAL_ID:	
-		config->associatedVisualId = value;
-		break;
-
-	      /* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */
-	      case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:
-		config->visualSelectGroup = value;
-		break;
-
-	      /* SGIS_multisample attributes */
-	      case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:
-		config->multiSampleSize = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:
-		config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;
-		break;
-
-	      /* SGIX_pbuffer specific attributes */
-	      case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX:
-		config->optimalPbufferWidth = value;
-		break;
-	      case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX:
-		config->optimalPbufferHeight = value;
-		break;
-
-	      default:
-		/* Ignore attributes we don't recognize */
-		break;
-	    }
-	} /* for j */
-
-	/* Fill in derived values */
-	config->screen = screen;
-
-	config->rgbMode = config->renderType & GLX_RGBA_BIT;
-	config->colorIndexMode = !config->rgbMode;
-
-	config->haveAccumBuffer =
-	    config->accumRedBits > 0 ||
-	    config->accumGreenBits > 0 ||
-	    config->accumBlueBits > 0;
-	    /* Can't have alpha without color */
-
-	config->haveDepthBuffer = config->depthBits > 0;
-	config->haveStencilBuffer =  config->stencilBits > 0;
-
-	/* overlay visuals are not valid for now */
-	if (!config->level) {
-	   config++;
-	   numValidConfigs++;
-	}
-
-    } /* for i */
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-
-    config = fbconfigs;
-    for (i=0; i<numValidConfigs; i++) {
-
-	/* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */
-	if (config->associatedVisualId != 0) {
-	    XVisualInfo *vis, template;
-	    int n;
-
-	    template.screen = screen;
-	    template.visualid = config->associatedVisualId;
-	    vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,
-				 &template, &n);
-
-	    if (vis != NULL) {
-		config->redMask = (GLuint)vis->red_mask;
-		config->greenMask = (GLuint)vis->green_mask;
-		config->blueMask = (GLuint)vis->blue_mask;
-		config->alphaMask = 0; 	/* XXX */
-		free(vis);
-	    }
-	}
-
-	config++;
-    } /* for i */
-
-    XFree(attrs);
-    SyncHandle();
-
-    *nconfigs = numValidConfigs;
-    return fbconfigs;
-}
-
-__GLXvisualConfig *
-GetGLXVisualConfigsFromFBConfigs(__GLXFBConfig *fbconfigs, int nfbconfigs, 
-                                 XVisualInfo *visuals, int nvisuals,
-				 __GLXvisualConfig *glxConfigs, int nGlxConfigs,
-                                 int *nconfigs)
-{
-    __GLXvisualConfig *configs = NULL;
-    int i;
-    
-    if (!fbconfigs || !nfbconfigs || !nconfigs) return(NULL);
-    *nconfigs = 0;
-
-    /* Allocate memory for our config structure */
-    configs = (__GLXvisualConfig*)
-	Xmalloc(nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
-    if (!configs) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    memset(configs, 0, nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
-
-    for (i=0; i<nfbconfigs; i++) {
-       __GLXFBConfig *fbcfg = &fbconfigs[i];
-
-       if (fbcfg->associatedVisualId > 0) {
-	  __GLXvisualConfig *cfg = configs + (*nconfigs);
-	  int j;
-	  XVisualInfo *vinfo = NULL;
-
-	  for (j=0; j<nvisuals; j++) {
-	     if (visuals[j].visualid == fbcfg->associatedVisualId) {
-		vinfo = &visuals[j];
-		break;
-	     }
-	  }
-	  if (!vinfo) continue;
-
-	  /* skip 16 bit colormap visuals */
-	  if (vinfo->depth == 16 &&
-              vinfo->class != TrueColor &&
-              vinfo->class != DirectColor ) {
-	     continue;
-	  }
-
-	  (*nconfigs)++;
-
-	  /*
-           * if the same visualid exists in the glx configs,
-	   * copy the glx attributes from the glx config
-	   */
-	  for (j=0; j<nGlxConfigs; j++) {
-	     if (glxConfigs[j].vid == vinfo->visualid) 
-		break;
-	  }
-	  if (j < nGlxConfigs) {
-	     memcpy(cfg, &glxConfigs[j], sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig) );
-	     continue;
-	  }
-
-	  /*
-           * make glx attributes from the FB config attributes
-	   */
-	  cfg->vid = fbcfg->associatedVisualId;
-	  cfg->class = vinfo->class;
-	  cfg->rgba = !(fbcfg->renderType & GLX_COLOR_INDEX_BIT_SGIX);
-	  cfg->redSize = fbcfg->redBits;
-	  cfg->greenSize = fbcfg->greenBits;
-	  cfg->blueSize = fbcfg->blueBits;
-	  cfg->alphaSize = fbcfg->alphaBits;
-	  cfg->redMask = fbcfg->redMask;
-	  cfg->greenMask = fbcfg->greenMask;
-	  cfg->blueMask = fbcfg->blueMask;
-	  cfg->alphaMask = fbcfg->alphaMask;
-	  cfg->accumRedSize = fbcfg->accumRedBits;
-	  cfg->accumGreenSize = fbcfg->accumGreenBits;
-	  cfg->accumBlueSize = fbcfg->accumBlueBits;
-	  cfg->accumAlphaSize = fbcfg->accumAlphaBits;
-	  cfg->doubleBuffer = fbcfg->doubleBufferMode;
-	  cfg->stereo = fbcfg->stereoMode;
-    	  if (vinfo->class == TrueColor || vinfo->class == DirectColor) {
-	     cfg->bufferSize = (fbcfg->rgbMode ? (fbcfg->redBits +
-		                               fbcfg->greenBits +
-    		                               fbcfg->blueBits +
-		                               fbcfg->alphaBits)
-	                                    : fbcfg->indexBits );
-	  }
-	  else {
-	     cfg->bufferSize = vinfo->depth;
-	  }
-      	  cfg->depthSize = fbcfg->depthBits;
-	  cfg->stencilSize = fbcfg->stencilBits;
-	  cfg->auxBuffers = fbcfg->maxAuxBuffers;
-	  cfg->level = fbcfg->level;
-	  cfg->visualRating = fbcfg->visualCaveat;
-	  cfg->transparentPixel = fbcfg->transparentType;
-	  cfg->transparentRed = fbcfg->transparentRed;
-	  cfg->transparentGreen = fbcfg->transparentGreen;
-	  cfg->transparentBlue = fbcfg->transparentBlue;
-	  cfg->transparentAlpha = fbcfg->transparentAlpha;
-	  cfg->transparentIndex = fbcfg->transparentIndex;
-	  cfg->multiSampleSize = fbcfg->multiSampleSize;
-	  cfg->nMultiSampleBuffers = fbcfg->nMultiSampleBuffers;
-	  cfg->visualSelectGroup = fbcfg->visualSelectGroup;
-       }
-    }
-
-    return( configs );
-}
-
+/*

+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)

+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and

+ * either this permission notice or a reference to

+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/

+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from

+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include <GL/glx.h>

+#include <GL/glxproto.h>

+#include <X11/extensions/Xext.h>

+#include <X11/extensions/extutil.h>

+

+#include "dmx_glxvisuals.h"

+

+__GLXvisualConfig *GetGLXVisualConfigs(Display *dpy, int screen, int *nconfigs)

+{

+    xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *req;

+    xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply reply;

+    __GLXvisualConfig *config, *configs;

+    GLint i, j, nvisuals, nprops;

+    INT32 *props, *p;

+    int   majorOpcode, dummy;

+    int   num_good_visuals;

+

+    if (!XQueryExtension(dpy, "GLX", &majorOpcode, &dummy, &dummy)) {

+       return(NULL);

+    }

+

+    /* Send the glXGetVisualConfigs request */

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    GetReq(GLXGetVisualConfigs,req);

+    req->reqType = majorOpcode;

+    req->glxCode = X_GLXGetVisualConfigs;

+    req->screen = screen;

+    if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {

+	/* Something is busted. Punt. */

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    nvisuals = (int)reply.numVisuals;

+    if (!nvisuals) {

+	/* This screen does not support GL rendering */

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    /* Check number of properties per visual */

+    nprops = (int)reply.numProps;

+    if (nprops < __GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS)  {

+	/* Huh?  Not in protocol defined limits.  Punt */

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    props = (INT32*) Xmalloc(nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);

+    if (!props) {

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    /* Allocate memory for our config structure */

+    config = (__GLXvisualConfig*)

+	Xmalloc(nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));

+    if (!config) {

+	free(props);

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    memset(config, 0, nvisuals * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));

+    configs = config;

+    num_good_visuals = 0;

+

+    /* Convert config structure into our format */

+    for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {

+

+	/* Read config structure */

+	_XRead(dpy, (char *)props, (nprops * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));

+

+	/* fill in default values */

+	config->visualRating = GLX_NONE_EXT;

+	config->transparentPixel = GLX_NONE_EXT;

+

+	/* Copy in the first set of properties */

+	config->vid = props[0];

+	config->class = props[1];

+

+	config->rgba = (Bool) props[2];

+

+	config->redSize = props[3];

+	config->greenSize = props[4];

+	config->blueSize = props[5];

+	config->alphaSize = props[6];

+

+	config->accumRedSize = props[7];

+	config->accumGreenSize = props[8];

+	config->accumBlueSize = props[9];

+	config->accumAlphaSize = props[10];

+

+	config->doubleBuffer = (Bool) props[11];

+	config->stereo = (Bool) props[12];

+

+	config->bufferSize = props[13];

+	config->depthSize = props[14];

+	config->stencilSize = props[15];

+

+	config->auxBuffers = props[16];

+	config->level = props[17];

+

+	/* Process remaining properties */

+	p = &props[18];

+	for (j=__GLX_MIN_CONFIG_PROPS; j<nprops; j+=2) {

+	    int property = *p++;

+	    int value = *p++;

+

+	    switch (property) {

+	      case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:

+		config->multiSampleSize = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:

+		config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;

+		break;

+

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT:

+		config->transparentPixel = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT:

+		config->transparentIndex = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT:

+		config->transparentRed = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT:

+		config->transparentGreen = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT:

+		config->transparentBlue = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT:

+		config->transparentAlpha = value;

+		break;

+

+	      case GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT:

+		config->visualRating = value;

+		break;

+

+	      /* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */

+	      case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:

+		config->visualSelectGroup = value;

+		break;

+

+	      default :

+		/* Ignore properties we don't recognize */

+		break;

+	    }

+	} /* for j */

+

+	/*

+	// filter out overlay visuals (dmx does not support overlays)

+	*/

+	if (config->level == 0) {

+	   config++;

+	   num_good_visuals++;

+	}

+

+    } /* for i */

+

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+

+    nvisuals = num_good_visuals;

+

+    config = configs;

+    for (i=0; i<nvisuals; i++) {

+	/* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */

+	{

+	    XVisualInfo *vis, template;

+	    int n;

+

+	    template.screen = screen;

+	    template.visualid = config->vid;

+	    vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,

+				 &template, &n);

+

+	    if (vis != NULL) {

+		config->redMask = vis->red_mask;

+		config->greenMask = vis->green_mask;

+		config->blueMask = vis->blue_mask;

+		config->alphaMask = 0; 	/* XXX */

+		free(vis);

+	    }

+	}

+	config++;

+    } /* for i */

+

+    XFree(props);

+    SyncHandle();

+

+    *nconfigs = nvisuals;

+    return( configs );

+}

+

+

+__GLXFBConfig *GetGLXFBConfigs(Display *dpy, int glxMajorOpcode, int *nconfigs)

+{

+    xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *req;

+    xGLXGetFBConfigsReply reply;

+    __GLXFBConfig *config, *fbconfigs;

+    GLint i, j, numFBConfigs, numAttribs;

+    INT32 *attrs, *p;

+    int screen = DefaultScreen( dpy );

+    int numValidConfigs = 0;

+

+    /* Send the glXGetFBConfigs request */

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    GetReq(GLXGetFBConfigs, req);

+    req->reqType = glxMajorOpcode;

+    req->glxCode = X_GLXGetFBConfigs;

+    req->screen = screen;

+

+    *nconfigs = 0;

+

+    if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False)) {

+	/* Something is busted. Punt. */

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    numFBConfigs = (int)reply.numFBConfigs;

+    if (!numFBConfigs) {

+	/* This screen does not support GL rendering */

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;		

+    }

+

+    numAttribs = (int)reply.numAttribs;

+    if (!numAttribs)  {

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    attrs = (INT32*) Xmalloc(2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32);

+    if (!attrs) {

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    /* Allocate memory for our config structure */

+    config = (__GLXFBConfig*)

+	Xmalloc(numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));

+    if (!config) {

+	free(attrs);

+	UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	SyncHandle();

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    memset(config, 0, numFBConfigs * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig));

+    fbconfigs = config;

+

+    /* Convert attribute list into our format */

+    for (i=0; i<numFBConfigs; i++) {

+

+	/* Fill in default properties */

+	config->transparentType = GLX_NONE_EXT;

+	config->visualCaveat = GLX_NONE_EXT;

+	config->minRed = 0.;

+	config->maxRed = 1.;

+	config->minGreen = 0.;

+	config->maxGreen = 1.;

+	config->minBlue = 0.;

+	config->maxBlue = 1.;

+	config->minAlpha = 0.;

+	config->maxAlpha = 1.;

+

+	/* Read attribute list */

+	_XRead(dpy, (char *)attrs, (2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32));

+

+	p = attrs;

+	for (j=0; j<numAttribs; j++) {

+	    int attribute = *p++;

+	    int value = *p++;

+

+	    switch (attribute) {

+	      /* core attributes */

+	      case GLX_FBCONFIG_ID:

+		config->id = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_BUFFER_SIZE:

+		config->indexBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_LEVEL:

+		config->level = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER:

+		config->doubleBufferMode = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_STEREO:

+		config->stereoMode = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_AUX_BUFFERS:

+		config->maxAuxBuffers = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_RED_SIZE:

+		config->redBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_GREEN_SIZE:

+		config->greenBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_BLUE_SIZE:

+		config->blueBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_ALPHA_SIZE:

+		config->alphaBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_DEPTH_SIZE:

+		config->depthBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_STENCIL_SIZE:

+		config->stencilBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE:

+		config->accumRedBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE:

+		config->accumGreenBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE:

+		config->accumBlueBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE:

+		config->accumAlphaBits = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_RENDER_TYPE:

+		config->renderType = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE:

+		config->drawableType = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE:

+		config->visualType = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT:

+		config->visualCaveat = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE:

+		config->transparentType = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE:

+		config->transparentIndex = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE:

+		config->transparentRed = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE:

+		config->transparentGreen = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE:

+		config->transparentBlue = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE:

+		config->transparentAlpha = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH:

+		config->maxPbufferWidth = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT:

+		config->maxPbufferHeight = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS:

+		config->maxPbufferPixels = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_VISUAL_ID:	

+		config->associatedVisualId = value;

+		break;

+

+	      /* visualSelectGroup is an internal used property */

+	      case GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX:

+		config->visualSelectGroup = value;

+		break;

+

+	      /* SGIS_multisample attributes */

+	      case GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS:

+		config->multiSampleSize = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS:

+		config->nMultiSampleBuffers = value;

+		break;

+

+	      /* SGIX_pbuffer specific attributes */

+	      case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX:

+		config->optimalPbufferWidth = value;

+		break;

+	      case GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX:

+		config->optimalPbufferHeight = value;

+		break;

+

+	      default:

+		/* Ignore attributes we don't recognize */

+		break;

+	    }

+	} /* for j */

+

+	/* Fill in derived values */

+	config->screen = screen;

+

+	config->rgbMode = config->renderType & GLX_RGBA_BIT;

+	config->colorIndexMode = !config->rgbMode;

+

+	config->haveAccumBuffer =

+	    config->accumRedBits > 0 ||

+	    config->accumGreenBits > 0 ||

+	    config->accumBlueBits > 0;

+	    /* Can't have alpha without color */

+

+	config->haveDepthBuffer = config->depthBits > 0;

+	config->haveStencilBuffer =  config->stencilBits > 0;

+

+	/* overlay visuals are not valid for now */

+	if (!config->level) {

+	   config++;

+	   numValidConfigs++;

+	}

+

+    } /* for i */

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+

+    config = fbconfigs;

+    for (i=0; i<numValidConfigs; i++) {

+

+	/* XXX hack to fill-in mask info (need a better way to do this) */

+	if (config->associatedVisualId != 0) {

+	    XVisualInfo *vis, template;

+	    int n;

+

+	    template.screen = screen;

+	    template.visualid = config->associatedVisualId;

+	    vis = XGetVisualInfo(dpy, VisualScreenMask|VisualIDMask,

+				 &template, &n);

+

+	    if (vis != NULL) {

+		config->redMask = (GLuint)vis->red_mask;

+		config->greenMask = (GLuint)vis->green_mask;

+		config->blueMask = (GLuint)vis->blue_mask;

+		config->alphaMask = 0; 	/* XXX */

+		free(vis);

+	    }

+	}

+

+	config++;

+    } /* for i */

+

+    XFree(attrs);

+    SyncHandle();

+

+    *nconfigs = numValidConfigs;

+    return fbconfigs;

+}

+

+__GLXvisualConfig *

+GetGLXVisualConfigsFromFBConfigs(__GLXFBConfig *fbconfigs, int nfbconfigs, 

+                                 XVisualInfo *visuals, int nvisuals,

+				 __GLXvisualConfig *glxConfigs, int nGlxConfigs,

+                                 int *nconfigs)

+{

+    __GLXvisualConfig *configs = NULL;

+    int i;

+    

+    if (!fbconfigs || !nfbconfigs || !nconfigs) return(NULL);

+    *nconfigs = 0;

+

+    /* Allocate memory for our config structure */

+    configs = (__GLXvisualConfig*)

+	Xmalloc(nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));

+    if (!configs) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    memset(configs, 0, nfbconfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));

+

+    for (i=0; i<nfbconfigs; i++) {

+       __GLXFBConfig *fbcfg = &fbconfigs[i];

+

+       if (fbcfg->associatedVisualId > 0) {

+	  __GLXvisualConfig *cfg = configs + (*nconfigs);

+	  int j;

+	  XVisualInfo *vinfo = NULL;

+

+	  for (j=0; j<nvisuals; j++) {

+	     if (visuals[j].visualid == fbcfg->associatedVisualId) {

+		vinfo = &visuals[j];

+		break;

+	     }

+	  }

+	  if (!vinfo) continue;

+

+	  /* skip 16 bit colormap visuals */

+	  if (vinfo->depth == 16 &&

+              vinfo->class != TrueColor &&

+              vinfo->class != DirectColor ) {

+	     continue;

+	  }

+

+	  (*nconfigs)++;

+

+	  /*

+           * if the same visualid exists in the glx configs,

+	   * copy the glx attributes from the glx config

+	   */

+	  for (j=0; j<nGlxConfigs; j++) {

+	     if (glxConfigs[j].vid == vinfo->visualid) 

+		break;

+	  }

+	  if (j < nGlxConfigs) {

+	     memcpy(cfg, &glxConfigs[j], sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig) );

+	     continue;

+	  }

+

+	  /*

+           * make glx attributes from the FB config attributes

+	   */

+	  cfg->vid = fbcfg->associatedVisualId;

+	  cfg->class = vinfo->class;

+	  cfg->rgba = !(fbcfg->renderType & GLX_COLOR_INDEX_BIT_SGIX);

+	  cfg->redSize = fbcfg->redBits;

+	  cfg->greenSize = fbcfg->greenBits;

+	  cfg->blueSize = fbcfg->blueBits;

+	  cfg->alphaSize = fbcfg->alphaBits;

+	  cfg->redMask = fbcfg->redMask;

+	  cfg->greenMask = fbcfg->greenMask;

+	  cfg->blueMask = fbcfg->blueMask;

+	  cfg->alphaMask = fbcfg->alphaMask;

+	  cfg->accumRedSize = fbcfg->accumRedBits;

+	  cfg->accumGreenSize = fbcfg->accumGreenBits;

+	  cfg->accumBlueSize = fbcfg->accumBlueBits;

+	  cfg->accumAlphaSize = fbcfg->accumAlphaBits;

+	  cfg->doubleBuffer = fbcfg->doubleBufferMode;

+	  cfg->stereo = fbcfg->stereoMode;

+    	  if (vinfo->class == TrueColor || vinfo->class == DirectColor) {

+	     cfg->bufferSize = (fbcfg->rgbMode ? (fbcfg->redBits +

+		                               fbcfg->greenBits +

+    		                               fbcfg->blueBits +

+		                               fbcfg->alphaBits)

+	                                    : fbcfg->indexBits );

+	  }

+	  else {

+	     cfg->bufferSize = vinfo->depth;

+	  }

+      	  cfg->depthSize = fbcfg->depthBits;

+	  cfg->stencilSize = fbcfg->stencilBits;

+	  cfg->auxBuffers = fbcfg->maxAuxBuffers;

+	  cfg->level = fbcfg->level;

+	  cfg->visualRating = fbcfg->visualCaveat;

+	  cfg->transparentPixel = fbcfg->transparentType;

+	  cfg->transparentRed = fbcfg->transparentRed;

+	  cfg->transparentGreen = fbcfg->transparentGreen;

+	  cfg->transparentBlue = fbcfg->transparentBlue;

+	  cfg->transparentAlpha = fbcfg->transparentAlpha;

+	  cfg->transparentIndex = fbcfg->transparentIndex;

+	  cfg->multiSampleSize = fbcfg->multiSampleSize;

+	  cfg->nMultiSampleBuffers = fbcfg->nMultiSampleBuffers;

+	  cfg->visualSelectGroup = fbcfg->visualSelectGroup;

+       }

+    }

+

+    return( configs );

+}

+

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c
index 4aa586aff..5a56afda2 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcmap.c
@@ -1,212 +1,212 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * Colormap support. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxcmap.h"
-#include "dmxvisual.h"
-
-#include "micmap.h"
-
-static Bool dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
-    dmxColormapPrivPtr   pCmapPriv;
-
-    pCmapPriv = (dmxColormapPrivPtr)xalloc(sizeof(*pCmapPriv));
-    if (!pCmapPriv)
-	return FALSE;
-    pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;
-
-    DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, pCmapPriv);
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Create \a pColormap on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBECreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
-    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
-    VisualPtr           pVisual   = pColormap->pVisual;
-    Visual             *visual    = dmxLookupVisual(pScreen, pVisual);
-
-    if (visual) {
-       pCmapPriv->cmap = XCreateColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-                                         dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-                                         visual,
-                                         (pVisual->class & DynamicClass ?
-                                          AllocAll : AllocNone));
-       return (pCmapPriv->cmap != 0);
-    }
-    else {
-       dmxLog(dmxWarning, "dmxBECreateColormap: No visual found\n");
-       return 0;
-    }
-}
-
-/** Create colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
- *  screen. */
-Bool dmxCreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
-    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    Bool                ret       = TRUE;
-
-    if (!dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(pColormap))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	if (!dmxBECreateColormap(pColormap))
-	    return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    if (pScreen->CreateColormap)
-	ret = pScreen->CreateColormap(pColormap);
-    DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/** Destroy \a pColormap on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBEFreeColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
-    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
-
-    if (pCmapPriv->cmap) {
-	XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);
-	pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Destroy colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
- *  screen. */
-void dmxDestroyColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
-    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	dmxBEFreeColormap(pColormap);
-    xfree(pCmapPriv);
-    DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, NULL);
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    if (pScreen->DestroyColormap)
-	pScreen->DestroyColormap(pColormap);
-    DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
-
-/** Install colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's
- *  screen. */
-void dmxInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)
-{
-    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    if (pScreen->InstallColormap)
-	pScreen->InstallColormap(pColormap);
-    DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	XInstallColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-    }
-}
-
-/** Store colors in \a pColormap on back-end server associated with \a
- *  pColormap's screen. */
-void dmxStoreColors(ColormapPtr pColormap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)
-{
-    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay && (pColormap->pVisual->class & DynamicClass)) {
-        XColor *color = xalloc(sizeof(*color) * ndef);
-        int    i;
-        
-        if (color) {
-            for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {
-                color[i].pixel = pdef[i].pixel;
-                color[i].red   = pdef[i].red;
-                color[i].blue  = pdef[i].blue;
-                color[i].green = pdef[i].green;
-                color[i].flags = pdef[i].flags;
-                color[i].pad   = pdef[i].pad;
-            }
-            XStoreColors(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, color, ndef);
-            xfree(color);
-        } else {                /* xalloc failed, so fallback */
-            XColor c;
-            for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {
-                c.pixel = pdef[i].pixel;
-                c.red   = pdef[i].red;
-                c.blue  = pdef[i].blue;
-                c.green = pdef[i].green;
-                c.flags = pdef[i].flags;
-                c.pad   = pdef[i].pad;
-                XStoreColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, &c);
-            }
-        }
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-    }
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    if (pScreen->StoreColors)
-	pScreen->StoreColors(pColormap, ndef, pdef);
-    DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
-
-/** Create the DMX server's default colormap. */
-Bool dmxCreateDefColormap(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    return miCreateDefColormap(pScreen);
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * Colormap support. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxlog.h"

+#include "dmxsync.h"

+#include "dmxcmap.h"

+#include "dmxvisual.h"

+

+#include "micmap.h"

+

+static Bool dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(ColormapPtr pColormap)

+{

+    dmxColormapPrivPtr   pCmapPriv;

+

+    pCmapPriv = (dmxColormapPrivPtr)malloc(sizeof(*pCmapPriv));

+    if (!pCmapPriv)

+	return FALSE;

+    pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;

+

+    DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, pCmapPriv);

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/** Create \a pColormap on the back-end server. */

+Bool dmxBECreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)

+{

+    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);

+    VisualPtr           pVisual   = pColormap->pVisual;

+    Visual             *visual    = dmxLookupVisual(pScreen, pVisual);

+

+    if (visual) {

+       pCmapPriv->cmap = XCreateColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+                                         dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+                                         visual,

+                                         (pVisual->class & DynamicClass ?

+                                          AllocAll : AllocNone));

+       return (pCmapPriv->cmap != 0);

+    }

+    else {

+       dmxLog(dmxWarning, "dmxBECreateColormap: No visual found\n");

+       return 0;

+    }

+}

+

+/** Create colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's

+ *  screen. */

+Bool dmxCreateColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)

+{

+    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    Bool                ret       = TRUE;

+

+    if (!dmxAllocateColormapPrivates(pColormap))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	if (!dmxBECreateColormap(pColormap))

+	    return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    if (pScreen->CreateColormap)

+	ret = pScreen->CreateColormap(pColormap);

+    DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/** Destroy \a pColormap on the back-end server. */

+Bool dmxBEFreeColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)

+{

+    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);

+

+    if (pCmapPriv->cmap) {

+	XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);

+	pCmapPriv->cmap = (Colormap)0;

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+/** Destroy colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's

+ *  screen. */

+void dmxDestroyColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)

+{

+    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	dmxBEFreeColormap(pColormap);

+    free(pCmapPriv);

+    DMX_SET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap, NULL);

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    if (pScreen->DestroyColormap)

+	pScreen->DestroyColormap(pColormap);

+    DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+}

+

+/** Install colormap on back-end server associated with \a pColormap's

+ *  screen. */

+void dmxInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pColormap)

+{

+    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    if (pScreen->InstallColormap)

+	pScreen->InstallColormap(pColormap);

+    DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	XInstallColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+    }

+}

+

+/** Store colors in \a pColormap on back-end server associated with \a

+ *  pColormap's screen. */

+void dmxStoreColors(ColormapPtr pColormap, int ndef, xColorItem *pdef)

+{

+    ScreenPtr           pScreen   = pColormap->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo      *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pColormap);

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay && (pColormap->pVisual->class & DynamicClass)) {

+        XColor *color = malloc(sizeof(*color) * ndef);

+        int    i;

+        

+        if (color) {

+            for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {

+                color[i].pixel = pdef[i].pixel;

+                color[i].red   = pdef[i].red;

+                color[i].blue  = pdef[i].blue;

+                color[i].green = pdef[i].green;

+                color[i].flags = pdef[i].flags;

+                color[i].pad   = pdef[i].pad;

+            }

+            XStoreColors(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, color, ndef);

+            free(color);

+        } else {                /* xalloc failed, so fallback */

+            XColor c;

+            for (i = 0; i < ndef; i++) {

+                c.pixel = pdef[i].pixel;

+                c.red   = pdef[i].red;

+                c.blue  = pdef[i].blue;

+                c.green = pdef[i].green;

+                c.flags = pdef[i].flags;

+                c.pad   = pdef[i].pad;

+                XStoreColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCmapPriv->cmap, &c);

+            }

+        }

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+    }

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    if (pScreen->StoreColors)

+	pScreen->StoreColors(pColormap, ndef, pdef);

+    DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+}

+

+/** Create the DMX server's default colormap. */

+Bool dmxCreateDefColormap(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    return miCreateDefColormap(pScreen);

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c
index 37e66d758..2d0243343 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.c
@@ -1,985 +1,985 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
- *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file contains code than supports cursor movement, including the
- * code that initializes and reinitializes the screen positions and
- * computes screen overlap.
- *
- * "This code is based very closely on the XFree86 equivalent
- * (xfree86/common/xf86Cursor.c)."  --David Dawes.
- *
- * "This code was then extensively re-written, as explained here."
- * --Rik Faith
- *
- * The code in xf86Cursor.c used edge lists to implement the
- * CursorOffScreen function.  The edge list computation was complex
- * (especially in the face of arbitrarily overlapping screens) compared
- * with the speed savings in the CursorOffScreen function.  The new
- * implementation has erred on the side of correctness, readability, and
- * maintainability over efficiency.  For the common (non-edge) case, the
- * dmxCursorOffScreen function does avoid a loop over all the screens.
- * When the cursor has left the screen, all the screens are searched,
- * and the first screen (in dmxScreens order) containing the cursor will
- * be returned.  If run-time profiling shows that this routing is a
- * performance bottle-neck, then an edge list may have to be
- * reimplemented.  An edge list algorithm is O(edges) whereas the new
- * algorithm is O(dmxNumScreens).  Since edges is usually 1-3 and
- * dmxNumScreens may be 30-60 for large backend walls, this trade off
- * may be compelling.
- *
- * The xf86InitOrigins routine uses bit masks during the computation and
- * is therefore limited to the length of a word (e.g., 32 or 64 bits)
- * screens.  Because Xdmx is expected to be used with a large number of
- * backend displays, this limitation was removed.  The new
- * implementation has erred on the side of readability over efficiency,
- * using the dmxSL* routines to manage a screen list instead of a
- * bitmap, and a function call to decrease the length of the main
- * routine.  Both algorithms are of the same order, and both are called
- * only at server generation time, so trading clarity and long-term
- * maintainability for efficiency does not seem justified in this case.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#define DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG 0
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxcursor.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-#include "dmxprop.h"
-#include "dmxinput.h"
-
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"          /* For GetSpriteCursor() */
-#include "inputstr.h"           /* for inputInfo.pointer */
-
-#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG
-#define DMXDBG0(f)               dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
-#define DMXDBG1(f,a)             dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
-#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b)           dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
-#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c)         dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
-#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d)       dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d)
-#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e)     dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e)
-#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g)   dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g)
-#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)
-#else
-#define DMXDBG0(f)
-#define DMXDBG1(f,a)
-#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b)
-#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c)
-#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d)
-#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e)
-#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g)
-#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)
-#endif
-
-static int dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 1;
-
-/** Turn off support for displaying multiple cursors on overlapped
-    back-end displays.  See #dmxCursorDoMultiCursors. */
-void dmxCursorNoMulti(void)
-{
-    dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 0;
-}
-
-static Bool dmxCursorOffScreen(ScreenPtr *ppScreen, int *x, int *y)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-    int           i;
-    int           localX = *x;
-    int           localY = *y;
-    int           globalX;
-    int           globalY;
-    
-    if (screenInfo.numScreens == 1)
-        return FALSE;
-
-                                /* On current screen? */
-    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];
-    if (localX >= 0
-        && localX < dmxScreen->rootWidth
-        && localY >= 0
-        && localY < dmxScreen->rootHeight)
-        return FALSE;
-
-                                /* Convert to global coordinate space */
-    globalX = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + localX;
-    globalY = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + localY;
-
-                                /* Is cursor on the current screen?
-                                 * This efficiently exits this routine
-                                 * for the most common case. */
-    if (ppScreen && *ppScreen) {
-        dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];
-        if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
-            && globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
-            && globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
-            && globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight)
-            return FALSE;
-    }
-
-                                /* Find first screen cursor is on */
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-        dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
-        if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
-            && globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
-            && globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
-            && globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) {
-            if (dmxScreen->index == (*ppScreen)->myNum)
-                return FALSE;
-            *ppScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
-            *x        = globalX - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;
-            *y        = globalY - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;
-            return TRUE;
-        }
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-static void dmxCrossScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool entering)
-{
-}
-
-static void dmxWarpCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
-    DMXDBG3("dmxWarpCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);
-#if 11 /*BP*/
-    /* This call is depracated.  Replace with???? */
-    miPointerWarpCursor(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
-#else
-    pScreen->SetCursorPosition(pDev, pScreen, x, y, FALSE);
-#endif
-}
-
-miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs =
-{
-    dmxCursorOffScreen,
-    dmxCrossScreen,
-    dmxWarpCursor,
-    NULL,
-    NULL,
-};
-
-
-/** Create a list of screens that we'll manipulate. */
-static int *dmxSLCreate(void)
-{
-    int *list = malloc(dmxNumScreens * sizeof(*list));
-    int i;
-    
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
-        list[i] = 1;
-    return list;
-}
-
-/** Free list. */
-static void dmxSLFree(int *list)
-{
-    free(list);
-}
-
-/** Find next uninitialized entry in list. */
-static int dmxSLFindNext(int *list)
-{
-    int i;
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
-        if (list[i])
-            return i;
-    return -1;
-}
-
-/** Make one pass over all the screens and return the number updated. */
-static int dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(int *screensLeft)
-{
-    ScreenPtr       pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo   *screen;
-    int             i, ref;
-    int             changed = 0;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-        if (!screensLeft[i])
-            continue;
-        screen  = &dmxScreens[i];
-        switch (screen->where) {
-        case PosAbsolute:
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = screen->whereX;
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = screen->whereY;
-            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
-            break;
-        case PosRelative:
-            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
-            if (screensLeft[ref])
-                break;
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + screen->whereX;
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + screen->whereY;
-            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
-            break;
-        case PosRightOf:
-            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
-            if (screensLeft[ref])
-                break;
-            pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + pScreen->width;
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;
-            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
-            break;
-        case PosLeftOf:
-            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
-            if (screensLeft[ref])
-                break;
-            pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x - pScreen->width;
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;
-            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
-            break;
-        case PosBelow:
-            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
-            if (screensLeft[ref])
-                break;
-            pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + pScreen->height;
-            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
-            break;
-        case PosAbove:
-            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;
-            if (screensLeft[ref])
-                break;
-            pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;
-            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y - pScreen->height;
-            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;
-            break;
-        case PosNone:
-            dmxLog(dmxFatal, "No position information for screen %d\n", i);
-        }
-    }
-    return changed;
-}
-
-static void dmxComputeScreenOrigins(void)
-{
-    int             *screensLeft;
-    int             i, ref;
-    int             minX, minY;
-
-                                /* Compute origins based on
-                                 * configuration information. */
-    screensLeft = dmxSLCreate();
-    while ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {
-        while (dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(screensLeft));
-        if ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {
-	    /* All of the remaining screens are referencing each other.
-	     * Assign a value to one of them and go through again.  This
-	     * guarantees that we will eventually terminate.
-	     */
-	    ref                     = dmxScreens[i].whereRefScreen;
-	    dixScreenOrigins[ref].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y = 0;
-            screensLeft[ref]        = 0;
-	}
-    }
-    dmxSLFree(screensLeft);
-
-
-                                /* Justify the topmost and leftmost to
-                                 * (0,0). */
-    minX = dixScreenOrigins[0].x;
-    minY = dixScreenOrigins[0].y;
-    for (i = 1; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) { /* Compute minX, minY */
-	if (dixScreenOrigins[i].x < minX)
-            minX = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
-	if (dixScreenOrigins[i].y < minY)
-            minY = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
-    }
-    if (minX || minY) {
-	for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-	    dixScreenOrigins[i].x -= minX;
-	    dixScreenOrigins[i].y -= minY;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/** Recompute origin information in the #dmxScreens list.  This is
- * called from #dmxInitOrigins. */
-void dmxReInitOrigins(void)
-{
-    int        i;
-
-    if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)
-        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",
-               dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-        DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen  = &dmxScreens[i];
-        dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
-                     "s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d"
-                     " (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",
-                     dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
-                     dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,
-
-                     dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
-                     dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
-                     
-                     dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,
-                     dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,
-                     dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);
-    }
-}
-
-/** Initialize screen origins (and relative position).  This is called
- * for each server generation.  For dynamic reconfiguration, use
- * #dmxReInitOrigins() instead. */
-void dmxInitOrigins(void)
-{
-    int  i;
-
-    if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)
-        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",
-               dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-        DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen  = &dmxScreens[i];
-        dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,
-                     "(request) s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d (%d)"
-                     " (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",
-                     dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
-                     dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,
-
-                     dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
-                     dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
-
-                     dmxScreen->whereX, dmxScreen->whereY,
-                     dmxScreen->where,
-
-                     dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,
-                     dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);
-    }
-
-    dmxComputeScreenOrigins();
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-        DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
-        dmxScreen->rootXOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;
-        dmxScreen->rootYOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;
-    }
-
-    dmxReInitOrigins();
-}
-
-/** Returns non-zero if the global \a x, \a y coordinate is on the
- * screen window of the \a dmxScreen. */
-int dmxOnScreen(int x, int y, DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
-#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG > 1
-    dmxLog(dmxDebug,
-           "dmxOnScreen %d %d,%d (r=%dx%d%+d%+d@%d,%d s=%dx%d%+d%+d)\n",
-           dmxScreen->index, x, y,
-           dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,
-           dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,
-           dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,
-           dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
-           dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY);
-#endif
-    if (x >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin
-        && x < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth
-        && y >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin
-        && y < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) return 1;
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/** Returns non-zero if \a a overlaps \a b. */
-static int dmxDoesOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *a, DMXScreenInfo *b)
-{
-    if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,
-                    a->rootYOrigin,                 b))
-        return 1;
-
-    if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,
-                    a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth,  b))
-        return 1;
-
-    if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,
-                    a->rootYOrigin,                 b))
-        return 1;
-
-    if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,
-                    a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth,  b))
-        return 1;
-
-    if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,
-                    b->rootYOrigin,                 a))
-        return 1;
-
-    if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,
-                    b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth,  a))
-        return 1;
-
-    if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,
-                    b->rootYOrigin,                 a))
-        return 1;
-
-    if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,
-                    b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth,  a))
-        return 1;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/** Used with \a dmxInterateOverlap to print out a list of screens which
- * overlap each other. */
-static void *dmxPrintOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *closure)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *a = closure;
-    if (dmxScreen != a) {
-        if (dmxScreen->cursorNotShared)
-            dmxLogOutputCont(a, " [%d/%s]", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
-        else
-            dmxLogOutputCont(a, " %d/%s", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Iterate over the screens which overlap with the \a start screen,
- * calling \a f with the \a closure for each argument.  Often used with
- * #dmxPrintOverlap. */
-static void *dmxIterateOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *start,
-                               void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
-                               void *closure)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
-    if (!start->over) return f(start, closure);
-
-    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
-        void *retval;
-        if ((retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
-        if (pt == start) break;
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Used with #dmxPropertyIterate to determine if screen \a a is the
- * same as the screen \a closure. */
-static void *dmxTestSameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *a, void *closure)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *b = closure;
-
-    if (a == b)
-        return a;
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Detects overlapping dmxScreens and creates circular lists.  This
- * uses an O(dmxNumScreens^2) algorithm, but dmxNumScreens is < 100 and
- * the computation only needs to be performed for every server
- * generation or dynamic reconfiguration . */
-void dmxInitOverlap(void)
-{
-    int           i, j;
-    DMXScreenInfo *a, *b, *pt;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
-        dmxScreens[i].over = NULL;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-        a = &dmxScreens[i];
-        
-        for (j = i+1; j < dmxNumScreens; j++) {
-            b = &dmxScreens[j];
-            if (b->over)
-                continue;
-            
-            if (dmxDoesOverlap(a, b)) {
-                DMXDBG6("%d overlaps %d: a=%p %p b=%p %p\n",
-                        a->index, b->index, a, a->over, b, b->over);
-                b->over = (a->over ? a->over : a);
-                a->over = b;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-        a = &dmxScreens[i];
-        
-        if (!a->over)
-            continue;
-        
-                                /* Flag all pairs that are on same display */
-        for (pt = a->over; pt != a; pt = pt->over) {
-            if (dmxPropertyIterate(a, dmxTestSameDisplay, pt)) {
-                /* The ->over sets contain the transitive set of screens
-                 * that overlap.  For screens that are on the same
-                 * backend display, we only want to exclude pairs of
-                 * screens that mutually overlap on the backend display,
-                 * so we call dmxDoesOverlap, which is stricter than the
-                 * ->over set. */
-                if (!dmxDoesOverlap(a, pt))
-                    continue;
-                a->cursorNotShared  = 1;
-                pt->cursorNotShared = 1;
-                dmxLog(dmxInfo,
-                       "Screen %d and %d overlap on %s\n",
-                       a->index, pt->index, a->name);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-        a = &dmxScreens[i];
-        
-        if (a->over) {
-            dmxLogOutput(a, "Overlaps");
-            dmxIterateOverlap(a, dmxPrintOverlap, a);
-            dmxLogOutputCont(a, "\n");
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/** Create \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
-void dmxBECreateCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxCursorPrivPtr  pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
-    CursorBitsPtr     pBits = pCursor->bits;
-    Pixmap            src, msk;
-    XColor            fg, bg;
-    XImage           *img;
-    XlibGC            gc = NULL;
-    XGCValues         v;
-    unsigned long     m;
-    int               i;
-
-    if (!pCursorPriv)
-	return;
-
-    m = GCFunction | GCPlaneMask | GCForeground | GCBackground | GCClipMask;
-    v.function = GXcopy;
-    v.plane_mask = AllPlanes;
-    v.foreground = 1L;
-    v.background = 0L;
-    v.clip_mask = None;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
-	if (dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) {
-	    /* Create GC in the back-end servers */
-	    gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],
-			   m, &v);
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (!gc)
-        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxRealizeCursor: gc not initialized\n");
-
-    src = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-			pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);
-    msk = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-			pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);
-
-    img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-		       dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
-		       1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->source,
-		       pBits->width, pBits->height,
-		       BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);
-
-    XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-	      pBits->width, pBits->height);
-
-    XFree(img);
-  
-    img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-		       dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
-		       1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->mask,
-		       pBits->width, pBits->height,
-		       BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);
-
-    XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-	      pBits->width, pBits->height);
-
-    XFree(img);
-
-    fg.red   = pCursor->foreRed;
-    fg.green = pCursor->foreGreen;
-    fg.blue  = pCursor->foreBlue;
-
-    bg.red   = pCursor->backRed;
-    bg.green = pCursor->backGreen;
-    bg.blue  = pCursor->backBlue;
-
-    pCursorPriv->cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-					      src, msk,
-					      &fg, &bg,
-					      pBits->xhot, pBits->yhot);
-
-    XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src);
-    XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk);
-    XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, gc);
-
-    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-}
-
-static Bool _dmxRealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxCursorPrivPtr  pCursorPriv;
-
-    DMXDBG2("_dmxRealizeCursor(%d,%p)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor);
-
-    DMX_SET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen, xalloc(sizeof(*pCursorPriv)));
-    if (!DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
-    pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;
-
-    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	return TRUE;
-
-    dmxBECreateCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Free \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
-Bool dmxBEFreeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxCursorPrivPtr  pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
-
-    if (pCursorPriv) {
-	XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCursorPriv->cursor);
-	pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-static Bool _dmxUnrealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-
-    DMXDBG2("_dmxUnrealizeCursor(%d,%p)\n",
-            pScreen->myNum, pCursor);
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	if (dmxBEFreeCursor(pScreen, pCursor))
-	    xfree(DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen));
-    }
-    DMX_SET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen, NULL);
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void _dmxMoveCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    int           newX       = x + dmxScreen->rootX;
-    int           newY       = y + dmxScreen->rootY;
-
-    if (newX < 0) newX = 0;
-    if (newY < 0) newY = 0;
-
-    DMXDBG5("_dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d) -> %d,%d\n",
-            pScreen->myNum, x, y, newX, newY);
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	XWarpPointer(dmxScreen->beDisplay, None, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-		     0, 0, 0, 0, newX, newY);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);
-    }
-}
-
-static void _dmxSetCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-
-    DMXDBG4("_dmxSetCursor(%d,%p,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor, x, y);
-
-    if (pCursor) {
-	dmxCursorPrivPtr  pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);
-	if (pCursorPriv && dmxScreen->curCursor != pCursorPriv->cursor) {
-	    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-		XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-			      pCursorPriv->cursor);
-            dmxScreen->cursor        = pCursor;
-	    dmxScreen->curCursor     = pCursorPriv->cursor;
-            dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 1;
-	}
-	_dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
-    } else {
-	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	    XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-			  dmxScreen->noCursor);
-        dmxScreen->cursor        = NULL;
-	dmxScreen->curCursor     = (Cursor)0;
-        dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 0;
-    }
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
-    if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)
-        return _dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
-
-    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
-        if (pt->cursorNotShared)
-            continue;
-        _dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);
-        if (pt == start)
-            break;
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool dmxUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
-    if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)
-        return _dmxUnrealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
-
-    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
-        if (pt->cursorNotShared)
-            continue;
-        _dmxUnrealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);
-        if (pt == start)
-            break;
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static CursorPtr dmxFindCursor(DMXScreenInfo *start)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
-    if (!start || !start->over)
-        return GetSpriteCursor(inputInfo.pointer);
-    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
-        if (pt->cursor)
-            return pt->cursor;
-        if (pt == start)
-            break;
-    }
-    return GetSpriteCursor(inputInfo.pointer);
-}
-
-/** Move the cursor to coordinates (\a x, \a y)on \a pScreen.  This
- * function is usually called via #dmxPointerSpriteFuncs, except during
- * reconfiguration when the cursor is repositioned to force an update on
- * newley overlapping screens and on screens that no longer overlap.
- *
- * The coords (x,y) are in global coord space.  We'll loop over the
- * back-end screens and see if they contain the global coord.  If so, call
- * _dmxMoveCursor() (XWarpPointer) to position the pointer on that screen.
- */
-void dmxMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
-    DMXDBG3("dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);
-
-    if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {
-        _dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
-        return;
-    }
-
-    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
-        if (pt->cursorNotShared)
-            continue;
-        if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {
-            if (/* pt != start && */ !pt->cursorVisible) {
-                if (!pt->cursor) {
-                                /* This only happens during
-                                 * reconfiguration when a new overlap
-                                 * occurs. */
-                    CursorPtr pCursor;
-                    
-                    if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(start)))
-                        _dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
-                                          pt->cursor = pCursor);
-                    
-                }
-                _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
-                              pt->cursor,
-                              x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
-                              y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
-            }
-            _dmxMoveCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
-                           x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
-                           y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
-        } else if (/* pt != start && */ pt->cursorVisible) {
-            _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],
-                          NULL,
-                          x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
-                          y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
-        }
-        if (pt == start)
-            break;
-    }
-}
-
-static void dmxSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-    int           GX, GY, gx, gy;
-
-    DMXDBG5("dmxSetCursor(%d %p, %p,%d,%d)\n",
-            pScreen->myNum, start, pCursor, x, y);
-
-                                /* We do this check here because of two cases:
-                                 *
-                                 * 1) if a client calls XWarpPointer()
-                                 * and Xinerama is not running, we can
-                                 * have mi's notion of the pointer
-                                 * position out of phase with DMX's
-                                 * notion.
-                                 *
-                                 * 2) if a down button is held while the
-                                 * cursor moves outside the root window,
-                                 * mi's notion of the pointer position
-                                 * is out of phase with DMX's notion and
-                                 * the cursor can remain visible when it
-                                 * shouldn't be. */
-
-    dmxGetGlobalPosition(&GX, &GY);
-    gx = start->rootXOrigin + x;
-    gy = start->rootYOrigin + y;
-    if (x && y && (GX != gx || GY != gy))
-        dmxCoreMotion(NULL, gx, gy, 0, DMX_NO_BLOCK);
-    
-    if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {
-        _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, pCursor, x, y);
-        return;
-    }
-
-    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {
-        if (pt->cursorNotShared)
-            continue;
-        if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {
-            _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor,
-                          x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
-                          y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
-        } else {
-            _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], NULL,
-                          x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,
-                          y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);
-        }
-        if (pt == start)
-            break;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/** This routine is used by the backend input routines to hide the
- * cursor on a screen that is being used for relative input.  \see
- * dmxbackend.c */
-void dmxHideCursor(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
-    int       x, y;
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
-
-    dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);
-    _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL, x, y);
-}
-
-/** This routine is called during reconfiguration to make sure the
- * cursor is visible. */
-void dmxCheckCursor(void)
-{
-    int           i;
-    int           x, y;
-    ScreenPtr     pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *firstScreen;
-
-    dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);
-    firstScreen = dmxFindFirstScreen(x, y);
-
-    DMXDBG2("dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-        DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
-        pScreen                  = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];
-
-        if (!dmxOnScreen(x, y, dmxScreen)) {
-            if (firstScreen && i == miPointerGetScreen(inputInfo.pointer)->myNum)
-                miPointerSetScreen(inputInfo.pointer, firstScreen->index, x, y);
-            _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL,
-                          x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,
-                          y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);
-        } else {
-            if (!dmxScreen->cursor) {
-                CursorPtr pCursor;
-                
-                if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(dmxScreen))) {
-                    _dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor = pCursor);
-                }
-            }
-            _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor,
-                          x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,
-                          y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);
-        }
-    }
-    DMXDBG2("   leave dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScr)
-{
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void dmxDeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScr)
-{
-}
-
-miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs =
-{
-    dmxRealizeCursor,
-    dmxUnrealizeCursor,
-    dmxSetCursor,
-    dmxMoveCursor,
-    dmxDeviceCursorInitialize,
-    dmxDeviceCursorCleanup
-};
+/*

+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>

+ *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>

+ *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * This file contains code than supports cursor movement, including the

+ * code that initializes and reinitializes the screen positions and

+ * computes screen overlap.

+ *

+ * "This code is based very closely on the XFree86 equivalent

+ * (xfree86/common/xf86Cursor.c)."  --David Dawes.

+ *

+ * "This code was then extensively re-written, as explained here."

+ * --Rik Faith

+ *

+ * The code in xf86Cursor.c used edge lists to implement the

+ * CursorOffScreen function.  The edge list computation was complex

+ * (especially in the face of arbitrarily overlapping screens) compared

+ * with the speed savings in the CursorOffScreen function.  The new

+ * implementation has erred on the side of correctness, readability, and

+ * maintainability over efficiency.  For the common (non-edge) case, the

+ * dmxCursorOffScreen function does avoid a loop over all the screens.

+ * When the cursor has left the screen, all the screens are searched,

+ * and the first screen (in dmxScreens order) containing the cursor will

+ * be returned.  If run-time profiling shows that this routing is a

+ * performance bottle-neck, then an edge list may have to be

+ * reimplemented.  An edge list algorithm is O(edges) whereas the new

+ * algorithm is O(dmxNumScreens).  Since edges is usually 1-3 and

+ * dmxNumScreens may be 30-60 for large backend walls, this trade off

+ * may be compelling.

+ *

+ * The xf86InitOrigins routine uses bit masks during the computation and

+ * is therefore limited to the length of a word (e.g., 32 or 64 bits)

+ * screens.  Because Xdmx is expected to be used with a large number of

+ * backend displays, this limitation was removed.  The new

+ * implementation has erred on the side of readability over efficiency,

+ * using the dmxSL* routines to manage a screen list instead of a

+ * bitmap, and a function call to decrease the length of the main

+ * routine.  Both algorithms are of the same order, and both are called

+ * only at server generation time, so trading clarity and long-term

+ * maintainability for efficiency does not seem justified in this case.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#define DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG 0

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxsync.h"

+#include "dmxcursor.h"

+#include "dmxlog.h"

+#include "dmxprop.h"

+#include "dmxinput.h"

+

+#include "mipointer.h"

+#include "windowstr.h"

+#include "globals.h"

+#include "cursorstr.h"

+#include "dixevents.h"          /* For GetSpriteCursor() */

+#include "inputstr.h"           /* for inputInfo.pointer */

+

+#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG

+#define DMXDBG0(f)               dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)

+#define DMXDBG1(f,a)             dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)

+#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b)           dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)

+#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c)         dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)

+#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d)       dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d)

+#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e)     dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e)

+#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g)   dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g)

+#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)

+#else

+#define DMXDBG0(f)

+#define DMXDBG1(f,a)

+#define DMXDBG2(f,a,b)

+#define DMXDBG3(f,a,b,c)

+#define DMXDBG4(f,a,b,c,d)

+#define DMXDBG5(f,a,b,c,d,e)

+#define DMXDBG6(f,a,b,c,d,e,g)

+#define DMXDBG7(f,a,b,c,d,e,g,h)

+#endif

+

+static int dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 1;

+

+/** Turn off support for displaying multiple cursors on overlapped

+    back-end displays.  See #dmxCursorDoMultiCursors. */

+void dmxCursorNoMulti(void)

+{

+    dmxCursorDoMultiCursors = 0;

+}

+

+static Bool dmxCursorOffScreen(ScreenPtr *ppScreen, int *x, int *y)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+    int           i;

+    int           localX = *x;

+    int           localY = *y;

+    int           globalX;

+    int           globalY;

+    

+    if (screenInfo.numScreens == 1)

+        return FALSE;

+

+                                /* On current screen? */

+    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];

+    if (localX >= 0

+        && localX < dmxScreen->rootWidth

+        && localY >= 0

+        && localY < dmxScreen->rootHeight)

+        return FALSE;

+

+                                /* Convert to global coordinate space */

+    globalX = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + localX;

+    globalY = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + localY;

+

+                                /* Is cursor on the current screen?

+                                 * This efficiently exits this routine

+                                 * for the most common case. */

+    if (ppScreen && *ppScreen) {

+        dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[(*ppScreen)->myNum];

+        if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin

+            && globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth

+            && globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin

+            && globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight)

+            return FALSE;

+    }

+

+                                /* Find first screen cursor is on */

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+        dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];

+        if (globalX >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin

+            && globalX < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth

+            && globalY >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin

+            && globalY < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) {

+            if (dmxScreen->index == (*ppScreen)->myNum)

+                return FALSE;

+            *ppScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];

+            *x        = globalX - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;

+            *y        = globalY - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;

+            return TRUE;

+        }

+    }

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+static void dmxCrossScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool entering)

+{

+}

+

+static void dmxWarpCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)

+{

+    DMXDBG3("dmxWarpCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);

+#if 11 /*BP*/

+    /* This call is depracated.  Replace with???? */

+    miPointerWarpCursor(pDev, pScreen, x, y);

+#else

+    pScreen->SetCursorPosition(pDev, pScreen, x, y, FALSE);

+#endif

+}

+

+miPointerScreenFuncRec dmxPointerCursorFuncs =

+{

+    dmxCursorOffScreen,

+    dmxCrossScreen,

+    dmxWarpCursor,

+    NULL,

+    NULL,

+};

+

+

+/** Create a list of screens that we'll manipulate. */

+static int *dmxSLCreate(void)

+{

+    int *list = malloc(dmxNumScreens * sizeof(*list));

+    int i;

+    

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)

+        list[i] = 1;

+    return list;

+}

+

+/** Free list. */

+static void dmxSLFree(int *list)

+{

+    free(list);

+}

+

+/** Find next uninitialized entry in list. */

+static int dmxSLFindNext(int *list)

+{

+    int i;

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)

+        if (list[i])

+            return i;

+    return -1;

+}

+

+/** Make one pass over all the screens and return the number updated. */

+static int dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(int *screensLeft)

+{

+    ScreenPtr       pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo   *screen;

+    int             i, ref;

+    int             changed = 0;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+        if (!screensLeft[i])

+            continue;

+        screen  = &dmxScreens[i];

+        switch (screen->where) {

+        case PosAbsolute:

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = screen->whereX;

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = screen->whereY;

+            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;

+            break;

+        case PosRelative:

+            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;

+            if (screensLeft[ref])

+                break;

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + screen->whereX;

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + screen->whereY;

+            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;

+            break;

+        case PosRightOf:

+            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;

+            if (screensLeft[ref])

+                break;

+            pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x + pScreen->width;

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;

+            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;

+            break;

+        case PosLeftOf:

+            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;

+            if (screensLeft[ref])

+                break;

+            pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x - pScreen->width;

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y;

+            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;

+            break;

+        case PosBelow:

+            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;

+            if (screensLeft[ref])

+                break;

+            pScreen = screenInfo.screens[ref];

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y + pScreen->height;

+            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;

+            break;

+        case PosAbove:

+            ref = screen->whereRefScreen;

+            if (screensLeft[ref])

+                break;

+            pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].x;

+            dixScreenOrigins[i].y = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y - pScreen->height;

+            ++changed, screensLeft[i] = 0;

+            break;

+        case PosNone:

+            dmxLog(dmxFatal, "No position information for screen %d\n", i);

+        }

+    }

+    return changed;

+}

+

+static void dmxComputeScreenOrigins(void)

+{

+    int             *screensLeft;

+    int             i, ref;

+    int             minX, minY;

+

+                                /* Compute origins based on

+                                 * configuration information. */

+    screensLeft = dmxSLCreate();

+    while ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {

+        while (dmxTryComputeScreenOrigins(screensLeft));

+        if ((i = dmxSLFindNext(screensLeft)) >= 0) {

+	    /* All of the remaining screens are referencing each other.

+	     * Assign a value to one of them and go through again.  This

+	     * guarantees that we will eventually terminate.

+	     */

+	    ref                     = dmxScreens[i].whereRefScreen;

+	    dixScreenOrigins[ref].x = dixScreenOrigins[ref].y = 0;

+            screensLeft[ref]        = 0;

+	}

+    }

+    dmxSLFree(screensLeft);

+

+

+                                /* Justify the topmost and leftmost to

+                                 * (0,0). */

+    minX = dixScreenOrigins[0].x;

+    minY = dixScreenOrigins[0].y;

+    for (i = 1; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) { /* Compute minX, minY */

+	if (dixScreenOrigins[i].x < minX)

+            minX = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;

+	if (dixScreenOrigins[i].y < minY)

+            minY = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;

+    }

+    if (minX || minY) {

+	for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+	    dixScreenOrigins[i].x -= minX;

+	    dixScreenOrigins[i].y -= minY;

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+/** Recompute origin information in the #dmxScreens list.  This is

+ * called from #dmxInitOrigins. */

+void dmxReInitOrigins(void)

+{

+    int        i;

+

+    if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)

+        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",

+               dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+        DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen  = &dmxScreens[i];

+        dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,

+                     "s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d"

+                     " (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",

+                     dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,

+                     dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,

+

+                     dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,

+                     dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,

+                     

+                     dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,

+                     dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,

+                     dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);

+    }

+}

+

+/** Initialize screen origins (and relative position).  This is called

+ * for each server generation.  For dynamic reconfiguration, use

+ * #dmxReInitOrigins() instead. */

+void dmxInitOrigins(void)

+{

+    int  i;

+

+    if (dmxNumScreens > MAXSCREENS)

+        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxNumScreens = %d > MAXSCREENS = %d\n",

+               dmxNumScreens, MAXSCREENS);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+        DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen  = &dmxScreens[i];

+        dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen,

+                     "(request) s=%dx%d%+d%+d r=%dx%d%+d%+d @%d,%d (%d)"

+                     " (be=%dx%d depth=%d bpp=%d)\n",

+                     dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,

+                     dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY,

+

+                     dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,

+                     dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,

+

+                     dmxScreen->whereX, dmxScreen->whereY,

+                     dmxScreen->where,

+

+                     dmxScreen->beWidth, dmxScreen->beHeight,

+                     dmxScreen->beDepth, dmxScreen->beBPP);

+    }

+

+    dmxComputeScreenOrigins();

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+        DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];

+        dmxScreen->rootXOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].x;

+        dmxScreen->rootYOrigin = dixScreenOrigins[i].y;

+    }

+

+    dmxReInitOrigins();

+}

+

+/** Returns non-zero if the global \a x, \a y coordinate is on the

+ * screen window of the \a dmxScreen. */

+int dmxOnScreen(int x, int y, DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)

+{

+#if DMX_CURSOR_DEBUG > 1

+    dmxLog(dmxDebug,

+           "dmxOnScreen %d %d,%d (r=%dx%d%+d%+d@%d,%d s=%dx%d%+d%+d)\n",

+           dmxScreen->index, x, y,

+           dmxScreen->rootWidth, dmxScreen->rootHeight,

+           dmxScreen->rootX, dmxScreen->rootY,

+           dmxScreen->rootXOrigin, dmxScreen->rootYOrigin,

+           dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,

+           dmxScreen->scrnX, dmxScreen->scrnY);

+#endif

+    if (x >= dmxScreen->rootXOrigin

+        && x < dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->rootWidth

+        && y >= dmxScreen->rootYOrigin

+        && y < dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->rootHeight) return 1;

+    return 0;

+}

+

+/** Returns non-zero if \a a overlaps \a b. */

+static int dmxDoesOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *a, DMXScreenInfo *b)

+{

+    if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,

+                    a->rootYOrigin,                 b))

+        return 1;

+

+    if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin,

+                    a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth,  b))

+        return 1;

+

+    if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,

+                    a->rootYOrigin,                 b))

+        return 1;

+

+    if (dmxOnScreen(a->rootXOrigin + a->scrnHeight,

+                    a->rootYOrigin + a->scrnWidth,  b))

+        return 1;

+

+    if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,

+                    b->rootYOrigin,                 a))

+        return 1;

+

+    if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin,

+                    b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth,  a))

+        return 1;

+

+    if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,

+                    b->rootYOrigin,                 a))

+        return 1;

+

+    if (dmxOnScreen(b->rootXOrigin + b->scrnHeight,

+                    b->rootYOrigin + b->scrnWidth,  a))

+        return 1;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+/** Used with \a dmxInterateOverlap to print out a list of screens which

+ * overlap each other. */

+static void *dmxPrintOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *closure)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *a = closure;

+    if (dmxScreen != a) {

+        if (dmxScreen->cursorNotShared)

+            dmxLogOutputCont(a, " [%d/%s]", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);

+        else

+            dmxLogOutputCont(a, " %d/%s", dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name);

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+/** Iterate over the screens which overlap with the \a start screen,

+ * calling \a f with the \a closure for each argument.  Often used with

+ * #dmxPrintOverlap. */

+static void *dmxIterateOverlap(DMXScreenInfo *start,

+                               void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),

+                               void *closure)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *pt;

+

+    if (!start->over) return f(start, closure);

+

+    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {

+        void *retval;

+        if ((retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;

+        if (pt == start) break;

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+/** Used with #dmxPropertyIterate to determine if screen \a a is the

+ * same as the screen \a closure. */

+static void *dmxTestSameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *a, void *closure)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *b = closure;

+

+    if (a == b)

+        return a;

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+/** Detects overlapping dmxScreens and creates circular lists.  This

+ * uses an O(dmxNumScreens^2) algorithm, but dmxNumScreens is < 100 and

+ * the computation only needs to be performed for every server

+ * generation or dynamic reconfiguration . */

+void dmxInitOverlap(void)

+{

+    int           i, j;

+    DMXScreenInfo *a, *b, *pt;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)

+        dmxScreens[i].over = NULL;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+        a = &dmxScreens[i];

+        

+        for (j = i+1; j < dmxNumScreens; j++) {

+            b = &dmxScreens[j];

+            if (b->over)

+                continue;

+            

+            if (dmxDoesOverlap(a, b)) {

+                DMXDBG6("%d overlaps %d: a=%p %p b=%p %p\n",

+                        a->index, b->index, a, a->over, b, b->over);

+                b->over = (a->over ? a->over : a);

+                a->over = b;

+            }

+        }

+    }

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+        a = &dmxScreens[i];

+        

+        if (!a->over)

+            continue;

+        

+                                /* Flag all pairs that are on same display */

+        for (pt = a->over; pt != a; pt = pt->over) {

+            if (dmxPropertyIterate(a, dmxTestSameDisplay, pt)) {

+                /* The ->over sets contain the transitive set of screens

+                 * that overlap.  For screens that are on the same

+                 * backend display, we only want to exclude pairs of

+                 * screens that mutually overlap on the backend display,

+                 * so we call dmxDoesOverlap, which is stricter than the

+                 * ->over set. */

+                if (!dmxDoesOverlap(a, pt))

+                    continue;

+                a->cursorNotShared  = 1;

+                pt->cursorNotShared = 1;

+                dmxLog(dmxInfo,

+                       "Screen %d and %d overlap on %s\n",

+                       a->index, pt->index, a->name);

+            }

+        }

+    }

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+        a = &dmxScreens[i];

+        

+        if (a->over) {

+            dmxLogOutput(a, "Overlaps");

+            dmxIterateOverlap(a, dmxPrintOverlap, a);

+            dmxLogOutputCont(a, "\n");

+        }

+    }

+}

+

+/** Create \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */

+void dmxBECreateCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxCursorPrivPtr  pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);

+    CursorBitsPtr     pBits = pCursor->bits;

+    Pixmap            src, msk;

+    XColor            fg, bg;

+    XImage           *img;

+    XlibGC            gc = NULL;

+    XGCValues         v;

+    unsigned long     m;

+    int               i;

+

+    if (!pCursorPriv)

+	return;

+

+    m = GCFunction | GCPlaneMask | GCForeground | GCBackground | GCClipMask;

+    v.function = GXcopy;

+    v.plane_mask = AllPlanes;

+    v.foreground = 1L;

+    v.background = 0L;

+    v.clip_mask = None;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {

+	if (dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) {

+	    /* Create GC in the back-end servers */

+	    gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],

+			   m, &v);

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    if (!gc)

+        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxRealizeCursor: gc not initialized\n");

+

+    src = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+			pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);

+    msk = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+			pBits->width, pBits->height, 1);

+

+    img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+		       dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,

+		       1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->source,

+		       pBits->width, pBits->height,

+		       BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);

+

+    XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,

+	      pBits->width, pBits->height);

+

+    XFree(img);

+  

+    img = XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+		       dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,

+		       1, XYBitmap, 0, (char *)pBits->mask,

+		       pBits->width, pBits->height,

+		       BitmapPad(dmxScreen->beDisplay), 0);

+

+    XPutImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk, gc, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,

+	      pBits->width, pBits->height);

+

+    XFree(img);

+

+    fg.red   = pCursor->foreRed;

+    fg.green = pCursor->foreGreen;

+    fg.blue  = pCursor->foreBlue;

+

+    bg.red   = pCursor->backRed;

+    bg.green = pCursor->backGreen;

+    bg.blue  = pCursor->backBlue;

+

+    pCursorPriv->cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+					      src, msk,

+					      &fg, &bg,

+					      pBits->xhot, pBits->yhot);

+

+    XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, src);

+    XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, msk);

+    XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, gc);

+

+    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+}

+

+static Bool _dmxRealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxCursorPrivPtr  pCursorPriv;

+

+    DMXDBG2("_dmxRealizeCursor(%d,%p)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor);

+

+    DMX_SET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen, malloc(sizeof(*pCursorPriv)));

+    if (!DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);

+    pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;

+

+    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	return TRUE;

+

+    dmxBECreateCursor(pScreen, pCursor);

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/** Free \a pCursor on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */

+Bool dmxBEFreeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxCursorPrivPtr  pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);

+

+    if (pCursorPriv) {

+	XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pCursorPriv->cursor);

+	pCursorPriv->cursor = (Cursor)0;

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+static Bool _dmxUnrealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+

+    DMXDBG2("_dmxUnrealizeCursor(%d,%p)\n",

+            pScreen->myNum, pCursor);

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	if (dmxBEFreeCursor(pScreen, pCursor))

+	    free(DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen));

+    }

+    DMX_SET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen, NULL);

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static void _dmxMoveCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    int           newX       = x + dmxScreen->rootX;

+    int           newY       = y + dmxScreen->rootY;

+

+    if (newX < 0) newX = 0;

+    if (newY < 0) newY = 0;

+

+    DMXDBG5("_dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d) -> %d,%d\n",

+            pScreen->myNum, x, y, newX, newY);

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	XWarpPointer(dmxScreen->beDisplay, None, dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+		     0, 0, 0, 0, newX, newY);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);

+    }

+}

+

+static void _dmxSetCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo    *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+

+    DMXDBG4("_dmxSetCursor(%d,%p,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, pCursor, x, y);

+

+    if (pCursor) {

+	dmxCursorPrivPtr  pCursorPriv = DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(pCursor, pScreen);

+	if (pCursorPriv && dmxScreen->curCursor != pCursorPriv->cursor) {

+	    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+		XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+			      pCursorPriv->cursor);

+            dmxScreen->cursor        = pCursor;

+	    dmxScreen->curCursor     = pCursorPriv->cursor;

+            dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 1;

+	}

+	_dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);

+    } else {

+	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	    XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+			  dmxScreen->noCursor);

+        dmxScreen->cursor        = NULL;

+	dmxScreen->curCursor     = (Cursor)0;

+        dmxScreen->cursorVisible = 0;

+    }

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);

+}

+

+static Bool dmxRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    DMXScreenInfo *pt;

+

+    if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)

+        return _dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);

+

+    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {

+        if (pt->cursorNotShared)

+            continue;

+        _dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);

+        if (pt == start)

+            break;

+    }

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static Bool dmxUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    DMXScreenInfo *pt;

+

+    if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared)

+        return _dmxUnrealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);

+

+    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {

+        if (pt->cursorNotShared)

+            continue;

+        _dmxUnrealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor);

+        if (pt == start)

+            break;

+    }

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static CursorPtr dmxFindCursor(DMXScreenInfo *start)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *pt;

+

+    if (!start || !start->over)

+        return GetSpriteCursor(inputInfo.pointer);

+    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {

+        if (pt->cursor)

+            return pt->cursor;

+        if (pt == start)

+            break;

+    }

+    return GetSpriteCursor(inputInfo.pointer);

+}

+

+/** Move the cursor to coordinates (\a x, \a y)on \a pScreen.  This

+ * function is usually called via #dmxPointerSpriteFuncs, except during

+ * reconfiguration when the cursor is repositioned to force an update on

+ * newley overlapping screens and on screens that no longer overlap.

+ *

+ * The coords (x,y) are in global coord space.  We'll loop over the

+ * back-end screens and see if they contain the global coord.  If so, call

+ * _dmxMoveCursor() (XWarpPointer) to position the pointer on that screen.

+ */

+void dmxMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    DMXScreenInfo *pt;

+

+    DMXDBG3("dmxMoveCursor(%d,%d,%d)\n", pScreen->myNum, x, y);

+

+    if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {

+        _dmxMoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);

+        return;

+    }

+

+    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {

+        if (pt->cursorNotShared)

+            continue;

+        if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {

+            if (/* pt != start && */ !pt->cursorVisible) {

+                if (!pt->cursor) {

+                                /* This only happens during

+                                 * reconfiguration when a new overlap

+                                 * occurs. */

+                    CursorPtr pCursor;

+                    

+                    if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(start)))

+                        _dmxRealizeCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],

+                                          pt->cursor = pCursor);

+                    

+                }

+                _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],

+                              pt->cursor,

+                              x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,

+                              y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);

+            }

+            _dmxMoveCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],

+                           x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,

+                           y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);

+        } else if (/* pt != start && */ pt->cursorVisible) {

+            _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index],

+                          NULL,

+                          x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,

+                          y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);

+        }

+        if (pt == start)

+            break;

+    }

+}

+

+static void dmxSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *start = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    DMXScreenInfo *pt;

+    int           GX, GY, gx, gy;

+

+    DMXDBG5("dmxSetCursor(%d %p, %p,%d,%d)\n",

+            pScreen->myNum, start, pCursor, x, y);

+

+                                /* We do this check here because of two cases:

+                                 *

+                                 * 1) if a client calls XWarpPointer()

+                                 * and Xinerama is not running, we can

+                                 * have mi's notion of the pointer

+                                 * position out of phase with DMX's

+                                 * notion.

+                                 *

+                                 * 2) if a down button is held while the

+                                 * cursor moves outside the root window,

+                                 * mi's notion of the pointer position

+                                 * is out of phase with DMX's notion and

+                                 * the cursor can remain visible when it

+                                 * shouldn't be. */

+

+    dmxGetGlobalPosition(&GX, &GY);

+    gx = start->rootXOrigin + x;

+    gy = start->rootYOrigin + y;

+    if (x && y && (GX != gx || GY != gy))

+        dmxCoreMotion(NULL, gx, gy, 0, DMX_NO_BLOCK);

+    

+    if (!start->over || !dmxCursorDoMultiCursors || start->cursorNotShared) {

+        _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, pCursor, x, y);

+        return;

+    }

+

+    for (pt = start->over; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->over) {

+        if (pt->cursorNotShared)

+            continue;

+        if (dmxOnScreen(x + start->rootXOrigin, y + start->rootYOrigin, pt)) {

+            _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], pCursor,

+                          x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,

+                          y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);

+        } else {

+            _dmxSetCursor(screenInfo.screens[pt->index], NULL,

+                          x + start->rootXOrigin - pt->rootXOrigin,

+                          y + start->rootYOrigin - pt->rootYOrigin);

+        }

+        if (pt == start)

+            break;

+    }

+}

+

+

+/** This routine is used by the backend input routines to hide the

+ * cursor on a screen that is being used for relative input.  \see

+ * dmxbackend.c */

+void dmxHideCursor(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)

+{

+    int       x, y;

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];

+

+    dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);

+    _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL, x, y);

+}

+

+/** This routine is called during reconfiguration to make sure the

+ * cursor is visible. */

+void dmxCheckCursor(void)

+{

+    int           i;

+    int           x, y;

+    ScreenPtr     pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *firstScreen;

+

+    dmxGetGlobalPosition(&x, &y);

+    firstScreen = dmxFindFirstScreen(x, y);

+

+    DMXDBG2("dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+        DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];

+        pScreen                  = screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index];

+

+        if (!dmxOnScreen(x, y, dmxScreen)) {

+            if (firstScreen && i == miPointerGetScreen(inputInfo.pointer)->myNum)

+                miPointerSetScreen(inputInfo.pointer, firstScreen->index, x, y);

+            _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, NULL,

+                          x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,

+                          y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);

+        } else {

+            if (!dmxScreen->cursor) {

+                CursorPtr pCursor;

+                

+                if ((pCursor = dmxFindCursor(dmxScreen))) {

+                    _dmxRealizeCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor = pCursor);

+                }

+            }

+            _dmxSetCursor(pScreen, dmxScreen->cursor,

+                          x - dmxScreen->rootXOrigin,

+                          y - dmxScreen->rootYOrigin);

+        }

+    }

+    DMXDBG2("   leave dmxCheckCursor %d %d\n", x, y);

+}

+

+static Bool dmxDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScr)

+{

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static void dmxDeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScr)

+{

+}

+

+miPointerSpriteFuncRec dmxPointerSpriteFuncs =

+{

+    dmxRealizeCursor,

+    dmxUnrealizeCursor,

+    dmxSetCursor,

+    dmxMoveCursor,

+    dmxDeviceCursorInitialize,

+    dmxDeviceCursorCleanup

+};

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxfont.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxfont.c
index c33aee79a..3f0264edb 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxfont.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxfont.c
@@ -1,559 +1,551 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides support for fonts. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#define DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG 0
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-
-#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-
-static int (*dmxSaveProcVector[256])(ClientPtr);
-static int   dmxFontLastError;
-
-static int dmxFontErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
-{
-    dmxFontLastError = ev->error_code;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static char **dmxGetFontPath(int *npaths)
-{
-    char          **fp;
-    unsigned char  *c, *paths;
-    char           *newfp;
-    int             len, l, i;
-
-    GetFontPath(serverClient, npaths, &len, &paths);
-
-    newfp = xalloc(*npaths + len);
-    c = (unsigned char *)newfp;
-    fp = xalloc(*npaths * sizeof(*fp));
-
-    memmove(newfp, paths+1, *npaths + len - 1);
-    l = *paths;
-    for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++) {
-	fp[i] = (char *)c;
-	c += l;
-	l = *c;
-	*c++ = '\0';
-    }
-
-#if DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG
-    for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++)
-        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "FontPath[%d] = %s\n", i, fp[i]);
-#endif
-
-    return fp;
-}
-
-static void dmxFreeFontPath(char **fp)
-{
-    xfree(fp[0]);
-    xfree(fp);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxCheckFontPathElement(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, char *fp)
-{
-    int  (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
-
-    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	return TRUE;
-
-    dmxFontLastError = 0;
-    oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);
-    XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &fp, 1);
-    dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);   /* Must complete before removing handler */
-    XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
-
-    return (dmxFontLastError == 0);
-}
-
-static int dmxSetFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
-    int  (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
-    char **fp;
-    int    result = Success;
-    int    npaths;
-
-    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	return result;
-
-    fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);
-    if (!fp) return BadAlloc;
-
-    dmxFontLastError = 0;
-    oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);
-    XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, fp, npaths);
-    dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);   /* Must complete before removing handler */
-    XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);
-
-    if (dmxFontLastError) {
-	result = dmxFontLastError;
-	/* We could set *error here to the offending path, but it is
-	 * ignored, so we don't bother figuring out which path is bad.
-	 * If we do add this support in the future, we'll need to add
-	 * error to the function's argument list.
-	 */
-    }
-
-    dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-static int dmxCheckFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, int *error)
-{
-    char **oldFontPath;
-    int    nOldPaths;
-    int    result = Success;
-
-    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	return result;
-
-    /* Save old font path */
-    oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);
-
-    result = dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen);
-
-    /* Restore old font path */
-    XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);
-    XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
-    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-
-    return result;
-}
-
-static int dmxProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    unsigned char *ptr;
-    unsigned long  nbytes, total, n;
-    long           nfonts;
-    int            i, result;
-    int            error;
-    unsigned char *oldFontPath, *tmpFontPath;
-    int            nOldPaths;
-    int            lenOldPaths;
-    REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);
-    
-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);
-    
-    nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);
-    total = nbytes;
-    ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];
-    nfonts = stuff->nFonts;
-
-    while (--nfonts >= 0) {
-	if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))
-	    return BadLength;
-	total -= n;
-	ptr += n;
-    }
-    if (total >= 4)
-        return BadLength;
-
-    GetFontPath(serverClient, &nOldPaths, &lenOldPaths, &tmpFontPath);
-    oldFontPath = xalloc(nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);
-    memmove(oldFontPath, tmpFontPath, nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);
-
-    result = SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1],
-			 &error);
-    if (!result) {
-	for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)
-	    if ((result = dmxCheckFontPath(&dmxScreens[i], &error)))
-		break;
-
-	if (result) {
-	    int  ignoreresult, ignoreerror;
-
-	    /* Restore old fontpath in the DMX server */
-	    ignoreresult = SetFontPath(client, nOldPaths, oldFontPath,
-				       &ignoreerror);
-	} else {
-	    result = client->noClientException;
-	    client->errorValue = error;
-	}
-    }
-
-    xfree(oldFontPath);
-    return result;
-}
-
-/** Initialize font support.  In addition to the screen function call
- *  pointers, DMX also hooks in at the ProcVector[] level.  Here the old
- *  ProcVector function pointers are saved and the new ProcVector
- *  function pointers are initialized. */
-void dmxInitFonts(void)
-{
-    int  i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-	dmxSaveProcVector[i] = ProcVector[i];
-
-    ProcVector[X_SetFontPath] = dmxProcSetFontPath;
-}
-
-/** Reset font support by restoring the original ProcVector function
- *  pointers. */
-void dmxResetFonts(void)
-{
-    int  i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
-	ProcVector[i] = dmxSaveProcVector[i];
-}
-
-/** Load the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with \a
- *  pScreen.  When a font is loaded, the font path on back-end server is
- *  first initialized to that specified on the command line with the
- *  -fontpath options, and then the font is loaded. */
-Bool dmxBELoadFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
-    const char     *name;
-    char          **oldFontPath = NULL;
-    int             nOldPaths;
-    Atom            name_atom, value_atom;
-    int             i;
-
-    /* Make sure we have a font private struct to work with */
-    if (!pFontPriv)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    /* Don't load a font over top of itself */
-    if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
-	return TRUE; /* Already loaded font */
-    }
-
-    /* Save old font path */
-    oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);
-
-    /* Set the font path for the font about to be loaded on the back-end */
-    if (dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen)) {
-	char **fp;
-	int    npaths;
-	Bool  *goodfps;
-
-	/* This could fail only when first starting the X server and
-	 * loading the default font.  If it fails here, then the default
-	 * font path is invalid, no default font path will be set, the
-	 * DMX server will fail to load the default font, and it will
-	 * exit with an error unless we remove the offending font paths
-	 * with the -ignorebadfontpaths command line option.
-	 */
-
-	fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);
-	if (!fp) {
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "No default font path set.\n");
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "Please see the Xdmx man page for information on how to\n");
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "initialize the DMX server's default font path.\n");
-	    XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-
-	if (!dmxFontPath)
-	    dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No default font path is set.\n");
-
-	goodfps = xalloc(npaths * sizeof(*goodfps));
-
-	dmxLog(dmxError,
-	       "The DMX server failed to set the following font paths on "
-	       "screen #%d:\n", pScreen->myNum);
-	
-	for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
-	    if (!(goodfps[i] = dmxCheckFontPathElement(dmxScreen, fp[i])))
-		dmxLog(dmxError, "    %s\n", fp[i]);
-
-	if (dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths) {
-	    char *newfp;
-	    int   newnpaths = 0;
-	    int   len = 0;
-	    int   j = 0;
-	    int   error;
-
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "These font paths will not be used because the "
-		   "\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "option is set.\n");
-
-	    for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)
-		if (goodfps[i]) {
-		    len += strlen(fp[i]) + 1;
-		    newnpaths++;
-		}
-
-	    if (!newnpaths) {
-		/* No valid font paths were found */
-		dmxLog(dmxError,
-		       "After removing the font paths above, no valid font "
-		       "paths were\n");
-		dmxLog(dmxError,
-		       "available.  Please check that the font paths set on "
-		       "the command\n");
-		dmxLog(dmxError,
-		       "line or in the configuration file via the "
-		       "\"-fontpath\" option\n");
-		dmxLog(dmxError,
-		       "are valid on all back-end servers.  See the Xdmx man "
-		       "page for\n");
-		dmxLog(dmxError,
-		       "more information on font paths.\n");
-		dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
-		XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
-		xfree(goodfps);
-		return FALSE;
-	    }
-
-	    newfp = xalloc(len * sizeof(*newfp));
-	    for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++) {
-		if (goodfps[i]) {
-		    int n = strlen(fp[i]);
-		    newfp[j++] = n;
-		    strncpy(&newfp[j], fp[i], n);
-		    j += n;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    if (SetFontPath(serverClient, newnpaths, (unsigned char *)newfp,
-			    &error)) {
-		/* Note that this should never happen since all of the
-		 * FPEs were previously valid. */
-		dmxLog(dmxError, "Cannot reset the default font path.\n");
-	    }
-	} else if (dmxFontPath) {
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "Please remove these font paths from the command line "
-		   "or\n");
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "configuration file, or set the \"-ignorebadfontpaths\" "
-		   "option to\n");
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "ignore them.  For more information on these options, see "
-		   "the\n");
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "Xdmx man page.\n");
-	} else {
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "Please specify the font paths that are available on all "
-		   "back-end\n");
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "servers with the \"-fontpath\" option, or use the "
-                   "\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");
-            dmxLog(dmxError,
-                   "to ignore bad defaults.  For more information on "
-                   "these and other\n");
-	    dmxLog(dmxError,
-		   "font-path-related options, see the Xdmx man page.\n");
-	}
-
-	if (!dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths ||
-	    (dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths && dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen))) {
-	    /* We still have errors so return with error */
-	    dmxFreeFontPath(fp);
-	    XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
-	    xfree(goodfps);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* Find requested font on back-end server */
-    name_atom = MakeAtom("FONT", 4, TRUE);
-    value_atom = 0L;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < pFont->info.nprops; i++) {
-	if ((Atom)pFont->info.props[i].name == name_atom) {
-	    value_atom = pFont->info.props[i].value;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (!value_atom) return FALSE;
-
-    name = NameForAtom(value_atom);
-    if (!name) return FALSE;
-
-    pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = 
-	XLoadQueryFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, name);
-
-    /* Restore old font path */
-    XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);
-    XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);
-    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-
-    if (!pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Realize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with
- *  \a pScreen. */
-Bool dmxRealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv;
-
-    if (!(pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {
-	FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
-	pFontPriv = xalloc(sizeof(dmxFontPrivRec));
-	if (!pFontPriv) return FALSE;
-        pFontPriv->font = NULL;
-        MAXSCREENSALLOC(pFontPriv->font);
-        if (!pFontPriv->font) {
-            xfree(pFontPriv);
-            return FALSE;
-        }
-	pFontPriv->refcnt = 0;
-    }
-
-    FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, (pointer)pFontPriv);
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	if (!dmxBELoadFont(pScreen, pFont))
-	    return FALSE;
-
-	pFontPriv->refcnt++;
-    } else {
-	pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Free \a pFont on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */
-Bool dmxBEFreeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
-
-    if (pFontPriv && pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
-	XFreeFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]);
-	pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Unrealize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with
- *  \a pScreen. */
-Bool dmxUnrealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv;
-
-    if ((pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {
-	/* In case the font failed to load properly */
-	if (!pFontPriv->refcnt) {
-            MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);
-	    xfree(pFontPriv);
-	    FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
-	} else if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {
-	    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-		dmxBEFreeFont(pScreen, pFont);
-
-	    /* The code below is non-obvious, so here's an explanation...
-	     *
-	     * When creating the default GC, the server opens up the
-	     * default font once for each screen, which in turn calls
-	     * the RealizeFont function pointer once for each screen.
-	     * During this process both dix's font refcnt and DMX's font
-	     * refcnt are incremented once for each screen.
-	     *
-	     * Later, when shutting down the X server, dix shuts down
-	     * each screen in reverse order.  During this shutdown
-	     * procedure, each screen's default GC is freed and then
-	     * that screen is closed by calling the CloseScreen function
-	     * pointer.  screenInfo.numScreens is then decremented after
-	     * closing each screen.  This procedure means that the dix's
-	     * font refcnt for the font used by the default GC's is
-	     * decremented once for each screen # greater than 0.
-	     * However, since dix's refcnt for the default font is not
-	     * yet 0 for each screen greater than 0, no call to the
-	     * UnrealizeFont function pointer is made for those screens.
-	     * Then, when screen 0 is being closed, dix's font refcnt
-	     * for the default GC's font is finally 0 and the font is
-	     * unrealized.  However, since screenInfo.numScreens has
-	     * been decremented already down to 1, only one call to
-	     * UnrealizeFont is made (for screen 0).  Thus, even though
-	     * RealizeFont was called once for each screen,
-	     * UnrealizeFont is only called for screen 0.
-	     *
-	     * This is a bug in dix.
-	     *
-	     * To avoid the memory leak of pFontPriv for each server
-	     * generation, we can also free pFontPriv if the refcnt is
-	     * not yet 0 but the # of screens is 1 -- i.e., the case
-	     * described in the dix bug above.  This is only a temporary
-	     * workaround until the bug in dix is solved.
-	     *
-	     * The other problem is that the font structure allocated by
-	     * XLoadQueryFont() above is not freed for screens > 0.
-	     * This problem cannot be worked around here since the back-
-	     * end displays for screens > 0 have already been closed by
-	     * the time this code is called from dix.
-	     *
-	     * When the bug in dix described above is fixed, then we can
-	     * remove the "|| screenInfo.numScreens == 1" code below and
-	     * the memory leaks will be eliminated.
-	     */
-	    if (--pFontPriv->refcnt == 0
-#if 1
-		/* Remove this code when the dix bug is fixed */
-		|| screenInfo.numScreens == 1
-#endif
-		) {
-                MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);
-		xfree(pFontPriv);
-		FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * This file provides support for fonts. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#define DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG 0

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxsync.h"

+#include "dmxfont.h"

+#include "dmxlog.h"

+

+#include <X11/fonts/fontstruct.h>

+#include "dixfont.h"

+#include "dixstruct.h"

+

+static int (*dmxSaveProcVector[256])(ClientPtr);

+static int   dmxFontLastError;

+

+static int dmxFontErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)

+{

+    dmxFontLastError = ev->error_code;

+

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static char **dmxGetFontPath(int *npaths)

+{

+    char          **fp;

+    unsigned char  *c, *paths;

+    char           *newfp;

+    int             len, l, i;

+

+    GetFontPath(serverClient, npaths, &len, &paths);

+

+    newfp = malloc(*npaths + len);

+    c = (unsigned char *)newfp;

+    fp = malloc(*npaths * sizeof(*fp));

+

+    memmove(newfp, paths+1, *npaths + len - 1);

+    l = *paths;

+    for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++) {

+	fp[i] = (char *)c;

+	c += l;

+	l = *c;

+	*c++ = '\0';

+    }

+

+#if DMX_FONTPATH_DEBUG

+    for (i = 0; i < *npaths; i++)

+        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "FontPath[%d] = %s\n", i, fp[i]);

+#endif

+

+    return fp;

+}

+

+static void dmxFreeFontPath(char **fp)

+{

+    free(fp[0]);

+    free(fp);

+}

+

+static Bool dmxCheckFontPathElement(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, char *fp)

+{

+    int  (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);

+

+    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	return TRUE;

+

+    dmxFontLastError = 0;

+    oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);

+    XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &fp, 1);

+    dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);   /* Must complete before removing handler */

+    XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);

+

+    return (dmxFontLastError == 0);

+}

+

+static int dmxSetFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)

+{

+    int  (*oldErrorHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);

+    char **fp;

+    int    result = Success;

+    int    npaths;

+

+    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	return result;

+

+    fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);

+    if (!fp) return BadAlloc;

+

+    dmxFontLastError = 0;

+    oldErrorHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxFontErrorHandler);

+    XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, fp, npaths);

+    dmxSync(dmxScreen, TRUE);   /* Must complete before removing handler */

+    XSetErrorHandler(oldErrorHandler);

+

+    if (dmxFontLastError) {

+	result = dmxFontLastError;

+	/* We could set *error here to the offending path, but it is

+	 * ignored, so we don't bother figuring out which path is bad.

+	 * If we do add this support in the future, we'll need to add

+	 * error to the function's argument list.

+	 */

+    }

+

+    dmxFreeFontPath(fp);

+

+    return result;

+}

+

+static int dmxCheckFontPath(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, int *error)

+{

+    char **oldFontPath;

+    int    nOldPaths;

+    int    result = Success;

+

+    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	return result;

+

+    /* Save old font path */

+    oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);

+

+    result = dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen);

+

+    /* Restore old font path */

+    XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);

+    XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);

+    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+

+    return result;

+}

+

+static int dmxProcSetFontPath(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    unsigned char *ptr;

+    unsigned long  nbytes, total, n;

+    long           nfonts;

+    int            i, result;

+    unsigned char *oldFontPath, *tmpFontPath;

+    int            nOldPaths;

+    int            lenOldPaths;

+    REQUEST(xSetFontPathReq);

+    

+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSetFontPathReq);

+    

+    nbytes = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xSetFontPathReq);

+    total = nbytes;

+    ptr = (unsigned char *)&stuff[1];

+    nfonts = stuff->nFonts;

+

+    while (--nfonts >= 0) {

+	if ((total == 0) || (total < (n = (*ptr + 1))))

+	    return BadLength;

+	total -= n;

+	ptr += n;

+    }

+    if (total >= 4)

+        return BadLength;

+

+    GetFontPath(serverClient, &nOldPaths, &lenOldPaths, &tmpFontPath);

+    oldFontPath = malloc(nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);

+    memmove(oldFontPath, tmpFontPath, nOldPaths + lenOldPaths);

+

+    result = SetFontPath(client, stuff->nFonts, (unsigned char *)&stuff[1]);

+    if (!result) {

+	int error = 0;

+	for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++)

+	    if ((result = dmxCheckFontPath(&dmxScreens[i], &error)))

+		break;

+

+	if (result) {

+	    /* Restore old fontpath in the DMX server */

+	    SetFontPath(client, nOldPaths, oldFontPath);

+	    client->errorValue = error;

+	}

+    }

+

+    free(oldFontPath);

+    return result;

+}

+

+/** Initialize font support.  In addition to the screen function call

+ *  pointers, DMX also hooks in at the ProcVector[] level.  Here the old

+ *  ProcVector function pointers are saved and the new ProcVector

+ *  function pointers are initialized. */

+void dmxInitFonts(void)

+{

+    int  i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)

+	dmxSaveProcVector[i] = ProcVector[i];

+

+    ProcVector[X_SetFontPath] = dmxProcSetFontPath;

+}

+

+/** Reset font support by restoring the original ProcVector function

+ *  pointers. */

+void dmxResetFonts(void)

+{

+    int  i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)

+	ProcVector[i] = dmxSaveProcVector[i];

+}

+

+/** Load the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with \a

+ *  pScreen.  When a font is loaded, the font path on back-end server is

+ *  first initialized to that specified on the command line with the

+ *  -fontpath options, and then the font is loaded. */

+Bool dmxBELoadFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);

+    const char     *name;

+    char          **oldFontPath = NULL;

+    int             nOldPaths;

+    Atom            name_atom, value_atom;

+    int             i;

+

+    /* Make sure we have a font private struct to work with */

+    if (!pFontPriv)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    /* Don't load a font over top of itself */

+    if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {

+	return TRUE; /* Already loaded font */

+    }

+

+    /* Save old font path */

+    oldFontPath = XGetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &nOldPaths);

+

+    /* Set the font path for the font about to be loaded on the back-end */

+    if (dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen)) {

+	char **fp;

+	int    npaths;

+	Bool  *goodfps;

+

+	/* This could fail only when first starting the X server and

+	 * loading the default font.  If it fails here, then the default

+	 * font path is invalid, no default font path will be set, the

+	 * DMX server will fail to load the default font, and it will

+	 * exit with an error unless we remove the offending font paths

+	 * with the -ignorebadfontpaths command line option.

+	 */

+

+	fp = dmxGetFontPath(&npaths);

+	if (!fp) {

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "No default font path set.\n");

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "Please see the Xdmx man page for information on how to\n");

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "initialize the DMX server's default font path.\n");

+	    XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+

+	if (!dmxFontPath)

+	    dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No default font path is set.\n");

+

+	goodfps = malloc(npaths * sizeof(*goodfps));

+

+	dmxLog(dmxError,

+	       "The DMX server failed to set the following font paths on "

+	       "screen #%d:\n", pScreen->myNum);

+	

+	for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)

+	    if (!(goodfps[i] = dmxCheckFontPathElement(dmxScreen, fp[i])))

+		dmxLog(dmxError, "    %s\n", fp[i]);

+

+	if (dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths) {

+	    char *newfp;

+	    int   newnpaths = 0;

+	    int   len = 0;

+	    int   j = 0;

+

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "These font paths will not be used because the "

+		   "\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "option is set.\n");

+

+	    for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++)

+		if (goodfps[i]) {

+		    len += strlen(fp[i]) + 1;

+		    newnpaths++;

+		}

+

+	    if (!newnpaths) {

+		/* No valid font paths were found */

+		dmxLog(dmxError,

+		       "After removing the font paths above, no valid font "

+		       "paths were\n");

+		dmxLog(dmxError,

+		       "available.  Please check that the font paths set on "

+		       "the command\n");

+		dmxLog(dmxError,

+		       "line or in the configuration file via the "

+		       "\"-fontpath\" option\n");

+		dmxLog(dmxError,

+		       "are valid on all back-end servers.  See the Xdmx man "

+		       "page for\n");

+		dmxLog(dmxError,

+		       "more information on font paths.\n");

+		dmxFreeFontPath(fp);

+		XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);

+		free(goodfps);

+		return FALSE;

+	    }

+

+	    newfp = malloc(len * sizeof(*newfp));

+	    for (i = 0; i < npaths; i++) {

+		if (goodfps[i]) {

+		    int n = strlen(fp[i]);

+		    newfp[j++] = n;

+		    strncpy(&newfp[j], fp[i], n);

+		    j += n;

+		}

+	    }

+

+	    if (SetFontPath(serverClient, newnpaths, (unsigned char *)newfp)) {

+		/* Note that this should never happen since all of the

+		 * FPEs were previously valid. */

+		dmxLog(dmxError, "Cannot reset the default font path.\n");

+	    }

+	} else if (dmxFontPath) {

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "Please remove these font paths from the command line "

+		   "or\n");

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "configuration file, or set the \"-ignorebadfontpaths\" "

+		   "option to\n");

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "ignore them.  For more information on these options, see "

+		   "the\n");

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "Xdmx man page.\n");

+	} else {

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "Please specify the font paths that are available on all "

+		   "back-end\n");

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "servers with the \"-fontpath\" option, or use the "

+                   "\"-ignorebadfontpaths\"\n");

+            dmxLog(dmxError,

+                   "to ignore bad defaults.  For more information on "

+                   "these and other\n");

+	    dmxLog(dmxError,

+		   "font-path-related options, see the Xdmx man page.\n");

+	}

+

+	if (!dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths ||

+	    (dmxIgnoreBadFontPaths && dmxSetFontPath(dmxScreen))) {

+	    /* We still have errors so return with error */

+	    dmxFreeFontPath(fp);

+	    XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);

+	    free(goodfps);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* Find requested font on back-end server */

+    name_atom = MakeAtom("FONT", 4, TRUE);

+    value_atom = 0L;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < pFont->info.nprops; i++) {

+	if ((Atom)pFont->info.props[i].name == name_atom) {

+	    value_atom = pFont->info.props[i].value;

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    if (!value_atom) return FALSE;

+

+    name = NameForAtom(value_atom);

+    if (!name) return FALSE;

+

+    pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = 

+	XLoadQueryFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, name);

+

+    /* Restore old font path */

+    XSetFontPath(dmxScreen->beDisplay, oldFontPath, nOldPaths);

+    XFreeFontPath(oldFontPath);

+    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+

+    if (!pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) return FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/** Realize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with

+ *  \a pScreen. */

+Bool dmxRealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv;

+

+    if (!(pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {

+	FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);

+	pFontPriv = malloc(sizeof(dmxFontPrivRec));

+	if (!pFontPriv) return FALSE;

+        pFontPriv->font = NULL;

+        MAXSCREENSALLOC(pFontPriv->font);

+        if (!pFontPriv->font) {

+            free(pFontPriv);

+            return FALSE;

+        }

+	pFontPriv->refcnt = 0;

+    }

+

+    FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, (pointer)pFontPriv);

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	if (!dmxBELoadFont(pScreen, pFont))

+	    return FALSE;

+

+	pFontPriv->refcnt++;

+    } else {

+	pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/** Free \a pFont on the back-end associated with \a pScreen. */

+Bool dmxBEFreeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);

+

+    if (pFontPriv && pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {

+	XFreeFont(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]);

+	pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum] = NULL;

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+/** Unrealize the font, \a pFont, on the back-end server associated with

+ *  \a pScreen. */

+Bool dmxUnrealizeFont(ScreenPtr pScreen, FontPtr pFont)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv;

+

+    if ((pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex))) {

+	/* In case the font failed to load properly */

+	if (!pFontPriv->refcnt) {

+            MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);

+	    free(pFontPriv);

+	    FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);

+	} else if (pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]) {

+	    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+		dmxBEFreeFont(pScreen, pFont);

+

+	    /* The code below is non-obvious, so here's an explanation...

+	     *

+	     * When creating the default GC, the server opens up the

+	     * default font once for each screen, which in turn calls

+	     * the RealizeFont function pointer once for each screen.

+	     * During this process both dix's font refcnt and DMX's font

+	     * refcnt are incremented once for each screen.

+	     *

+	     * Later, when shutting down the X server, dix shuts down

+	     * each screen in reverse order.  During this shutdown

+	     * procedure, each screen's default GC is freed and then

+	     * that screen is closed by calling the CloseScreen function

+	     * pointer.  screenInfo.numScreens is then decremented after

+	     * closing each screen.  This procedure means that the dix's

+	     * font refcnt for the font used by the default GC's is

+	     * decremented once for each screen # greater than 0.

+	     * However, since dix's refcnt for the default font is not

+	     * yet 0 for each screen greater than 0, no call to the

+	     * UnrealizeFont function pointer is made for those screens.

+	     * Then, when screen 0 is being closed, dix's font refcnt

+	     * for the default GC's font is finally 0 and the font is

+	     * unrealized.  However, since screenInfo.numScreens has

+	     * been decremented already down to 1, only one call to

+	     * UnrealizeFont is made (for screen 0).  Thus, even though

+	     * RealizeFont was called once for each screen,

+	     * UnrealizeFont is only called for screen 0.

+	     *

+	     * This is a bug in dix.

+	     *

+	     * To avoid the memory leak of pFontPriv for each server

+	     * generation, we can also free pFontPriv if the refcnt is

+	     * not yet 0 but the # of screens is 1 -- i.e., the case

+	     * described in the dix bug above.  This is only a temporary

+	     * workaround until the bug in dix is solved.

+	     *

+	     * The other problem is that the font structure allocated by

+	     * XLoadQueryFont() above is not freed for screens > 0.

+	     * This problem cannot be worked around here since the back-

+	     * end displays for screens > 0 have already been closed by

+	     * the time this code is called from dix.

+	     *

+	     * When the bug in dix described above is fixed, then we can

+	     * remove the "|| screenInfo.numScreens == 1" code below and

+	     * the memory leaks will be eliminated.

+	     */

+	    if (--pFontPriv->refcnt == 0

+#if 1

+		/* Remove this code when the dix bug is fixed */

+		|| screenInfo.numScreens == 1

+#endif

+		) {

+                MAXSCREENSFREE(pFontPriv->font);

+		free(pFontPriv);

+		FontSetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex, NULL);

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxgc.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxgc.c
index eb21d3c60..82f74b6e6 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxgc.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxgc.c
@@ -1,421 +1,421 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides support for GCs. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxgc.h"
-#include "dmxgcops.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "migc.h"
-
-static GCFuncs dmxGCFuncs = {
-    dmxValidateGC,
-    dmxChangeGC,
-    dmxCopyGC,
-    dmxDestroyGC,
-    dmxChangeClip,
-    dmxDestroyClip,
-    dmxCopyClip,
-};
-
-static GCOps dmxGCOps = {
-    dmxFillSpans,
-    dmxSetSpans,
-    dmxPutImage,
-    dmxCopyArea,
-    dmxCopyPlane,
-    dmxPolyPoint,
-    dmxPolylines,
-    dmxPolySegment,
-    dmxPolyRectangle,
-    dmxPolyArc,
-    dmxFillPolygon,
-    dmxPolyFillRect,
-    dmxPolyFillArc,
-    dmxPolyText8,
-    dmxPolyText16,
-    dmxImageText8,
-    dmxImageText16,
-    dmxImageGlyphBlt,
-    dmxPolyGlyphBlt,
-    dmxPushPixels
-};
-
-/** Initialize the GC on \a pScreen */
-Bool dmxInitGC(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxGCPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxGCPrivRec)))
-            return FALSE;
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Create the GC on the back-end server. */
-void dmxBECreateGC(ScreenPtr pScreen, GCPtr pGC)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-    int            i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
-	if (pGC->depth == dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth) {
-	    unsigned long  mask;
-	    XGCValues      gcvals;
-
-	    mask = GCGraphicsExposures;
-	    gcvals.graphics_exposures = FALSE;
-
-	    /* Create GC in the back-end servers */
-	    pGCPriv->gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-				    dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],
-				    mask, &gcvals);
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/** Create a graphics context on the back-end server associated /a pGC's
- *  screen. */
-Bool dmxCreateGC(GCPtr pGC)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-    Bool           ret;
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    if ((ret = pScreen->CreateGC(pGC))) {
-	/* Save the old funcs */
-	pGCPriv->funcs = pGC->funcs;
-	pGCPriv->ops   = NULL;
-
-	pGC->funcs = &dmxGCFuncs;
-
-	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	    dmxBECreateGC(pScreen, pGC);
-	} else {
-	    pGCPriv->gc = NULL;
-	}
-
-	/* Check for "magic special case"
-	 * 1. see CreateGC in dix/gc.c for more info
-	 * 2. see dmxChangeGC for more info
-	 */
-	pGCPriv->msc = (!pGC->tileIsPixel && !pGC->tile.pixmap);
-    }
-    DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/** Validate a graphics context, \a pGC, locally in the DMX server and
- *  recompute the composite clip, if necessary. */
-void dmxValidateGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long changes, DrawablePtr pDrawable)
-{
-    dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
-#if 0
-    pGC->funcs->ValidateGC(pGC, changes, pDrawable);
-#endif
-
-    if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW ||
-	pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_PIXMAP) {
-	/* Save the old ops, since we're about to change the ops in the
-	 * epilogue.
-	 */
-	pGCPriv->ops = pGC->ops;
-    } else {
-	pGCPriv->ops = NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* If the client clip is different or moved OR the subwindowMode has
-     * changed OR the window's clip has changed since the last
-     * validation, then we need to recompute the composite clip.
-     */
-    if ((changes & (GCClipXOrigin |
-		    GCClipYOrigin |
-		    GCClipMask |
-		    GCSubwindowMode)) ||
-	(pDrawable->serialNumber !=
-	 (pGC->serialNumber & DRAWABLE_SERIAL_BITS))) {
-	miComputeCompositeClip(pGC, pDrawable);
-    }
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Set the values in the graphics context on the back-end server
- *  associated with \a pGC's screen. */
-void dmxChangeGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long mask)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-    XGCValues      v;
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
-#if 0
-    pGC->funcs->ChangeGC(pGC, mask);
-#endif
-
-    /* Handle "magic special case" from CreateGC */
-    if (pGCPriv->msc) {
-	/* The "magic special case" is used to handle the case where a
-	 * foreground pixel is set when the GC is created so that a
-	 * "pseudo default-tile" can be created and used in case the
-	 * fillstyle was set to FillTiled.  This specific case is tested
-	 * in xtest (XCreateGC test #3).  What has happened in dix by
-	 * the time it reaches here is (1) the pGC->tile.pixel has been
-	 * set to pGC->fgPixel and pGC->tileIsPixel is set, (2) if a
-	 * tile has also been set, then pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and
-	 * pGC->tile.pixmap is initialized; else, the default tile is
-	 * created and pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and pGC->tile.pixmap is
-	 * initialized to the "pseudo default-tile".  In either case,
-	 * pGC->tile.pixmap is set; however, in the "magic special case"
-	 * the mask is not updated to allow us to detect that we should
-	 * initialize the GCTile in the back-end server.  Thus, we catch
-	 * this case in dmxCreateGC and add GCTile to the mask here.
-	 * Are there any cases that I've missed?
-	 */
-
-	/* Make sure that the tile.pixmap is set, just in case the user
-         * set GCTile in the mask but forgot to set vals.pixmap
-	 */
-	if (pGC->tile.pixmap) mask |= GCTile;
-
-	/* This only happens once when the GC is created */
-	pGCPriv->msc = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* Update back-end server's gc */
-    if (mask & GCFunction)          v.function = pGC->alu;
-    if (mask & GCPlaneMask)         v.plane_mask = pGC->planemask;
-    if (mask & GCForeground)        v.foreground = pGC->fgPixel;
-    if (mask & GCBackground)        v.background = pGC->bgPixel;
-    if (mask & GCLineWidth)         v.line_width = pGC->lineWidth;
-    if (mask & GCLineStyle)         v.line_style = pGC->lineStyle;
-    if (mask & GCCapStyle)          v.cap_style = pGC->capStyle;
-    if (mask & GCJoinStyle)         v.join_style = pGC->joinStyle;
-    if (mask & GCFillStyle)         v.fill_style = pGC->fillStyle;
-    if (mask & GCFillRule)          v.fill_rule = pGC->fillRule;
-    if (mask & GCTile) {
-	if (pGC->tileIsPixel) {
-	    mask &= ~GCTile;
-	} else {
-	    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->tile.pixmap);
-	    v.tile = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;
-	}
-    }
-    if (mask & GCStipple) {
-	dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->stipple);
-	v.stipple = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;
-    }
-    if (mask & GCTileStipXOrigin)   v.ts_x_origin = pGC->patOrg.x; 
-    if (mask & GCTileStipYOrigin)   v.ts_y_origin = pGC->patOrg.y;
-    if (mask & GCFont) {
-	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv;
-	    pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pGC->font, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
-	    v.font = pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]->fid;
-	} else {
-	    mask &= ~GCFont;
-	}
-    }
-    if (mask & GCSubwindowMode)     v.subwindow_mode = pGC->subWindowMode;
-
-    /* Graphics exposures are not needed on the back-ends since they can
-       be generated on the front-end thereby saving bandwidth. */
-    if (mask & GCGraphicsExposures) mask &= ~GCGraphicsExposures;
-
-    if (mask & GCClipXOrigin)       v.clip_x_origin = pGC->clipOrg.x;
-    if (mask & GCClipYOrigin)       v.clip_y_origin = pGC->clipOrg.y;
-    if (mask & GCClipMask)          mask &= ~GCClipMask; /* See ChangeClip */
-    if (mask & GCDashOffset)        v.dash_offset = pGC->dashOffset;
-    if (mask & GCDashList) {
-	mask &= ~GCDashList;
-	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	    XSetDashes(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,
-		       pGC->dashOffset, (char *)pGC->dash,
-		       pGC->numInDashList);
-    }
-    if (mask & GCArcMode)           v.arc_mode = pGC->arcMode;
-
-    if (mask && dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	XChangeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, mask, &v);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-    }
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Copy \a pGCSrc to \a pGCDst on the back-end server associated with
- *  \a pGCSrc's screen. */
-void dmxCopyGC(GCPtr pGCSrc, unsigned long changes, GCPtr pGCDst)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGCSrc->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCSrcPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCSrc);
-    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCDstPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCDst);
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);
-    pGCDst->funcs->CopyGC(pGCSrc, changes, pGCDst);
-
-    /* Copy the GC on the back-end server */
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	XCopyGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCSrcPriv->gc, changes, pGCDstPriv->gc);
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);
-}
-
-/** Free the \a pGC on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBEFreeGC(GCPtr pGC)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen   = pGC->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv   = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-
-    if (pGCPriv->gc) {
-	XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc);
-	pGCPriv->gc = NULL;
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Destroy the graphics context, \a pGC and free the corresponding GC
- *  on the back-end server. */
-void dmxDestroyGC(GCPtr pGC)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen   = pGC->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
-
-    /* Free the GC on the back-end server */
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	dmxBEFreeGC(pGC);
-
-    pGC->funcs->DestroyGC(pGC);
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Change the clip rects for a GC. */
-void dmxChangeClip(GCPtr pGC, int type, pointer pvalue, int nrects)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-    XRectangle    *pRects;
-    BoxPtr         pBox;
-    int            i, nRects;
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
-    pGC->funcs->ChangeClip(pGC, type, pvalue, nrects);
-
-    /* Set the client clip on the back-end server */
-    switch (pGC->clientClipType) {
-    case CT_NONE:
-	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	    XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);
-	break;
-
-    case CT_REGION:
-	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	    nRects = REGION_NUM_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);
-	    pRects = xalloc(nRects * sizeof(*pRects));
-	    pBox   = REGION_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);
-
-	    for (i = 0; i < nRects; i++) {
-		pRects[i].x      = pBox[i].x1;
-		pRects[i].y      = pBox[i].y1;
-		pRects[i].width  = pBox[i].x2 - pBox[i].x1;
-		pRects[i].height = pBox[i].y2 - pBox[i].y1;
-	    }
-
-	    XSetClipRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,
-			       pGC->clipOrg.x, pGC->clipOrg.y,
-			       pRects, nRects, Unsorted);
-
-	    xfree(pRects);
-	}
-	break;
-
-    case CT_PIXMAP:
-    case CT_UNSORTED:
-    case CT_YSORTED:
-    case CT_YXSORTED:
-    case CT_YXBANDED:
-	/* These clip types are condensed down to either NONE or REGION
-           in the mi code */
-	break;
-    }
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Destroy a GC's clip rects. */
-void dmxDestroyClip(GCPtr pGC)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);
-    pGC->funcs->DestroyClip(pGC);
-
-    /* Set the client clip on the back-end server to None */
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);
-
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);
-}
-
-/** Copy a GC's clip rects. */
-void dmxCopyClip(GCPtr pGCDst, GCPtr pGCSrc)
-{
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);
-    pGCDst->funcs->CopyClip(pGCDst, pGCSrc);
-    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * This file provides support for GCs. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxsync.h"

+#include "dmxgc.h"

+#include "dmxgcops.h"

+#include "dmxpixmap.h"

+#include "dmxfont.h"

+

+#include "gcstruct.h"

+#include "pixmapstr.h"

+#include "migc.h"

+

+static GCFuncs dmxGCFuncs = {

+    dmxValidateGC,

+    dmxChangeGC,

+    dmxCopyGC,

+    dmxDestroyGC,

+    dmxChangeClip,

+    dmxDestroyClip,

+    dmxCopyClip,

+};

+

+static GCOps dmxGCOps = {

+    dmxFillSpans,

+    dmxSetSpans,

+    dmxPutImage,

+    dmxCopyArea,

+    dmxCopyPlane,

+    dmxPolyPoint,

+    dmxPolylines,

+    dmxPolySegment,

+    dmxPolyRectangle,

+    dmxPolyArc,

+    dmxFillPolygon,

+    dmxPolyFillRect,

+    dmxPolyFillArc,

+    dmxPolyText8,

+    dmxPolyText16,

+    dmxImageText8,

+    dmxImageText16,

+    dmxImageGlyphBlt,

+    dmxPolyGlyphBlt,

+    dmxPushPixels

+};

+

+/** Initialize the GC on \a pScreen */

+Bool dmxInitGC(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxGCPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxGCPrivRec)))

+            return FALSE;

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/** Create the GC on the back-end server. */

+void dmxBECreateGC(ScreenPtr pScreen, GCPtr pGC)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);

+    int            i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {

+	if (pGC->depth == dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth) {

+	    unsigned long  mask;

+	    XGCValues      gcvals;

+

+	    mask = GCGraphicsExposures;

+	    gcvals.graphics_exposures = FALSE;

+

+	    /* Create GC in the back-end servers */

+	    pGCPriv->gc = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+				    dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i],

+				    mask, &gcvals);

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+/** Create a graphics context on the back-end server associated /a pGC's

+ *  screen. */

+Bool dmxCreateGC(GCPtr pGC)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGC->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);

+    Bool           ret;

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    if ((ret = pScreen->CreateGC(pGC))) {

+	/* Save the old funcs */

+	pGCPriv->funcs = pGC->funcs;

+	pGCPriv->ops   = NULL;

+

+	pGC->funcs = &dmxGCFuncs;

+

+	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	    dmxBECreateGC(pScreen, pGC);

+	} else {

+	    pGCPriv->gc = NULL;

+	}

+

+	/* Check for "magic special case"

+	 * 1. see CreateGC in dix/gc.c for more info

+	 * 2. see dmxChangeGC for more info

+	 */

+	pGCPriv->msc = (!pGC->tileIsPixel && !pGC->tile.pixmap);

+    }

+    DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/** Validate a graphics context, \a pGC, locally in the DMX server and

+ *  recompute the composite clip, if necessary. */

+void dmxValidateGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long changes, DrawablePtr pDrawable)

+{

+    dmxGCPrivPtr pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);

+#if 0

+    pGC->funcs->ValidateGC(pGC, changes, pDrawable);

+#endif

+

+    if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW ||

+	pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_PIXMAP) {

+	/* Save the old ops, since we're about to change the ops in the

+	 * epilogue.

+	 */

+	pGCPriv->ops = pGC->ops;

+    } else {

+	pGCPriv->ops = NULL;

+    }

+

+    /* If the client clip is different or moved OR the subwindowMode has

+     * changed OR the window's clip has changed since the last

+     * validation, then we need to recompute the composite clip.

+     */

+    if ((changes & (GCClipXOrigin |

+		    GCClipYOrigin |

+		    GCClipMask |

+		    GCSubwindowMode)) ||

+	(pDrawable->serialNumber !=

+	 (pGC->serialNumber & DRAWABLE_SERIAL_BITS))) {

+	miComputeCompositeClip(pGC, pDrawable);

+    }

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);

+}

+

+/** Set the values in the graphics context on the back-end server

+ *  associated with \a pGC's screen. */

+void dmxChangeGC(GCPtr pGC, unsigned long mask)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGC->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);

+    XGCValues      v;

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);

+#if 0

+    pGC->funcs->ChangeGC(pGC, mask);

+#endif

+

+    /* Handle "magic special case" from CreateGC */

+    if (pGCPriv->msc) {

+	/* The "magic special case" is used to handle the case where a

+	 * foreground pixel is set when the GC is created so that a

+	 * "pseudo default-tile" can be created and used in case the

+	 * fillstyle was set to FillTiled.  This specific case is tested

+	 * in xtest (XCreateGC test #3).  What has happened in dix by

+	 * the time it reaches here is (1) the pGC->tile.pixel has been

+	 * set to pGC->fgPixel and pGC->tileIsPixel is set, (2) if a

+	 * tile has also been set, then pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and

+	 * pGC->tile.pixmap is initialized; else, the default tile is

+	 * created and pGC->tileIsPixel is unset and pGC->tile.pixmap is

+	 * initialized to the "pseudo default-tile".  In either case,

+	 * pGC->tile.pixmap is set; however, in the "magic special case"

+	 * the mask is not updated to allow us to detect that we should

+	 * initialize the GCTile in the back-end server.  Thus, we catch

+	 * this case in dmxCreateGC and add GCTile to the mask here.

+	 * Are there any cases that I've missed?

+	 */

+

+	/* Make sure that the tile.pixmap is set, just in case the user

+         * set GCTile in the mask but forgot to set vals.pixmap

+	 */

+	if (pGC->tile.pixmap) mask |= GCTile;

+

+	/* This only happens once when the GC is created */

+	pGCPriv->msc = FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* Update back-end server's gc */

+    if (mask & GCFunction)          v.function = pGC->alu;

+    if (mask & GCPlaneMask)         v.plane_mask = pGC->planemask;

+    if (mask & GCForeground)        v.foreground = pGC->fgPixel;

+    if (mask & GCBackground)        v.background = pGC->bgPixel;

+    if (mask & GCLineWidth)         v.line_width = pGC->lineWidth;

+    if (mask & GCLineStyle)         v.line_style = pGC->lineStyle;

+    if (mask & GCCapStyle)          v.cap_style = pGC->capStyle;

+    if (mask & GCJoinStyle)         v.join_style = pGC->joinStyle;

+    if (mask & GCFillStyle)         v.fill_style = pGC->fillStyle;

+    if (mask & GCFillRule)          v.fill_rule = pGC->fillRule;

+    if (mask & GCTile) {

+	if (pGC->tileIsPixel) {

+	    mask &= ~GCTile;

+	} else {

+	    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->tile.pixmap);

+	    v.tile = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;

+	}

+    }

+    if (mask & GCStipple) {

+	dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pGC->stipple);

+	v.stipple = (Drawable)pPixPriv->pixmap;

+    }

+    if (mask & GCTileStipXOrigin)   v.ts_x_origin = pGC->patOrg.x; 

+    if (mask & GCTileStipYOrigin)   v.ts_y_origin = pGC->patOrg.y;

+    if (mask & GCFont) {

+	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv;

+	    pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pGC->font, dmxFontPrivateIndex);

+	    v.font = pFontPriv->font[pScreen->myNum]->fid;

+	} else {

+	    mask &= ~GCFont;

+	}

+    }

+    if (mask & GCSubwindowMode)     v.subwindow_mode = pGC->subWindowMode;

+

+    /* Graphics exposures are not needed on the back-ends since they can

+       be generated on the front-end thereby saving bandwidth. */

+    if (mask & GCGraphicsExposures) mask &= ~GCGraphicsExposures;

+

+    if (mask & GCClipXOrigin)       v.clip_x_origin = pGC->clipOrg.x;

+    if (mask & GCClipYOrigin)       v.clip_y_origin = pGC->clipOrg.y;

+    if (mask & GCClipMask)          mask &= ~GCClipMask; /* See ChangeClip */

+    if (mask & GCDashOffset)        v.dash_offset = pGC->dashOffset;

+    if (mask & GCDashList) {

+	mask &= ~GCDashList;

+	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	    XSetDashes(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,

+		       pGC->dashOffset, (char *)pGC->dash,

+		       pGC->numInDashList);

+    }

+    if (mask & GCArcMode)           v.arc_mode = pGC->arcMode;

+

+    if (mask && dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	XChangeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, mask, &v);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+    }

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);

+}

+

+/** Copy \a pGCSrc to \a pGCDst on the back-end server associated with

+ *  \a pGCSrc's screen. */

+void dmxCopyGC(GCPtr pGCSrc, unsigned long changes, GCPtr pGCDst)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGCSrc->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCSrcPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCSrc);

+    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCDstPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGCDst);

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);

+    pGCDst->funcs->CopyGC(pGCSrc, changes, pGCDst);

+

+    /* Copy the GC on the back-end server */

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	XCopyGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCSrcPriv->gc, changes, pGCDstPriv->gc);

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);

+}

+

+/** Free the \a pGC on the back-end server. */

+Bool dmxBEFreeGC(GCPtr pGC)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen   = pGC->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv   = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);

+

+    if (pGCPriv->gc) {

+	XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc);

+	pGCPriv->gc = NULL;

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+/** Destroy the graphics context, \a pGC and free the corresponding GC

+ *  on the back-end server. */

+void dmxDestroyGC(GCPtr pGC)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen   = pGC->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);

+

+    /* Free the GC on the back-end server */

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	dmxBEFreeGC(pGC);

+

+    pGC->funcs->DestroyGC(pGC);

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);

+}

+

+/** Change the clip rects for a GC. */

+void dmxChangeClip(GCPtr pGC, int type, pointer pvalue, int nrects)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGC->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);

+    XRectangle    *pRects;

+    BoxPtr         pBox;

+    int            i, nRects;

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);

+    pGC->funcs->ChangeClip(pGC, type, pvalue, nrects);

+

+    /* Set the client clip on the back-end server */

+    switch (pGC->clientClipType) {

+    case CT_NONE:

+	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	    XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);

+	break;

+

+    case CT_REGION:

+	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	    nRects = REGION_NUM_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);

+	    pRects = malloc(nRects * sizeof(*pRects));

+	    pBox   = REGION_RECTS((RegionPtr)pGC->clientClip);

+

+	    for (i = 0; i < nRects; i++) {

+		pRects[i].x      = pBox[i].x1;

+		pRects[i].y      = pBox[i].y1;

+		pRects[i].width  = pBox[i].x2 - pBox[i].x1;

+		pRects[i].height = pBox[i].y2 - pBox[i].y1;

+	    }

+

+	    XSetClipRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc,

+			       pGC->clipOrg.x, pGC->clipOrg.y,

+			       pRects, nRects, Unsorted);

+

+	    free(pRects);

+	}

+	break;

+

+    case CT_PIXMAP:

+    case CT_UNSORTED:

+    case CT_YSORTED:

+    case CT_YXSORTED:

+    case CT_YXBANDED:

+	/* These clip types are condensed down to either NONE or REGION

+           in the mi code */

+	break;

+    }

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);

+}

+

+/** Destroy a GC's clip rects. */

+void dmxDestroyClip(GCPtr pGC)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pGC->pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxGCPrivPtr   pGCPriv = DMX_GET_GC_PRIV(pGC);

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGC);

+    pGC->funcs->DestroyClip(pGC);

+

+    /* Set the client clip on the back-end server to None */

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	XSetClipMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pGCPriv->gc, None);

+

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGC);

+}

+

+/** Copy a GC's clip rects. */

+void dmxCopyClip(GCPtr pGCDst, GCPtr pGCSrc)

+{

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_PROLOGUE(pGCDst);

+    pGCDst->funcs->CopyClip(pGCDst, pGCSrc);

+    DMX_GC_FUNC_EPILOGUE(pGCDst);

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c
index 617ec5e49..37b302a25 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ void dmxGetColormaps(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
     int i;

 

     dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps = dmxScreen->beNumVisuals;

-    dmxScreen->beDefColormaps = xalloc(dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps *

+    dmxScreen->beDefColormaps = malloc(dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps *

 				       sizeof(*dmxScreen->beDefColormaps));

 

     for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps; i++)

@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ void InitOutput(ScreenInfo *pScreenInfo, int argc, char *argv[])
 		nconfigs = dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals;

 	    }

 

-	    configprivs = xalloc(nconfigs * sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate*));

+	    configprivs = malloc(nconfigs * sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate*));

 

 	    if (configs != NULL && configprivs != NULL) {

 

@@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ void InitOutput(ScreenInfo *pScreenInfo, int argc, char *argv[])
 		for (i = 0; i < nconfigs; i++) {

 

 		    configprivs[i] = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate *)

-			xalloc(sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate));

+			malloc(sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate));

 		    configprivs[i]->x_visual_depth = 0;

 		    configprivs[i]->x_visual_class = 0;

 

@@ -816,11 +816,11 @@ static void dmxSetDefaultFontPath(char *fp)
 	int len;

 

 	len = strlen(dmxFontPath);

-	dmxFontPath = xrealloc(dmxFontPath, len+fplen+1);

+	dmxFontPath = realloc(dmxFontPath, len+fplen+1);

 	dmxFontPath[len] = ',';

 	strncpy(&dmxFontPath[len+1], fp, fplen);

     } else {

-	dmxFontPath = xalloc(fplen);

+	dmxFontPath = malloc(fplen);

 	strncpy(dmxFontPath, fp, fplen);

     }

 

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c
index efb2e41c9..c7bcd5b91 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpict.c
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderCreateGlyphSet(ClientPtr client)
 	

 	glyphSet = SecurityLookupIDByType(client, stuff->gsid, GlyphSetType,

 					  DixDestroyAccess);

-	glyphPriv = xalloc(sizeof(dmxGlyphPrivRec));

+	glyphPriv = malloc(sizeof(dmxGlyphPrivRec));

 	if (!glyphPriv) return BadAlloc;

         glyphPriv->glyphSets = NULL;

         MAXSCREENSALLOC_RETURN(glyphPriv->glyphSets, BadAlloc);

@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderFreeGlyphSet(ClientPtr client)
 	}

 

         MAXSCREENSFREE(glyphPriv->glyphSets);

-	xfree(glyphPriv);

+	free(glyphPriv);

 	DMX_SET_GLYPH_PRIV(glyphSet, NULL);

     }

 

@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderAddGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
 		  sizeof(xRenderAddGlyphsReq) -

 		  (sizeof(CARD32) + sizeof(xGlyphInfo)) * nglyphs);

 

-        gidsCopy = xalloc(sizeof(*gidsCopy) * nglyphs);

+        gidsCopy = malloc(sizeof(*gidsCopy) * nglyphs);

         for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++) gidsCopy[i] = gids[i];

 

 	/* FIXME: Will this ever fail? */

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderAddGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
 		dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

 	    }

 	}

-        xfree(gidsCopy);

+        free(gidsCopy);

     }

 

     return ret;

@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderFreeGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
 

 	nglyphs = ((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderFreeGlyphsReq)) >> 2;

 	if (nglyphs) {

-            gids    = xalloc(sizeof(*gids) * nglyphs);

+            gids    = malloc(sizeof(*gids) * nglyphs);

             for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++)

                 gids[i] = ((CARD32 *)(stuff + 1))[i];

             

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ static int dmxProcRenderFreeGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
 		    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

 		}

 	    }

-            xfree(gids);

+            free(gids);

 	}

     }

 

@@ -531,13 +531,13 @@ static int dmxProcRenderCompositeGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
 	/* The following only works for Render version > 0.2 */

 

 	/* All of the XGlyphElt* structure sizes are identical */

-	elts = xalloc(nelt * sizeof(XGlyphElt8));

+	elts = malloc(nelt * sizeof(XGlyphElt8));

 	if (!elts)

 	    return BadAlloc;

 

-	glyphs = xalloc(nglyph * size);

+	glyphs = malloc(nglyph * size);

 	if (!glyphs) {

-	    xfree(elts);

+	    free(elts);

 	    return BadAlloc;

 	}

 

@@ -605,8 +605,8 @@ static int dmxProcRenderCompositeGlyphs(ClientPtr client)
 

 	dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

 

-	xfree(elts);

-	xfree(glyphs);

+	free(elts);

+	free(glyphs);

     }

 

     return ret;

@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ int dmxChangePictureClip(PicturePtr pPicture, int clipType,
 	    int         nRects;

 

 	    nRects = nBox;

-	    pRects = pRect = xalloc(nRects * sizeof(*pRect));

+	    pRects = pRect = malloc(nRects * sizeof(*pRect));

 

 	    while (nBox--) {

 		pRect->x      = pBox->x1;

@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ int dmxChangePictureClip(PicturePtr pPicture, int clipType,
 					    0, 0,

 					    pRects,

 					    nRects);

-	    xfree(pRects);

+	    free(pRects);

 	} else {

 	    XRenderSetPictureClipRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

 					    pPictPriv->pict,

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c
index 66224031a..bcbcc3a88 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxpixmap.c
@@ -1,253 +1,253 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * Provides pixmap support. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-
-/** Initialize a private area in \a pScreen for pixmap information. */
-Bool dmxInitPixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxPixPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxPixPrivRec)))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Create a pixmap on the back-end server. */
-void dmxBECreatePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen   = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv  = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
-
-    /* Make sure we haven't already created this pixmap.  This can
-     * happen when the pixmap is used elsewhere (e.g., as a background
-     * or border for a window) and the refcnt > 1.
-     */
-    if (pPixPriv->pixmap)
-	return;
-
-    if (pPixmap->drawable.width && pPixmap->drawable.height) {
-	pPixPriv->pixmap = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-					 dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-					 pPixmap->drawable.width,
-					 pPixmap->drawable.height,
-					 pPixmap->drawable.depth);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-    }
-}
-
-/** Create a pixmap for \a pScreen with the specified \a width, \a
- *  height, and \a depth. */
-PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen, int width, int height, int depth,
-			  unsigned usage_hint)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    PixmapPtr      pPixmap;
-    int            bpp;
-    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv;
-
-#if 0
-    DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    if (pScreen->CreatePixmap)
-	ret = pScreen->CreatePixmap(pPixmap);
-#endif
-
-    /* Create pixmap on back-end server */
-    if (depth == 24) bpp = 32;
-    else             bpp = depth;
-
-    pPixmap = AllocatePixmap(pScreen, 0);
-    if (!pPixmap)
-	return NullPixmap;
-
-    pPixmap->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_PIXMAP;
-    pPixmap->drawable.class = 0;
-    pPixmap->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;
-    pPixmap->drawable.depth = depth;
-    pPixmap->drawable.bitsPerPixel = bpp;
-    pPixmap->drawable.id = 0;
-    pPixmap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;
-    pPixmap->drawable.x = 0;
-    pPixmap->drawable.y = 0;
-    pPixmap->drawable.width = width;
-    pPixmap->drawable.height = height;
-    pPixmap->devKind = PixmapBytePad(width, bpp);
-    pPixmap->refcnt = 1;
-    pPixmap->usage_hint = usage_hint;
-
-    pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
-    pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;
-    pPixPriv->detachedImage = NULL;
-
-    /* Create the pixmap on the back-end server */
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	dmxBECreatePixmap(pPixmap);
-    }
-
-#if 0
-    DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#endif
-
-    return pPixmap;
-}
-
-/** Destroy the pixmap on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBEFreePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
-
-    if (pPixPriv->pixmap) {
-	XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap);
-	pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Destroy the pixmap pointed to by \a pPixmap. */
-Bool dmxDestroyPixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    Bool           ret = TRUE;
-
-#if 0
-    DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#endif
-
-    if (--pPixmap->refcnt)
-	return TRUE;
-
-    /* Destroy pixmap on back-end server */
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	if (dmxBEFreePixmap(pPixmap)) {
-	    /* Also make sure that we destroy any detached image */
-	    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
-	    if (pPixPriv->detachedImage)
-		XDestroyImage(pPixPriv->detachedImage);
-	    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-	}
-    }
-    dixFreePrivates(pPixmap->devPrivates);
-    xfree(pPixmap);
-
-#if 0
-    if (pScreen->DestroyPixmap)
-	ret = pScreen->DestroyPixmap(pPixmap);
-    DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#endif
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/** Create and return a region based on the pixmap pointed to by \a
- *  pPixmap. */
-RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion(PixmapPtr pPixmap)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);
-    XImage        *ximage;
-    RegionPtr      pReg, pTmpReg;
-    int            x, y;
-    unsigned long  previousPixel, currentPixel;
-    BoxRec         Box;
-    Bool           overlap;
-  
-    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
-	return pReg;
-    }
-
-    ximage = XGetImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap, 0, 0,
-		       pPixmap->drawable.width, pPixmap->drawable.height,
-		       1, XYPixmap);
-
-    pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
-    pTmpReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);
-    if(!pReg || !pTmpReg) {
-	XDestroyImage(ximage);
-	return NullRegion;
-    }
-
-    for (y = 0; y < pPixmap->drawable.height; y++) {
-	Box.y1 = y;
-	Box.y2 = y + 1;
-	previousPixel = 0L;
-	for (x = 0; x < pPixmap->drawable.width; x++) {
-	    currentPixel = XGetPixel(ximage, x, y);
-	    if (previousPixel != currentPixel) {
-		if (previousPixel == 0L) { 
-		    /* left edge */
-		    Box.x1 = x;
-		} else if (currentPixel == 0L) {
-		    /* right edge */
-		    Box.x2 = x;
-		    REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);
-		    REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);
-		}
-		previousPixel = currentPixel;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (previousPixel != 0L) {
-	    /* right edge because of the end of pixmap */
-	    Box.x2 = pPixmap->drawable.width;
-	    REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);
-	    REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);
-	}
-    }
-  
-    REGION_DESTROY(pScreen, pTmpReg);
-    XDestroyImage(ximage);
-
-    REGION_VALIDATE(pScreen, pReg, &overlap);
-
-    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-    return(pReg);
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * Provides pixmap support. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxsync.h"

+#include "dmxpixmap.h"

+

+#include "pixmapstr.h"

+#include "servermd.h"

+#include "privates.h"

+

+/** Initialize a private area in \a pScreen for pixmap information. */

+Bool dmxInitPixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxPixPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxPixPrivRec)))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/** Create a pixmap on the back-end server. */

+void dmxBECreatePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen   = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv  = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);

+

+    /* Make sure we haven't already created this pixmap.  This can

+     * happen when the pixmap is used elsewhere (e.g., as a background

+     * or border for a window) and the refcnt > 1.

+     */

+    if (pPixPriv->pixmap)

+	return;

+

+    if (pPixmap->drawable.width && pPixmap->drawable.height) {

+	pPixPriv->pixmap = XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+					 dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+					 pPixmap->drawable.width,

+					 pPixmap->drawable.height,

+					 pPixmap->drawable.depth);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+    }

+}

+

+/** Create a pixmap for \a pScreen with the specified \a width, \a

+ *  height, and \a depth. */

+PixmapPtr dmxCreatePixmap(ScreenPtr pScreen, int width, int height, int depth,

+			  unsigned usage_hint)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    PixmapPtr      pPixmap;

+    int            bpp;

+    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv;

+

+#if 0

+    DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    if (pScreen->CreatePixmap)

+	ret = pScreen->CreatePixmap(pPixmap);

+#endif

+

+    /* Create pixmap on back-end server */

+    if (depth == 24) bpp = 32;

+    else             bpp = depth;

+

+    pPixmap = AllocatePixmap(pScreen, 0);

+    if (!pPixmap)

+	return NullPixmap;

+

+    pPixmap->drawable.type = DRAWABLE_PIXMAP;

+    pPixmap->drawable.class = 0;

+    pPixmap->drawable.pScreen = pScreen;

+    pPixmap->drawable.depth = depth;

+    pPixmap->drawable.bitsPerPixel = bpp;

+    pPixmap->drawable.id = 0;

+    pPixmap->drawable.serialNumber = NEXT_SERIAL_NUMBER;

+    pPixmap->drawable.x = 0;

+    pPixmap->drawable.y = 0;

+    pPixmap->drawable.width = width;

+    pPixmap->drawable.height = height;

+    pPixmap->devKind = PixmapBytePad(width, bpp);

+    pPixmap->refcnt = 1;

+    pPixmap->usage_hint = usage_hint;

+

+    pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);

+    pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;

+    pPixPriv->detachedImage = NULL;

+

+    /* Create the pixmap on the back-end server */

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	dmxBECreatePixmap(pPixmap);

+    }

+

+#if 0

+    DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#endif

+

+    return pPixmap;

+}

+

+/** Destroy the pixmap on the back-end server. */

+Bool dmxBEFreePixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);

+

+    if (pPixPriv->pixmap) {

+	XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap);

+	pPixPriv->pixmap = (Pixmap)0;

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+/** Destroy the pixmap pointed to by \a pPixmap. */

+Bool dmxDestroyPixmap(PixmapPtr pPixmap)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    Bool           ret = TRUE;

+

+#if 0

+    DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#endif

+

+    if (--pPixmap->refcnt)

+	return TRUE;

+

+    /* Destroy pixmap on back-end server */

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	if (dmxBEFreePixmap(pPixmap)) {

+	    /* Also make sure that we destroy any detached image */

+	    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);

+	    if (pPixPriv->detachedImage)

+		XDestroyImage(pPixPriv->detachedImage);

+	    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+	}

+    }

+    dixFreePrivates(pPixmap->devPrivates);

+    free(pPixmap);

+

+#if 0

+    if (pScreen->DestroyPixmap)

+	ret = pScreen->DestroyPixmap(pPixmap);

+    DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#endif

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/** Create and return a region based on the pixmap pointed to by \a

+ *  pPixmap. */

+RegionPtr dmxBitmapToRegion(PixmapPtr pPixmap)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pPixmap->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxPixPrivPtr  pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pPixmap);

+    XImage        *ximage;

+    RegionPtr      pReg, pTmpReg;

+    int            x, y;

+    unsigned long  previousPixel, currentPixel;

+    BoxRec         Box;

+    Bool           overlap;

+  

+    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);

+	return pReg;

+    }

+

+    ximage = XGetImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pPixPriv->pixmap, 0, 0,

+		       pPixmap->drawable.width, pPixmap->drawable.height,

+		       1, XYPixmap);

+

+    pReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);

+    pTmpReg = REGION_CREATE(pScreen, NullBox, 1);

+    if(!pReg || !pTmpReg) {

+	XDestroyImage(ximage);

+	return NullRegion;

+    }

+

+    for (y = 0; y < pPixmap->drawable.height; y++) {

+	Box.y1 = y;

+	Box.y2 = y + 1;

+	previousPixel = 0L;

+	for (x = 0; x < pPixmap->drawable.width; x++) {

+	    currentPixel = XGetPixel(ximage, x, y);

+	    if (previousPixel != currentPixel) {

+		if (previousPixel == 0L) { 

+		    /* left edge */

+		    Box.x1 = x;

+		} else if (currentPixel == 0L) {

+		    /* right edge */

+		    Box.x2 = x;

+		    REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);

+		    REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);

+		}

+		previousPixel = currentPixel;

+	    }

+	}

+	if (previousPixel != 0L) {

+	    /* right edge because of the end of pixmap */

+	    Box.x2 = pPixmap->drawable.width;

+	    REGION_RESET(pScreen, pTmpReg, &Box);

+	    REGION_APPEND(pScreen, pReg, pTmpReg);

+	}

+    }

+  

+    REGION_DESTROY(pScreen, pTmpReg);

+    XDestroyImage(ximage);

+

+    REGION_VALIDATE(pScreen, pReg, &overlap);

+

+    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+    return(pReg);

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c
index 376313d8d..95efcb0e0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c
@@ -1,347 +1,347 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * It is possible for one of the DMX "backend displays" to actually be
- * smaller than the dimensions of the backend X server.  Therefore, it
- * is possible for more than one of the DMX "backend displays" to be
- * physically located on the same backend X server.  This situation must
- * be detected so that cursor motion can be handled in an expected
- * fashion.
- *
- * We could analyze the names used for the DMX "backend displays" (e.g.,
- * the names passed to the -display command-line parameter), but there
- * are many possible names for a single X display, and failing to detect
- * sameness leads to very unexpected results.  Therefore, whenever the
- * DMX server opens a window on a backend X server, a property value is
- * queried and set on that backend to detect when another window is
- * already open on that server.
- *
- * Further, it is possible that two different DMX server instantiations
- * both have windows on the same physical backend X server.  This case
- * is also detected so that pointer input is not taken from that
- * particular backend X server.
- *
- * The routines in this file handle the property management. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxprop.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-
-/** Holds the window id of all DMX windows on the backend X server. */
-#define DMX_ATOMNAME "DMX_NAME"
-
-/** The identification string of this DMX server */
-#define DMX_IDENT    "Xdmx"
-
-extern char *display;
-
-static int dmxPropertyErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static const unsigned char *dmxPropertyIdentifier(void)
-{
-                                /* RATS: These buffers are only used in
-                                 * length-limited calls. */
-    char          hostname[256];
-    static char   buf[128];
-    static int    initialized = 0;
-
-    if (initialized++) return (unsigned char *)buf;
-    
-    XmuGetHostname(hostname, sizeof(hostname));
-    XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%s:%s", DMX_IDENT, hostname, display);
-    return (unsigned char *)buf;
-}
-
-/** Starting with the \a start screen, iterate over all of the screens
- * on the same physical X server as \a start, calling \a f with the
- * screen and the \a closure.  (The common case is that \a start is the
- * only DMX window on the backend X server.) */
-void *dmxPropertyIterate(DMXScreenInfo *start,
-                         void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
-                         void *closure)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
-    if (!start->next) {
-        if (!start->beDisplay) return NULL;
-        return f(start, closure);
-    }
-
-    for (pt = start->next; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->next) {
-        void *retval;
-        /* beDisplay ban be NULL if a screen was detached */
-        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt = %p\n", pt);
-        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt->beDisplay = %p\n", pt->beDisplay);
-        if (pt->beDisplay && (retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
-        if (pt == start) break;
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
- * otherwise. */
-static int dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Atom atom)
-{
-    Display       *dpy    = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-    XTextProperty tp;
-    XTextProperty tproot;
-    const char    *pt;
-    int           retcode = 0;
-    char          **list  = NULL;
-    int           count   = 0;
-    int           i;
-    int           (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
-
-    if (!dpy)
-	return 0;
-
-    if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
-        || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
-    
-                                /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
-                                 * routine because the window id stored
-                                 * in the property might be old */
-    dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
-    for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
-        if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
-            Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
-            if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
-                if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, DMX_IDENT, strlen(DMX_IDENT))) {
-                    int flag = 0;
-                    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
-                        if (!strcmp(list[i], (char *)tp.value)) {
-                            ++flag;
-                            break;
-                        }
-                    if (flag) continue;
-                    ++retcode;
-                    dmxLogOutputWarning(dmxScreen,
-                                        "%s also running on %s\n",
-                                        tp.value, dmxScreen->name);
-                    list = xrealloc(list, ++count * sizeof(*list));
-                    list[count-1] = xalloc(tp.nitems + 2);
-                    strncpy(list[count-1], (char *)tp.value, tp.nitems + 1);
-                }
-                XFree(tp.value);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) xfree(list[i]);
-    xfree(list);
-    XFree(tproot.value);
-    if (!retcode)
-        dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "No Xdmx server running on backend\n");
-    return retcode;
-}
-
-/** Returns NULL if this is the only Xdmx window on the display.
- * Otherwise, returns a pointer to the dmxScreen of the other windows on
- * the display. */
-static DMXScreenInfo *dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
-                                                   Atom atom)
-{
-    Display             *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-    const unsigned char *id  = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
-    XTextProperty       tproot;
-    XTextProperty       tp;
-    const char          *pt;
-    int                 (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
-
-    if (!dpy)
-	return NULL;
-
-    if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
-        || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
-
-                                /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
-                                 * routine because the window id stored
-                                 * in the property might be old */
-    dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
-    for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
-        if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
-            Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
-            if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
-                dmxLog(dmxDebug,"On %s/%lu: %s\n",
-                       dmxScreen->name, win, tp.value);
-                if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, (char *)id,
-                             strlen((char *)id))) {
-                    int idx;
-                    
-                    if (!(pt = strchr((char *)tp.value, ','))) continue;
-                    idx = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
-                    if (idx < 0 || idx >= dmxNumScreens) continue;
-                    if (dmxScreens[idx].scrnWin != win) continue;
-                    XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
-                    return &dmxScreens[idx];
-                }
-                XFree(tp.value);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
-    XFree(tproot.value);
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
- * otherwise. */
-int dmxPropertyDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
-    Atom                atom;
-    const unsigned char *id  = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
-    Display             *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-
-    if (!dpy)
-	return 0;
-
-    atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
-    if (dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(dmxScreen, atom)) {
-        dmxScreen->shared = 1;
-        return 1;
-    }
-    XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
-                    PropModeReplace, id, strlen((char *)id));
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/** Returns 1 if the dmxScreen and the display in \a name are on the
- * same display, or 0 otherwise.  We can't just compare the display
- * names because there can be multiple synonyms for the same display,
- * some of which cannot be determined without accessing the display
- * itself (e.g., domain aliases or machines with multiple NICs). */
-int dmxPropertySameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name)
-{
-    Display             *dpy0  = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-    Atom                atom0;
-    XTextProperty       tp0;
-    Display             *dpy1  = NULL;
-    Atom                atom1;
-    XTextProperty       tp1;
-    int                 retval = 0;
-
-    if (!dpy0)
-	return 0;
-
-    tp0.nitems = 0;
-    tp1.nitems = 0;
-
-    if ((atom0 = XInternAtom(dpy0, DMX_ATOMNAME, True)) == None) {
-        dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No atom on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
-        return 0;
-    }
-    if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy0, RootWindow(dpy0,0), &tp0, atom0)
-        || !tp0.nitems) {
-        dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No text property on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
-        return 0;
-    }
-
-    if (!(dpy1 = XOpenDisplay(name))) {
-        dmxLog(dmxWarning, "Cannot open %s\n", name);
-        goto cleanup;
-    }
-    atom1 = XInternAtom(dpy1, DMX_ATOMNAME, True);
-    if (atom1 == None) {
-        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No atom on %s\n", name);
-        goto cleanup;
-    }
-    if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy1, RootWindow(dpy1,0), &tp1, atom1)
-        || !tp1.nitems) {
-        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No text property on %s\n", name);
-        goto cleanup;
-    }
-    if (!strcmp((char *)tp0.value, (char *)tp1.value)) retval = 1;
-
-  cleanup:
-    if (tp0.nitems) XFree(tp0.value);
-    if (tp1.nitems) XFree(tp1.value);
-    if (dpy1)       XCloseDisplay(dpy1);
-    return retval;
-}
-
-/** Prints a log message if \a dmxScreen is on the same backend X server
- * as some other DMX backend (output) screen.  Modifies the property
- * (#DMX_ATOMNAME) on the backend X server to reflect the creation of \a
- * dmxScreen.
- *
- * The root window of the backend X server holds a list of window ids
- * for all DMX windows (on this DMX server or some other DMX server).
- *
- * This list can then be iterated, and the property for each window can
- * be examined.  This property contains the following tuple (no quotes):
- *
- * "#DMX_IDENT:<hostname running DMX>:<display name of DMX>,<screen number>"
- */
-void dmxPropertyWindow(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
-    Atom                atom;
-    const unsigned char *id  = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
-    Display             *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-    Window              win  = dmxScreen->scrnWin;
-    DMXScreenInfo       *other;
-    char                buf[128]; /* RATS: only used with XmuSnprintf */
-
-    if (!dpy)
-	return; /* FIXME: What should be done here if Xdmx is started
-		 * with this screen initially detached?
-		 */
-
-    atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
-    if ((other = dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(dmxScreen, atom))) {
-        DMXScreenInfo *tmp = dmxScreen->next;
-        dmxScreen->next    = (other->next ? other->next : other);
-        other->next        = (tmp         ? tmp         : dmxScreen);
-        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "%d/%s/%lu and %d/%s/%lu are on the same backend\n",
-               dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-               other->index, other->name, other->scrnWin);
-    }
-
-    XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), ".%d,%lu", dmxScreen->index,
-                (long unsigned)win);
-    XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
-                    PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
-
-    XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s,%d", id, dmxScreen->index);
-    XChangeProperty(dpy, win, atom, XA_STRING, 8,
-                    PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ *

+ * It is possible for one of the DMX "backend displays" to actually be

+ * smaller than the dimensions of the backend X server.  Therefore, it

+ * is possible for more than one of the DMX "backend displays" to be

+ * physically located on the same backend X server.  This situation must

+ * be detected so that cursor motion can be handled in an expected

+ * fashion.

+ *

+ * We could analyze the names used for the DMX "backend displays" (e.g.,

+ * the names passed to the -display command-line parameter), but there

+ * are many possible names for a single X display, and failing to detect

+ * sameness leads to very unexpected results.  Therefore, whenever the

+ * DMX server opens a window on a backend X server, a property value is

+ * queried and set on that backend to detect when another window is

+ * already open on that server.

+ *

+ * Further, it is possible that two different DMX server instantiations

+ * both have windows on the same physical backend X server.  This case

+ * is also detected so that pointer input is not taken from that

+ * particular backend X server.

+ *

+ * The routines in this file handle the property management. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxprop.h"

+#include "dmxlog.h"

+

+/** Holds the window id of all DMX windows on the backend X server. */

+#define DMX_ATOMNAME "DMX_NAME"

+

+/** The identification string of this DMX server */

+#define DMX_IDENT    "Xdmx"

+

+extern char *display;

+

+static int dmxPropertyErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)

+{

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static const unsigned char *dmxPropertyIdentifier(void)

+{

+                                /* RATS: These buffers are only used in

+                                 * length-limited calls. */

+    char          hostname[256];

+    static char   buf[128];

+    static int    initialized = 0;

+

+    if (initialized++) return (unsigned char *)buf;

+    

+    XmuGetHostname(hostname, sizeof(hostname));

+    XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%s:%s", DMX_IDENT, hostname, display);

+    return (unsigned char *)buf;

+}

+

+/** Starting with the \a start screen, iterate over all of the screens

+ * on the same physical X server as \a start, calling \a f with the

+ * screen and the \a closure.  (The common case is that \a start is the

+ * only DMX window on the backend X server.) */

+void *dmxPropertyIterate(DMXScreenInfo *start,

+                         void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),

+                         void *closure)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *pt;

+

+    if (!start->next) {

+        if (!start->beDisplay) return NULL;

+        return f(start, closure);

+    }

+

+    for (pt = start->next; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->next) {

+        void *retval;

+        /* beDisplay ban be NULL if a screen was detached */

+        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt = %p\n", pt);

+        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt->beDisplay = %p\n", pt->beDisplay);

+        if (pt->beDisplay && (retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;

+        if (pt == start) break;

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1

+ * otherwise. */

+static int dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Atom atom)

+{

+    Display       *dpy    = dmxScreen->beDisplay;

+    XTextProperty tp;

+    XTextProperty tproot;

+    const char    *pt;

+    int           retcode = 0;

+    char          **list  = NULL;

+    int           count   = 0;

+    int           i;

+    int           (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);

+

+    if (!dpy)

+	return 0;

+

+    if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)

+        || !tproot.nitems) return 0;

+    

+                                /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this

+                                 * routine because the window id stored

+                                 * in the property might be old */

+    dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);

+    for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {

+        if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {

+            Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);

+            if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {

+                if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, DMX_IDENT, strlen(DMX_IDENT))) {

+                    int flag = 0;

+                    for (i = 0; i < count; i++)

+                        if (!strcmp(list[i], (char *)tp.value)) {

+                            ++flag;

+                            break;

+                        }

+                    if (flag) continue;

+                    ++retcode;

+                    dmxLogOutputWarning(dmxScreen,

+                                        "%s also running on %s\n",

+                                        tp.value, dmxScreen->name);

+                    list = realloc(list, ++count * sizeof(*list));

+                    list[count-1] = malloc(tp.nitems + 2);

+                    strncpy(list[count-1], (char *)tp.value, tp.nitems + 1);

+                }

+                XFree(tp.value);

+            }

+        }

+    }

+    XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) free(list[i]);

+    free(list);

+    XFree(tproot.value);

+    if (!retcode)

+        dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "No Xdmx server running on backend\n");

+    return retcode;

+}

+

+/** Returns NULL if this is the only Xdmx window on the display.

+ * Otherwise, returns a pointer to the dmxScreen of the other windows on

+ * the display. */

+static DMXScreenInfo *dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,

+                                                   Atom atom)

+{

+    Display             *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;

+    const unsigned char *id  = dmxPropertyIdentifier();

+    XTextProperty       tproot;

+    XTextProperty       tp;

+    const char          *pt;

+    int                 (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);

+

+    if (!dpy)

+	return NULL;

+

+    if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)

+        || !tproot.nitems) return 0;

+

+                                /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this

+                                 * routine because the window id stored

+                                 * in the property might be old */

+    dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);

+    for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {

+        if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {

+            Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);

+            if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {

+                dmxLog(dmxDebug,"On %s/%lu: %s\n",

+                       dmxScreen->name, win, tp.value);

+                if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, (char *)id,

+                             strlen((char *)id))) {

+                    int idx;

+                    

+                    if (!(pt = strchr((char *)tp.value, ','))) continue;

+                    idx = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);

+                    if (idx < 0 || idx >= dmxNumScreens) continue;

+                    if (dmxScreens[idx].scrnWin != win) continue;

+                    XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);

+                    return &dmxScreens[idx];

+                }

+                XFree(tp.value);

+            }

+        }

+    }

+    XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);

+    XFree(tproot.value);

+    return 0;

+}

+

+/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1

+ * otherwise. */

+int dmxPropertyDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)

+{

+    Atom                atom;

+    const unsigned char *id  = dmxPropertyIdentifier();

+    Display             *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;

+

+    if (!dpy)

+	return 0;

+

+    atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);

+    if (dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(dmxScreen, atom)) {

+        dmxScreen->shared = 1;

+        return 1;

+    }

+    XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,

+                    PropModeReplace, id, strlen((char *)id));

+    return 0;

+}

+

+/** Returns 1 if the dmxScreen and the display in \a name are on the

+ * same display, or 0 otherwise.  We can't just compare the display

+ * names because there can be multiple synonyms for the same display,

+ * some of which cannot be determined without accessing the display

+ * itself (e.g., domain aliases or machines with multiple NICs). */

+int dmxPropertySameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name)

+{

+    Display             *dpy0  = dmxScreen->beDisplay;

+    Atom                atom0;

+    XTextProperty       tp0;

+    Display             *dpy1  = NULL;

+    Atom                atom1;

+    XTextProperty       tp1;

+    int                 retval = 0;

+

+    if (!dpy0)

+	return 0;

+

+    tp0.nitems = 0;

+    tp1.nitems = 0;

+

+    if ((atom0 = XInternAtom(dpy0, DMX_ATOMNAME, True)) == None) {

+        dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No atom on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);

+        return 0;

+    }

+    if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy0, RootWindow(dpy0,0), &tp0, atom0)

+        || !tp0.nitems) {

+        dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No text property on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);

+        return 0;

+    }

+

+    if (!(dpy1 = XOpenDisplay(name))) {

+        dmxLog(dmxWarning, "Cannot open %s\n", name);

+        goto cleanup;

+    }

+    atom1 = XInternAtom(dpy1, DMX_ATOMNAME, True);

+    if (atom1 == None) {

+        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No atom on %s\n", name);

+        goto cleanup;

+    }

+    if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy1, RootWindow(dpy1,0), &tp1, atom1)

+        || !tp1.nitems) {

+        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No text property on %s\n", name);

+        goto cleanup;

+    }

+    if (!strcmp((char *)tp0.value, (char *)tp1.value)) retval = 1;

+

+  cleanup:

+    if (tp0.nitems) XFree(tp0.value);

+    if (tp1.nitems) XFree(tp1.value);

+    if (dpy1)       XCloseDisplay(dpy1);

+    return retval;

+}

+

+/** Prints a log message if \a dmxScreen is on the same backend X server

+ * as some other DMX backend (output) screen.  Modifies the property

+ * (#DMX_ATOMNAME) on the backend X server to reflect the creation of \a

+ * dmxScreen.

+ *

+ * The root window of the backend X server holds a list of window ids

+ * for all DMX windows (on this DMX server or some other DMX server).

+ *

+ * This list can then be iterated, and the property for each window can

+ * be examined.  This property contains the following tuple (no quotes):

+ *

+ * "#DMX_IDENT:<hostname running DMX>:<display name of DMX>,<screen number>"

+ */

+void dmxPropertyWindow(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)

+{

+    Atom                atom;

+    const unsigned char *id  = dmxPropertyIdentifier();

+    Display             *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;

+    Window              win  = dmxScreen->scrnWin;

+    DMXScreenInfo       *other;

+    char                buf[128]; /* RATS: only used with XmuSnprintf */

+

+    if (!dpy)

+	return; /* FIXME: What should be done here if Xdmx is started

+		 * with this screen initially detached?

+		 */

+

+    atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);

+    if ((other = dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(dmxScreen, atom))) {

+        DMXScreenInfo *tmp = dmxScreen->next;

+        dmxScreen->next    = (other->next ? other->next : other);

+        other->next        = (tmp         ? tmp         : dmxScreen);

+        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "%d/%s/%lu and %d/%s/%lu are on the same backend\n",

+               dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name, dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+               other->index, other->name, other->scrnWin);

+    }

+

+    XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), ".%d,%lu", dmxScreen->index,

+                (long unsigned)win);

+    XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,

+                    PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));

+

+    XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s,%d", id, dmxScreen->index);

+    XChangeProperty(dpy, win, atom, XA_STRING, 8,

+                    PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c
index c1beb9ba5..edb14a23a 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxscrinit.c
@@ -1,524 +1,524 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *   David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides support for screen initialization. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxshadow.h"
-#include "dmxscrinit.h"
-#include "dmxcursor.h"
-#include "dmxgc.h"
-#include "dmxgcops.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-#include "dmxcmap.h"
-#include "dmxprop.h"
-#include "dmxdpms.h"
-
-#include "dmxpict.h"
-
-#include "fb.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "micmap.h"
-
-extern Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what);
-
-static unsigned long dmxGeneration;
-static unsigned long *dmxCursorGeneration;
-
-static int dmxGCPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxGCPrivateKey = &dmxGCPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for GCs       */
-static int dmxWinPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxWinPrivateKey = &dmxWinPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Windows   */
-static int dmxPixPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxPixPrivateKey = &dmxPixPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Pixmaps   */
-int dmxFontPrivateIndex;        /**< Private index for Fonts     */
-static int dmxScreenPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxScreenPrivateKey = &dmxScreenPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Screens   */
-static int dmxColormapPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxColormapPrivateKey = &dmxColormapPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Colormaps */
-static int dmxPictPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxPictPrivateKey = &dmxPictPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Picts     */
-static int dmxGlyphSetPrivateKeyIndex;
-DevPrivateKey dmxGlyphSetPrivateKey = &dmxGlyphSetPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for GlyphSets */
-
-/** Initialize the parts of screen \a idx that require access to the
- *  back-end server. */
-void dmxBEScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
-    XSetWindowAttributes  attribs;
-    XGCValues             gcvals;
-    unsigned long         mask;
-    int                   i, j;
-
-    /* FIXME: The dmxScreenInit() code currently assumes that it will
-     * not be called if the Xdmx server is started with this screen
-     * detached -- i.e., it assumes that dmxScreen->beDisplay is always
-     * valid.  This is not necessarily a valid assumption when full
-     * addition/removal of screens is implemented, but when this code is
-     * broken out for screen reattachment, then we will reevaluate this
-     * assumption.
-     */
-
-    pScreen->mmWidth = DisplayWidthMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay, 
-				      DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));
-    pScreen->mmHeight = DisplayHeightMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay, 
-					DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));
-
-    pScreen->whitePixel = dmxScreen->beWhitePixel;
-    pScreen->blackPixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;
-
-    /* Handle screen savers and DPMS on the backend */
-    dmxDPMSInit(dmxScreen);
-
-    /* Create root window for screen */
-    mask = CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWColormap | CWOverrideRedirect;
-    attribs.background_pixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;
-    attribs.event_mask = (KeyPressMask
-                          | KeyReleaseMask
-                          | ButtonPressMask
-                          | ButtonReleaseMask
-                          | EnterWindowMask
-                          | LeaveWindowMask
-                          | PointerMotionMask
-                          | KeymapStateMask
-                          | FocusChangeMask);
-    attribs.colormap = dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex];
-    attribs.override_redirect = True;
-    
-    dmxScreen->scrnWin =
-	XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, 
-		      DefaultRootWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay),
-		      dmxScreen->scrnX,
-		      dmxScreen->scrnY,
-		      dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
-		      dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
-		      0,
-		      pScreen->rootDepth,
-		      InputOutput,
-		      dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
-		      mask,
-		      &attribs);
-    dmxPropertyWindow(dmxScreen);
-
-    /*
-     * This turns off the cursor by defining a cursor with no visible
-     * components.
-     */
-    {
-	char noCursorData[] = {0, 0, 0, 0,
-			       0, 0, 0, 0};
-	Pixmap pixmap;
-	XColor color, tmp;
-
-	pixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-				       noCursorData, 8, 8);
-	XAllocNamedColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[0],
-			 "black", &color, &tmp);
-	dmxScreen->noCursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-						  pixmap, pixmap,
-						  &color, &color, 0, 0);
-	XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-		      dmxScreen->noCursor);
-
-	XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pixmap);
-    }
-
-    XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
-
-    if (dmxShadowFB) {
-	mask = (GCFunction
-		| GCPlaneMask
-		| GCClipMask);
-	gcvals.function = GXcopy;
-	gcvals.plane_mask = AllPlanes;
-	gcvals.clip_mask = None;
-
-	dmxScreen->shadowGC = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-					dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-					mask, &gcvals);
-
-	dmxScreen->shadowFBImage =
-	    XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-			 dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,
-			 dmxScreen->beDepth,
-			 ZPixmap,
-			 0,
-			 (char *)dmxScreen->shadow,
-			 dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
-			 dmxScreen->beBPP,
-			 PixmapBytePad(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
-				       dmxScreen->beBPP));
-    } else {
-	/* Create default drawables (used during GC creation) */
-	for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) 
-	    for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; j++)
-		if ((dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) ||
-		    (dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth ==
-		     dmxScreen->beDepths[j])) {
-		    dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)
-			XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
-				      1, 1, dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth);
-		    break;
-		}
-    }
-}
-
-/** Initialize screen number \a idx. */
-Bool dmxScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
-    int                   i, j;
-
-    if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
-	/* Allocate font private index */
-	dmxFontPrivateIndex = AllocateFontPrivateIndex();
-	if (dmxFontPrivateIndex == -1)
-	    return FALSE;
-
-	dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
-    }
-
-    if (dmxShadowFB) {
-	dmxScreen->shadow = shadowAlloc(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
-					dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
-					dmxScreen->beBPP);
-    } else {
-	if (!dmxInitGC(pScreen)) return FALSE;
-	if (!dmxInitWindow(pScreen)) return FALSE;
-	if (!dmxInitPixmap(pScreen)) return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Initalise the visual types.  miSetVisualTypesAndMasks() requires
-     * that all of the types for each depth be collected together.  It's
-     * intended for slightly different usage to what we would like here.
-     * Maybe a miAddVisualTypeAndMask() function will be added to make
-     * things easier here.
-     */
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; i++) {
-	int    depth;
-	int    visuals        = 0;
-	int    bitsPerRgb     = 0;
-	int    preferredClass = -1;
-	Pixel  redMask        = 0;
-	Pixel  greenMask      = 0;
-	Pixel  blueMask       = 0;
-
-	depth = dmxScreen->beDepths[i];
-	for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumVisuals; j++) {
-	    XVisualInfo *vi;
-
-	    vi = &dmxScreen->beVisuals[j];
-	    if (vi->depth == depth) {
-		/* Assume the masks are all the same. */
-		visuals |= (1 << vi->class);
-		bitsPerRgb = vi->bits_per_rgb;
-		redMask = vi->red_mask;
-		greenMask = vi->green_mask;
-		blueMask = vi->blue_mask;
-		if (j == dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex) {
-		    preferredClass = vi->class;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	miSetVisualTypesAndMasks(depth, visuals, bitsPerRgb, preferredClass,
-				 redMask, greenMask, blueMask);
-    }
-
-    fbScreenInit(pScreen,
-		 dmxShadowFB ? dmxScreen->shadow : NULL,
-		 dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
-		 dmxScreen->scrnHeight,
-		 dmxScreen->beXDPI,
-		 dmxScreen->beXDPI,
-		 dmxScreen->scrnWidth,
-		 dmxScreen->beBPP);
-    (void)dmxPictureInit(pScreen, 0, 0);
-
-    /* Not yet... */
-    pScreen->GetWindowPixmap = NULL;
-    pScreen->SetWindowPixmap = NULL;
-
-    if (dmxShadowFB && !shadowInit(pScreen, dmxShadowUpdateProc, NULL))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    miInitializeBackingStore(pScreen);
-
-    if (dmxShadowFB) {
-	miDCInitialize(pScreen, &dmxPointerCursorFuncs);
-    } else {
-        MAXSCREENSALLOC(dmxCursorGeneration);
-	if (dmxCursorGeneration[idx] != serverGeneration) {
-	    if (!(miPointerInitialize(pScreen,
-				      &dmxPointerSpriteFuncs,
-				      &dmxPointerCursorFuncs,
-				      FALSE)))
-		return FALSE;
-
-	    dmxCursorGeneration[idx] = serverGeneration;
-	}
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(CloseScreen, dmxCloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    DMX_WRAP(SaveScreen, dmxSaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    dmxBEScreenInit(idx, pScreen);
-
-    if (!dmxShadowFB) {
-	/* Wrap GC functions */
-	DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	/* Wrap Window functions */
-	DMX_WRAP(CreateWindow, dmxCreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxDestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(PositionWindow, dmxPositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen,
-		 pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxRealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxUnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(RestackWindow, dmxRestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(WindowExposures, dmxWindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(CopyWindow, dmxCopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	DMX_WRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	DMX_WRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	/* Wrap Image functions */
-	DMX_WRAP(GetImage, dmxGetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(GetSpans, dmxGetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	/* Wrap Pixmap functions */
-	DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxBitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	/* Wrap Font functions */
-	DMX_WRAP(RealizeFont, dmxRealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxUnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	/* Wrap Colormap functions */
-	DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	/* Wrap Shape functions */
-	DMX_WRAP(SetShape, dmxSetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    }
-
-    if (!dmxCreateDefColormap(pScreen))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/** Close the \a pScreen resources on the back-end server. */
-void dmxBECloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    int            i;
-
-    /* Restore the back-end screen-saver and DPMS state. */
-    dmxDPMSTerm(dmxScreen);
-
-    /* Free the screen resources */
-
-    XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->noCursor);
-    dmxScreen->noCursor = (Cursor)0;
-
-    XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
-    XDestroyWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);
-    dmxScreen->scrnWin = (Window)0;
-
-    if (dmxShadowFB) {
-	/* Free the shadow GC and image assocated with the back-end server */
-	XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->shadowGC);
-	dmxScreen->shadowGC = NULL;
-	XFree(dmxScreen->shadowFBImage);
-	dmxScreen->shadowFBImage = NULL;
-    } else {
-	/* Free the default drawables */
-	for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {
-	    if (dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i]) {
-		XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-			    dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i]);
-		dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)0;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* Free resources allocated during initialization (in dmxinit.c) */
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps; i++)
-	XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[i]);
-    xfree(dmxScreen->beDefColormaps);
-    dmxScreen->beDefColormaps = NULL;
-
-#if 0
-    /* Do not free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here.  Free them
-     * in dmxCloseScreen() instead -- see comment below. */
-    XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);
-    dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;
-
-    XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);
-    dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;
-
-    XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);
-    dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef GLXEXT
-    if (dmxScreen->glxVisuals) {
-	XFree(dmxScreen->glxVisuals);
-	dmxScreen->glxVisuals = NULL;
-	dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals = 0;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Close display */
-    XCloseDisplay(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
-    dmxScreen->beDisplay = NULL;
-}
-
-/** Close screen number \a idx. */
-Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];
-
-    /* Reset the proc vectors */
-    if (idx == 0) {
-	dmxResetRender();
-	dmxResetFonts();
-    }
-
-    if (dmxShadowFB) {
-	/* Free the shadow framebuffer */
-	xfree(dmxScreen->shadow);
-    } else {
-
-	/* Unwrap Shape functions */
-	DMX_UNWRAP(SetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	/* Unwrap the pScreen functions */
-	DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	DMX_UNWRAP(CreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(PositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(RestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(WindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(CopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	DMX_UNWRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	DMX_UNWRAP(GetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(GetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-	DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-	DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    }
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(SaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	dmxBECloseScreen(pScreen);
-
-#if 1
-	/* Free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here so that they
-	 * won't be freed when a screen is detached, thereby allowing
-	 * the screen to be reattached to be compared to the one
-	 * previously removed.
-	 */
-	XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);
-	dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;
-
-	XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);
-	dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;
-
-	XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);
-	dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(CloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    return pScreen->CloseScreen(idx, pScreen);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	switch (what) {
-	case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
-	case SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER:
-	    XResetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
-	    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-	    break;
-	case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
-	case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
-	    XActivateScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);
-	    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>

+ *   David H. Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * This file provides support for screen initialization. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxsync.h"

+#include "dmxshadow.h"

+#include "dmxscrinit.h"

+#include "dmxcursor.h"

+#include "dmxgc.h"

+#include "dmxgcops.h"

+#include "dmxwindow.h"

+#include "dmxpixmap.h"

+#include "dmxfont.h"

+#include "dmxcmap.h"

+#include "dmxprop.h"

+#include "dmxdpms.h"

+

+#include "dmxpict.h"

+

+#include "fb.h"

+#include "mipointer.h"

+#include "micmap.h"

+

+extern Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen);

+static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what);

+

+static unsigned long dmxGeneration;

+static unsigned long *dmxCursorGeneration;

+

+static int dmxGCPrivateKeyIndex;

+DevPrivateKey dmxGCPrivateKey = &dmxGCPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for GCs       */

+static int dmxWinPrivateKeyIndex;

+DevPrivateKey dmxWinPrivateKey = &dmxWinPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Windows   */

+static int dmxPixPrivateKeyIndex;

+DevPrivateKey dmxPixPrivateKey = &dmxPixPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Pixmaps   */

+int dmxFontPrivateIndex;        /**< Private index for Fonts     */

+static int dmxScreenPrivateKeyIndex;

+DevPrivateKey dmxScreenPrivateKey = &dmxScreenPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Screens   */

+static int dmxColormapPrivateKeyIndex;

+DevPrivateKey dmxColormapPrivateKey = &dmxColormapPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Colormaps */

+static int dmxPictPrivateKeyIndex;

+DevPrivateKey dmxPictPrivateKey = &dmxPictPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for Picts     */

+static int dmxGlyphSetPrivateKeyIndex;

+DevPrivateKey dmxGlyphSetPrivateKey = &dmxGlyphSetPrivateKeyIndex; /**< Private index for GlyphSets */

+

+/** Initialize the parts of screen \a idx that require access to the

+ *  back-end server. */

+void dmxBEScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];

+    XSetWindowAttributes  attribs;

+    XGCValues             gcvals;

+    unsigned long         mask;

+    int                   i, j;

+

+    /* FIXME: The dmxScreenInit() code currently assumes that it will

+     * not be called if the Xdmx server is started with this screen

+     * detached -- i.e., it assumes that dmxScreen->beDisplay is always

+     * valid.  This is not necessarily a valid assumption when full

+     * addition/removal of screens is implemented, but when this code is

+     * broken out for screen reattachment, then we will reevaluate this

+     * assumption.

+     */

+

+    pScreen->mmWidth = DisplayWidthMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay, 

+				      DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));

+    pScreen->mmHeight = DisplayHeightMM(dmxScreen->beDisplay, 

+					DefaultScreen(dmxScreen->beDisplay));

+

+    pScreen->whitePixel = dmxScreen->beWhitePixel;

+    pScreen->blackPixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;

+

+    /* Handle screen savers and DPMS on the backend */

+    dmxDPMSInit(dmxScreen);

+

+    /* Create root window for screen */

+    mask = CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWColormap | CWOverrideRedirect;

+    attribs.background_pixel = dmxScreen->beBlackPixel;

+    attribs.event_mask = (KeyPressMask

+                          | KeyReleaseMask

+                          | ButtonPressMask

+                          | ButtonReleaseMask

+                          | EnterWindowMask

+                          | LeaveWindowMask

+                          | PointerMotionMask

+                          | KeymapStateMask

+                          | FocusChangeMask);

+    attribs.colormap = dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex];

+    attribs.override_redirect = True;

+    

+    dmxScreen->scrnWin =

+	XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, 

+		      DefaultRootWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay),

+		      dmxScreen->scrnX,

+		      dmxScreen->scrnY,

+		      dmxScreen->scrnWidth,

+		      dmxScreen->scrnHeight,

+		      0,

+		      pScreen->rootDepth,

+		      InputOutput,

+		      dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,

+		      mask,

+		      &attribs);

+    dmxPropertyWindow(dmxScreen);

+

+    /*

+     * This turns off the cursor by defining a cursor with no visible

+     * components.

+     */

+    {

+	char noCursorData[] = {0, 0, 0, 0,

+			       0, 0, 0, 0};

+	Pixmap pixmap;

+	XColor color, tmp;

+

+	pixmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+				       noCursorData, 8, 8);

+	XAllocNamedColor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[0],

+			 "black", &color, &tmp);

+	dmxScreen->noCursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+						  pixmap, pixmap,

+						  &color, &color, 0, 0);

+	XDefineCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+		      dmxScreen->noCursor);

+

+	XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pixmap);

+    }

+

+    XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);

+

+    if (dmxShadowFB) {

+	mask = (GCFunction

+		| GCPlaneMask

+		| GCClipMask);

+	gcvals.function = GXcopy;

+	gcvals.plane_mask = AllPlanes;

+	gcvals.clip_mask = None;

+

+	dmxScreen->shadowGC = XCreateGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+					dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+					mask, &gcvals);

+

+	dmxScreen->shadowFBImage =

+	    XCreateImage(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+			 dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual,

+			 dmxScreen->beDepth,

+			 ZPixmap,

+			 0,

+			 (char *)dmxScreen->shadow,

+			 dmxScreen->scrnWidth, dmxScreen->scrnHeight,

+			 dmxScreen->beBPP,

+			 PixmapBytePad(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,

+				       dmxScreen->beBPP));

+    } else {

+	/* Create default drawables (used during GC creation) */

+	for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) 

+	    for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; j++)

+		if ((dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth == 1) ||

+		    (dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth ==

+		     dmxScreen->beDepths[j])) {

+		    dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)

+			XCreatePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin,

+				      1, 1, dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats[i].depth);

+		    break;

+		}

+    }

+}

+

+/** Initialize screen number \a idx. */

+Bool dmxScreenInit(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char *argv[])

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];

+    int                   i, j;

+

+    if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {

+	/* Allocate font private index */

+	dmxFontPrivateIndex = AllocateFontPrivateIndex();

+	if (dmxFontPrivateIndex == -1)

+	    return FALSE;

+

+	dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;

+    }

+

+    if (dmxShadowFB) {

+	dmxScreen->shadow = shadowAlloc(dmxScreen->scrnWidth,

+					dmxScreen->scrnHeight,

+					dmxScreen->beBPP);

+    } else {

+	if (!dmxInitGC(pScreen)) return FALSE;

+	if (!dmxInitWindow(pScreen)) return FALSE;

+	if (!dmxInitPixmap(pScreen)) return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Initalise the visual types.  miSetVisualTypesAndMasks() requires

+     * that all of the types for each depth be collected together.  It's

+     * intended for slightly different usage to what we would like here.

+     * Maybe a miAddVisualTypeAndMask() function will be added to make

+     * things easier here.

+     */

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDepths; i++) {

+	int    depth;

+	int    visuals        = 0;

+	int    bitsPerRgb     = 0;

+	int    preferredClass = -1;

+	Pixel  redMask        = 0;

+	Pixel  greenMask      = 0;

+	Pixel  blueMask       = 0;

+

+	depth = dmxScreen->beDepths[i];

+	for (j = 0; j < dmxScreen->beNumVisuals; j++) {

+	    XVisualInfo *vi;

+

+	    vi = &dmxScreen->beVisuals[j];

+	    if (vi->depth == depth) {

+		/* Assume the masks are all the same. */

+		visuals |= (1 << vi->class);

+		bitsPerRgb = vi->bits_per_rgb;

+		redMask = vi->red_mask;

+		greenMask = vi->green_mask;

+		blueMask = vi->blue_mask;

+		if (j == dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex) {

+		    preferredClass = vi->class;

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+	miSetVisualTypesAndMasks(depth, visuals, bitsPerRgb, preferredClass,

+				 redMask, greenMask, blueMask);

+    }

+

+    fbScreenInit(pScreen,

+		 dmxShadowFB ? dmxScreen->shadow : NULL,

+		 dmxScreen->scrnWidth,

+		 dmxScreen->scrnHeight,

+		 dmxScreen->beXDPI,

+		 dmxScreen->beXDPI,

+		 dmxScreen->scrnWidth,

+		 dmxScreen->beBPP);

+    (void)dmxPictureInit(pScreen, 0, 0);

+

+    /* Not yet... */

+    pScreen->GetWindowPixmap = NULL;

+    pScreen->SetWindowPixmap = NULL;

+

+    if (dmxShadowFB && !shadowInit(pScreen, dmxShadowUpdateProc, NULL))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    miInitializeBackingStore(pScreen);

+

+    if (dmxShadowFB) {

+	miDCInitialize(pScreen, &dmxPointerCursorFuncs);

+    } else {

+        MAXSCREENSALLOC(dmxCursorGeneration);

+	if (dmxCursorGeneration[idx] != serverGeneration) {

+	    if (!(miPointerInitialize(pScreen,

+				      &dmxPointerSpriteFuncs,

+				      &dmxPointerCursorFuncs,

+				      FALSE)))

+		return FALSE;

+

+	    dmxCursorGeneration[idx] = serverGeneration;

+	}

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(CloseScreen, dmxCloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    DMX_WRAP(SaveScreen, dmxSaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    dmxBEScreenInit(idx, pScreen);

+

+    if (!dmxShadowFB) {

+	/* Wrap GC functions */

+	DMX_WRAP(CreateGC, dmxCreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	/* Wrap Window functions */

+	DMX_WRAP(CreateWindow, dmxCreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxDestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(PositionWindow, dmxPositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen,

+		 pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxRealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxUnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(RestackWindow, dmxRestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(WindowExposures, dmxWindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(CopyWindow, dmxCopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	DMX_WRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	DMX_WRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	/* Wrap Image functions */

+	DMX_WRAP(GetImage, dmxGetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(GetSpans, dmxGetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	/* Wrap Pixmap functions */

+	DMX_WRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxCreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxDestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxBitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	/* Wrap Font functions */

+	DMX_WRAP(RealizeFont, dmxRealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxUnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	/* Wrap Colormap functions */

+	DMX_WRAP(CreateColormap, dmxCreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxDestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(InstallColormap, dmxInstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_WRAP(StoreColors, dmxStoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	/* Wrap Shape functions */

+	DMX_WRAP(SetShape, dmxSetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    }

+

+    if (!dmxCreateDefColormap(pScreen))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/** Close the \a pScreen resources on the back-end server. */

+void dmxBECloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    int            i;

+

+    /* Restore the back-end screen-saver and DPMS state. */

+    dmxDPMSTerm(dmxScreen);

+

+    /* Free the screen resources */

+

+    XFreeCursor(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->noCursor);

+    dmxScreen->noCursor = (Cursor)0;

+

+    XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);

+    XDestroyWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin);

+    dmxScreen->scrnWin = (Window)0;

+

+    if (dmxShadowFB) {

+	/* Free the shadow GC and image assocated with the back-end server */

+	XFreeGC(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->shadowGC);

+	dmxScreen->shadowGC = NULL;

+	XFree(dmxScreen->shadowFBImage);

+	dmxScreen->shadowFBImage = NULL;

+    } else {

+	/* Free the default drawables */

+	for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumPixmapFormats; i++) {

+	    if (dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i]) {

+		XFreePixmap(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+			    dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i]);

+		dmxScreen->scrnDefDrawables[i] = (Drawable)0;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* Free resources allocated during initialization (in dmxinit.c) */

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxScreen->beNumDefColormaps; i++)

+	XFreeColormap(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->beDefColormaps[i]);

+    free(dmxScreen->beDefColormaps);

+    dmxScreen->beDefColormaps = NULL;

+

+#if 0

+    /* Do not free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here.  Free them

+     * in dmxCloseScreen() instead -- see comment below. */

+    XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);

+    dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;

+

+    XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);

+    dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;

+

+    XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);

+    dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;

+#endif

+

+#ifdef GLXEXT

+    if (dmxScreen->glxVisuals) {

+	XFree(dmxScreen->glxVisuals);

+	dmxScreen->glxVisuals = NULL;

+	dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals = 0;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    /* Close display */

+    XCloseDisplay(dmxScreen->beDisplay);

+    dmxScreen->beDisplay = NULL;

+}

+

+/** Close screen number \a idx. */

+Bool dmxCloseScreen(int idx, ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[idx];

+

+    /* Reset the proc vectors */

+    if (idx == 0) {

+	dmxResetRender();

+	dmxResetFonts();

+    }

+

+    if (dmxShadowFB) {

+	/* Free the shadow framebuffer */

+	free(dmxScreen->shadow);

+    } else {

+

+	/* Unwrap Shape functions */

+	DMX_UNWRAP(SetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	/* Unwrap the pScreen functions */

+	DMX_UNWRAP(CreateGC, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	DMX_UNWRAP(CreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(PositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(RestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(WindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(CopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	DMX_UNWRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	DMX_UNWRAP(GetImage, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(GetSpans, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	DMX_UNWRAP(CreatePixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyPixmap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(BitmapToRegion, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeFont, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+	DMX_UNWRAP(CreateColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(InstallColormap, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+	DMX_UNWRAP(StoreColors, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    }

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(SaveScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	dmxBECloseScreen(pScreen);

+

+#if 1

+	/* Free visuals, depths and pixmap formats here so that they

+	 * won't be freed when a screen is detached, thereby allowing

+	 * the screen to be reattached to be compared to the one

+	 * previously removed.

+	 */

+	XFree(dmxScreen->beVisuals);

+	dmxScreen->beVisuals = NULL;

+

+	XFree(dmxScreen->beDepths);

+	dmxScreen->beDepths = NULL;

+

+	XFree(dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats);

+	dmxScreen->bePixmapFormats = NULL;

+#endif

+    }

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(CloseScreen, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    return pScreen->CloseScreen(idx, pScreen);

+}

+

+static Bool dmxSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int what)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	switch (what) {

+	case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:

+	case SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER:

+	    XResetScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);

+	    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+	    break;

+	case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:

+	case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:

+	    XActivateScreenSaver(dmxScreen->beDisplay);

+	    dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxsync.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxsync.c
index 2cec1b97c..8ace59470 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxsync.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxsync.c
@@ -1,193 +1,193 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * The DMX server code is written to call #dmxSync() whenever an XSync()
- * might be necessary.  However, since XSync() requires a two way
- * communication with the other X server, eliminating unnecessary
- * XSync() calls is a key performance optimization.  Support for this
- * optimization is provided here.  Statistics about XSync() calls and
- * latency are gathered in \a dmxstat.c.
- *
- * During the initial conversion from calling XSync() immediately to the
- * XSync() batching method implemented in this file, it was noted that,
- * out of more than 300 \a x11perf tests, 8 tests became more than 100
- * times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,
- * and 181 more than 2X faster. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxstat.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-#include <sys/time.h>
-
-static int        dmxSyncInterval = 100; /* Default interval in milliseconds */
-static OsTimerPtr dmxSyncTimer;
-static int        dmxSyncPending;
-
-static void dmxDoSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
-    dmxScreen->needsSync = FALSE;
-
-    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	return; /* FIXME: Is this correct behavior for sync stats? */
-
-    if (!dmxStatInterval) {
-        XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);
-    } else {
-        struct timeval start, stop;
-        
-        gettimeofday(&start, 0);
-        XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);
-        gettimeofday(&stop, 0);
-        dmxStatSync(dmxScreen, &stop, &start, dmxSyncPending);
-    }
-}
-
-static CARD32 dmxSyncCallback(OsTimerPtr timer, CARD32 time, pointer arg)
-{
-    int           i;
-
-    if (dmxSyncPending) {
-        for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-            DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];
-            if (dmxScreen->needsSync) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);
-        }
-    }
-    dmxSyncPending = 0;
-    return 0;                   /* Do not place on queue again */
-}
-
-static void dmxSyncBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout,
-                                pointer pReadMask)
-{
-    TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer);
-}
-
-static void dmxSyncWakeupHandler(pointer blockData, int result,
-                                 pointer pReadMask)
-{
-}
-
-/** Request the XSync() batching optimization with the specified \a
- * interval (in mS).  If the \a interval is 0, 100mS is used.  If the \a
- * interval is less than 0, then the XSync() batching optimization is
- * not requested (e.g., so the -syncbatch -1 command line option can
- * turn off the default 100mS XSync() batching).
- *
- * Note that the parameter to this routine is a string, since it will
- * usually be called from #ddxProcessArgument in \a dmxinit.c */
-void dmxSyncActivate(const char *interval)
-{
-    dmxSyncInterval = (interval ? atoi(interval) : 100);
-
-    if (dmxSyncInterval < 0) dmxSyncInterval = 0;
-}
-
-/** Initialize the XSync() batching optimization, but only if
- * #dmxSyncActivate was last called with a non-negative value. */
-void dmxSyncInit(void)
-{
-    if (dmxSyncInterval) {
-        RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(dmxSyncBlockHandler,
-                                       dmxSyncWakeupHandler,
-                                       NULL);
-        dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching with %d ms interval\n",
-               dmxSyncInterval);
-    } else {
-        dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching disabled\n");
-    }
-}
-
-/** Request an XSync() to the display used by \a dmxScreen.  If \a now
- * is TRUE, call XSync() immediately instead of waiting for the next
- * XSync() batching point.  Note that if XSync() batching was deselected
- * with #dmxSyncActivate() before #dmxSyncInit() was called, then no
- * XSync() batching is performed and this function always calles XSync()
- * immediately.
- *
- * (Note that this function uses TimerSet but works correctly in the
- * face of a server generation.  See the source for details.)
- *
- * If \a dmxScreen is \a NULL, then all pending syncs will be flushed
- * immediately.
- */
-void dmxSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool now)
-{
-    static unsigned long dmxGeneration = 0;
-
-    if (dmxSyncInterval) {
-        if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
-            /* Server generation does a TimerInit, which frees all
-             * timers.  So, at this point dmxSyncTimer is either:
-             * 1) NULL, iff dmxGeneration == 0,
-             * 2) freed, if it was on a queue (dmxSyncPending != 0), or
-             * 3) allocated, if it wasn't on a queue (dmxSyncPending == 0)
-             */
-            if (dmxSyncTimer && !dmxSyncPending) xfree(dmxSyncTimer);
-            dmxSyncTimer  = NULL;
-            now           = TRUE;
-            dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
-        }
-                                /* Queue sync */
-        if (dmxScreen) {
-            dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;
-            ++dmxSyncPending;
-        }
-
-                                /* Do sync or set time for later */
-        if (now || !dmxScreen) {
-            if (!TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer)) dmxSyncCallback(NULL, 0, NULL);
-            /* At this point, dmxSyncPending == 0 because
-             * dmxSyncCallback must have been called. */
-            if (dmxSyncPending)
-                dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxSync(%s,%d): dmxSyncPending = %d\n",
-                       dmxScreen ? dmxScreen->name : "", now, dmxSyncPending);
-        } else {
-            dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;
-            if (dmxSyncPending == 1)
-                dmxSyncTimer = TimerSet(dmxSyncTimer, 0, dmxSyncInterval,
-                                        dmxSyncCallback, NULL);
-        }
-    } else {
-                                /* If dmxSyncInterval is not being used,
-                                 * then all the backends are already
-                                 * up-to-date. */
-        if (dmxScreen) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);
-    }
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ *

+ * The DMX server code is written to call #dmxSync() whenever an XSync()

+ * might be necessary.  However, since XSync() requires a two way

+ * communication with the other X server, eliminating unnecessary

+ * XSync() calls is a key performance optimization.  Support for this

+ * optimization is provided here.  Statistics about XSync() calls and

+ * latency are gathered in \a dmxstat.c.

+ *

+ * During the initial conversion from calling XSync() immediately to the

+ * XSync() batching method implemented in this file, it was noted that,

+ * out of more than 300 \a x11perf tests, 8 tests became more than 100

+ * times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,

+ * and 181 more than 2X faster. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxsync.h"

+#include "dmxstat.h"

+#include "dmxlog.h"

+#include <sys/time.h>

+

+static int        dmxSyncInterval = 100; /* Default interval in milliseconds */

+static OsTimerPtr dmxSyncTimer;

+static int        dmxSyncPending;

+

+static void dmxDoSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)

+{

+    dmxScreen->needsSync = FALSE;

+

+    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	return; /* FIXME: Is this correct behavior for sync stats? */

+

+    if (!dmxStatInterval) {

+        XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);

+    } else {

+        struct timeval start, stop;

+        

+        gettimeofday(&start, 0);

+        XSync(dmxScreen->beDisplay, False);

+        gettimeofday(&stop, 0);

+        dmxStatSync(dmxScreen, &stop, &start, dmxSyncPending);

+    }

+}

+

+static CARD32 dmxSyncCallback(OsTimerPtr timer, CARD32 time, pointer arg)

+{

+    int           i;

+

+    if (dmxSyncPending) {

+        for (i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+            DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[i];

+            if (dmxScreen->needsSync) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);

+        }

+    }

+    dmxSyncPending = 0;

+    return 0;                   /* Do not place on queue again */

+}

+

+static void dmxSyncBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout,

+                                pointer pReadMask)

+{

+    TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer);

+}

+

+static void dmxSyncWakeupHandler(pointer blockData, int result,

+                                 pointer pReadMask)

+{

+}

+

+/** Request the XSync() batching optimization with the specified \a

+ * interval (in mS).  If the \a interval is 0, 100mS is used.  If the \a

+ * interval is less than 0, then the XSync() batching optimization is

+ * not requested (e.g., so the -syncbatch -1 command line option can

+ * turn off the default 100mS XSync() batching).

+ *

+ * Note that the parameter to this routine is a string, since it will

+ * usually be called from #ddxProcessArgument in \a dmxinit.c */

+void dmxSyncActivate(const char *interval)

+{

+    dmxSyncInterval = (interval ? atoi(interval) : 100);

+

+    if (dmxSyncInterval < 0) dmxSyncInterval = 0;

+}

+

+/** Initialize the XSync() batching optimization, but only if

+ * #dmxSyncActivate was last called with a non-negative value. */

+void dmxSyncInit(void)

+{

+    if (dmxSyncInterval) {

+        RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(dmxSyncBlockHandler,

+                                       dmxSyncWakeupHandler,

+                                       NULL);

+        dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching with %d ms interval\n",

+               dmxSyncInterval);

+    } else {

+        dmxLog(dmxInfo, "XSync batching disabled\n");

+    }

+}

+

+/** Request an XSync() to the display used by \a dmxScreen.  If \a now

+ * is TRUE, call XSync() immediately instead of waiting for the next

+ * XSync() batching point.  Note that if XSync() batching was deselected

+ * with #dmxSyncActivate() before #dmxSyncInit() was called, then no

+ * XSync() batching is performed and this function always calles XSync()

+ * immediately.

+ *

+ * (Note that this function uses TimerSet but works correctly in the

+ * face of a server generation.  See the source for details.)

+ *

+ * If \a dmxScreen is \a NULL, then all pending syncs will be flushed

+ * immediately.

+ */

+void dmxSync(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Bool now)

+{

+    static unsigned long dmxGeneration = 0;

+

+    if (dmxSyncInterval) {

+        if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {

+            /* Server generation does a TimerInit, which frees all

+             * timers.  So, at this point dmxSyncTimer is either:

+             * 1) NULL, iff dmxGeneration == 0,

+             * 2) freed, if it was on a queue (dmxSyncPending != 0), or

+             * 3) allocated, if it wasn't on a queue (dmxSyncPending == 0)

+             */

+            if (dmxSyncTimer && !dmxSyncPending) free(dmxSyncTimer);

+            dmxSyncTimer  = NULL;

+            now           = TRUE;

+            dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;

+        }

+                                /* Queue sync */

+        if (dmxScreen) {

+            dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;

+            ++dmxSyncPending;

+        }

+

+                                /* Do sync or set time for later */

+        if (now || !dmxScreen) {

+            if (!TimerForce(dmxSyncTimer)) dmxSyncCallback(NULL, 0, NULL);

+            /* At this point, dmxSyncPending == 0 because

+             * dmxSyncCallback must have been called. */

+            if (dmxSyncPending)

+                dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxSync(%s,%d): dmxSyncPending = %d\n",

+                       dmxScreen ? dmxScreen->name : "", now, dmxSyncPending);

+        } else {

+            dmxScreen->needsSync = TRUE;

+            if (dmxSyncPending == 1)

+                dmxSyncTimer = TimerSet(dmxSyncTimer, 0, dmxSyncInterval,

+                                        dmxSyncCallback, NULL);

+        }

+    } else {

+                                /* If dmxSyncInterval is not being used,

+                                 * then all the backends are already

+                                 * up-to-date. */

+        if (dmxScreen) dmxDoSync(dmxScreen);

+    }

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c
index ea2f2c579..3466f074f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxwindow.c
@@ -1,1015 +1,1015 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides support for window-related functions. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxcmap.h"
-#include "dmxvisual.h"
-#include "dmxinput.h"
-#include "dmxextension.h"
-#include "dmxpict.h"
-
-#include "windowstr.h"
-
-static void dmxDoRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);
-static void dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
-					unsigned long *mask,
-					XSetWindowAttributes *attribs);
-
-static void dmxDoSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow);
-
-/** Initialize the private area for the window functions. */
-Bool dmxInitWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxWinPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxWinPrivRec)))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-Window dmxCreateRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr             pScreen   = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr         pWinPriv  = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    Window                parent;
-    Visual               *visual;
-    unsigned long         mask;
-    XSetWindowAttributes  attribs;
-    ColormapPtr           pCmap;
-    dmxColormapPrivPtr    pCmapPriv;
-
-    /* Create root window */
-
-    parent = dmxScreen->scrnWin; /* This is our "Screen" window */
-    visual = dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual;
-
-    pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow), RT_COLORMAP);
-    pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);
-
-    mask = CWEventMask | CWBackingStore | CWColormap | CWBorderPixel;
-    attribs.event_mask    = ExposureMask;
-    attribs.backing_store = NotUseful;
-    attribs.colormap      = pCmapPriv->cmap;
-    attribs.border_pixel  = 0;
-
-    /* Incorporate new attributes, if needed */
-    if (pWinPriv->attribMask) {
-	dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &pWinPriv->attribMask, &attribs);
-	mask |= pWinPriv->attribMask;
-    }
-
-    return XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-			 parent,
-			 pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
-			 pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
-			 pWindow->drawable.width,
-			 pWindow->drawable.height,
-			 pWindow->borderWidth,
-			 pWindow->drawable.depth,
-			 pWindow->drawable.class,
-			 visual,
-			 mask,
-			 &attribs);
-}
-
-/** Change the location and size of the "screen" window.  Called from
- *  #dmxConfigureScreenWindow(). */
-void dmxResizeScreenWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen,
-			   int x, int y, int w, int h)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    unsigned int    m;
-    XWindowChanges  c;
-
-    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	return;
-
-    /* Handle resizing on back-end server */
-    m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
-    c.x = x;
-    c.y = y;
-    c.width = w;
-    c.height = h;
-
-    XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin, m, &c);
-    dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-}
-
-/** Change the location and size of the "root" window.  Called from
- *  #dmxConfigureRootWindow. */
-void dmxResizeRootWindow(WindowPtr pRoot,
-			 int x, int y, int w, int h)
-{
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pRoot->drawable.pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pRoot);
-    unsigned int    m;
-    XWindowChanges  c;
-
-    /* Handle resizing on back-end server */
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
-	c.x = x;
-	c.y = y;
-	c.width = (w > 0) ? w : 1;
-	c.height = (h > 0) ? h : 1;
-
-	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
-    }
-
-    if (w == 0 || h == 0) {
-	if (pWinPriv->mapped) {
-	    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-		XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
-	    pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;
-	}
-    } else if (!pWinPriv->mapped) {
-	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	    XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
-	pWinPriv->mapped = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-}
-
-void dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
-				   Colormap *cmap,
-				   Visual **visual)
-{
-    ScreenPtr  pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-
-    if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly &&
-	pWindow->optional &&
-	pWindow->optional->visual != wVisual(pWindow->parent)) {
-
-	/* Find the matching visual */
-	*visual = dmxLookupVisualFromID(pScreen, wVisual(pWindow));
-
-	/* Handle optional colormaps */
-	if (pWindow->optional->colormap) {
-	    ColormapPtr         pCmap;
-	    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv;
-
-	    pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow),
-						RT_COLORMAP);
-	    pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);
-	    *cmap = pCmapPriv->cmap;
-	} else {
-	    *cmap = dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual(pScreen, *visual);
-	}
-    } else {
-	*visual = CopyFromParent;
-	*cmap = (Colormap)0;
-    }
-}
-
-static Window dmxCreateNonRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr             pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr         pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    Window                parent;
-    unsigned long         mask = 0L;
-    XSetWindowAttributes  attribs;
-    dmxWinPrivPtr         pParentPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow->parent);
-
-    /* Create window on back-end server */
-
-    parent = pParentPriv->window;
-
-    /* The parent won't exist if this call to CreateNonRootWindow came
-       from ReparentWindow and the grandparent window has not yet been
-       created */
-    if (!parent) {
-	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow->parent, FALSE);
-	parent = pParentPriv->window;
-    }
-
-    /* Incorporate new attributes, if needed */
-    if (pWinPriv->attribMask) {
-	dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &pWinPriv->attribMask, &attribs);
-	mask |= pWinPriv->attribMask;
-    }
-
-    /* Add in default attributes */
-    if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly) {
-	mask |= CWBackingStore;
-	attribs.backing_store = NotUseful;
-
-	if (!(mask & CWColormap) && pWinPriv->cmap) {
-	    mask |= CWColormap;
-	    attribs.colormap = pWinPriv->cmap;
-	    if (!(mask & CWBorderPixel)) {
-		mask |= CWBorderPixel;
-		attribs.border_pixel = 0;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* Handle case where subwindows are being mapped, but created out of
-       order -- if current window has a previous sibling, then it cannot
-       be created on top of the stack, so we must restack the windows */
-    pWinPriv->restacked = (pWindow->prevSib != NullWindow);
-
-    return XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-			 parent,
-			 pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
-			 pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
-			 pWindow->drawable.width,
-			 pWindow->drawable.height,
-			 pWindow->borderWidth,
-			 pWindow->drawable.depth,
-			 pWindow->drawable.class,
-			 pWinPriv->visual,
-			 mask,
-			 &attribs);
-}
-
-/** This function handles lazy window creation and realization.  Window
- *  creation is handled by #dmxCreateNonRootWindow().  It also handles
- *  any stacking changes that have occured since the window was
- *  originally created by calling #dmxDoRestackWindow().  If the window
- *  is shaped, the shape is set on the back-end server by calling
- *  #dmxDoSetShape(), and if the window has pictures (from RENDER)
- *  associated with it, those pictures are created on the back-end
- *  server by calling #dmxCreatePictureList().  If \a doSync is TRUE,
- *  then #dmxSync() is called. */
-void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, Bool doSync)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
-    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return;
-
-    pWinPriv->window = dmxCreateNonRootWindow(pWindow);
-    if (pWinPriv->restacked) dmxDoRestackWindow(pWindow);
-    if (pWinPriv->isShaped) dmxDoSetShape(pWindow);
-    if (pWinPriv->hasPict) dmxCreatePictureList(pWindow);
-    if (pWinPriv->mapped) XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,
-				      pWinPriv->window);
-    if (doSync) dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-}
-
-/** Create \a pWindow on the back-end server.  If the lazy window
- *  creation optimization is enabled, then the actual creation and
- *  realization of the window is handled by
- *  #dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(). */
-Bool dmxCreateWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr             pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr         pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    Bool                  ret = TRUE;
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(CreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
-    if (pScreen->CreateWindow)
-	ret = pScreen->CreateWindow(pWindow);
-#endif
-
-    /* Set up the defaults */
-    pWinPriv->window     = (Window)0;
-    pWinPriv->offscreen  = TRUE;
-    pWinPriv->mapped     = FALSE;
-    pWinPriv->restacked  = FALSE;
-    pWinPriv->attribMask = 0;
-    pWinPriv->isShaped   = FALSE;
-    pWinPriv->hasPict    = FALSE;
-#ifdef GLXEXT
-    pWinPriv->swapGroup  = NULL;
-    pWinPriv->barrier    = 0;
-#endif
-
-    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {
-	/* Only create the root window at this stage -- non-root windows are
-	   created when they are mapped and are on-screen */
-	if (!pWindow->parent) {
-	    dmxScreen->rootWin = pWinPriv->window
-		= dmxCreateRootWindow(pWindow);
-	    if (dmxScreen->scrnX         != dmxScreen->rootX
-		|| dmxScreen->scrnY      != dmxScreen->rootY
-		|| dmxScreen->scrnWidth  != dmxScreen->rootWidth
-		|| dmxScreen->scrnHeight != dmxScreen->rootHeight) {
-		dmxResizeRootWindow(pWindow,
-				    dmxScreen->rootX,
-				    dmxScreen->rootY,
-				    dmxScreen->rootWidth,
-				    dmxScreen->rootHeight);
-		dmxUpdateScreenResources(screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index],
-					 dmxScreen->rootX,
-					 dmxScreen->rootY,
-					 dmxScreen->rootWidth,
-					 dmxScreen->rootHeight);
-		pWindow->origin.x = dmxScreen->rootX;
-		pWindow->origin.y = dmxScreen->rootY;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(pWindow,
-					  &pWinPriv->cmap,
-					  &pWinPriv->visual);
-
-	    if (dmxLazyWindowCreation) {
-		/* Save parent's visual for use later */
-		if (pWinPriv->visual == CopyFromParent)
-		    pWinPriv->visual =
-			dmxLookupVisualFromID(pScreen,
-					      wVisual(pWindow->parent));
-	    } else {
-		pWinPriv->window = dmxCreateNonRootWindow(pWindow);
-	    }
-	}
-
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(CreateWindow, dmxCreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/** Destroy \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
-    if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	XDestroyWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
-	pWinPriv->window = (Window)0;
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/** Destroy \a pWindow on the back-end server.  If any RENDER pictures
-    were created, destroy them as well. */
-Bool dmxDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    Bool           ret = TRUE;
-    Bool           needSync = FALSE;
-#ifdef GLXEXT
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-#endif
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    /* Destroy any picture list associated with this window */
-    needSync |= dmxDestroyPictureList(pWindow);
-
-    /* Destroy window on back-end server */
-    needSync |= dmxBEDestroyWindow(pWindow);
-    if (needSync) dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);
-
-#ifdef GLXEXT
-    if (pWinPriv->swapGroup && pWinPriv->windowDestroyed)
-	pWinPriv->windowDestroyed(pWindow);
-#endif
-
-    if (pScreen->DestroyWindow)
-	ret = pScreen->DestroyWindow(pWindow);
-
-    DMX_WRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxDestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/** Change the position of \a pWindow to be \a x, \a y. */
-Bool dmxPositionWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y)
-{
-    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    Bool            ret = TRUE;
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    unsigned int    m;
-    XWindowChanges  c;
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(PositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
-    if (pScreen->PositionWindow)
-	ret = pScreen->PositionWindow(pWindow, x, y);
-#endif
-
-    /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
-       the screen */
-    pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
-
-    /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not
-       been created yet, create it and map it */
-    if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
-	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);
-    } else if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	/* Position window on back-end server */
-	m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
-	c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
-	c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
-	c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;
-	c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;
-	if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly) {
-	    m |= CWBorderWidth;
-	    c.border_width = pWindow->borderWidth;
-	}
-
-	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(PositionWindow, dmxPositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static void dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,
-					unsigned long *mask,
-					XSetWindowAttributes *attribs)
-{
-    dmxPixPrivPtr         pPixPriv;
-
-    if (*mask & CWBackPixmap) {
-	switch (pWindow->backgroundState) {
-	case None:
-	    attribs->background_pixmap = None;
-	    break;
-
-	case ParentRelative:
-	    attribs->background_pixmap = ParentRelative;
-	    break;
-
-	case BackgroundPixmap:
-	    pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pWindow->background.pixmap);
-	    attribs->background_pixmap = pPixPriv->pixmap;
-	    break;
-
-	case BackgroundPixel:
-	    *mask &= ~CWBackPixmap;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (*mask & CWBackPixel) {
-	if (pWindow->backgroundState == BackgroundPixel)
-	    attribs->background_pixel = pWindow->background.pixel;
-	else
-	    *mask &= ~CWBackPixel;
-    }
-
-    if (*mask & CWBorderPixmap) {
-	if (pWindow->borderIsPixel)
-	    *mask &= ~CWBorderPixmap;
-	else {
-	    pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pWindow->border.pixmap);
-	    attribs->border_pixmap = pPixPriv->pixmap;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (*mask & CWBorderPixel) {
-	if (pWindow->borderIsPixel)
-	    attribs->border_pixel = pWindow->border.pixel;
-	else
-	    *mask &= ~CWBorderPixel;
-    }
-
-    if (*mask & CWBitGravity)
-	attribs->bit_gravity = pWindow->bitGravity;
-
-    if (*mask & CWWinGravity)
-	*mask &= ~CWWinGravity; /* Handled by dix */
-
-    if (*mask & CWBackingStore)
-	*mask &= ~CWBackingStore; /* Backing store not supported */
-
-    if (*mask & CWBackingPlanes)
-	*mask &= ~CWBackingPlanes; /* Backing store not supported */
-
-    if (*mask & CWBackingPixel)
-	*mask &= ~CWBackingPixel; /* Backing store not supported */
-
-    if (*mask & CWOverrideRedirect)
-	attribs->override_redirect = pWindow->overrideRedirect;
-
-    if (*mask & CWSaveUnder)
-	*mask &= ~CWSaveUnder; /* Save unders not supported */
-
-    if (*mask & CWEventMask)
-	*mask &= ~CWEventMask; /* Events are handled by dix */
-
-    if (*mask & CWDontPropagate)
-	*mask &= ~CWDontPropagate; /* Events are handled by dix */
-
-    if (*mask & CWColormap) {
-	ColormapPtr         pCmap;
-	dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv;
-
-	pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow), RT_COLORMAP);
-	pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);
-	attribs->colormap = pCmapPriv->cmap;
-    }
-
-    if (*mask & CWCursor)
-	*mask &= ~CWCursor; /* Handled by the cursor code */
-}
-
-/** Change the window attributes of \a pWindow. */
-Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned long mask)
-{
-    ScreenPtr             pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    Bool                  ret = TRUE;
-    dmxWinPrivPtr         pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    XSetWindowAttributes  attribs;
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
-    if (pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)
-	ret = pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, mask);
-#endif
-
-    /* Change window attribs on back-end server */
-    dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &mask, &attribs);
-
-    /* Save mask for lazy window creation optimization */
-    pWinPriv->attribMask |= mask;
-
-    if (mask && pWinPriv->window) {
-	XChangeWindowAttributes(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
-				mask, &attribs);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen,
-	     pScreen);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/** Realize \a pWindow on the back-end server.  If the lazy window
- *  creation optimization is enabled, the window is only realized when
- *  it at least partially overlaps the screen. */
-Bool dmxRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    Bool           ret = TRUE;
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
-    if (pScreen->RealizeWindow)
-	ret = pScreen->RealizeWindow(pWindow);
-#endif
-
-    /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
-       the screen */
-    pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
-
-    /* If the window hasn't been created and it's not offscreen, then
-       create it */
-    if (!pWinPriv->window && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
-	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, FALSE);
-    }
-
-    if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	/* Realize window on back-end server */
-	XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    }
-
-    /* Let the other functions know that the window is now mapped */
-    pWinPriv->mapped = TRUE;
-
-    DMX_WRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxRealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE, pWindow);
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/** Unrealize \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
-Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    Bool           ret = TRUE;
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
-    if (pScreen->UnrealizeWindow)
-	ret = pScreen->UnrealizeWindow(pWindow);
-#endif
-
-    if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	/* Unrealize window on back-end server */
-	XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    }
-
-    /* When unrealized (i.e., unmapped), the window is always considered
-       off of the visible portion of the screen */
-    pWinPriv->offscreen = TRUE;
-    pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;
-
-#ifdef GLXEXT
-    if (pWinPriv->swapGroup && pWinPriv->windowUnmapped)
-	pWinPriv->windowUnmapped(pWindow);
-#endif
-
-    DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxUnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE, pWindow);
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static void dmxDoRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    WindowPtr       pNextSib = pWindow->nextSib;
-    unsigned int    m;
-    XWindowChanges  c;
-
-    if (pNextSib == NullWindow) {
-	/* Window is at the bottom of the stack */
-	m = CWStackMode;
-	c.sibling = (Window)0;
-	c.stack_mode = Below;
-	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
-    } else {
-	/* Window is not at the bottom of the stack */
-	dmxWinPrivPtr  pNextSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pNextSib);
-
-	/* Handle case where siblings have not yet been created due to
-           lazy window creation optimization by first finding the next
-           sibling in the sibling list that has been created (if any)
-           and then putting the current window just above that sibling,
-           and if no next siblings have been created yet, then put it at
-           the bottom of the stack (since it might have a previous
-           sibling that should be above it). */
-	while (!pNextSibPriv->window) {
-	    pNextSib = pNextSib->nextSib;
-	    if (pNextSib == NullWindow) {
-		/* Window is at the bottom of the stack */
-		m = CWStackMode;
-		c.sibling = (Window)0;
-		c.stack_mode = Below;
-		XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
-		return;
-	    }
-	    pNextSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pNextSib);
-	}
-
-	m = CWStackMode | CWSibling;
-	c.sibling = pNextSibPriv->window;
-	c.stack_mode = Above;
-	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
-    }
-}
-
-/** Handle window restacking.  The actual restacking occurs in
- *  #dmxDoRestackWindow(). */
-void dmxRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pOldNextSib)
-{
-    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(RestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
-    if (pScreen->RestackWindow)
-	pScreen->RestackWindow(pWindow, pOldNextSib);
-#endif
-
-    if (pOldNextSib != pWindow->nextSib) {
-	/* Track restacking for lazy window creation optimization */
-	pWinPriv->restacked = TRUE;
-
-	/* Restack window on back-end server */
-	if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	    dmxDoRestackWindow(pWindow);
-	    dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-	}
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(RestackWindow, dmxRestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK, pWindow);
-}
-
-static Bool dmxWindowExposurePredicate(Display *dpy, XEvent *ev, XPointer ptr)
-{
-    return (ev->type == Expose && ev->xexpose.window == *(Window *)ptr);
-}
-
-/** Handle exposures on \a pWindow.  Since window exposures are handled
- *  in DMX, the events that are generated by the back-end server are
- *  redundant, so we eat them here. */
-void dmxWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr prgn,
-			RegionPtr other_exposed)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    XEvent         ev;
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(WindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-
-    dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-
-    if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	while (XCheckIfEvent(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &ev,
-			     dmxWindowExposurePredicate,
-			     (XPointer)&pWinPriv->window)) {
-	    /* Handle expose events -- this should not be necessary
-	       since the base window in which the root window was
-	       created is guaranteed to be on top (override_redirect),
-	       so we should just swallow these events.  If for some
-	       reason the window is not on top, then we'd need to
-	       collect these events and send them to the client later
-	       (e.g., during the block handler as Xnest does). */
-	}
-    }
-
-#if 1
-    if (pScreen->WindowExposures)
-	pScreen->WindowExposures(pWindow, prgn, other_exposed);
-#endif
-    DMX_WRAP(WindowExposures, dmxWindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
-
-/** Move \a pWindow on the back-end server.  Determine whether or not it
- *  is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and the
- *  lazy window creation optimization is enabled. */
-void dmxCopyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
-{
-    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    unsigned int    m;
-    XWindowChanges  c;
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(CopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
-    if (pScreen->CopyWindow)
-	pScreen->CopyWindow(pWindow, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc);
-#endif
-
-    /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
-       the screen */
-    pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
-
-    /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not
-       been created yet, create it and map it */
-    if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
-	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);
-    } else if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	/* Move window on back-end server */
-	m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
-	c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
-	c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
-	c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;
-	c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;
-
-	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(CopyWindow, dmxCopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_COPY, pWindow);
-}
-
-/** Resize \a pWindow on the back-end server.  Determine whether or not
- *  it is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and
- *  the lazy window creation optimization is enabled. */
-void dmxResizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y,
-		     unsigned int w, unsigned int h, WindowPtr pSib)
-{
-    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pSibPriv;
-    unsigned int    m;
-    XWindowChanges  c;
-
-    if (pSib)
-	pSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pSib);
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 1
-    if (pScreen->ResizeWindow)
-	pScreen->ResizeWindow(pWindow, x, y, w, h, pSib);
-#endif
-
-    /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of
-       the screen */
-    pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);
-
-    /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not
-       been created yet, create it and map it */
-    if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {
-	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);
-    } else if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	/* Handle resizing on back-end server */
-	m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;
-	c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
-	c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);
-	c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;
-	c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;
-
-	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE, pWindow);
-}
-
-/** Reparent \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
-void dmxReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pPriorParent)
-{
-    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pParentPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow->parent);
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 0
-    if (pScreen->ReparentWindow)
-	pScreen->ReparentWindow(pWindow, pPriorParent);
-#endif
-
-    if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	if (!pParentPriv->window) {
-	    dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow->parent, FALSE);
-	}
-
-	/* Handle reparenting on back-end server */
-	XReparentWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
-			pParentPriv->window,
-			pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),
-			pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow));
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT, pWindow);
-}
-
-/** Change border width for \a pWindow to \a width pixels. */
-void dmxChangeBorderWidth(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned int width)
-{
-    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    unsigned int    m;
-    XWindowChanges  c;
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 1
-    if (pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)
-	pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth(pWindow, width);
-#endif
-
-    /* NOTE: Do we need to check for on/off screen here? */
-
-    if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	/* Handle border width change on back-end server */
-	m = CWBorderWidth;
-	c.border_width = width;
-
-	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
-
-static void dmxDoSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-    int             nBox;
-    BoxPtr          pBox;
-    int             nRect;
-    XRectangle     *pRect;
-    XRectangle     *pRectFirst;
-
-    /* First, set the bounding shape */
-    if (wBoundingShape(pWindow)) {
-	pBox = REGION_RECTS(wBoundingShape(pWindow));
-	nRect = nBox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(wBoundingShape(pWindow));
-	pRectFirst = pRect = xalloc(nRect * sizeof(*pRect));
-	while (nBox--) {
-	    pRect->x      = pBox->x1;
-	    pRect->y      = pBox->y1;
-	    pRect->width  = pBox->x2 - pBox->x1;
-	    pRect->height = pBox->y2 - pBox->y1;
-	    pBox++;
-	    pRect++;
-	}
-	XShapeCombineRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
-				ShapeBounding, 0, 0,
-				pRectFirst, nRect,
-				ShapeSet, YXBanded);
-	xfree(pRectFirst);
-    } else {
-	XShapeCombineMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
-			  ShapeBounding, 0, 0, None, ShapeSet);
-    }
-
-    /* Next, set the clip shape */
-    if (wClipShape(pWindow)) {
-	pBox = REGION_RECTS(wClipShape(pWindow));
-	nRect = nBox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(wClipShape(pWindow));
-	pRectFirst = pRect = xalloc(nRect * sizeof(*pRect));
-	while (nBox--) {
-	    pRect->x      = pBox->x1;
-	    pRect->y      = pBox->y1;
-	    pRect->width  = pBox->x2 - pBox->x1;
-	    pRect->height = pBox->y2 - pBox->y1;
-	    pBox++;
-	    pRect++;
-	}
-	XShapeCombineRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
-				ShapeClip, 0, 0,
-				pRectFirst, nRect,
-				ShapeSet, YXBanded);
-	xfree(pRectFirst);
-    } else {
-	XShapeCombineMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,
-			  ShapeClip, 0, 0, None, ShapeSet);
-    }
-
-    if (XShapeInputSelected(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window)) {
-	ErrorF("Input selected for window %x on Screen %d\n",
-	       (unsigned int)pWinPriv->window, pScreen->myNum);
-    }
-}
-
-/** Set shape of \a pWindow on the back-end server. */
-void dmxSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
-    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);
-
-    DMX_UNWRAP(SetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-#if 1
-    if (pScreen->SetShape)
-	pScreen->SetShape(pWindow);
-#endif
-
-    if (pWinPriv->window) {
-	/* Handle setting the current shape on the back-end server */
-	dmxDoSetShape(pWindow);
-	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);
-    } else {
-	pWinPriv->isShaped = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    DMX_WRAP(SetShape, dmxSetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2001-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * This file provides support for window-related functions. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxsync.h"

+#include "dmxwindow.h"

+#include "dmxpixmap.h"

+#include "dmxcmap.h"

+#include "dmxvisual.h"

+#include "dmxinput.h"

+#include "dmxextension.h"

+#include "dmxpict.h"

+

+#include "windowstr.h"

+

+static void dmxDoRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow);

+static void dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,

+					unsigned long *mask,

+					XSetWindowAttributes *attribs);

+

+static void dmxDoSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow);

+

+/** Initialize the private area for the window functions. */

+Bool dmxInitWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    if (!dixRequestPrivate(dmxWinPrivateKey, sizeof(dmxWinPrivRec)))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+

+Window dmxCreateRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr             pScreen   = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr         pWinPriv  = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    Window                parent;

+    Visual               *visual;

+    unsigned long         mask;

+    XSetWindowAttributes  attribs;

+    ColormapPtr           pCmap;

+    dmxColormapPrivPtr    pCmapPriv;

+

+    /* Create root window */

+

+    parent = dmxScreen->scrnWin; /* This is our "Screen" window */

+    visual = dmxScreen->beVisuals[dmxScreen->beDefVisualIndex].visual;

+

+    pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow), RT_COLORMAP);

+    pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);

+

+    mask = CWEventMask | CWBackingStore | CWColormap | CWBorderPixel;

+    attribs.event_mask    = ExposureMask;

+    attribs.backing_store = NotUseful;

+    attribs.colormap      = pCmapPriv->cmap;

+    attribs.border_pixel  = 0;

+

+    /* Incorporate new attributes, if needed */

+    if (pWinPriv->attribMask) {

+	dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &pWinPriv->attribMask, &attribs);

+	mask |= pWinPriv->attribMask;

+    }

+

+    return XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+			 parent,

+			 pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),

+			 pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow),

+			 pWindow->drawable.width,

+			 pWindow->drawable.height,

+			 pWindow->borderWidth,

+			 pWindow->drawable.depth,

+			 pWindow->drawable.class,

+			 visual,

+			 mask,

+			 &attribs);

+}

+

+/** Change the location and size of the "screen" window.  Called from

+ *  #dmxConfigureScreenWindow(). */

+void dmxResizeScreenWindow(ScreenPtr pScreen,

+			   int x, int y, int w, int h)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    unsigned int    m;

+    XWindowChanges  c;

+

+    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	return;

+

+    /* Handle resizing on back-end server */

+    m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;

+    c.x = x;

+    c.y = y;

+    c.width = w;

+    c.height = h;

+

+    XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, dmxScreen->scrnWin, m, &c);

+    dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+}

+

+/** Change the location and size of the "root" window.  Called from

+ *  #dmxConfigureRootWindow. */

+void dmxResizeRootWindow(WindowPtr pRoot,

+			 int x, int y, int w, int h)

+{

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pRoot->drawable.pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pRoot);

+    unsigned int    m;

+    XWindowChanges  c;

+

+    /* Handle resizing on back-end server */

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;

+	c.x = x;

+	c.y = y;

+	c.width = (w > 0) ? w : 1;

+	c.height = (h > 0) ? h : 1;

+

+	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);

+    }

+

+    if (w == 0 || h == 0) {

+	if (pWinPriv->mapped) {

+	    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+		XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);

+	    pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;

+	}

+    } else if (!pWinPriv->mapped) {

+	if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	    XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);

+	pWinPriv->mapped = TRUE;

+    }

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay)

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+}

+

+void dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,

+				   Colormap *cmap,

+				   Visual **visual)

+{

+    ScreenPtr  pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+

+    if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly &&

+	pWindow->optional &&

+	pWindow->optional->visual != wVisual(pWindow->parent)) {

+

+	/* Find the matching visual */

+	*visual = dmxLookupVisualFromID(pScreen, wVisual(pWindow));

+

+	/* Handle optional colormaps */

+	if (pWindow->optional->colormap) {

+	    ColormapPtr         pCmap;

+	    dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv;

+

+	    pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow),

+						RT_COLORMAP);

+	    pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);

+	    *cmap = pCmapPriv->cmap;

+	} else {

+	    *cmap = dmxColormapFromDefaultVisual(pScreen, *visual);

+	}

+    } else {

+	*visual = CopyFromParent;

+	*cmap = (Colormap)0;

+    }

+}

+

+static Window dmxCreateNonRootWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr             pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr         pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    Window                parent;

+    unsigned long         mask = 0L;

+    XSetWindowAttributes  attribs;

+    dmxWinPrivPtr         pParentPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow->parent);

+

+    /* Create window on back-end server */

+

+    parent = pParentPriv->window;

+

+    /* The parent won't exist if this call to CreateNonRootWindow came

+       from ReparentWindow and the grandparent window has not yet been

+       created */

+    if (!parent) {

+	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow->parent, FALSE);

+	parent = pParentPriv->window;

+    }

+

+    /* Incorporate new attributes, if needed */

+    if (pWinPriv->attribMask) {

+	dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &pWinPriv->attribMask, &attribs);

+	mask |= pWinPriv->attribMask;

+    }

+

+    /* Add in default attributes */

+    if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly) {

+	mask |= CWBackingStore;

+	attribs.backing_store = NotUseful;

+

+	if (!(mask & CWColormap) && pWinPriv->cmap) {

+	    mask |= CWColormap;

+	    attribs.colormap = pWinPriv->cmap;

+	    if (!(mask & CWBorderPixel)) {

+		mask |= CWBorderPixel;

+		attribs.border_pixel = 0;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* Handle case where subwindows are being mapped, but created out of

+       order -- if current window has a previous sibling, then it cannot

+       be created on top of the stack, so we must restack the windows */

+    pWinPriv->restacked = (pWindow->prevSib != NullWindow);

+

+    return XCreateWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+			 parent,

+			 pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),

+			 pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow),

+			 pWindow->drawable.width,

+			 pWindow->drawable.height,

+			 pWindow->borderWidth,

+			 pWindow->drawable.depth,

+			 pWindow->drawable.class,

+			 pWinPriv->visual,

+			 mask,

+			 &attribs);

+}

+

+/** This function handles lazy window creation and realization.  Window

+ *  creation is handled by #dmxCreateNonRootWindow().  It also handles

+ *  any stacking changes that have occured since the window was

+ *  originally created by calling #dmxDoRestackWindow().  If the window

+ *  is shaped, the shape is set on the back-end server by calling

+ *  #dmxDoSetShape(), and if the window has pictures (from RENDER)

+ *  associated with it, those pictures are created on the back-end

+ *  server by calling #dmxCreatePictureList().  If \a doSync is TRUE,

+ *  then #dmxSync() is called. */

+void dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, Bool doSync)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+

+    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return;

+

+    pWinPriv->window = dmxCreateNonRootWindow(pWindow);

+    if (pWinPriv->restacked) dmxDoRestackWindow(pWindow);

+    if (pWinPriv->isShaped) dmxDoSetShape(pWindow);

+    if (pWinPriv->hasPict) dmxCreatePictureList(pWindow);

+    if (pWinPriv->mapped) XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay,

+				      pWinPriv->window);

+    if (doSync) dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+}

+

+/** Create \a pWindow on the back-end server.  If the lazy window

+ *  creation optimization is enabled, then the actual creation and

+ *  realization of the window is handled by

+ *  #dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(). */

+Bool dmxCreateWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr             pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr         pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    Bool                  ret = TRUE;

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(CreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 0

+    if (pScreen->CreateWindow)

+	ret = pScreen->CreateWindow(pWindow);

+#endif

+

+    /* Set up the defaults */

+    pWinPriv->window     = (Window)0;

+    pWinPriv->offscreen  = TRUE;

+    pWinPriv->mapped     = FALSE;

+    pWinPriv->restacked  = FALSE;

+    pWinPriv->attribMask = 0;

+    pWinPriv->isShaped   = FALSE;

+    pWinPriv->hasPict    = FALSE;

+#ifdef GLXEXT

+    pWinPriv->swapGroup  = NULL;

+    pWinPriv->barrier    = 0;

+#endif

+

+    if (dmxScreen->beDisplay) {

+	/* Only create the root window at this stage -- non-root windows are

+	   created when they are mapped and are on-screen */

+	if (!pWindow->parent) {

+	    dmxScreen->rootWin = pWinPriv->window

+		= dmxCreateRootWindow(pWindow);

+	    if (dmxScreen->scrnX         != dmxScreen->rootX

+		|| dmxScreen->scrnY      != dmxScreen->rootY

+		|| dmxScreen->scrnWidth  != dmxScreen->rootWidth

+		|| dmxScreen->scrnHeight != dmxScreen->rootHeight) {

+		dmxResizeRootWindow(pWindow,

+				    dmxScreen->rootX,

+				    dmxScreen->rootY,

+				    dmxScreen->rootWidth,

+				    dmxScreen->rootHeight);

+		dmxUpdateScreenResources(screenInfo.screens[dmxScreen->index],

+					 dmxScreen->rootX,

+					 dmxScreen->rootY,

+					 dmxScreen->rootWidth,

+					 dmxScreen->rootHeight);

+		pWindow->origin.x = dmxScreen->rootX;

+		pWindow->origin.y = dmxScreen->rootY;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    dmxGetDefaultWindowAttributes(pWindow,

+					  &pWinPriv->cmap,

+					  &pWinPriv->visual);

+

+	    if (dmxLazyWindowCreation) {

+		/* Save parent's visual for use later */

+		if (pWinPriv->visual == CopyFromParent)

+		    pWinPriv->visual =

+			dmxLookupVisualFromID(pScreen,

+					      wVisual(pWindow->parent));

+	    } else {

+		pWinPriv->window = dmxCreateNonRootWindow(pWindow);

+	    }

+	}

+

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(CreateWindow, dmxCreateWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/** Destroy \a pWindow on the back-end server. */

+Bool dmxBEDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+

+    if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	XDestroyWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);

+	pWinPriv->window = (Window)0;

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+/** Destroy \a pWindow on the back-end server.  If any RENDER pictures

+    were created, destroy them as well. */

+Bool dmxDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    Bool           ret = TRUE;

+    Bool           needSync = FALSE;

+#ifdef GLXEXT

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+#endif

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    /* Destroy any picture list associated with this window */

+    needSync |= dmxDestroyPictureList(pWindow);

+

+    /* Destroy window on back-end server */

+    needSync |= dmxBEDestroyWindow(pWindow);

+    if (needSync) dmxSync(dmxScreen, FALSE);

+

+#ifdef GLXEXT

+    if (pWinPriv->swapGroup && pWinPriv->windowDestroyed)

+	pWinPriv->windowDestroyed(pWindow);

+#endif

+

+    if (pScreen->DestroyWindow)

+	ret = pScreen->DestroyWindow(pWindow);

+

+    DMX_WRAP(DestroyWindow, dmxDestroyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/** Change the position of \a pWindow to be \a x, \a y. */

+Bool dmxPositionWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y)

+{

+    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    Bool            ret = TRUE;

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    unsigned int    m;

+    XWindowChanges  c;

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(PositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 0

+    if (pScreen->PositionWindow)

+	ret = pScreen->PositionWindow(pWindow, x, y);

+#endif

+

+    /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of

+       the screen */

+    pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);

+

+    /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not

+       been created yet, create it and map it */

+    if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {

+	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);

+    } else if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	/* Position window on back-end server */

+	m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;

+	c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);

+	c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);

+	c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;

+	c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;

+	if (pWindow->drawable.class != InputOnly) {

+	    m |= CWBorderWidth;

+	    c.border_width = pWindow->borderWidth;

+	}

+

+	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(PositionWindow, dmxPositionWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+static void dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow,

+					unsigned long *mask,

+					XSetWindowAttributes *attribs)

+{

+    dmxPixPrivPtr         pPixPriv;

+

+    if (*mask & CWBackPixmap) {

+	switch (pWindow->backgroundState) {

+	case None:

+	    attribs->background_pixmap = None;

+	    break;

+

+	case ParentRelative:

+	    attribs->background_pixmap = ParentRelative;

+	    break;

+

+	case BackgroundPixmap:

+	    pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pWindow->background.pixmap);

+	    attribs->background_pixmap = pPixPriv->pixmap;

+	    break;

+

+	case BackgroundPixel:

+	    *mask &= ~CWBackPixmap;

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (*mask & CWBackPixel) {

+	if (pWindow->backgroundState == BackgroundPixel)

+	    attribs->background_pixel = pWindow->background.pixel;

+	else

+	    *mask &= ~CWBackPixel;

+    }

+

+    if (*mask & CWBorderPixmap) {

+	if (pWindow->borderIsPixel)

+	    *mask &= ~CWBorderPixmap;

+	else {

+	    pPixPriv = DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV(pWindow->border.pixmap);

+	    attribs->border_pixmap = pPixPriv->pixmap;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (*mask & CWBorderPixel) {

+	if (pWindow->borderIsPixel)

+	    attribs->border_pixel = pWindow->border.pixel;

+	else

+	    *mask &= ~CWBorderPixel;

+    }

+

+    if (*mask & CWBitGravity)

+	attribs->bit_gravity = pWindow->bitGravity;

+

+    if (*mask & CWWinGravity)

+	*mask &= ~CWWinGravity; /* Handled by dix */

+

+    if (*mask & CWBackingStore)

+	*mask &= ~CWBackingStore; /* Backing store not supported */

+

+    if (*mask & CWBackingPlanes)

+	*mask &= ~CWBackingPlanes; /* Backing store not supported */

+

+    if (*mask & CWBackingPixel)

+	*mask &= ~CWBackingPixel; /* Backing store not supported */

+

+    if (*mask & CWOverrideRedirect)

+	attribs->override_redirect = pWindow->overrideRedirect;

+

+    if (*mask & CWSaveUnder)

+	*mask &= ~CWSaveUnder; /* Save unders not supported */

+

+    if (*mask & CWEventMask)

+	*mask &= ~CWEventMask; /* Events are handled by dix */

+

+    if (*mask & CWDontPropagate)

+	*mask &= ~CWDontPropagate; /* Events are handled by dix */

+

+    if (*mask & CWColormap) {

+	ColormapPtr         pCmap;

+	dmxColormapPrivPtr  pCmapPriv;

+

+	pCmap = (ColormapPtr)LookupIDByType(wColormap(pWindow), RT_COLORMAP);

+	pCmapPriv = DMX_GET_COLORMAP_PRIV(pCmap);

+	attribs->colormap = pCmapPriv->cmap;

+    }

+

+    if (*mask & CWCursor)

+	*mask &= ~CWCursor; /* Handled by the cursor code */

+}

+

+/** Change the window attributes of \a pWindow. */

+Bool dmxChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned long mask)

+{

+    ScreenPtr             pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo        *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    Bool                  ret = TRUE;

+    dmxWinPrivPtr         pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    XSetWindowAttributes  attribs;

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 0

+    if (pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes)

+	ret = pScreen->ChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, mask);

+#endif

+

+    /* Change window attribs on back-end server */

+    dmxDoChangeWindowAttributes(pWindow, &mask, &attribs);

+

+    /* Save mask for lazy window creation optimization */

+    pWinPriv->attribMask |= mask;

+

+    if (mask && pWinPriv->window) {

+	XChangeWindowAttributes(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,

+				mask, &attribs);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(ChangeWindowAttributes, dmxChangeWindowAttributes, dmxScreen,

+	     pScreen);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/** Realize \a pWindow on the back-end server.  If the lazy window

+ *  creation optimization is enabled, the window is only realized when

+ *  it at least partially overlaps the screen. */

+Bool dmxRealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    Bool           ret = TRUE;

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 0

+    if (pScreen->RealizeWindow)

+	ret = pScreen->RealizeWindow(pWindow);

+#endif

+

+    /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of

+       the screen */

+    pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);

+

+    /* If the window hasn't been created and it's not offscreen, then

+       create it */

+    if (!pWinPriv->window && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {

+	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, FALSE);

+    }

+

+    if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	/* Realize window on back-end server */

+	XMapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    }

+

+    /* Let the other functions know that the window is now mapped */

+    pWinPriv->mapped = TRUE;

+

+    DMX_WRAP(RealizeWindow, dmxRealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE, pWindow);

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/** Unrealize \a pWindow on the back-end server. */

+Bool dmxUnrealizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    Bool           ret = TRUE;

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 0

+    if (pScreen->UnrealizeWindow)

+	ret = pScreen->UnrealizeWindow(pWindow);

+#endif

+

+    if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	/* Unrealize window on back-end server */

+	XUnmapWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    }

+

+    /* When unrealized (i.e., unmapped), the window is always considered

+       off of the visible portion of the screen */

+    pWinPriv->offscreen = TRUE;

+    pWinPriv->mapped = FALSE;

+

+#ifdef GLXEXT

+    if (pWinPriv->swapGroup && pWinPriv->windowUnmapped)

+	pWinPriv->windowUnmapped(pWindow);

+#endif

+

+    DMX_WRAP(UnrealizeWindow, dmxUnrealizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE, pWindow);

+    return ret;

+}

+

+static void dmxDoRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    WindowPtr       pNextSib = pWindow->nextSib;

+    unsigned int    m;

+    XWindowChanges  c;

+

+    if (pNextSib == NullWindow) {

+	/* Window is at the bottom of the stack */

+	m = CWStackMode;

+	c.sibling = (Window)0;

+	c.stack_mode = Below;

+	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);

+    } else {

+	/* Window is not at the bottom of the stack */

+	dmxWinPrivPtr  pNextSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pNextSib);

+

+	/* Handle case where siblings have not yet been created due to

+           lazy window creation optimization by first finding the next

+           sibling in the sibling list that has been created (if any)

+           and then putting the current window just above that sibling,

+           and if no next siblings have been created yet, then put it at

+           the bottom of the stack (since it might have a previous

+           sibling that should be above it). */

+	while (!pNextSibPriv->window) {

+	    pNextSib = pNextSib->nextSib;

+	    if (pNextSib == NullWindow) {

+		/* Window is at the bottom of the stack */

+		m = CWStackMode;

+		c.sibling = (Window)0;

+		c.stack_mode = Below;

+		XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);

+		return;

+	    }

+	    pNextSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pNextSib);

+	}

+

+	m = CWStackMode | CWSibling;

+	c.sibling = pNextSibPriv->window;

+	c.stack_mode = Above;

+	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);

+    }

+}

+

+/** Handle window restacking.  The actual restacking occurs in

+ *  #dmxDoRestackWindow(). */

+void dmxRestackWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pOldNextSib)

+{

+    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(RestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 0

+    if (pScreen->RestackWindow)

+	pScreen->RestackWindow(pWindow, pOldNextSib);

+#endif

+

+    if (pOldNextSib != pWindow->nextSib) {

+	/* Track restacking for lazy window creation optimization */

+	pWinPriv->restacked = TRUE;

+

+	/* Restack window on back-end server */

+	if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	    dmxDoRestackWindow(pWindow);

+	    dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+	}

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(RestackWindow, dmxRestackWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK, pWindow);

+}

+

+static Bool dmxWindowExposurePredicate(Display *dpy, XEvent *ev, XPointer ptr)

+{

+    return (ev->type == Expose && ev->xexpose.window == *(Window *)ptr);

+}

+

+/** Handle exposures on \a pWindow.  Since window exposures are handled

+ *  in DMX, the events that are generated by the back-end server are

+ *  redundant, so we eat them here. */

+void dmxWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWindow, RegionPtr prgn,

+			RegionPtr other_exposed)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    XEvent         ev;

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(WindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+

+    dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+

+    if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	while (XCheckIfEvent(dmxScreen->beDisplay, &ev,

+			     dmxWindowExposurePredicate,

+			     (XPointer)&pWinPriv->window)) {

+	    /* Handle expose events -- this should not be necessary

+	       since the base window in which the root window was

+	       created is guaranteed to be on top (override_redirect),

+	       so we should just swallow these events.  If for some

+	       reason the window is not on top, then we'd need to

+	       collect these events and send them to the client later

+	       (e.g., during the block handler as Xnest does). */

+	}

+    }

+

+#if 1

+    if (pScreen->WindowExposures)

+	pScreen->WindowExposures(pWindow, prgn, other_exposed);

+#endif

+    DMX_WRAP(WindowExposures, dmxWindowExposures, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+}

+

+/** Move \a pWindow on the back-end server.  Determine whether or not it

+ *  is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and the

+ *  lazy window creation optimization is enabled. */

+void dmxCopyWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)

+{

+    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    unsigned int    m;

+    XWindowChanges  c;

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(CopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 0

+    if (pScreen->CopyWindow)

+	pScreen->CopyWindow(pWindow, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc);

+#endif

+

+    /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of

+       the screen */

+    pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);

+

+    /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not

+       been created yet, create it and map it */

+    if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {

+	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);

+    } else if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	/* Move window on back-end server */

+	m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;

+	c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);

+	c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);

+	c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;

+	c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;

+

+	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(CopyWindow, dmxCopyWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_COPY, pWindow);

+}

+

+/** Resize \a pWindow on the back-end server.  Determine whether or not

+ *  it is on or offscreen, and realize it if it is newly on screen and

+ *  the lazy window creation optimization is enabled. */

+void dmxResizeWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, int x, int y,

+		     unsigned int w, unsigned int h, WindowPtr pSib)

+{

+    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pSibPriv;

+    unsigned int    m;

+    XWindowChanges  c;

+

+    if (pSib)

+	pSibPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pSib);

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 1

+    if (pScreen->ResizeWindow)

+	pScreen->ResizeWindow(pWindow, x, y, w, h, pSib);

+#endif

+

+    /* Determine if the window is completely off the visible portion of

+       the screen */

+    pWinPriv->offscreen = DMX_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN(pWindow);

+

+    /* If the window is now on-screen and it is mapped and it has not

+       been created yet, create it and map it */

+    if (!pWinPriv->window && pWinPriv->mapped && !pWinPriv->offscreen) {

+	dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow, TRUE);

+    } else if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	/* Handle resizing on back-end server */

+	m = CWX | CWY | CWWidth | CWHeight;

+	c.x = pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow);

+	c.y = pWindow->origin.y - wBorderWidth(pWindow);

+	c.width = pWindow->drawable.width;

+	c.height = pWindow->drawable.height;

+

+	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(ResizeWindow, dmxResizeWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE, pWindow);

+}

+

+/** Reparent \a pWindow on the back-end server. */

+void dmxReparentWindow(WindowPtr pWindow, WindowPtr pPriorParent)

+{

+    ScreenPtr      pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pParentPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow->parent);

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 0

+    if (pScreen->ReparentWindow)

+	pScreen->ReparentWindow(pWindow, pPriorParent);

+#endif

+

+    if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	if (!pParentPriv->window) {

+	    dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow(pWindow->parent, FALSE);

+	}

+

+	/* Handle reparenting on back-end server */

+	XReparentWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,

+			pParentPriv->window,

+			pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow),

+			pWindow->origin.x - wBorderWidth(pWindow));

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(ReparentWindow, dmxReparentWindow, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+    dmxUpdateWindowInfo(DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT, pWindow);

+}

+

+/** Change border width for \a pWindow to \a width pixels. */

+void dmxChangeBorderWidth(WindowPtr pWindow, unsigned int width)

+{

+    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    unsigned int    m;

+    XWindowChanges  c;

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 1

+    if (pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth)

+	pScreen->ChangeBorderWidth(pWindow, width);

+#endif

+

+    /* NOTE: Do we need to check for on/off screen here? */

+

+    if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	/* Handle border width change on back-end server */

+	m = CWBorderWidth;

+	c.border_width = width;

+

+	XConfigureWindow(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window, m, &c);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(ChangeBorderWidth, dmxChangeBorderWidth, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+}

+

+static void dmxDoSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+    int             nBox;

+    BoxPtr          pBox;

+    int             nRect;

+    XRectangle     *pRect;

+    XRectangle     *pRectFirst;

+

+    /* First, set the bounding shape */

+    if (wBoundingShape(pWindow)) {

+	pBox = REGION_RECTS(wBoundingShape(pWindow));

+	nRect = nBox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(wBoundingShape(pWindow));

+	pRectFirst = pRect = malloc(nRect * sizeof(*pRect));

+	while (nBox--) {

+	    pRect->x      = pBox->x1;

+	    pRect->y      = pBox->y1;

+	    pRect->width  = pBox->x2 - pBox->x1;

+	    pRect->height = pBox->y2 - pBox->y1;

+	    pBox++;

+	    pRect++;

+	}

+	XShapeCombineRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,

+				ShapeBounding, 0, 0,

+				pRectFirst, nRect,

+				ShapeSet, YXBanded);

+	free(pRectFirst);

+    } else {

+	XShapeCombineMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,

+			  ShapeBounding, 0, 0, None, ShapeSet);

+    }

+

+    /* Next, set the clip shape */

+    if (wClipShape(pWindow)) {

+	pBox = REGION_RECTS(wClipShape(pWindow));

+	nRect = nBox = REGION_NUM_RECTS(wClipShape(pWindow));

+	pRectFirst = pRect = malloc(nRect * sizeof(*pRect));

+	while (nBox--) {

+	    pRect->x      = pBox->x1;

+	    pRect->y      = pBox->y1;

+	    pRect->width  = pBox->x2 - pBox->x1;

+	    pRect->height = pBox->y2 - pBox->y1;

+	    pBox++;

+	    pRect++;

+	}

+	XShapeCombineRectangles(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,

+				ShapeClip, 0, 0,

+				pRectFirst, nRect,

+				ShapeSet, YXBanded);

+	free(pRectFirst);

+    } else {

+	XShapeCombineMask(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window,

+			  ShapeClip, 0, 0, None, ShapeSet);

+    }

+

+    if (XShapeInputSelected(dmxScreen->beDisplay, pWinPriv->window)) {

+	ErrorF("Input selected for window %x on Screen %d\n",

+	       (unsigned int)pWinPriv->window, pScreen->myNum);

+    }

+}

+

+/** Set shape of \a pWindow on the back-end server. */

+void dmxSetShape(WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    ScreenPtr       pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;

+    DMXScreenInfo  *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWindow);

+

+    DMX_UNWRAP(SetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+#if 1

+    if (pScreen->SetShape)

+	pScreen->SetShape(pWindow);

+#endif

+

+    if (pWinPriv->window) {

+	/* Handle setting the current shape on the back-end server */

+	dmxDoSetShape(pWindow);

+	dmxSync(dmxScreen, False);

+    } else {

+	pWinPriv->isShaped = TRUE;

+    }

+

+    DMX_WRAP(SetShape, dmxSetShape, dmxScreen, pScreen);

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml
index ef66d1195..4342c2fce 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.sgml
@@ -1,2778 +1,2777 @@
-<!DOCTYPE linuxdoc PUBLIC "-//XFree86//DTD linuxdoc//EN">
-  <article>
-
-    <!-- Title information -->
-      <title>Distributed Multihead X design
-      <author>Kevin E. Martin, David H. Dawes, and Rickard E. Faith
-      <date>29 June 2004 (created 25 July 2001)
-      <abstract>
-        This document covers the motivation, background, design, and
-        implementation of the distributed multihead X (DMX) system.  It
-        is a living document and describes the current design and
-        implementation details of the DMX system.  As the project
-        progresses, this document will be continually updated to reflect
-        the changes in the code and/or design.  <it>Copyright 2001 by VA
-        Linux Systems, Inc., Fremont, California.  Copyright 2001-2004
-        by Red Hat, Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina</it>
-      </abstract>
-
-      <!-- Table of contents -->
-    <toc>
-
-<!-- Begin the document -->
-<sect>Introduction
-
-<sect1>The Distributed Multihead X Server
-
-<p>Current Open Source multihead solutions are limited to a single
-physical machine.  A single X server controls multiple display devices,
-which can be arranged as independent heads or unified into a single
-desktop (with Xinerama).  These solutions are limited to the number of
-physical devices that can co-exist in a single machine (e.g., due to the
-number of AGP/PCI slots available for graphics cards).  Thus, large
-tiled displays are not currently possible.  The work described in this
-paper will eliminate the requirement that the display devices reside in
-the same physical machine.  This will be accomplished by developing a
-front-end proxy X server that will control multiple back-end X servers
-that make up the large display.
-
-<p>The overall structure of the distributed multihead X (DMX) project is
-as follows: A single front-end X server will act as a proxy to a set of
-back-end X servers, which handle all of the visible rendering.  X
-clients will connect to the front-end server just as they normally would
-to a regular X server.  The front-end server will present an abstracted
-view to the client of a single large display.  This will ensure that all
-standard X clients will continue to operate without modification
-(limited, as always, by the visuals and extensions provided by the X
-server).  Clients that are DMX-aware will be able to use an extension to
-obtain information about the back-end servers (e.g., for placement of
-pop-up windows, window alignments by the window manager, etc.).
-
-<p>The architecture of the DMX server is divided into two main sections:
-input (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) and output (e.g., rendering and
-windowing requests).  Each of these are describe briefly below, and the
-rest of this design document will describe them in greater detail.
-
-<p>The DMX server can receive input from three general types of input
-devices: "local" devices that are physically attached to the machine on
-which DMX is running, "backend" devices that are physically attached to
-one or more of the back-end X servers (and that generate events via the
-X protocol stream from the backend), and "console" devices that can be
-abstracted from any non-back-end X server.  Backend and console devices
-are treated differently because the pointer device on the back-end X
-server also controls the location of the hardware X cursor.  Full
-support for XInput extension devices is provided.
-
-<p>Rendering requests will be accepted by the front-end server; however,
-rendering to visible windows will be broken down as needed and sent to
-the appropriate back-end server(s) via X11 library calls for actual
-rendering.  The basic framework will follow a Xnest-style approach.  GC
-state will be managed in the front-end server and sent to the
-appropriate back-end server(s) as required.  Pixmap rendering will (at
-least initially) be handled by the front-end X server.  Windowing
-requests (e.g., ordering, mapping, moving, etc.) will handled in the
-front-end server.  If the request requires a visible change, the
-windowing operation will be translated into requests for the appropriate
-back-end server(s).  Window state will be mirrored in the back-end
-server(s) as needed.
-
-<sect1>Layout of Paper
-
-<p>The next section describes the general development plan that was
-actually used for implementation.  The final section discusses
-outstanding issues at the conclusion of development.  The first appendix
-provides low-level technical detail that may be of interest to those
-intimately familiar with the X server architecture.  The final appendix
-describes the four phases of development that were performed during the
-first two years of development.
-
-<p>The final year of work was divided into 9 tasks that are not
-described in specific sections of this document.  The major tasks during
-that time were the enhancement of the reconfiguration ability added in
-Phase IV, addition of support for a dynamic number of back-end displays
-(instead of a hard-coded limit), and the support for back-end display
-and input removal and addition.  This work is mentioned in this paper,
-but is not covered in detail.
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect>Development plan
-
-<p>This section describes the development plan from approximately June
-2001 through July 2003.
-
-<sect1>Bootstrap code
-
-<p>To allow for rapid development of the DMX server by multiple
-developers during the first development stage, the problem will be
-broken down into three tasks: the overall DMX framework, back-end
-rendering services and input device handling services.  However, before
-the work begins on these tasks, a simple framework that each developer
-could use was implemented to bootstrap the development effort.  This
-framework renders to a single back-end server and provides dummy input
-devices (i.e., the keyboard and mouse).  The simple back-end rendering
-service was implemented using the shadow framebuffer support currently
-available in the XFree86 environment.
-
-<p>Using this bootstrapping framework, each developer has been able to
-work on each of the tasks listed above independently as follows: the
-framework will be extended to handle arbitrary back-end server
-configurations; the back-end rendering services will be transitioned to
-the more efficient Xnest-style implementation; and, an input device
-framework to handle various input devices via the input extension will
-be developed.
-
-<p>Status: The boot strap code is complete.  <!-- August 2001 -->
-
-
-<sect1>Input device handling
-
-<p>An X server (including the front-end X server) requires two core
-input devices -- a keyboard and a pointer (mouse).  These core devices
-are handled and required by the core X11 protocol.  Additional types of
-input devices may be attached and utilized via the XInput extension.
-These are usually referred to as ``XInput extension devices'',
-
-<p>There are some options as to how the front-end X server gets its core
-input devices:
-
-<enum>
-    <item>Local Input. The physical input devices (e.g., keyboard and
-    mouse) can be attached directly to the front-end X server.  In this
-    case, the keyboard and mouse on the machine running the front-end X
-    server will be used.  The front-end will have drivers to read the
-    raw input from those devices and convert it into the required X
-    input events (e.g., key press/release, pointer button press/release,
-    pointer motion).  The front-end keyboard driver will keep track of
-    keyboard properties such as key and modifier mappings, autorepeat
-    state, keyboard sound and led state.  Similarly the front-end
-    pointer driver will keep track if pointer properties such as the
-    button mapping and movement acceleration parameters.  With this
-    option, input is handled fully in the front-end X server, and the
-    back-end X servers are used in a display-only mode.  This option was
-    implemented and works for a limited number of Linux-specific
-    devices.  Adding additional local input devices for other
-    architectures is expected to be relatively simple.
-
-    <p>The following options are available for implementing local input
-    devices:
-
-    <enum>
-        <item>The XFree86 X server has modular input drivers that could
-        be adapted for this purpose.  The mouse driver supports a wide
-        range of mouse types and interfaces, as well as a range of
-        Operating System platforms.  The keyboard driver in XFree86 is
-        not currently as modular as the mouse driver, but could be made
-        so.  The XFree86 X server also has a range of other input
-        drivers for extended input devices such as tablets and touch
-        screens.  Unfortunately, the XFree86 drivers are generally
-        complex, often simultaneously providing support for multiple
-        devices across multiple architectures; and rely so heavily on
-        XFree86-specific helper-functions, that this option was not
-        pursued.
-
-
-        <item>The <tt/kdrive/ X server in XFree86 has built-in drivers that
-        support PS/2 mice and keyboard under Linux.  The mouse driver
-        can indirectly handle other mouse types if the Linux utility
-        <tt/gpm/ is used as to translate the native mouse protocol into
-        PS/2 mouse format.  These drivers could be adapted and built in
-        to the front-end X server if this range of hardware and OS
-        support is sufficient.  While much simpler than the XFree86
-        drivers, the <tt/kdrive/ drivers were not used for the DMX
-        implementation.
-
-        <item>Reimplementation of keyboard and mouse drivers from
-        scratch for the DMX framework.  Because keyboard and mouse
-        drivers are relatively trivial to implement, this pathway was
-        selected.  Other drivers in the X source tree were referenced,
-        and significant contributions from other drivers are noted in
-        the DMX source code.
-    </enum>
-
-    <item>Backend Input.  The front-end can make use of the core input
-    devices attached to one or more of the back-end X servers.  Core
-    input events from multiple back-ends are merged into a single input
-    event stream.  This can work sanely when only a single set of input
-    devices is used at any given time.  The keyboard and pointer state
-    will be handled in the front-end, with changes propagated to the
-    back-end servers as needed.  This option was implemented and works
-    well.  Because the core pointer on a back-end controls the hardware
-    mouse on that back-end, core pointers cannot be treated as XInput
-    extension devices.  However, all back-end XInput extensions devices
-    can be mapped to either DMX core or DMX XInput extension devices.
-
-    <item>Console Input.  The front-end server could create a console
-    window that is displayed on an X server independent of the back-end
-    X servers.  This console window could display things like the
-    physical screen layout, and the front-end could get its core input
-    events from events delivered to the console window.  This option was
-    implemented and works well.  To help the human navigate, window
-    outlines are also displayed in the console window.  Further, console
-    windows can be used as either core or XInput extension devices.
-
-    <item>Other options were initially explored, but they were all
-    partial subsets of the options listed above and, hence, are
-    irrelevant.
-
-</enum>
-
-<p>Although extended input devices are not specifically mentioned in the
-Distributed X requirements, the options above were all implemented so
-that XInput extension devices were supported.
-
-<p>The bootstrap code (Xdmx) had dummy input devices, and these are
-still supported in the final version.  These do the necessary
-initialization to satisfy the X server's requirements for core pointer
-and keyboard devices, but no input events are ever generated.
-
-<p>Status: The input code is complete.  Because of the complexity of the
-XFree86 input device drivers (and their heavy reliance on XFree86
-infrastructure), separate low-level device drivers were implemented for
-Xdmx.  The following kinds of drivers are supported (in general, the
-devices can be treated arbitrarily as "core" input devices or as XInput
-"extension" devices; and multiple instances of different kinds of
-devices can be simultaneously available):
-    <enum>
-        <item> A "dummy" device drive that never generates events.
-
-        <item> "Local" input is from the low-level hardware on which the
-        Xdmx binary is running.  This is the only area where using the
-        XFree86 driver infrastructure would have been helpful, and then
-        only partially, since good support for generic USB devices does
-        not yet exist in XFree86 (in any case, XFree86 and kdrive driver
-        code was used where possible).  Currently, the following local
-        devices are supported under Linux (porting to other operating
-        systems should be fairly straightforward):
-        <itemize>
-            <item>Linux keyboard
-            <item>Linux serial mouse (MS)
-            <item>Linux PS/2 mouse
-            <item>USB keyboard
-            <item>USB mouse
-            <item>USB generic device (e.g., joystick, gamepad, etc.)
-        </itemize>
-
-        <item> "Backend" input is taken from one or more of the back-end
-        displays.  In this case, events are taken from the back-end X
-        server and are converted to Xdmx events.  Care must be taken so
-        that the sprite moves properly on the display from which input
-        is being taken.
-
-        <item> "Console" input is taken from an X window that Xdmx
-        creates on the operator's display (i.e., on the machine running
-        the Xdmx binary).  When the operator's mouse is inside the
-        console window, then those events are converted to Xdmx events.
-        Several special features are available: the console can display
-        outlines of windows that are on the Xdmx display (to facilitate
-        navigation), the cursor can be confined to the console, and a
-        "fine" mode can be activated to allow very precise cursor
-        positioning.
-    </enum>
-
-
-<!-- May 2002; July 2003 -->
-
-<sect1>Output device handling
-
-<p>The output of the DMX system displays rendering and windowing
-requests across multiple screens.  The screens are typically arranged in
-a grid such that together they represent a single large display.
-
-<p>The output section of the DMX code consists of two parts.  The first
-is in the front-end proxy X server (Xdmx), which accepts client
-connections, manages the windows, and potentially renders primitives but
-does not actually display any of the drawing primitives.  The second
-part is the back-end X server(s), which accept commands from the
-front-end server and display the results on their screens.
-
-<sect2>Initialization
-
-<p>The DMX front-end must first initialize its screens by connecting to
-each of the back-end X servers and collecting information about each of
-these screens.  However, the information collected from the back-end X
-servers might be inconsistent.  Handling these cases can be difficult
-and/or inefficient.  For example, a two screen system has one back-end X
-server running at 16bpp while the second is running at 32bpp.
-Converting rendering requests (e.g., XPutImage() or XGetImage()
-requests) to the appropriate bit depth can be very time consuming.
-Analyzing these cases to determine how or even if it is possible to
-handle them is required.  The current Xinerama code handles many of
-these cases (e.g., in PanoramiXConsolidate()) and will be used as a
-starting point.  In general, the best solution is to use homogeneous X
-servers and display devices.  Using back-end servers with the same depth
-is a requirement of the final DMX implementation.
-
-<p>Once this screen consolidation is finished, the relative position of
-each back-end X server's screen in the unified screen is initialized.  A
-full-screen window is opened on each of the back-end X servers, and the
-cursor on each screen is turned off.  The final DMX implementation can
-also make use of a partial-screen window, or multiple windows per
-back-end screen.
-
-<sect2>Handling rendering requests
-
-<p>After initialization, X applications connect to the front-end server.
-There are two possible implementations of how rendering and windowing
-requests are handled in the DMX system:
-
-<enum>
-    <item>A shadow framebuffer is used in the front-end server as the
-    render target.  In this option, all protocol requests are completely
-    handled in the front-end server.  All state and resources are
-    maintained in the front-end including a shadow copy of the entire
-    framebuffer.  The framebuffers attached to the back-end servers are
-    updated by XPutImage() calls with data taken directly from the
-    shadow framebuffer.
-
-    <p>This solution suffers from two main problems.  First, it does not
-    take advantage of any accelerated hardware available in the system.
-    Second, the size of the XPutImage() calls can be quite large and
-    thus will be limited by the bandwidth available.
-
-    <p>The initial DMX implementation used a shadow framebuffer by
-    default.
-
-    <item>Rendering requests are sent to each back-end server for
-    handling (as is done in the Xnest server described above).  In this
-    option, certain protocol requests are handled in the front-end
-    server and certain requests are repackaged and then sent to the
-    back-end servers.  The framebuffer is distributed across the
-    multiple back-end servers.  Rendering to the framebuffer is handled
-    on each back-end and can take advantage of any acceleration
-    available on the back-end servers' graphics display device.  State
-    is maintained both in the front and back-end servers.
-
-    <p>This solution suffers from two main drawbacks.  First, protocol
-    requests are sent to all back-end servers -- even those that will
-    completely clip the rendering primitive -- which wastes bandwidth
-    and processing time.  Second, state is maintained both in the front-
-    and back-end servers.  These drawbacks are not as severe as in
-    option 1 (above) and can either be overcome through optimizations or
-    are acceptable.  Therefore, this option will be used in the final
-    implementation.
-
-    <p>The final DMX implementation defaults to this mechanism, but also
-    supports the shadow framebuffer mechanism.  Several optimizations
-    were implemented to eliminate the drawbacks of the default
-    mechanism.  These optimizations are described the section below and
-    in Phase II of the Development Results (see appendix).
-
-</enum>
-
-<p>Status: Both the shadow framebuffer and Xnest-style code is complete.
-<!-- May 2002 -->
-
-
-<sect1>Optimizing DMX
-
-<p>Initially, the Xnest-style solution's performance will be measured
-and analyzed to determine where the performance bottlenecks exist.
-There are four main areas that will be addressed.
-
-<p>First, to obtain reasonable interactivity with the first development
-phase, XSync() was called after each protocol request.  The XSync()
-function flushes any pending protocol requests.  It then waits for the
-back-end to process the request and send a reply that the request has
-completed.  This happens with each back-end server and performance
-greatly suffers.  As a result of the way XSync() is called in the first
-development phase, the batching that the X11 library performs is
-effectively defeated.  The XSync() call usage will be analyzed and
-optimized by batching calls and performing them at regular intervals,
-except where interactivity will suffer (e.g., on cursor movements).
-
-<p>Second, the initial Xnest-style solution described above sends the
-repackaged protocol requests to all back-end servers regardless of
-whether or not they would be completely clipped out.  The requests that
-are trivially rejected on the back-end server wastes the limited
-bandwidth available.  By tracking clipping changes in the DMX X server's
-windowing code (e.g., by opening, closing, moving or resizing windows),
-we can determine whether or not back-end windows are visible so that
-trivial tests in the front-end server's GC ops drawing functions can
-eliminate these unnecessary protocol requests.
-
-<p>Third, each protocol request will be analyzed to determine if it is
-possible to break the request into smaller pieces at display boundaries.
-The initial ones to be analyzed are put and get image requests since
-they will require the greatest bandwidth to transmit data between the
-front and back-end servers.  Other protocol requests will be analyzed
-and those that will benefit from breaking them into smaller requests
-will be implemented.
-
-<p>Fourth, an extension is being considered that will allow font glyphs to
-be transferred from the front-end DMX X server to each back-end server.
-This extension will permit the front-end to handle all font requests and
-eliminate the requirement that all back-end X servers share the exact
-same fonts as the front-end server.  We are investigating the
-feasibility of this extension during this development phase.
-
-<p>Other potential optimizations will be determined from the performance
-analysis.
-
-<p>Please note that in our initial design, we proposed optimizing BLT
-operations (e.g., XCopyArea() and window moves) by developing an
-extension that would allow individual back-end servers to directly copy
-pixel data to other back-end servers.  This potential optimization was
-in response to the simple image movement implementation that required
-potentially many calls to GetImage() and PutImage().  However, the
-current Xinerama implementation handles these BLT operations
-differently.  Instead of copying data to and from screens, they generate
-expose events -- just as happens in the case when a window is moved from
-off a screen to on screen.  This approach saves the limited bandwidth
-available between front and back-end servers and is being standardized
-with Xinerama.  It also eliminates the potential setup problems and
-security issues resulting from having each back-end server open
-connections to all other back-end servers.  Therefore, we suggest
-accepting Xinerama's expose event solution.
-
-<p>Also note that the approach proposed in the second and third
-optimizations might cause backing store algorithms in the back-end to be
-defeated, so a DMX X server configuration flag will be added to disable
-these optimizations.
-
-<p>Status: The optimizations proposed above are complete.  It was
-determined that the using the xfs font server was sufficient and
-creating a new mechanism to pass glyphs was redundant; therefore, the
-fourth optimization proposed above was not included in DMX.
-<!-- September 2002 -->
-
-
-<sect1>DMX X extension support
-
-<p>The DMX X server keeps track of all the windowing information on the
-back-end X servers, but does not currently export this information to
-any client applications.  An extension will be developed to pass the
-screen information and back-end window IDs to DMX-aware clients.  These
-clients can then use this information to directly connect to and render
-to the back-end windows.  Bypassing the DMX X server allows DMX-aware
-clients to break up complex rendering requests on their own and send
-them directly to the windows on the back-end server's screens.  An
-example of a client that can make effective use of this extension is
-Chromium.
-
-<p>Status: The extension, as implemented, is fully documented in
-"Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol".  Future changes
-might be required based on feedback and other proposed enhancements to
-DMX.  Currently, the following facilities are supported:
-<enum>
-    <item>
-        Screen information (clipping rectangle for each screen relative
-        to the virtual screen)
-    <item>
-        Window information (window IDs and clipping information for each
-        back-end window that corresponds to each DMX window)
-    <item>
-        Input device information (mappings from DMX device IDs to
-        back-end device IDs)
-    <item>
-        Force window creation (so that a client can override the
-        server-side lazy window creation optimization)
-    <item>
-        Reconfiguration (so that a client can request that a screen
-        position be changed)
-    <item>
-        Addition and removal of back-end servers and back-end and
-        console inputs.
-</enum>
-<!-- September 2002; July 2003 -->
-
-
-<sect1>Common X extension support
-
-<p>The XInput, XKeyboard and Shape extensions are commonly used
-extensions to the base X11 protocol.  XInput allows multiple and
-non-standard input devices to be accessed simultaneously.  These input
-devices can be connected to either the front-end or back-end servers.
-XKeyboard allows much better keyboard mappings control.  Shape adds
-support for arbitrarily shaped windows and is used by various window
-managers.  Nearly all potential back-end X servers make these extensions
-available, and support for each one will be added to the DMX system.
-
-<p>In addition to the extensions listed above, support for the X
-Rendering extension (Render) is being developed.  Render adds digital
-image composition to the rendering model used by the X Window System.
-While this extension is still under development by Keith Packard of HP,
-support for the current version will be added to the DMX system.
-
-<p>Support for the XTest extension was added during the first
-development phase.
-
-<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the Phase IV discussion -->
-<p>Status: The following extensions are supported and are discussed in
-more detail in Phase IV of the Development Results (see appendix):
-    BIG-REQUESTS,
-    DEC-XTRAP,
-    DMX,
-    DPMS,
-    Extended-Visual-Information,
-    GLX,
-    LBX,
-    RECORD,
-    RENDER,
-    SECURITY,
-    SHAPE,
-    SYNC,
-    X-Resource,
-    XC-APPGROUP,
-    XC-MISC,
-    XFree86-Bigfont,
-    XINERAMA,
-    XInputExtension,
-    XKEYBOARD, and
-    XTEST.
-<!-- November 2002; updated February 2003, July 2003 -->
-
-<sect1>OpenGL support
-
-<p>OpenGL support using the Mesa code base exists in XFree86 release 4
-and later.  Currently, the direct rendering infrastructure (DRI)
-provides accelerated OpenGL support for local clients and unaccelerated
-OpenGL support (i.e., software rendering) is provided for non-local
-clients.
-
-<p>The single head OpenGL support in XFree86 4.x will be extended to use
-the DMX system.  When the front and back-end servers are on the same
-physical hardware, it is possible to use the DRI to directly render to
-the back-end servers.  First, the existing DRI will be extended to
-support multiple display heads, and then to support the DMX system.
-OpenGL rendering requests will be direct rendering to each back-end X
-server.  The DRI will request the screen layout (either from the
-existing Xinerama extension or a DMX-specific extension).  Support for
-synchronized swap buffers will also be added (on hardware that supports
-it).  Note that a single front-end server with a single back-end server
-on the same physical machine can emulate accelerated indirect rendering.
-
-<p>When the front and back-end servers are on different physical
-hardware or are using non-XFree86 4.x X servers, a mechanism to render
-primitives across the back-end servers will be provided.  There are
-several options as to how this can be implemented.
-
-<enum>
-    <item>The existing OpenGL support in each back-end server can be
-    used by repackaging rendering primitives and sending them to each
-    back-end server.  This option is similar to the unoptimized
-    Xnest-style approach mentioned above.  Optimization of this solution
-    is beyond the scope of this project and is better suited to other
-    distributed rendering systems.
-
-    <item>Rendering to a pixmap in the front-end server using the
-    current XFree86 4.x code, and then displaying to the back-ends via
-    calls to XPutImage() is another option.  This option is similar to
-    the shadow frame buffer approach mentioned above.  It is slower and
-    bandwidth intensive, but has the advantage that the back-end servers
-    are not required to have OpenGL support.
-</enum>
-
-<p>These, and other, options will be investigated in this phase of the
-work.
-
-<p>Work by others have made Chromium DMX-aware.  Chromium will use the
-DMX X protocol extension to obtain information about the back-end
-servers and will render directly to those servers, bypassing DMX.
-
-<p>Status: OpenGL support by the glxProxy extension was implemented by
-SGI and has been integrated into the DMX code base.
-<!-- May 2003-->
-
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect>Current issues
-
-<p>In this sections the current issues are outlined that require further
-investigation.
-
-<sect1>Fonts
-
-<p>The font path and glyphs need to be the same for the front-end and
-each of the back-end servers.  Font glyphs could be sent to the back-end
-servers as necessary but this would consume a significant amount of
-available bandwidth during font rendering for clients that use many
-different fonts (e.g., Netscape).  Initially, the font server (xfs) will
-be used to provide the fonts to both the front-end and back-end servers.
-Other possibilities will be investigated during development.
-
-<sect1>Zero width rendering primitives
-
-<p>To allow pixmap and on-screen rendering to be pixel perfect, all
-back-end servers must render zero width primitives exactly the same as
-the front-end renders the primitives to pixmaps.  For those back-end
-servers that do not exactly match, zero width primitives will be
-automatically converted to one width primitives.  This can be handled in
-the front-end server via the GC state.
-
-<sect1>Output scaling
-
-<p>With very large tiled displays, it might be difficult to read the
-information on the standard X desktop.  In particular, the cursor can be
-easily lost and fonts could be difficult to read.  Automatic primitive
-scaling might prove to be very useful.  We will investigate the
-possibility of scaling the cursor and providing a set of alternate
-pre-scaled fonts to replace the standard fonts that many applications
-use (e.g., fixed).  Other options for automatic scaling will also be
-investigated.
-
-<sect1>Per-screen colormaps
-
-<p>Each screen's default colormap in the set of back-end X servers
-should be able to be adjusted via a configuration utility.  This support
-is would allow the back-end screens to be calibrated via custom gamma
-tables.  On 24-bit systems that support a DirectColor visual, this type
-of correction can be accommodated.  One possible implementation would be
-to advertise to X client of the DMX server a TrueColor visual while
-using DirectColor visuals on the back-end servers to implement this type
-of color correction.  Other options will be investigated.
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<appendix>
-
-<sect>Background
-
-<p>This section describes the existing Open Source architectures that
-can be used to handle multiple screens and upon which this development
-project is based.  This section was written before the implementation
-was finished, and may not reflect actual details of the implementation.
-It is left for historical interest only.
-
-<sect1>Core input device handling
-
-<p>The following is a description of how core input devices are handled
-by an X server.
-
-<sect2>InitInput()
-
-<p>InitInput() is a DDX function that is called at the start of each
-server generation from the X server's main() function.  Its purpose is
-to determine what input devices are connected to the X server, register
-them with the DIX and MI layers, and initialize the input event queue.
-InitInput() does not have a return value, but the X server will abort if
-either a core keyboard device or a core pointer device are not
-registered.  Extended input (XInput) devices can also be registered in
-InitInput().
-
-<p>InitInput() usually has implementation specific code to determine
-which input devices are available.  For each input device it will be
-using, it calls AddInputDevice():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/AddInputDevice()/ This DIX function allocates the device structure,
-registers a callback function (which handles device init, close, on and
-off), and returns the input handle, which can be treated as opaque.  It
-is called once for each input device.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>Once input handles for core keyboard and core pointer devices have
-been obtained from AddInputDevice(), they are registered as core devices
-by calling RegisterPointerDevice() and RegisterKeyboardDevice().  Each
-of these should be called once.  If both core devices are not
-registered, then the X server will exit with a fatal error when it
-attempts to start the input devices in InitAndStartDevices(), which is
-called directly after InitInput() (see below).
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/Register{Pointer,Keyboard}Device()/ These DIX functions take a
-handle returned from AddInputDevice() and initialize the core input
-device fields in inputInfo, and initialize the input processing and grab
-functions for each core input device.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The core pointer device is then registered with the miPointer code
-(which does the high level cursor handling).  While this registration
-is not necessary for correct miPointer operation in the current XFree86
-code, it is still done mostly for compatibility reasons.
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/miRegisterPointerDevice()/ This MI function registers the core
-pointer's input handle with with the miPointer code.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The final part of InitInput() is the initialization of the input
-event queue handling.  In most cases, the event queue handling provided
-in the MI layer is used.  The primary XFree86 X server uses its own
-event queue handling to support some special cases related to the XInput
-extension and the XFree86-specific DGA extension.  For our purposes, the
-MI event queue handling should be suitable.  It is initialized by
-calling mieqInit():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/mieqInit()/ This MI function initializes the MI event queue for the
-core devices, and is passed the public component of the input handles
-for the two core devices.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>If a wakeup handler is required to deliver synchronous input
-events, it can be registered here by calling the DIX function
-RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers().  (See the devReadInput() description
-below.)
-
-<sect2>InitAndStartDevices()
-
-<p>InitAndStartDevices() is a DIX function that is called immediately
-after InitInput() from the X server's main() function.  Its purpose is
-to initialize each input device that was registered with
-AddInputDevice(), enable each input device that was successfully
-initialized, and create the list of enabled input devices.  Once each
-registered device is processed in this way, the list of enabled input
-devices is checked to make sure that both a core keyboard device and
-core pointer device were registered and successfully enabled.  If not,
-InitAndStartDevices() returns failure, and results in the the X server
-exiting with a fatal error.
-
-<p>Each registered device is initialized by calling its callback
-(dev-&gt;deviceProc) with the DEVICE_INIT argument:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_INIT)/ This function initializes the
-device structs with core information relevant to the device.
-
-<p>For pointer devices, this means specifying the number of buttons,
-default button mapping, the function used to get motion events (usually
-miPointerGetMotionEvents()), the function used to change/control the
-core pointer motion parameters (acceleration and threshold), and the
-motion buffer size.
-
-<p>For keyboard devices, this means specifying the keycode range,
-default keycode to keysym mapping, default modifier mapping, and the
-functions used to sound the keyboard bell and modify/control the
-keyboard parameters (LEDs, bell pitch and duration, key click, which
-keys are auto-repeating, etc).
-</descrip>
-
-<p>Each initialized device is enabled by calling EnableDevice():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/EnableDevice()/ EnableDevice() calls the device callback with
-DEVICE_ON:
-    <descrip>
-    <tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)/ This typically opens and
-    initializes the relevant physical device, and when appropriate,
-    registers the device's file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid
-    input source.
-    </descrip>
-
-    <p>EnableDevice() then adds the device handle to the X server's
-    global list of enabled devices.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>InitAndStartDevices() then verifies that a valid core keyboard and
-pointer has been initialized and enabled.  It returns failure if either
-are missing.
-
-<sect2>devReadInput()
-
-<p>Each device will have some function that gets called to read its
-physical input.  These may be called in a number of different ways.  In
-the case of synchronous I/O, they will be called from a DDX
-wakeup-handler that gets called after the server detects that new input is
-available.  In the case of asynchronous I/O, they will be called from a
-(SIGIO) signal handler triggered when new input is available.  This
-function should do at least two things: make sure that input events get
-enqueued, and make sure that the cursor gets moved for motion events
-(except if these are handled later by the driver's own event queue
-processing function, which cannot be done when using the MI event queue
-handling).
-
-<p>Events are queued by calling mieqEnqueue():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/mieqEnqueue()/ This MI function is used to add input events to the
-event queue.  It is simply passed the event to be queued.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The cursor position should be updated when motion events are
-enqueued, by calling either miPointerAbsoluteCursor() or
-miPointerDeltaCursor():
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/miPointerAbsoluteCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the
-cursor to the absolute coordinates provided.
-<tag/miPointerDeltaCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the cursor
-relative to its current position.
-</descrip>
-
-<sect2>ProcessInputEvents()
-
-<p>ProcessInputEvents() is a DDX function that is called from the X
-server's main dispatch loop when new events are available in the input
-event queue.  It typically processes the enqueued events, and updates
-the cursor/pointer position.  It may also do other DDX-specific event
-processing.
-
-<p>Enqueued events are processed by mieqProcessInputEvents() and passed
-to the DIX layer for transmission to clients:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/mieqProcessInputEvents()/ This function processes each event in the
-event queue, and passes it to the device's input processing function.
-The DIX layer provides default functions to do this processing, and they
-handle the task of getting the events passed back to the relevant
-clients.
-<tag/miPointerUpdate()/ This function resynchronized the cursor position
-with the new pointer position.  It also takes care of moving the cursor
-between screens when needed in multi-head configurations.
-</descrip>
-
-
-<sect2>DisableDevice()
-
-<p>DisableDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
-list of enabled devices.  The result of this is that the device no
-longer generates input events.  The device's data structures are kept in
-place, and disabling a device like this can be reversed by calling
-EnableDevice().  DisableDevice() may be called from the DDX when it is
-desirable to do so (e.g., the XFree86 server does this when VT
-switching).  Except for special cases, this is not normally called for
-core input devices.
-
-<p>DisableDevice() calls the device's callback function with
-<tt/DEVICE_OFF/:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF)/ This typically closes the
-relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
-file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>DisableDevice() then removes the device handle from the X server's
-global list of enabled devices.
-
-
-<sect2>CloseDevice()
-
-<p>CloseDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
-list of available devices.  It disables input from the device and frees
-all data structures associated with the device.  This function is
-usually called from CloseDownDevices(), which is called from main() at
-the end of each server generation to close all input devices.
-
-<p>CloseDevice() calls the device's callback function with
-<tt/DEVICE_CLOSE/:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE)/ This typically closes the
-relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
-file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source.  If any device
-specific data structures were allocated when the device was initialized,
-they are freed here.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>CloseDevice() then frees the data structures that were allocated
-for the device when it was registered/initialized.
-
-
-<sect2>LegalModifier()
-<!-- dmx/dmxinput.c - currently returns TRUE -->           
-<p>LegalModifier() is a required DDX function that can be used to
-restrict which keys may be modifier keys.  This seems to be present for
-historical reasons, so this function should simply return TRUE
-unconditionally.
-
-
-<sect1>Output handling
-
-<p>The following sections describe the main functions required to
-initialize, use and close the output device(s) for each screen in the X
-server.
-
-<sect2>InitOutput()
-
-<p>This DDX function is called near the start of each server generation
-from the X server's main() function.  InitOutput()'s main purpose is to
-initialize each screen and fill in the global screenInfo structure for
-each screen.  It is passed three arguments: a pointer to the screenInfo
-struct, which it is to initialize, and argc and argv from main(), which
-can be used to determine additional configuration information.
-
-<p>The primary tasks for this function are outlined below:
-
-<enum>
-    <item><bf/Parse configuration info:/ The first task of InitOutput()
-    is to parses any configuration information from the configuration
-    file.  In addition to the XF86Config file, other configuration
-    information can be taken from the command line.  The command line
-    options can be gathered either in InitOutput() or earlier in the
-    ddxProcessArgument() function, which is called by
-    ProcessCommandLine().  The configuration information determines the
-    characteristics of the screen(s).  For example, in the XFree86 X
-    server, the XF86Config file specifies the monitor information, the
-    screen resolution, the graphics devices and slots in which they are
-    located, and, for Xinerama, the screens' layout.
-
-    <item><bf/Initialize screen info:/ The next task is to initialize
-    the screen-dependent internal data structures.  For example, part of
-    what the XFree86 X server does is to allocate its screen and pixmap
-    private indices, probe for graphics devices, compare the probed
-    devices to the ones listed in the XF86Config file, and add the ones that
-    match to the internal xf86Screens&lsqb;&rsqb; structure.
-
-    <item><bf/Set pixmap formats:/ The next task is to initialize the
-    screenInfo's image byte order, bitmap bit order and bitmap scanline
-    unit/pad.  The screenInfo's pixmap format's depth, bits per pixel
-    and scanline padding is also initialized at this stage.
-
-    <item><bf/Unify screen info:/ An optional task that might be done at
-    this stage is to compare all of the information from the various
-    screens and determines if they are compatible (i.e., if the set of
-    screens can be unified into a single desktop).  This task has
-    potential to be useful to the DMX front-end server, if Xinerama's
-    PanoramiXConsolidate() function is not sufficient.
-</enum>
-
-<p>Once these tasks are complete, the valid screens are known and each
-of these screens can be initialized by calling AddScreen().
-
-<sect2>AddScreen()
-
-<p>This DIX function is called from InitOutput(), in the DDX layer, to
-add each new screen to the screenInfo structure.  The DDX screen
-initialization function and command line arguments (i.e., argc and argv)
-are passed to it as arguments.
-
-<p>This function first allocates a new Screen structure and any privates
-that are required.  It then initializes some of the fields in the Screen
-struct and sets up the pixmap padding information.  Finally, it calls
-the DDX screen initialization function ScreenInit(), which is described
-below.  It returns the number of the screen that were just added, or -1
-if there is insufficient memory to add the screen or if the DDX screen
-initialization fails.
-
-<sect2>ScreenInit()
-
-<p>This DDX function initializes the rest of the Screen structure with
-either generic or screen-specific functions (as necessary).  It also
-fills in various screen attributes (e.g., width and height in
-millimeters, black and white pixel values).
-
-<p>The screen init function usually calls several functions to perform
-certain screen initialization functions.  They are described below:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/{mi,*fb}ScreenInit()/ The DDX layer's ScreenInit() function usually
-calls another layer's ScreenInit() function (e.g., miScreenInit() or
-fbScreenInit()) to initialize the fallbacks that the DDX driver does not
-specifically handle.
-
-<p>After calling another layer's ScreenInit() function, any
-screen-specific functions either wrap or replace the other layer's
-function pointers.  If a function is to be wrapped, each of the old
-function pointers from the other layer are stored in a screen private
-area.  Common functions to wrap are CloseScreen() and SaveScreen().
-
-<tag/miInitializeBackingStore()/ This MI function initializes the
-screen's backing storage functions, which are used to save areas of
-windows that are currently covered by other windows.
-
-<tag/miDCInitialize()/ This MI function initializes the MI cursor
-display structures and function pointers.  If a hardware cursor is used,
-the DDX layer's ScreenInit() function will wrap additional screen and
-the MI cursor display function pointers.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>Another common task for ScreenInit() function is to initialize the
-output device state.  For example, in the XFree86 X server, the
-ScreenInit() function saves the original state of the video card and
-then initializes the video mode of the graphics device.
-
-<sect2>CloseScreen()
-
-<p>This function restores any wrapped screen functions (and in
-particular the wrapped CloseScreen() function) and restores the state of
-the output device to its original state.  It should also free any
-private data it created during the screen initialization.
-
-<sect2>GC operations
-
-<p>When the X server is requested to render drawing primitives, it does
-so by calling drawing functions through the graphics context's operation
-function pointer table (i.e., the GCOps functions).  These functions
-render the basic graphics operations such as drawing rectangles, lines,
-text or copying pixmaps.  Default routines are provided either by the MI
-layer, which draws indirectly through a simple span interface, or by the
-framebuffer layers (e.g., CFB, MFB, FB), which draw directly to a
-linearly mapped frame buffer.
-
-<p>To take advantage of special hardware on the graphics device,
-specific GCOps functions can be replaced by device specific code.
-However, many times the graphics devices can handle only a subset of the
-possible states of the GC, so during graphics context validation,
-appropriate routines are selected based on the state and capabilities of
-the hardware.  For example, some graphics hardware can accelerate single
-pixel width lines with certain dash patterns.  Thus, for dash patterns
-that are not supported by hardware or for width 2 or greater lines, the
-default routine is chosen during GC validation.
-
-<p>Note that some pointers to functions that draw to the screen are
-stored in the Screen structure.  They include GetImage(), GetSpans(),
-PaintWindowBackground(), PaintWindowBorder(), CopyWindow() and
-RestoreAreas().
-
-<sect2>Xnest
-
-<p>The Xnest X server is a special proxy X server that relays the X
-protocol requests that it receives to a ``real'' X server that then
-processes the requests and displays the results, if applicable.  To the X
-applications, Xnest appears as if it is a regular X server.  However,
-Xnest is both server to the X application and client of the real X
-server, which will actually handle the requests.
-
-<p>The Xnest server implements all of the standard input and output
-initialization steps outlined above.
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/InitOutput()/ Xnest takes its configuration information from
-command line arguments via ddxProcessArguments().  This information
-includes the real X server display to connect to, its default visual
-class, the screen depth, the Xnest window's geometry, etc.  Xnest then
-connects to the real X server and gathers visual, colormap, depth and
-pixmap information about that server's display, creates a window on that
-server, which will be used as the root window for Xnest.
-
-<p>Next, Xnest initializes its internal data structures and uses the
-data from the real X server's pixmaps to initialize its own pixmap
-formats.  Finally, it calls AddScreen(xnestOpenScreen, argc, argv) to
-initialize each of its screens.
-
-<tag/ScreenInit()/ Xnest's ScreenInit() function is called
-xnestOpenScreen().  This function initializes its screen's depth and
-visual information, and then calls miScreenInit() to set up the default
-screen functions.  It then calls miInitializeBackingStore() and
-miDCInitialize() to initialize backing store and the software cursor.
-Finally, it replaces many of the screen functions with its own
-functions that repackage and send the requests to the real X server to
-which Xnest is attached.
-
-<tag/CloseScreen()/ This function frees its internal data structure
-allocations.  Since it replaces instead of wrapping screen functions,
-there are no function pointers to unwrap.  This can potentially lead to
-problems during server regeneration.
-
-<tag/GC operations/ The GC operations in Xnest are very simple since
-they leave all of the drawing to the real X server to which Xnest is
-attached.  Each of the GCOps takes the request and sends it to the
-real X server using standard Xlib calls.  For example, the X
-application issues a XDrawLines() call.  This function turns into a
-protocol request to Xnest, which calls the xnestPolylines() function
-through Xnest's GCOps function pointer table.  The xnestPolylines()
-function is only a single line, which calls XDrawLines() using the same
-arguments that were passed into it.  Other GCOps functions are very
-similar.  Two exceptions to the simple GCOps functions described above
-are the image functions and the BLT operations.
-
-<p>The image functions, GetImage() and PutImage(), must use a temporary
-image to hold the image to be put of the image that was just grabbed
-from the screen while it is in transit to the real X server or the
-client.  When the image has been transmitted, the temporary image is
-destroyed.
-
-<p>The BLT operations, CopyArea() and CopyPlane(), handle not only the
-copy function, which is the same as the simple cases described above,
-but also the graphics exposures that result when the GC's graphics
-exposure bit is set to True.  Graphics exposures are handled in a helper
-function, xnestBitBlitHelper().  This function collects the exposure
-events from the real X server and, if any resulting in regions being
-exposed, then those regions are passed back to the MI layer so that it
-can generate exposure events for the X application.
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The Xnest server takes its input from the X server to which it is
-connected.  When the mouse is in the Xnest server's window, keyboard and
-mouse events are received by the Xnest server, repackaged and sent back
-to any client that requests those events.
-
-<sect2>Shadow framebuffer
-
-<p>The most common type of framebuffer is a linear array memory that
-maps to the video memory on the graphics device.  However, accessing
-that video memory over an I/O bus (e.g., ISA or PCI) can be slow.  The
-shadow framebuffer layer allows the developer to keep the entire
-framebuffer in main memory and copy it back to video memory at regular
-intervals.  It also has been extended to handle planar video memory and
-rotated framebuffers.
-
-<p>There are two main entry points to the shadow framebuffer code:
-
-<descrip>
-<tag/shadowAlloc(width, height, bpp)/ This function allocates the in
-memory copy of the framebuffer of size width*height*bpp.  It returns a
-pointer to that memory, which will be used by the framebuffer
-ScreenInit() code during the screen's initialization.
-
-<tag/shadowInit(pScreen, updateProc, windowProc)/ This function
-initializes the shadow framebuffer layer.  It wraps several screen
-drawing functions, and registers a block handler that will update the
-screen.  The updateProc is a function that will copy the damaged regions
-to the screen, and the windowProc is a function that is used when the
-entire linear video memory range cannot be accessed simultaneously so
-that only a window into that memory is available (e.g., when using the
-VGA aperture).
-</descrip>
-
-<p>The shadow framebuffer code keeps track of the damaged area of each
-screen by calculating the bounding box of all drawing operations that
-have occurred since the last screen update.  Then, when the block handler
-is next called, only the damaged portion of the screen is updated.
-
-<p>Note that since the shadow framebuffer is kept in main memory, all
-drawing operations are performed by the CPU and, thus, no accelerated
-hardware drawing operations are possible.
-
-
-<sect1>Xinerama
-
-<p>Xinerama is an X extension that allows multiple physical screens
-controlled by a single X server to appear as a single screen.  Although
-the extension allows clients to find the physical screen layout via
-extension requests, it is completely transparent to clients at the core
-X11 protocol level.  The original public implementation of Xinerama came
-from Digital/Compaq.  XFree86 rewrote it, filling in some missing pieces
-and improving both X11 core protocol compliance and performance.  The
-Xinerama extension will be passing through X.Org's standardization
-process in the near future, and the sample implementation will be based
-on this rewritten version.
-
-<p>The current implementation of Xinerama is based primarily in the DIX
-(device independent) and MI (machine independent) layers of the X
-server.  With few exceptions the DDX layers do not need any changes to
-support Xinerama.  X server extensions often do need modifications to
-provide full Xinerama functionality.
-
-<p>The following is a code-level description of how Xinerama functions.
-
-<p>Note: Because the Xinerama extension was originally called the
-PanoramiX extension, many of the Xinerama functions still have the
-PanoramiX prefix.
-
-<descrip>
-    <tag/PanoramiXExtensionInit()/ PanoramiXExtensionInit() is a
-    device-independent extension function that is called at the start of
-    each server generation from InitExtensions(), which is called from
-    the X server's main() function after all output devices have been
-    initialized, but before any input devices have been initialized.
-
-    <p>PanoramiXNumScreens is set to the number of physical screens.  If
-    only one physical screen is present, the extension is disabled, and
-    PanoramiXExtensionInit() returns without doing anything else.
-
-    <p>The Xinerama extension is registered by calling AddExtension().
-    
-    <p>A local per-screen array of data structures
-    (panoramiXdataPtr&lsqb;&rsqb;)
-    is allocated for each physical screen, and GC and Screen private
-    indexes are allocated, and both GC and Screen private areas are
-    allocated for each physical screen.  These hold Xinerama-specific
-    per-GC and per-Screen data.  Each screen's CreateGC and CloseScreen
-    functions are wrapped by XineramaCreateGC() and
-    XineramaCloseScreen() respectively.  Some new resource classes are
-    created for Xinerama drawables and GCs, and resource types for
-    Xinerama windows, pixmaps and colormaps.
-
-    <p>A region (XineramaScreenRegions&lsqb;i&rsqb;) is initialized for each
-    physical screen, and single region (PanoramiXScreenRegion) is
-    initialized to be the union of the screen regions.  The
-    panoramiXdataPtr&lsqb;&rsqb; array is also initialized with the size and
-    origin of each screen.  The relative positioning information for the
-    physical screens is taken from the array
-    dixScreenOrigins&lsqb;&rsqb;, which
-    the DDX layer must initialize in InitOutput().  The bounds of the
-    combined screen is also calculated (PanoramiXPixWidth and
-    PanoramiXPixHeight).
-
-    <p>The DIX layer has a list of function pointers
-    (ProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;) that
-    holds the entry points for the functions that process core protocol
-    requests.  The requests that Xinerama must intercept and break up
-    into physical screen-specific requests are wrapped.  The original
-    set is copied to SavedProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;.  The types of requests
-    intercepted are Window requests, GC requests, colormap requests,
-    drawing requests, and some geometry-related requests.  This wrapping
-    allows the bulk of the protocol request processing to be handled
-    transparently to the DIX layer.  Some operations cannot be dealt with
-    in this way and are handled with Xinerama-specific code within the
-    DIX layer.
-
-    <tag/PanoramiXConsolidate()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
-    device-independent extension function that is called directly from
-    the X server's main() function after extensions and input/output
-    devices have been initialized, and before the root windows are
-    defined and initialized.
-
-    <p>This function finds the set of depths (PanoramiXDepths&lsqb;&rsqb;) and
-    visuals (PanoramiXVisuals&lsqb;&rsqb;)
-    common to all of the physical screens.
-    PanoramiXNumDepths is set to the number of common depths, and
-    PanoramiXNumVisuals is set to the number of common visuals.
-    Resources are created for the single root window and the default
-    colormap.  Each of these resources has per-physical screen entries.
-
-    <tag/PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
-    device-independent extension function that is called directly from
-    the X server's main() function after the per-physical screen root
-    windows are created.  It is called instead of the standard DIX
-    CreateConnectionBlock() function.  If this function returns FALSE,
-    the X server exits with a fatal error.  This function will return
-    FALSE if no common depths were found in PanoramiXConsolidate().
-    With no common depths, Xinerama mode is not possible.
-
-    <p>The connection block holds the information that clients get when
-    they open a connection to the X server.  It includes information
-    such as the supported pixmap formats, number of screens and the
-    sizes, depths, visuals, default colormap information, etc, for each
-    of the screens (much of information that <tt/xdpyinfo/ shows).  The
-    connection block is initialized with the combined single screen
-    values that were calculated in the above two functions.
-
-    <p>The Xinerama extension allows the registration of connection
-    block callback functions.  The purpose of these is to allow other
-    extensions to do processing at this point.  These callbacks can be
-    registered by calling XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback() from
-    the other extension's ExtensionInit() function.  Each registered
-    connection block callback is called at the end of
-    PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock().
-</descrip>
-
-<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the DIX code
-
-<p>There are a few types of Xinerama-specific changes within the DIX
-code.  The main ones are described here.
-
-<p>Functions that deal with colormap or GC -related operations outside of
-the intercepted protocol requests have a test added to only do the
-processing for screen numbers > 0.  This is because they are handled for
-the single Xinerama screen and the processing is done once for screen 0.
-
-<p>The handling of motion events does some coordinate translation between
-the physical screen's origin and screen zero's origin.  Also, motion
-events must be reported relative to the composite screen origin rather
-than the physical screen origins.
-
-<p>There is some special handling for cursor, window and event processing
-that cannot (either not at all or not conveniently) be done via the
-intercepted protocol requests.  A particular case is the handling of
-pointers moving between physical screens.
-
-<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the MI code
-
-<p>The only Xinerama-specific change to the MI code is in miSendExposures()
-to handle the coordinate (and window ID) translation for expose events.
-
-<sect2>Intercepted DIX core requests
-
-<p>Xinerama breaks up drawing requests for dispatch to each physical
-screen.  It also breaks up windows into pieces for each physical screen.
-GCs are translated into per-screen GCs.  Colormaps are replicated on
-each physical screen.  The functions handling the intercepted requests
-take care of breaking the requests and repackaging them so that they can
-be passed to the standard request handling functions for each screen in
-turn.  In addition, and to aid the repackaging, the information from
-many of the intercepted requests is used to keep up to date the
-necessary state information for the single composite screen.  Requests
-(usually those with replies) that can be satisfied completely from this
-stored state information do not call the standard request handling
-functions.
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-
-<sect>Development Results
-
-<p>In this section the results of each phase of development are
-discussed.  This development took place between approximately June 2001
-and July 2003.
-
-<sect1>Phase I
-
-<p>The initial development phase dealt with the basic implementation
-including the bootstrap code, which used the shadow framebuffer, and the
-unoptimized implementation, based on an Xnest-style implementation.
-
-<sect2>Scope
-
-<p>The goal of Phase I is to provide fundamental functionality that can
-act as a foundation for ongoing work:
-<enum>
-    <item>Develop the proxy X server
-    <itemize>
-	<item>The proxy X server will operate on the X11 protocol and
-	relay requests as necessary to correctly perform the request.
-	<item>Work will be based on the existing work for Xinerama and
-	Xnest.
-	<item>Input events and windowing operations are handled in the
-	proxy server and rendering requests are repackaged and sent to
-	each of the back-end servers for display.
-	<item>The multiple screen layout (including support for
-	overlapping screens) will be user configurable via a
-	configuration file or through the configuration tool.
-    </itemize>
-    <item>Develop graphical configuration tool
-    <itemize>
-	<item>There will be potentially a large number of X servers to
-	configure into a single display.  The tool will allow the user
-	to specify which servers are involved in the configuration and
-	how they should be laid out.
-    </itemize>
-    <item>Pass the X Test Suite
-    <itemize>
-	<item>The X Test Suite covers the basic X11 operations.  All
-	tests known to succeed must correctly operate in the distributed
-	X environment.
-    </itemize>
-</enum>
-
-<p>For this phase, the back-end X servers are assumed to be unmodified X
-servers that do not support any DMX-related protocol extensions; future
-optimization pathways are considered, but are not implemented; and the
-configuration tool is assumed to rely only on libraries in the X source
-tree (e.g., Xt).
-
-<sect2>Results
-
-<p>The proxy X server, Xdmx, was developed to distribute X11 protocol
-requests to the set of back-end X servers.  It opens a window on each
-back-end server, which represents the part of the front-end's root
-window that is visible on that screen.  It mirrors window, pixmap and
-other state in each back-end server.  Drawing requests are sent to
-either windows or pixmaps on each back-end server.  This code is based
-on Xnest and uses the existing Xinerama extension.
-
-<p>Input events can be taken from (1) devices attached to the back-end
-server, (2) core devices attached directly to the Xdmx server, or (3)
-from a ``console'' window on another X server.  Events for these devices
-are gathered, processed and delivered to clients attached to the Xdmx
-server.
-
-<p>An intuitive configuration format was developed to help the user
-easily configure the multiple back-end X servers.  It was defined (see
-grammar in Xdmx man page) and a parser was implemented that is used by
-the Xdmx server and by a standalone xdmxconfig utility.  The parsing
-support was implemented such that it can be easily factored out of the X
-source tree for use with other tools (e.g., vdl).  Support for
-converting legacy vdl-format configuration files to the DMX format is
-provided by the vdltodmx utility.
-
-<p>Originally, the configuration file was going to be a subsection of
-XFree86's XF86Config file, but that was not possible since Xdmx is a
-completely separate X server.  Thus, a separate config file format was
-developed.  In addition, a graphical configuration
-tool, xdmxconfig, was developed to allow the user to create and arrange
-the screens in the configuration file.  The <bf/-configfile/ and <bf/-config/
-command-line options can be used to start Xdmx using a configuration
-file.
-
-<p>An extension that enables remote input testing is required for the X
-Test Suite to function.  During this phase, this extension (XTEST) was
-implemented in the Xdmx server.  The results from running the X Test
-Suite are described in detail below.
-
-<sect2>X Test Suite
-
-          <sect3> Introduction
-            <p>
-              The X Test Suite contains tests that verify Xlib functions
-              operate correctly.  The test suite is designed to run on a
-              single X server; however, since X applications will not be
-              able to tell the difference between the DMX server and a
-              standard X server, the X Test Suite should also run on the
-              DMX server.
-            <p>
-              The Xdmx server was tested with the X Test Suite, and the
-              existing failures are noted in this section.  To put these
-              results in perspective, we first discuss expected X Test
-              failures and how errors in underlying systems can impact
-              Xdmx test results.
-
-          <sect3>Expected Failures for a Single Head
-            <p>
-              A correctly implemented X server with a single screen is
-              expected to fail certain X Test tests.  The following
-              well-known errors occur because of rounding error in the X
-              server code:
-              <verb>
-XDrawArc: Tests 42, 63, 66, 73
-XDrawArcs: Tests 45, 66, 69, 76
-              </verb>
-            <p>
-              The following failures occur because of the high-level X
-              server implementation:
-              <verb>
-XLoadQueryFont: Test 1
-XListFontsWithInfo: Tests 3, 4
-XQueryFont: Tests 1, 2
-              </verb>
-            <p>
-              The following test fails when running the X server as root
-              under Linux because of the way directory modes are
-              interpreted:
-              <verb>
-XWriteBitmapFile: Test 3
-              </verb>
-            <p>
-              Depending on the video card used for the back-end, other
-              failures may also occur because of bugs in the low-level
-              driver implementation.  Over time, failures of this kind
-              are usually fixed by XFree86, but will show up in Xdmx
-              testing until then.
-
-          <sect3>Expected Failures for Xinerama
-            <p>
-              Xinerama fails several X Test Suite tests because of
-              design decisions made for the current implementation of
-              Xinerama.  Over time, many of these errors will be
-              corrected by XFree86 and the group working on a new
-              Xinerama implementation.  Therefore, Xdmx will also share
-              X Suite Test failures with Xinerama.
-            <p>
-              We may be able to fix or work-around some of these
-              failures at the Xdmx level, but this will require
-              additional exploration that was not part of Phase I.
-            <p>
-              Xinerama is constantly improving, and the list of
-              Xinerama-related failures depends on XFree86 version and
-              the underlying graphics hardware.  We tested with a
-              variety of hardware, including nVidia, S3, ATI Radeon,
-              and Matrox G400 (in dual-head mode).  The list below
-              includes only those failures that appear to be from the
-              Xinerama layer, and does not include failures listed in
-              the previous section, or failures that appear to be from
-              the low-level graphics driver itself:
-            <p>
-              These failures were noted with multiple Xinerama
-              configurations:
-              <verb>
-XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known Xinerama implementation issue)
-XSetFontPath: Test 4
-XGetDefault: Test 5
-XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
-              </verb>
-            <p>
-              These failures were noted only when using one dual-head
-              video card with a 4.2.99.x XFree86 server:
-              <verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XDrawRectangles: Test 45
-              </verb>
-            <p>
-              These failures were noted only when using two video cards
-              from different vendors with a 4.1.99.x XFree86 server:
-              <verb>
-XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
-XCreateWindow: Test 30
-XDrawLine: Test 22
-XFillArc: Test 22
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-              </verb>
-
-          <sect3>Additional Failures from Xdmx
-            <p>
-              When running Xdmx, no unexpected failures were noted.
-              Since the Xdmx server is based on Xinerama, we expect to
-              have most of the Xinerama failures present in the Xdmx
-              server.  Similarly, since the Xdmx server must rely on the
-              low-level device drivers on each back-end server, we also
-              expect that Xdmx will exhibit most of the back-end
-              failures.  Here is a summary:
-              <verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
-XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
-XCreateWindow: Test 30
-XCopyPlane: Test 13, 22, 31
-XSetFontPath: Test 4
-XGetDefault: Test 5 (configuration dependent)
-XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
-              </verb>
-            <p>
-              Note that this list is shorter than the combined list for
-              Xinerama because Xdmx uses different code paths to perform
-              some Xinerama operations.  Further, some Xinerama failures
-              have been fixed in the XFree86 4.2.99.x CVS repository.
-            
-          <sect3>Summary and Future Work
-            <p>
-              Running the X Test Suite on Xdmx does not produce any
-              failures that cannot be accounted for by the underlying
-              Xinerama subsystem used by the front-end or by the
-              low-level device-driver code running on the back-end X
-              servers.  The Xdmx server therefore is as ``correct'' as
-              possible with respect to the standard set of X Test Suite
-              tests.
-            <p>
-              During the following phases, we will continue to verify
-              Xdmx correctness using the X Test Suite.  We may also use
-              other tests suites or write additional tests that run
-              under the X Test Suite that specifically verify the
-              expected behavior of DMX.
-
-<sect2>Fonts
-
-<p>In Phase I, fonts are handled directly by both the front-end and the
-back-end servers, which is required since we must treat each back-end
-server during this phase as a ``black box''.  What this requires is that
-<bf/the front- and back-end servers must share the exact same font
-path/.  There are two ways to help make sure that all servers share the
-same font path:
-
-<enum>
-    <item>First, each server can be configured to use the same font
-    server.  The font server, xfs, can be configured to serve fonts to
-    multiple X servers via TCP.
-
-    <item>Second, each server can be configured to use the same font
-    path and either those font paths can be copied to each back-end
-    machine or they can be mounted (e.g., via NFS) on each back-end
-    machine.
-</enum>
-
-<p>One additional concern is that a client program can set its own font
-path, and if it does so, then that font path must be available on each
-back-end machine.
-
-<p>The -fontpath command line option was added to allow users to
-initialize the font path of the front end server.  This font path is
-propagated to each back-end server when the default font is loaded.  If
-there are any problems, an error message is printed, which will describe
-the problem and list the current font path.  For more information about
-setting the font path, see the -fontpath option description in the man
-page.
-
-<sect2>Performance
-
-<p>Phase I of development was not intended to optimize performance.  Its
-focus was on completely and correctly handling the base X11 protocol in
-the Xdmx server.  However, several insights were gained during Phase I,
-which are listed here for reference during the next phase of
-development.
-
-<enum>
-    <item>Calls to XSync() can slow down rendering since it requires a
-    complete round trip to and from a back-end server.  This is
-    especially problematic when communicating over long haul networks.
-    <item>Sending drawing requests to only the screens that they overlap
-    should improve performance.
-</enum>
-
-<sect2>Pixmaps
-
-<p>Pixmaps were originally expected to be handled entirely in the
-front-end X server; however, it was found that this overly complicated
-the rendering code and would have required sending potentially large
-images to each back server that required them when copying from pixmap
-to screen.  Thus, pixmap state is mirrored in the back-end server just
-as it is with regular window state.  With this implementation, the same
-rendering code that draws to windows can be used to draw to pixmaps on
-the back-end server, and no large image transfers are required to copy
-from pixmap to window.
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect1>Phase II
-
-<p>The second phase of development concentrates on performance
-optimizations.  These optimizations are documented here, with
-<tt/x11perf/ data to show how the optimizations improve performance.
-
-<p>All benchmarks were performed by running Xdmx on a dual processor
-1.4GHz AMD Athlon machine with 1GB of RAM connecting over 100baseT to
-two single-processor 1GHz Pentium III machines with 256MB of RAM and ATI
-Rage 128 (RF) video cards.  The front end was running Linux
-2.4.20-pre1-ac1 and the back ends were running Linux 2.4.7-10 and
-version 4.2.99.1 of XFree86 pulled from the XFree86 CVS repository on
-August 7, 2002.  All systems were running Red Hat Linux 7.2.
-
-<sect2>Moving from XFree86 4.1.99.1 to 4.2.0.0
-
-<p>For phase II, the working source tree was moved to the branch tagged
-with dmx-1-0-branch and was updated from version 4.1.99.1 (20 August
-2001) of the XFree86 sources to version 4.2.0.0 (18 January 2002).
-After this update, the following tests were noted to be more than 10%
-faster:
-            <verb>
-1.13   Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 
-1.16   Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
-1.13   Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
-1.17   Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
-1.16   Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
-1.20   Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
-1.15   Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
-1.37   Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids) 
-            </verb>
-And the following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
-            <verb>
-0.88   Unmap window via parent (25 kids) 
-0.75   Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) 
-0.79   Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids) 
-0.80   Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids) 
-0.82   Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) 
-0.85   Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 
-            </verb>
-<p>These changes were not caused by any changes in the DMX system, and
-may point to changes in the XFree86 tree or to tests that have more
-"jitter" than most other <tt/x11perf/ tests.
-
-<sect2>Global changes
-
-<p>During the development of the Phase II DMX server, several global
-changes were made.  These changes were also compared with the Phase I
-server.  The following tests were noted to be more than 10% faster:
-            <verb>
-1.13   Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 
-1.15   Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
-1.13   Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
-1.17   Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
-1.16   Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
-1.19   Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
-1.15   Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
-1.15   Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) 
-            </verb>
-
-<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
-            <verb>
-0.69   Scroll 10x10 pixels 
-0.68   Scroll 100x100 pixels 
-0.68   Copy 10x10 from window to window 
-0.68   Copy 100x100 from window to window 
-0.76   Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 
-0.83   Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) 
-            </verb>
-
-<p>For the remainder of this analysis, the baseline of comparison will
-be the Phase II deliverable with all optimizations disabled (unless
-otherwise noted).  This will highlight how the optimizations in
-isolation impact performance.
-
-<sect2>XSync() Batching
-
-<p>During the Phase I implementation, XSync() was called after every
-protocol request made by the DMX server.  This provided the DMX server
-with an interactive feel, but defeated X11's protocol buffering system
-and introduced round-trip wire latency into every operation.  During
-Phase II, DMX was changed so that protocol requests are no longer
-followed by calls to XSync().  Instead, the need for an XSync() is
-noted, and XSync() calls are only made every 100mS or when the DMX
-server specifically needs to make a call to guarantee interactivity.
-With this new system, X11 buffers protocol as much as possible during a
-100mS interval, and many unnecessary XSync() calls are avoided.
-
-<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 8 tests became more than 100
-times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,
-and 181 more than 2X faster.  See table below for summary.
-
-<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower with
-XSync() batching on:
-            <verb>
-0.88   500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 
-0.89   Copy 500x500 from window to window 
-            </verb>
-
-<sect2>Offscreen Optimization
-
-<p>Windows span one or more of the back-end servers' screens; however,
-during Phase I development, windows were created on every back-end
-server and every rendering request was sent to every window regardless
-of whether or not that window was visible.  With the offscreen
-optimization, the DMX server tracks when a window is completely off of a
-back-end server's screen and, in that case, it does not send rendering
-requests to those back-end windows.  This optimization saves bandwidth
-between the front and back-end servers, and it reduces the number of
-XSync() calls.  The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only
-two back-end servers.  Greater performance gains will be had as the
-number of back-end servers increases.
-
-<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 3 tests were at least twice as
-fast, and 146 tests were at least 10% faster.  Two tests were more than
-10% slower with the offscreen optimization:
-            <verb>
-0.88   Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids) 
-0.89   Resize unmapped window (75 kids) 
-            </verb>
-
-<sect2>Lazy Window Creation Optimization
-
-<p>As mentioned above, during Phase I, windows were created on every
-back-end server even if they were not visible on that back-end.  With
-the lazy window creation optimization, the DMX server does not create
-windows on a back-end server until they are either visible or they
-become the parents of a visible window.  This optimization builds on the
-offscreen optimization (described above) and requires it to be enabled.
-
-<p>The lazy window creation optimization works by creating the window
-data structures in the front-end server when a client creates a window,
-but delays creation of the window on the back-end server(s).  A private
-window structure in the DMX server saves the relevant window data and
-tracks changes to the window's attributes and stacking order for later
-use.  The only times a window is created on a back-end server are (1)
-when it is mapped and is at least partially overlapping the back-end
-server's screen (tracked by the offscreen optimization), or (2) when the
-window becomes the parent of a previously visible window.  The first
-case occurs when a window is mapped or when a visible window is copied,
-moved or resized and now overlaps the back-end server's screen.  The
-second case occurs when starting a window manager after having created
-windows to which the window manager needs to add decorations.
-
-<p>When either case occurs, a window on the back-end server is created
-using the data saved in the DMX server's window private data structure.
-The stacking order is then adjusted to correctly place the window on the
-back-end and lastly the window is mapped.  From this time forward, the
-window is handled exactly as if the window had been created at the time
-of the client's request.
-
-<p>Note that when a window is no longer visible on a back-end server's
-screen (e.g., it is moved offscreen), the window is not destroyed;
-rather, it is kept and reused later if the window once again becomes
-visible on the back-end server's screen.  Originally with this
-optimization, destroying windows was implemented but was later rejected
-because it increased bandwidth when windows were opaquely moved or
-resized, which is common in many window managers.
-
-<p>The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two back-end
-servers.  Greater performance gains will be had as the number of
-back-end servers increases.
-
-<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more
-than 10%:
-            <verb>
-1.10   500x500 rectangle outline 
-1.12   Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 
-1.20   Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) 
-1.19   Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 
-            </verb>
-            
-<sect2>Subdividing Rendering Primitives
-
-<p>X11 imaging requests transfer significant data between the client and
-the X server.  During Phase I, the DMX server would then transfer the
-image data to each back-end server.  Even with the offscreen
-optimization (above), these requests still required transferring
-significant data to each back-end server that contained a visible
-portion of the window.  For example, if the client uses XPutImage() to
-copy an image to a window that overlaps the entire DMX screen, then the
-entire image is copied by the DMX server to every back-end server.
-
-<p>To reduce the amount of data transferred between the DMX server and
-the back-end servers when XPutImage() is called, the image data is
-subdivided and only the data that will be visible on a back-end server's
-screen is sent to that back-end server.  Xinerama already implements a
-subdivision algorithm for XGetImage() and no further optimization was
-needed.
-
-<p>Other rendering primitives were analyzed, but the time required to
-subdivide these primitives was a significant proportion of the time
-required to send the entire rendering request to the back-end server, so
-this optimization was rejected for the other rendering primitives.
-
-<p>Again, the performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two
-back-end servers.  Greater performance gains will be had as the number
-of back-end servers increases.
-
-<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more
-than 10%:
-            <verb>
-1.12   Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 
-1.26   PutImage 10x10 square 
-1.83   PutImage 100x100 square 
-1.91   PutImage 500x500 square 
-1.40   PutImage XY 10x10 square 
-1.48   PutImage XY 100x100 square 
-1.50   PutImage XY 500x500 square 
-1.45   Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 
-1.74   Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) 
-            </verb>
-
-<p>The following test was noted to be more than 10% slower with this
-optimization:
-            <verb>
-0.88   10-pixel fill chord partial circle 
-            </verb>
-
-<sect2>Summary of x11perf Data
-
-<p>With all of the optimizations on, 53 <tt/x11perf/ tests are more than
-100X faster than the unoptimized Phase II deliverable, with 69 more than
-50X faster, 73 more than 10X faster, and 199 more than twice as fast.
-No tests were more than 10% slower than the unoptimized Phase II
-deliverable.  (Compared with the Phase I deliverable, only Circulate
-Unmapped window (100 kids) was more than 10% slower than the Phase II
-deliverable.  As noted above, this test seems to have wider variability
-than other <tt/x11perf/ tests.)
-
-<p>The following table summarizes relative <tt/x11perf/ test changes for
-all optimizations individually and collectively.  Note that some of the
-optimizations have a synergistic effect when used together.
-            <verb>
-
-1: XSync() batching only
-2: Off screen optimizations only
-3: Window optimizations only
-4: Subdivprims only
-5: All optimizations
-
-    1     2    3    4      5 Operation
------- ---- ---- ---- ------ ---------
-  2.14 1.85 1.00 1.00   4.13 Dot 
-  1.67 1.80 1.00 1.00   3.31 1x1 rectangle 
-  2.38 1.43 1.00 1.00   2.44 10x10 rectangle 
-  1.00 1.00 0.92 0.98   1.00 100x100 rectangle 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 500x500 rectangle 
-  1.83 1.85 1.05 1.06   3.54 1x1 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 
-  2.43 1.43 1.00 1.00   2.41 10x10 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 
-  0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 100x100 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 
-  1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00   3.40 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 
-  2.38 1.42 1.00 1.00   2.34 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 
-  1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97   1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.99 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 
-  1.82 1.82 1.04 1.04   3.56 1x1 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) 
-  2.33 1.42 1.00 1.00   2.37 10x10 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) 
-  1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00   1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) 
-  1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00   3.66 1x1 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 
-  1.74 1.28 1.00 1.00   1.73 10x10 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89   0.98 100x100 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 
-  1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00   3.67 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 
-  1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.66 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 
-  1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00   1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 
-  1.93 1.61 0.99 0.99   3.69 1x1 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) 
-  1.73 1.27 1.00 1.00   1.72 10x10 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.98 100x100 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) 
-  1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97   1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) 
-  1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00   3.83 1x1 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 
-  1.80 1.30 1.00 1.00   1.83 10x10 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 
-  0.97 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.01 100x100 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 
-  1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00   3.56 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 
-  1.65 1.25 1.00 1.00   1.68 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.01 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
-  1.95 1.63 0.98 0.99   3.80 1x1 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 
-  1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.67 10x10 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 
-  1.13 1.14 1.14 1.14   1.14 100x100 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 
-  0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.99 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 
-  1.93 1.63 1.00 1.00   3.53 1x1 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) 
-  1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.66 10x10 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) 
-  1.82 1.70 1.00 1.00   3.38 1-pixel line segment 
-  2.07 1.56 0.90 1.00   3.31 10-pixel line segment 
-  1.29 1.10 1.00 1.00   1.27 100-pixel line segment 
-  1.05 1.06 1.03 1.03   1.09 500-pixel line segment 
-  1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.29 100-pixel line segment (1 kid) 
-  1.32 1.15 1.00 1.00   1.32 100-pixel line segment (2 kids) 
-  1.33 1.16 1.00 1.00   1.33 100-pixel line segment (3 kids) 
-  1.92 1.64 1.00 1.00   3.73 10-pixel dashed segment 
-  1.34 1.16 1.00 1.00   1.34 100-pixel dashed segment 
-  1.24 1.11 0.99 0.97   1.23 100-pixel double-dashed segment 
-  1.72 1.77 1.00 1.00   3.25 10-pixel horizontal line segment 
-  1.83 1.66 1.01 1.00   3.54 100-pixel horizontal line segment 
-  1.86 1.30 1.00 1.00   1.84 500-pixel horizontal line segment 
-  2.11 1.52 1.00 0.99   3.02 10-pixel vertical line segment 
-  1.21 1.10 1.00 1.00   1.20 100-pixel vertical line segment 
-  1.03 1.03 1.00 1.00   1.02 500-pixel vertical line segment 
-  4.42 1.68 1.00 1.01   4.64 10x1 wide horizontal line segment 
-  1.83 1.31 1.00 1.00   1.83 100x10 wide horizontal line segment 
-  1.07 1.00 0.96 1.00   1.07 500x50 wide horizontal line segment 
-  4.10 1.67 1.00 1.00   4.62 10x1 wide vertical line segment 
-  1.50 1.24 1.06 1.06   1.48 100x10 wide vertical line segment 
-  1.06 1.03 1.00 1.00   1.05 500x50 wide vertical line segment 
-  2.54 1.61 1.00 1.00   3.61 1-pixel line 
-  2.71 1.48 1.00 1.00   2.67 10-pixel line 
-  1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00   1.19 100-pixel line 
-  1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00   1.03 500-pixel line 
-  2.68 1.51 0.98 1.00   3.17 10-pixel dashed line 
-  1.23 1.11 0.99 0.99   1.23 100-pixel dashed line 
-  1.15 1.08 1.00 1.00   1.15 100-pixel double-dashed line 
-  2.27 1.39 1.00 1.00   2.23 10x1 wide line 
-  1.20 1.09 1.00 1.00   1.20 100x10 wide line 
-  1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00   1.04 500x50 wide line 
-  1.52 1.45 1.00 1.00   1.52 100x10 wide dashed line 
-  1.54 1.47 1.00 1.00   1.54 100x10 wide double-dashed line 
-  1.97 1.30 0.96 0.95   1.95 10x10 rectangle outline 
-  1.44 1.27 1.00 1.00   1.43 100x100 rectangle outline 
-  3.22 2.16 1.10 1.09   3.61 500x500 rectangle outline 
-  1.95 1.34 1.00 1.00   1.90 10x10 wide rectangle outline 
-  1.14 1.14 1.00 1.00   1.13 100x100 wide rectangle outline 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 500x500 wide rectangle outline 
-  1.57 1.72 1.00 1.00   3.03 1-pixel circle 
-  1.96 1.35 1.00 1.00   1.92 10-pixel circle 
-  1.21 1.07 0.86 0.97   1.20 100-pixel circle 
-  1.08 1.04 1.00 1.00   1.08 500-pixel circle 
-  1.39 1.19 1.03 1.03   1.38 100-pixel dashed circle 
-  1.21 1.11 1.00 1.00   1.23 100-pixel double-dashed circle 
-  1.59 1.28 1.00 1.00   1.58 10-pixel wide circle 
-  1.22 1.12 0.99 1.00   1.22 100-pixel wide circle 
-  1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00   1.05 500-pixel wide circle 
-  1.87 1.84 1.00 1.00   1.85 100-pixel wide dashed circle 
-  1.90 1.93 1.01 1.01   1.90 100-pixel wide double-dashed circle 
-  2.13 1.43 1.00 1.00   2.32 10-pixel partial circle 
-  1.42 1.18 1.00 1.00   1.42 100-pixel partial circle 
-  1.92 1.85 1.01 1.01   1.89 10-pixel wide partial circle 
-  1.73 1.67 1.00 1.00   1.73 100-pixel wide partial circle 
-  1.36 1.95 1.00 1.00   2.64 1-pixel solid circle 
-  2.02 1.37 1.00 1.00   2.03 10-pixel solid circle 
-  1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00   1.19 100-pixel solid circle 
-  1.02 0.99 1.00 1.00   1.01 500-pixel solid circle 
-  1.74 1.28 1.00 0.88   1.73 10-pixel fill chord partial circle 
-  1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.31 100-pixel fill chord partial circle 
-  1.67 1.31 1.03 1.03   1.72 10-pixel fill slice partial circle 
-  1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.28 100-pixel fill slice partial circle 
-  2.45 1.49 1.01 1.00   2.71 10-pixel ellipse 
-  1.22 1.10 1.00 1.00   1.22 100-pixel ellipse 
-  1.09 1.04 1.00 1.00   1.09 500-pixel ellipse 
-  1.90 1.28 1.00 1.00   1.89 100-pixel dashed ellipse 
-  1.62 1.24 0.96 0.97   1.61 100-pixel double-dashed ellipse 
-  2.43 1.50 1.00 1.00   2.42 10-pixel wide ellipse 
-  1.61 1.28 1.03 1.03   1.60 100-pixel wide ellipse 
-  1.08 1.05 1.00 1.00   1.08 500-pixel wide ellipse 
-  1.93 1.88 1.00 1.00   1.88 100-pixel wide dashed ellipse 
-  1.94 1.89 1.01 1.00   1.94 100-pixel wide double-dashed ellipse 
-  2.31 1.48 1.00 1.00   2.67 10-pixel partial ellipse 
-  1.38 1.17 1.00 1.00   1.38 100-pixel partial ellipse 
-  2.00 1.85 0.98 0.97   1.98 10-pixel wide partial ellipse 
-  1.89 1.86 1.00 1.00   1.89 100-pixel wide partial ellipse 
-  3.49 1.60 1.00 1.00   3.65 10-pixel filled ellipse 
-  1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.67 100-pixel filled ellipse 
-  1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00   1.06 500-pixel filled ellipse 
-  2.38 1.43 1.01 1.00   2.32 10-pixel fill chord partial ellipse 
-  2.06 1.30 1.00 1.00   2.05 100-pixel fill chord partial ellipse 
-  2.27 1.41 1.00 1.00   2.27 10-pixel fill slice partial ellipse 
-  1.98 1.33 1.00 0.97   1.97 100-pixel fill slice partial ellipse 
- 57.46 1.99 1.01 1.00 114.92 Fill 1x1 equivalent triangle 
- 56.94 1.98 1.01 1.00  73.89 Fill 10x10 equivalent triangle 
-  6.07 1.75 1.00 1.00   6.07 Fill 100x100 equivalent triangle 
- 51.12 1.98 1.00 1.00 102.81 Fill 1x1 trapezoid 
- 51.42 1.82 1.01 1.00  94.89 Fill 10x10 trapezoid 
-  6.47 1.80 1.00 1.00   6.44 Fill 100x100 trapezoid 
-  1.56 1.28 1.00 0.99   1.56 Fill 300x300 trapezoid 
- 51.27 1.97 0.96 0.97 102.54 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 
- 51.73 2.00 1.02 1.02  67.92 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 
-  5.36 1.72 1.00 1.00   5.36 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 
-  1.54 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.59 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 
- 51.41 1.94 1.01 1.00 102.82 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 
- 50.71 1.95 0.99 1.00  65.44 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
-  5.33 1.73 1.00 1.00   5.36 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
-  1.58 1.25 1.00 1.00   1.58 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
- 51.56 1.96 0.99 0.90 103.68 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) 
- 51.59 1.99 1.01 1.01  62.25 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) 
-  5.38 1.72 1.00 1.00   5.38 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) 
-  1.54 1.25 1.00 0.99   1.58 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) 
- 51.70 1.98 1.01 1.01 103.98 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) 
- 44.86 1.97 1.00 1.00  44.86 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) 
-  2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00   2.73 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) 
-  1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00   1.27 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) 
- 51.41 1.96 0.96 0.95 103.39 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 45.14 1.96 1.01 1.00  45.14 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
-  2.68 1.56 1.00 1.00   2.68 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
-  1.26 1.10 1.00 1.00   1.28 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 51.13 1.97 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) 
- 47.58 1.96 1.00 1.00  47.86 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) 
-  2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00   2.74 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) 
-  1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00   1.28 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) 
- 51.13 1.97 0.99 0.97 103.39 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 
- 45.14 1.97 1.00 1.00  44.29 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 
-  3.02 1.77 1.12 1.12   3.38 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 
-  1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.30 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 
- 51.27 1.97 1.00 1.00 103.10 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
- 45.01 1.97 1.00 1.00  45.01 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
-  2.67 1.56 1.00 1.00   2.69 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
-  1.29 1.13 1.00 1.01   1.27 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
- 51.41 1.96 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
- 45.01 1.96 0.98 1.00  45.01 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
-  2.62 1.36 1.00 1.00   2.69 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
-  1.27 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.22 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 
- 51.13 1.98 1.00 1.00 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
- 45.14 1.97 1.01 0.99  45.14 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
-  2.62 1.55 1.00 1.00   2.71 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
-  1.28 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.20 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 
- 50.71 1.95 1.00 1.00  54.70 Fill 10x10 equivalent complex polygon 
-  5.51 1.71 0.96 0.98   5.47 Fill 100x100 equivalent complex polygons 
-  8.39 1.97 1.00 1.00  16.75 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Convex) 
-  8.38 1.83 1.00 1.00   8.43 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Convex) 
-  8.50 1.96 1.00 1.00  16.64 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Complex) 
-  8.26 1.83 1.00 1.00   8.35 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Complex) 
- 14.09 1.87 1.00 1.00  14.05 Char in 80-char line (6x13) 
- 11.91 1.87 1.00 1.00  11.95 Char in 70-char line (8x13) 
- 11.16 1.85 1.01 1.00  11.10 Char in 60-char line (9x15) 
- 10.09 1.78 1.00 1.00  10.09 Char16 in 40-char line (k14) 
-  6.15 1.75 1.00 1.00   6.31 Char16 in 23-char line (k24) 
- 11.92 1.90 1.03 1.03  11.88 Char in 80-char line (TR 10) 
-  8.18 1.78 1.00 0.99   8.17 Char in 30-char line (TR 24) 
- 42.83 1.44 1.01 1.00  42.11 Char in 20/40/20 line (6x13, TR 10) 
- 27.45 1.43 1.01 1.01  27.45 Char16 in 7/14/7 line (k14, k24) 
- 12.13 1.85 1.00 1.00  12.05 Char in 80-char image line (6x13) 
- 10.00 1.84 1.00 1.00  10.00 Char in 70-char image line (8x13) 
-  9.18 1.83 1.00 1.00   9.12 Char in 60-char image line (9x15) 
-  9.66 1.82 0.98 0.95   9.66 Char16 in 40-char image line (k14) 
-  5.82 1.72 1.00 1.00   5.99 Char16 in 23-char image line (k24) 
-  8.70 1.80 1.00 1.00   8.65 Char in 80-char image line (TR 10) 
-  4.67 1.66 1.00 1.00   4.67 Char in 30-char image line (TR 24) 
- 84.43 1.47 1.00 1.00 124.18 Scroll 10x10 pixels 
-  3.73 1.50 1.00 0.98   3.73 Scroll 100x100 pixels 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 Scroll 500x500 pixels 
- 84.43 1.51 1.00 1.00 134.02 Copy 10x10 from window to window 
-  3.62 1.51 0.98 0.98   3.62 Copy 100x100 from window to window 
-  0.89 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 Copy 500x500 from window to window 
- 57.06 1.99 1.00 1.00  88.64 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to window 
-  2.49 2.00 1.00 1.00   2.48 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to window 
-  1.00 0.91 1.00 1.00   0.98 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to window 
-  2.04 1.01 1.00 1.00   2.03 Copy 10x10 from window to pixmap 
-  1.05 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.05 Copy 100x100 from window to pixmap 
-  1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00   1.04 Copy 500x500 from window to pixmap 
- 58.52 1.03 1.03 1.02  57.95 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to pixmap 
-  2.40 1.00 1.00 1.00   2.45 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to pixmap 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to pixmap 
- 51.57 1.92 1.00 1.00  85.75 Copy 10x10 1-bit deep plane 
-  6.37 1.75 1.01 1.01   6.37 Copy 100x100 1-bit deep plane 
-  1.26 1.11 1.00 1.00   1.24 Copy 500x500 1-bit deep plane 
-  4.23 1.63 0.98 0.97   4.38 Copy 10x10 n-bit deep plane 
-  1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00   1.04 Copy 100x100 n-bit deep plane 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 Copy 500x500 n-bit deep plane 
-  6.45 1.98 1.00 1.26  12.80 PutImage 10x10 square 
-  1.10 1.87 1.00 1.83   2.11 PutImage 100x100 square 
-  1.02 1.93 1.00 1.91   1.91 PutImage 500x500 square 
-  4.17 1.78 1.00 1.40   7.18 PutImage XY 10x10 square 
-  1.27 1.49 0.97 1.48   2.10 PutImage XY 100x100 square 
-  1.00 1.50 1.00 1.50   1.52 PutImage XY 500x500 square 
-  1.07 1.01 1.00 1.00   1.06 GetImage 10x10 square 
-  1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.01 GetImage 100x100 square 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 GetImage 500x500 square 
-  1.56 1.00 0.99 0.97   1.56 GetImage XY 10x10 square 
-  1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.02 GetImage XY 100x100 square 
-  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 GetImage XY 500x500 square 
-  1.00 1.00 1.01 0.98   0.95 X protocol NoOperation 
-  1.02 1.03 1.04 1.03   1.00 QueryPointer 
-  1.03 1.02 1.04 1.03   1.00 GetProperty 
-100.41 1.51 1.00 1.00 198.76 Change graphics context 
- 45.81 1.00 0.99 0.97  57.10 Create and map subwindows (4 kids) 
- 78.45 1.01 1.02 1.02  63.07 Create and map subwindows (16 kids) 
- 73.91 1.01 1.00 1.00  56.37 Create and map subwindows (25 kids) 
- 73.22 1.00 1.00 1.00  49.07 Create and map subwindows (50 kids) 
- 72.36 1.01 0.99 1.00  32.14 Create and map subwindows (75 kids) 
- 70.34 1.00 1.00 1.00  30.12 Create and map subwindows (100 kids) 
- 55.00 1.00 1.00 0.99  23.75 Create and map subwindows (200 kids) 
- 55.30 1.01 1.00 1.00 141.03 Create unmapped window (4 kids) 
- 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 163.25 Create unmapped window (16 kids) 
- 54.75 0.96 1.00 0.99 166.95 Create unmapped window (25 kids) 
- 54.83 1.00 1.00 0.99 178.81 Create unmapped window (50 kids) 
- 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (75 kids) 
- 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (100 kids) 
- 54.87 1.01 1.01 1.00 182.05 Create unmapped window (200 kids) 
- 28.13 1.00 1.00 1.00  30.75 Map window via parent (4 kids) 
- 36.14 1.01 1.01 1.01  32.58 Map window via parent (16 kids) 
- 26.13 1.00 0.98 0.95  29.85 Map window via parent (25 kids) 
- 40.07 1.00 1.01 1.00  27.57 Map window via parent (50 kids) 
- 23.26 0.99 1.00 1.00  18.23 Map window via parent (75 kids) 
- 22.91 0.99 1.00 0.99  16.52 Map window via parent (100 kids) 
- 27.79 1.00 1.00 0.99  12.50 Map window via parent (200 kids) 
- 22.35 1.00 1.00 1.00  56.19 Unmap window via parent (4 kids) 
-  9.57 1.00 0.99 1.00  89.78 Unmap window via parent (16 kids) 
- 80.77 1.01 1.00 1.00 103.85 Unmap window via parent (25 kids) 
- 96.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.06 Unmap window via parent (50 kids) 
- 99.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 124.93 Unmap window via parent (75 kids) 
-112.36 1.00 1.00 1.00 125.27 Unmap window via parent (100 kids) 
-105.41 1.00 1.00 0.99 120.00 Unmap window via parent (200 kids) 
- 51.29 1.03 1.02 1.02  74.19 Destroy window via parent (4 kids) 
- 86.75 0.99 0.99 0.99 116.87 Destroy window via parent (16 kids) 
-106.43 1.01 1.01 1.01 127.49 Destroy window via parent (25 kids) 
-120.34 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.11 Destroy window via parent (50 kids) 
-126.67 1.00 0.99 0.99 145.00 Destroy window via parent (75 kids) 
-126.11 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.56 Destroy window via parent (100 kids) 
-128.57 1.01 1.00 1.00 137.91 Destroy window via parent (200 kids) 
- 16.04 0.88 1.00 1.00  20.36 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids) 
- 19.04 1.01 1.00 1.00  23.48 Hide/expose window via popup (16 kids) 
- 19.22 1.00 1.00 1.00  20.44 Hide/expose window via popup (25 kids) 
- 17.41 1.00 0.91 0.97  17.68 Hide/expose window via popup (50 kids) 
- 17.29 1.01 1.00 1.01  17.07 Hide/expose window via popup (75 kids) 
- 16.74 1.00 1.00 1.00  16.17 Hide/expose window via popup (100 kids) 
- 10.30 1.00 1.00 1.00  10.51 Hide/expose window via popup (200 kids) 
- 16.48 1.01 1.00 1.00  26.05 Move window (4 kids) 
- 17.01 0.95 1.00 1.00  23.97 Move window (16 kids) 
- 16.95 1.00 1.00 1.00  22.90 Move window (25 kids) 
- 16.05 1.01 1.00 1.00  21.32 Move window (50 kids) 
- 15.58 1.00 0.98 0.98  19.44 Move window (75 kids) 
- 14.98 1.02 1.03 1.03  18.17 Move window (100 kids) 
- 10.90 1.01 1.01 1.00  12.68 Move window (200 kids) 
- 49.42 1.00 1.00 1.00 198.27 Moved unmapped window (4 kids) 
- 50.72 0.97 1.00 1.00 193.66 Moved unmapped window (16 kids) 
- 50.87 1.00 0.99 1.00 195.09 Moved unmapped window (25 kids) 
- 50.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 189.34 Moved unmapped window (50 kids) 
- 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 191.33 Moved unmapped window (75 kids) 
- 50.87 1.00 1.00 0.90 186.71 Moved unmapped window (100 kids) 
- 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 179.19 Moved unmapped window (200 kids) 
- 41.04 1.00 1.00 1.00  56.61 Move window via parent (4 kids) 
- 69.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.82 Move window via parent (16 kids) 
- 95.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.92 Move window via parent (25 kids) 
- 95.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 149.43 Move window via parent (50 kids) 
- 96.59 1.01 1.01 1.00 153.98 Move window via parent (75 kids) 
- 97.19 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.30 Move window via parent (100 kids) 
- 96.67 1.00 0.99 0.96 159.44 Move window via parent (200 kids) 
- 17.75 1.01 1.00 1.00  27.61 Resize window (4 kids) 
- 17.94 1.00 1.00 0.99  25.42 Resize window (16 kids) 
- 17.92 1.01 1.00 1.00  24.47 Resize window (25 kids) 
- 17.24 0.97 1.00 1.00  24.14 Resize window (50 kids) 
- 16.81 1.00 1.00 0.99  22.75 Resize window (75 kids) 
- 16.08 1.00 1.00 1.00  21.20 Resize window (100 kids) 
- 12.92 1.00 0.99 1.00  16.26 Resize window (200 kids) 
- 52.94 1.01 1.00 1.00 327.12 Resize unmapped window (4 kids) 
- 53.60 1.01 1.01 1.01 333.71 Resize unmapped window (16 kids) 
- 52.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 337.29 Resize unmapped window (25 kids) 
- 51.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 329.38 Resize unmapped window (50 kids) 
- 53.05 0.89 1.00 1.00 322.60 Resize unmapped window (75 kids) 
- 53.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 318.08 Resize unmapped window (100 kids) 
- 53.11 1.00 1.00 0.99 306.21 Resize unmapped window (200 kids) 
- 16.76 1.00 0.96 1.00  19.46 Circulate window (4 kids) 
- 17.24 1.00 1.00 0.97  16.24 Circulate window (16 kids) 
- 16.30 1.03 1.03 1.03  15.85 Circulate window (25 kids) 
- 13.45 1.00 1.00 1.00  14.90 Circulate window (50 kids) 
- 12.91 1.00 1.00 1.00  13.06 Circulate window (75 kids) 
- 11.30 0.98 1.00 1.00  11.03 Circulate window (100 kids) 
-  7.58 1.01 1.01 0.99   7.47 Circulate window (200 kids) 
-  1.01 1.01 0.98 1.00   0.95 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) 
-  1.07 1.07 1.01 1.07   1.02 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids) 
-  1.04 1.09 1.06 1.05   0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids) 
-  1.04 1.23 1.20 1.18   1.05 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) 
-  1.18 1.53 1.19 1.45   1.24 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 
-  1.08 1.02 1.01 1.74   1.01 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) 
-  1.01 1.12 0.98 0.91   0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids) 
-            </verb>
-
-<sect2>Profiling with OProfile
-
-<p>OProfile (available from http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/) is a
-system-wide profiler for Linux systems that uses processor-level
-counters to collect sampling data.  OProfile can provide information
-that is similar to that provided by <tt/gprof/, but without the
-necessity of recompiling the program with special instrumentation (i.e.,
-OProfile can collect statistical profiling information about optimized
-programs).  A test harness was developed to collect OProfile data for
-each <tt/x11perf/ test individually.
-
-<p>Test runs were performed using the RETIRED_INSNS counter on the AMD
-Athlon and the CPU_CLK_HALTED counter on the Intel Pentium III (with a
-test configuration different from the one described above).  We have
-examined OProfile output and have compared it with <tt/gprof/ output.
-This investigation has not produced results that yield performance
-increases in <tt/x11perf/ numbers.
-
-<!--
-<sect3>Retired Instructions
-
-<p>The initial tests using OProfile were done using the RETIRED_INSNS
-counter with DMX running on the dual-processor AMD Athlon machine - the
-same test configuration that was described above and that was used for
-other tests.  The RETIRED_INSNS counter counts retired instructions and
-showed drawing, text, copying, and image tests to be dominated (&gt;
-30%) by calls to Hash(), SecurityLookupIDByClass(),
-SecurityLookupIDByType(), and StandardReadRequestFromClient().  Some of
-these tests also executed significant instructions in
-WaitForSomething().
-
-<p>In contrast, the window tests executed significant
-instructions in SecurityLookupIDByType(), Hash(),
-StandardReadRequestFromClient(), but also executed significant
-instructions in other routines, such as ConfigureWindow().  Some time
-was spent looking at Hash() function, but optimizations in this routine
-did not lead to a dramatic increase in <tt/x11perf/ performance.
--->
-
-<!-- 
-<sect3>Clock Cycles
-
-<p>Retired instructions can be misleading because Intel/AMD instructions
-execute in variable amounts of time.  The OProfile tests were repeated
-using the Intel CPU_CLK_HALTED counter with DMX running on the second
-back-end machine.  Note that this is a different test configuration that
-the one described above.  However, these tests show the amount of time
-(as measured in CPU cycles) that are spent in each routine.  Because
-<tt/x11perf/ was running on the first back-end machine and because
-window optimizations were on, the load on the second back-end machine
-was not significant.
-
-<p>Using CPU_CLK_HALTED, DMX showed simple drawing
-tests spending more than 10% of their time in
-StandardReadRequestFromClient(), with significant time (&gt; 20% total)
-spent in SecurityLookupIDByClass(), WaitForSomething(), and Dispatch().
-For these tests, &lt; 5% of the time was spent in Hash(), which explains
-why optimizing the Hash() routine did not impact <tt/x11perf/ results.
-
-<p>The trapezoid, text, scrolling, copying, and image tests were
-dominated by time in ProcFillPoly(), PanoramiXFillPoly(), dmxFillPolygon(),
-SecurityLookupIDByClass(), SecurityLookupIDByType(), and
-StandardReadRequestFromClient().  Hash() time was generally above 5% but
-less than 10% of total time.
--->
-
-<sect2>X Test Suite
-
-<p>The X Test Suite was run on the fully optimized DMX server using the
-configuration described above.  The following failures were noted:
-            <verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1              [1]
-XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32        [1]
-XCreateWindow: Test 30                  [1]
-XFreeColors: Test 4                     [3]
-XCopyArea: Test 13, 17, 21, 25, 30      [2]
-XCopyPlane: Test 11, 15, 27, 31         [2]
-XSetFontPath: Test 4                    [1]
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Test 9, 10      [1]
-
-[1] Previously documented errors expected from the Xinerama
-    implementation (see Phase I discussion).
-[2] Newly noted errors that have been verified as expected
-    behavior of the Xinerama implementation.
-[3] Newly noted error that has been verified as a Xinerama
-    implementation bug.
-            </verb>
-          
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect1>Phase III
-
-<p>During the third phase of development, support was provided for the
-following extensions: SHAPE, RENDER, XKEYBOARD, XInput.
-
-<sect2>SHAPE
-
-<p>The SHAPE extension is supported.  Test applications (e.g., xeyes and
-oclock) and window managers that make use of the SHAPE extension will
-work as expected.
-
-<sect2>RENDER
-
-<p>The RENDER extension is supported.  The version included in the DMX
-CVS tree is version 0.2, and this version is fully supported by Xdmx.
-Applications using only version 0.2 functions will work correctly;
-however, some apps that make use of functions from later versions do not
-properly check the extension's major/minor version numbers.  These apps
-will fail with a Bad Implementation error when using post-version 0.2
-functions.  This is expected behavior.  When the DMX CVS tree is updated
-to include newer versions of RENDER, support for these newer functions
-will be added to the DMX X server.
-
-<sect2>XKEYBOARD
-
-<p>The XKEYBOARD extension is supported.  If present on the back-end X
-servers, the XKEYBOARD extension will be used to obtain information
-about the type of the keyboard for initialization.  Otherwise, the
-keyboard will be initialized using defaults.  Note that this departs
-from older behavior: when Xdmx is compiled without XKEYBOARD support,
-the map from the back-end X server will be preserved.  With XKEYBOARD
-support, the map is not preserved because better information and control
-of the keyboard is available.
-
-<sect2>XInput
-
-<p>The XInput extension is supported.  Any device can be used as a core
-device and be used as an XInput extension device, with the exception of
-core devices on the back-end servers.  This limitation is present
-because cursor handling on the back-end requires that the back-end
-cursor sometimes track the Xdmx core cursor -- behavior that is
-incompatible with using the back-end pointer as a non-core device.
-
-<p>Currently, back-end extension devices are not available as Xdmx
-extension devices, but this limitation should be removed in the future.
-
-<p>To demonstrate the XInput extension, and to provide more examples for
-low-level input device driver writers, USB device drivers have been
-written for mice (usb-mou), keyboards (usb-kbd), and
-non-mouse/non-keyboard USB devices (usb-oth).  Please see the man page
-for information on Linux kernel drivers that are required for using
-these Xdmx drivers.
-
-<sect2>DPMS
-
-<p>The DPMS extension is exported but does not do anything at this time.
-
-<sect2>Other Extensions
-
-<p>The LBX,
-       SECURITY,
-       XC-APPGROUP, and
-       XFree86-Bigfont
-extensions do not require any special Xdmx support and have been exported.
-
-<p>The
-    BIG-REQUESTS,
-    DEC-XTRAP,
-    DOUBLE-BUFFER,
-    Extended-Visual-Information,
-    FontCache,
-    GLX,
-    MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
-    MIT-SHM,
-    MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
-    RECORD,
-    SECURITY,
-    SGI-GLX,
-    SYNC,
-    TOG-CUP,
-    X-Resource,
-    XC-MISC,
-    XFree86-DGA,
-    XFree86-DRI,
-    XFree86-Misc,
-    XFree86-VidModeExtension, and
-    XVideo
-extensions are <it/not/ supported at this time, but will be evaluated
-for inclusion in future DMX releases.  <bf>See below for additional work
-on extensions after Phase III.</bf>
-
-<sect1>Phase IV
-
-<sect2>Moving to XFree86 4.3.0
-
-<p>For Phase IV, the recent release of XFree86 4.3.0 (27 February 2003)
-was merged onto the dmx.sourceforge.net CVS trunk and all work is
-proceeding using this tree.
-
-<sect2>Extensions 
-
-<sect3>XC-MISC (supported)
-
-<p>XC-MISC is used internally by the X library to recycle XIDs from the
-X server.  This is important for long-running X server sessions.  Xdmx
-supports this extension.  The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact
-same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>Extended-Visual-Information (supported)
-
-<p>The Extended-Visual-Information extension provides a method for an X
-client to obtain detailed visual information.  Xdmx supports this
-extension.  It was tested using the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/evi</tt> example
-program.  <bf/Note that this extension is not Xinerama-aware/ -- it will
-return visual information for each screen even though Xinerama is
-causing the X server to export a single logical screen.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>RES (supported)
-
-<p>The X-Resource extension provides a mechanism for a client to obtain
-detailed information about the resources used by other clients.  This
-extension was tested with the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/res</tt> program.  The
-X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same tests before and after
-this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>BIG-REQUESTS (supported)
-
-<p>This extension enables the X11 protocol to handle requests longer
-than 262140 bytes.  The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
-tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>XSYNC (supported)
-
-<p>This extension provides facilities for two different X clients to
-synchronize their requests.  This extension was minimally tested with
-<tt/xdpyinfo/ and the X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
-tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<sect3>XTEST, RECORD, DEC-XTRAP (supported) and XTestExtension1 (not supported)
-
-<p>The XTEST and RECORD extension were developed by the X Consortium for
-use in the X Test Suite and are supported as a standard in the X11R6
-tree.  They are also supported in Xdmx.  When X Test Suite tests that
-make use of the XTEST extension are run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly
-the same tests as does a standard XFree86 X server.  When the
-<tt/rcrdtest/ test (a part of the X Test Suite that verifies the RECORD
-extension) is run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly the same tests as does
-a standard XFree86 X server. <!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
-
-<p>There are two older XTEST-like extensions: DEC-XTRAP and
-XTestExtension1.  The XTestExtension1 extension was developed for use by
-the X Testing Consortium for use with a test suite that eventually
-became (part of?) the X Test Suite.  Unlike XTEST, which only allows
-events to be sent to the server, the XTestExtension1 extension also
-allowed events to be recorded (similar to the RECORD extension).  The
-second is the DEC-XTRAP extension that was developed by the Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-
-<p>The DEC-XTRAP extension is available from Xdmx and has been tested
-with the <tt/xtrap*/ tools which are distributed as standard X11R6
-clients. <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<p>The XTestExtension1 is <em/not/ supported because it does not appear
-to be used by any modern X clients (the few that support it also support
-XTEST) and because there are no good methods available for testing that
-it functions correctly (unlike XTEST and DEC-XTRAP, the code for
-XTestExtension1 is not part of the standard X server source tree, so
-additional testing is important). <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-
-<p>Most of these extensions are documented in the X11R6 source tree.
-Further, several original papers exist that this author was unable to
-locate -- for completeness and historical interest, citations are
-provide:
-<descrip>
-<tag/XRECORD/ Martha Zimet. Extending X For Recording.  8th Annual X
-Technical Conference Boston, MA January 24-26, 1994.
-<tag/DEC-XTRAP/ Dick Annicchiarico, Robert Chesler, Alan Jamison. XTrap
-Architecture. Digital Equipment Corporation, July 1991.
-<tag/XTestExtension1/ Larry Woestman. X11 Input Synthesis Extension
-Proposal. Hewlett Packard, November 1991.
-</descrip>
-
-<sect3>MIT-MISC (not supported)
-
-<p>The MIT-MISC extension is used to control a bug-compatibility flag
-that provides compatibility with xterm programs from X11R1 and X11R2.
-There does not appear to be a single client available that makes use of
-this extension and there is not way to verify that it works correctly.
-The Xdmx server does <em/not/ support MIT-MISC.
-
-<sect3>SCREENSAVER (not supported)
-
-<p>This extension provides special support for the X screen saver.  It
-was tested with beforelight, which appears to be the only client that
-works with it.  When Xinerama was not active, <tt/beforelight/ behaved
-as expected.  However, when Xinerama was active, <tt/beforelight/ did
-not behave as expected.  Further, when this extension is not active,
-<tt/xscreensaver/ (a widely-used X screen saver program) did not behave
-as expected.  Since this extension is not Xinerama-aware and is not
-commonly used with expected results by clients, we have left this
-extension disabled at this time.
-
-<sect3>GLX (supported)
-
-<p>The GLX extension provides OpenGL and GLX windowing support.  In
-Xdmx, the extension is called glxProxy, and it is Xinerama aware.  It
-works by either feeding requests forward through Xdmx to each of the
-back-end servers or handling them locally.  All rendering requests are
-handled on the back-end X servers.  This code was donated to the DMX
-project by SGI.  For the X Test Suite results comparison, see below.
-
-<sect3>RENDER (supported)
-
-<p>The X Rendering Extension (RENDER) provides support for digital image
-composition.  Geometric and text rendering are supported.  RENDER is
-partially Xinerama-aware, with text and the most basic compositing
-operator; however, its higher level primitives (triangles, triangle
-strips, and triangle fans) are not yet Xinerama-aware.  The RENDER
-extension is still under development, and is currently at version 0.8.
-Additional support will be required in DMX as more primitives and/or
-requests are added to the extension.
-
-<p>There is currently no test suite for the X Rendering Extension;
-however, there has been discussion of developing a test suite as the
-extension matures.  When that test suite becomes available, additional
-testing can be performed with Xdmx.  The X Test Suite passed and failed
-the exact same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-
-<sect3>Summary
-
-<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the "Common X extension
-support" section -->
-<p>To summarize, the following extensions are currently supported:
-    BIG-REQUESTS,
-    DEC-XTRAP,
-    DMX,
-    DPMS,
-    Extended-Visual-Information,
-    GLX,
-    LBX,
-    RECORD,
-    RENDER,
-    SECURITY,
-    SHAPE,
-    SYNC,
-    X-Resource,
-    XC-APPGROUP,
-    XC-MISC,
-    XFree86-Bigfont,
-    XINERAMA,
-    XInputExtension,
-    XKEYBOARD, and
-    XTEST.
-
-<p>The following extensions are <em/not/ supported at this time:
-    DOUBLE-BUFFER,
-    FontCache,
-    MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
-    MIT-SHM,
-    MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
-    TOG-CUP,
-    XFree86-DGA,
-    XFree86-Misc,
-    XFree86-VidModeExtension,
-    XTestExtensionExt1, and
-    XVideo.
-
-<sect2>Additional Testing with the X Test Suite
-
-<sect3>XFree86 without XTEST
-
-<p>After the release of XFree86 4.3.0, we retested the XFree86 X server
-with and without using the XTEST extension.  When the XTEST extension
-was <em/not/ used for testing, the XFree86 4.3.0 server running on our
-usual test system with a Radeon VE card reported unexpected failures in
-the following tests:
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XGetDefault: Test 5
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-</verb>
-
-<sect3>XFree86 with XTEST
-
-<p>When using the XTEST extension, the XFree86 4.3.0 server reported the
-following errors:
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XGetDefault: Test 5
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-</verb>
-
-<p>While these errors may be important, they will probably be fixed
-eventually in the XFree86 source tree.  We are particularly interested
-in demonstrating that the Xdmx server does not introduce additional
-failures that are not known Xinerama failures.
-
-<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, without Xinerama, without GLX
-
-<p>Without Xinerama, but using the XTEST extension, the following errors
-were reported from Xdmx (note that these are the same as for the XFree86
-4.3.0, except that XGetDefault no longer fails):
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests  20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-</verb>
-
-<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, without GLX
-
-<p>With Xinerama, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
-were reported from Xdmx:
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-
-XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known XTEST/Xinerama interaction issue)
-XDrawLine: Test 67
-XDrawLines: Test 91
-XDrawSegments: Test 68
-</verb>
-Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
-4.3.0 server, and that the XCopyPlane error is a well-known error
-resulting from an XTEST/Xinerama interaction when the request crosses a
-screen boundary.  The XDraw* errors are resolved when the tests are run
-individually and they do not cross a screen boundary.  We will
-investigate these errors further to determine their cause.
-
-<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, with GLX
-
-<p>With GLX enabled, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
-were reported from Xdmx (these results are from early during the Phase
-IV development, but were confirmed with a late Phase IV snapshot):
-<verb>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-
-XClearArea: Test 8
-XCopyArea: Tests 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
-XCopyPlane: Tests 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
-XDrawArcs: Tests 89, 100, 102
-XDrawLine: Test 67
-XDrawSegments: Test 68
-</verb>
-Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
-4.3.0 server, and that the third set has different failures than when
-Xdmx does not include GLX support.  Since the GLX extension adds new
-visuals to support GLX's visual configs and the X Test Suite runs tests
-over the entire set of visuals, additional rendering tests were run and
-presumably more of them crossed a screen boundary.  This conclusion is
-supported by the fact that nearly all of the rendering errors reported
-are resolved when the tests are run individually and they do no cross a
-screen boundary.
-
-<p>Further, when hardware rendering is disabled on the back-end displays,
-many of the errors in the third set are eliminated, leaving only:
-<verb>
-XClearArea: Test 8
-XCopyArea: Test 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
-XCopyPlane: Test 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
-</verb>
-
-<sect3>Conclusion
-
-<p>We conclude that all of the X Test Suite errors reported for Xdmx are
-the result of errors in the back-end X server or the Xinerama
-implementation.  Further, all of these errors that can be reasonably
-fixed at the Xdmx layer have been.  (Where appropriate, we have
-submitted patches to the XFree86 and Xinerama upstream maintainers.)
-
-<sect2>Dynamic Reconfiguration
-
-<p>During this development phase, dynamic reconfiguration support was
-added to DMX.  This support allows an application to change the position
-and offset of a back-end server's screen.  For example, if the
-application would like to shift a screen slightly to the left, it could
-query Xdmx for the screen's &lt;x,y&gt; position and then dynamically
-reconfigure that screen to be at position &lt;x+10,y&gt;.  When a screen
-is dynamically reconfigured, input handling and a screen's root window
-dimensions are adjusted as needed.  These adjustments are transparent to
-the user.
-
-<sect3>Dynamic reconfiguration extension
-
-<p>The application interface to DMX's dynamic reconfiguration is through
-a function in the DMX extension library:
-<verb>
-Bool DMXReconfigureScreen(Display *dpy, int screen, int x, int y)
-</verb>
-where <it/dpy/ is DMX server's display, <it/screen/ is the number of the
-screen to be reconfigured, and <it/x/ and <it/y/ are the new upper,
-left-hand coordinates of the screen to be reconfigured.
-
-<p>The coordinates are not limited other than as required by the X
-protocol, which limits all coordinates to a signed 16 bit number.  In
-addition, all coordinates within a screen must also be legal values.
-Therefore, setting a screen's upper, left-hand coordinates such that the
-right or bottom edges of the screen is greater than 32,767 is illegal.
-
-<sect3>Bounding box
-
-<p>When the Xdmx server is started, a bounding box is calculated from
-the screens' layout given either on the command line or in the
-configuration file.  This bounding box is currently fixed for the
-lifetime of the Xdmx server.
-
-<p>While it is possible to move a screen outside of the bounding box, it
-is currently not possible to change the dimensions of the bounding box.
-For example, it is possible to specify coordinates of &lt;-100,-100&gt;
-for the upper, left-hand corner of the bounding box, which was
-previously at coordinates &lt;0,0&gt;.  As expected, the screen is moved
-down and to the right; however, since the bounding box is fixed, the
-left side and upper portions of the screen exposed by the
-reconfiguration are no longer accessible on that screen.  Those
-inaccessible regions are filled with black.
-
-<p>This fixed bounding box limitation will be addressed in a future
-development phase.
-
-<sect3>Sample applications
-
-<p>An example of where this extension is useful is in setting up a video
-wall.  It is not always possible to get everything perfectly aligned,
-and sometimes the positions are changed (e.g., someone might bump into a
-projector).  Instead of physically moving projectors or monitors, it is
-now possible to adjust the positions of the back-end server's screens
-using the dynamic reconfiguration support in DMX.
-
-<p>Other applications, such as automatic setup and calibration tools,
-can make use of dynamic reconfiguration to correct for projector
-alignment problems, as long as the projectors are still arranged
-rectilinearly.  Horizontal and vertical keystone correction could be
-applied to projectors to correct for non-rectilinear alignment problems;
-however, this must be done external to Xdmx.
-
-<p>A sample test program is included in the DMX server's examples
-directory to demonstrate the interface and how an application might use
-dynamic reconfiguration.  See <tt/dmxreconfig.c/ for details.
-
-<sect3>Additional notes
-
-<p>In the original development plan, Phase IV was primarily devoted to
-adding OpenGL support to DMX; however, SGI became interested in the DMX
-project and developed code to support OpenGL/GLX.  This code was later
-donated to the DMX project and integrated into the DMX code base, which
-freed the DMX developers to concentrate on dynamic reconfiguration (as
-described above).
-
-<sect2>Doxygen documentation
-
-<p>Doxygen is an open-source (GPL) documentation system for generating
-browseable documentation from stylized comments in the source code.  We
-have placed all of the Xdmx server and DMX protocol source code files
-under Doxygen so that comprehensive documentation for the Xdmx source
-code is available in an easily browseable format.
-
-<sect2>Valgrind
-
-<p>Valgrind, an open-source (GPL) memory debugger for Linux, was used to
-search for memory management errors.  Several memory leaks were detected
-and repaired.  The following errors were not addressed:
-<enum>
-    <item>
-        When the X11 transport layer sends a reply to the client, only
-        those fields that are required by the protocol are filled in --
-        unused fields are left as uninitialized memory and are therefore
-        noted by valgrind.  These instances are not errors and were not
-        repaired.
-    <item>
-        At each server generation, glxInitVisuals allocates memory that
-        is never freed.  The amount of memory lost each generation
-        approximately equal to 128 bytes for each back-end visual.
-        Because the code involved is automatically generated, this bug
-        has not been fixed and will be referred to SGI.
-    <item>
-        At each server generation, dmxRealizeFont calls XLoadQueryFont,
-        which allocates a font structure that is not freed.
-        dmxUnrealizeFont can free the font structure for the first
-        screen, but cannot free it for the other screens since they are
-        already closed by the time dmxUnrealizeFont could free them.
-        The amount of memory lost each generation is approximately equal
-        to 80 bytes per font per back-end.  When this bug is fixed in
-        the the X server's device-independent (dix) code, DMX will be
-        able to properly free the memory allocated by XLoadQueryFont.
-</enum>
-
-<sect2>RATS
-
-<p>RATS (Rough Auditing Tool for Security) is an open-source (GPL)
-security analysis tool that scans source code for common
-security-related programming errors (e.g., buffer overflows and TOCTOU
-races).  RATS was used to audit all of the code in the hw/dmx directory
-and all "High" notations were checked manually.  The code was either
-re-written to eliminate the warning, or a comment containing "RATS" was
-inserted on the line to indicate that a human had checked the code.
-Unrepaired warnings are as follows:
-<enum>
-    <item>
-        Fixed-size buffers are used in many areas, but code has been
-        added to protect against buffer overflows (e.g., XmuSnprint).
-        The only instances that have not yet been fixed are in
-        config/xdmxconfig.c (which is not part of the Xdmx server) and
-        input/usb-common.c.
-    <item>
-        vprintf and vfprintf are used in the logging routines.  In
-        general, all uses of these functions (e.g., dmxLog) provide a
-        constant format string from a trusted source, so the use is
-        relatively benign.
-    <item>
-        glxProxy/glxscreens.c uses getenv and strcat.  The use of these
-        functions is safe and will remain safe as long as
-        ExtensionsString is longer then GLXServerExtensions (ensuring
-        this may not be ovious to the casual programmer, but this is in
-        automatically generated code, so we hope that the generator
-        enforces this constraint).
-</enum>
-
-  </article>
-  
-  <!-- Local Variables: -->
-  <!-- fill-column: 72  -->
-  <!-- End:             -->
+<!DOCTYPE linuxdoc PUBLIC "-//XFree86//DTD linuxdoc//EN">

+  <article>

+

+    <!-- Title information -->

+      <title>Distributed Multihead X design

+      <author>Kevin E. Martin, David H. Dawes, and Rickard E. Faith

+      <date>29 June 2004 (created 25 July 2001)

+      <abstract>

+        This document covers the motivation, background, design, and

+        implementation of the distributed multihead X (DMX) system.  It

+        is a living document and describes the current design and

+        implementation details of the DMX system.  As the project

+        progresses, this document will be continually updated to reflect

+        the changes in the code and/or design.  <it>Copyright 2001 by VA

+        Linux Systems, Inc., Fremont, California.  Copyright 2001-2004

+        by Red Hat, Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina</it>

+      </abstract>

+

+      <!-- Table of contents -->

+    <toc>

+

+<!-- Begin the document -->

+<sect>Introduction

+

+<sect1>The Distributed Multihead X Server

+

+<p>Current Open Source multihead solutions are limited to a single

+physical machine.  A single X server controls multiple display devices,

+which can be arranged as independent heads or unified into a single

+desktop (with Xinerama).  These solutions are limited to the number of

+physical devices that can co-exist in a single machine (e.g., due to the

+number of AGP/PCI slots available for graphics cards).  Thus, large

+tiled displays are not currently possible.  The work described in this

+paper will eliminate the requirement that the display devices reside in

+the same physical machine.  This will be accomplished by developing a

+front-end proxy X server that will control multiple back-end X servers

+that make up the large display.

+

+<p>The overall structure of the distributed multihead X (DMX) project is

+as follows: A single front-end X server will act as a proxy to a set of

+back-end X servers, which handle all of the visible rendering.  X

+clients will connect to the front-end server just as they normally would

+to a regular X server.  The front-end server will present an abstracted

+view to the client of a single large display.  This will ensure that all

+standard X clients will continue to operate without modification

+(limited, as always, by the visuals and extensions provided by the X

+server).  Clients that are DMX-aware will be able to use an extension to

+obtain information about the back-end servers (e.g., for placement of

+pop-up windows, window alignments by the window manager, etc.).

+

+<p>The architecture of the DMX server is divided into two main sections:

+input (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) and output (e.g., rendering and

+windowing requests).  Each of these are describe briefly below, and the

+rest of this design document will describe them in greater detail.

+

+<p>The DMX server can receive input from three general types of input

+devices: "local" devices that are physically attached to the machine on

+which DMX is running, "backend" devices that are physically attached to

+one or more of the back-end X servers (and that generate events via the

+X protocol stream from the backend), and "console" devices that can be

+abstracted from any non-back-end X server.  Backend and console devices

+are treated differently because the pointer device on the back-end X

+server also controls the location of the hardware X cursor.  Full

+support for XInput extension devices is provided.

+

+<p>Rendering requests will be accepted by the front-end server; however,

+rendering to visible windows will be broken down as needed and sent to

+the appropriate back-end server(s) via X11 library calls for actual

+rendering.  The basic framework will follow a Xnest-style approach.  GC

+state will be managed in the front-end server and sent to the

+appropriate back-end server(s) as required.  Pixmap rendering will (at

+least initially) be handled by the front-end X server.  Windowing

+requests (e.g., ordering, mapping, moving, etc.) will handled in the

+front-end server.  If the request requires a visible change, the

+windowing operation will be translated into requests for the appropriate

+back-end server(s).  Window state will be mirrored in the back-end

+server(s) as needed.

+

+<sect1>Layout of Paper

+

+<p>The next section describes the general development plan that was

+actually used for implementation.  The final section discusses

+outstanding issues at the conclusion of development.  The first appendix

+provides low-level technical detail that may be of interest to those

+intimately familiar with the X server architecture.  The final appendix

+describes the four phases of development that were performed during the

+first two years of development.

+

+<p>The final year of work was divided into 9 tasks that are not

+described in specific sections of this document.  The major tasks during

+that time were the enhancement of the reconfiguration ability added in

+Phase IV, addition of support for a dynamic number of back-end displays

+(instead of a hard-coded limit), and the support for back-end display

+and input removal and addition.  This work is mentioned in this paper,

+but is not covered in detail.

+

+<!-- ============================================================ -->

+<sect>Development plan

+

+<p>This section describes the development plan from approximately June

+2001 through July 2003.

+

+<sect1>Bootstrap code

+

+<p>To allow for rapid development of the DMX server by multiple

+developers during the first development stage, the problem will be

+broken down into three tasks: the overall DMX framework, back-end

+rendering services and input device handling services.  However, before

+the work begins on these tasks, a simple framework that each developer

+could use was implemented to bootstrap the development effort.  This

+framework renders to a single back-end server and provides dummy input

+devices (i.e., the keyboard and mouse).  The simple back-end rendering

+service was implemented using the shadow framebuffer support currently

+available in the XFree86 environment.

+

+<p>Using this bootstrapping framework, each developer has been able to

+work on each of the tasks listed above independently as follows: the

+framework will be extended to handle arbitrary back-end server

+configurations; the back-end rendering services will be transitioned to

+the more efficient Xnest-style implementation; and, an input device

+framework to handle various input devices via the input extension will

+be developed.

+

+<p>Status: The boot strap code is complete.  <!-- August 2001 -->

+

+

+<sect1>Input device handling

+

+<p>An X server (including the front-end X server) requires two core

+input devices -- a keyboard and a pointer (mouse).  These core devices

+are handled and required by the core X11 protocol.  Additional types of

+input devices may be attached and utilized via the XInput extension.

+These are usually referred to as ``XInput extension devices'',

+

+<p>There are some options as to how the front-end X server gets its core

+input devices:

+

+<enum>

+    <item>Local Input. The physical input devices (e.g., keyboard and

+    mouse) can be attached directly to the front-end X server.  In this

+    case, the keyboard and mouse on the machine running the front-end X

+    server will be used.  The front-end will have drivers to read the

+    raw input from those devices and convert it into the required X

+    input events (e.g., key press/release, pointer button press/release,

+    pointer motion).  The front-end keyboard driver will keep track of

+    keyboard properties such as key and modifier mappings, autorepeat

+    state, keyboard sound and led state.  Similarly the front-end

+    pointer driver will keep track if pointer properties such as the

+    button mapping and movement acceleration parameters.  With this

+    option, input is handled fully in the front-end X server, and the

+    back-end X servers are used in a display-only mode.  This option was

+    implemented and works for a limited number of Linux-specific

+    devices.  Adding additional local input devices for other

+    architectures is expected to be relatively simple.

+

+    <p>The following options are available for implementing local input

+    devices:

+

+    <enum>

+        <item>The XFree86 X server has modular input drivers that could

+        be adapted for this purpose.  The mouse driver supports a wide

+        range of mouse types and interfaces, as well as a range of

+        Operating System platforms.  The keyboard driver in XFree86 is

+        not currently as modular as the mouse driver, but could be made

+        so.  The XFree86 X server also has a range of other input

+        drivers for extended input devices such as tablets and touch

+        screens.  Unfortunately, the XFree86 drivers are generally

+        complex, often simultaneously providing support for multiple

+        devices across multiple architectures; and rely so heavily on

+        XFree86-specific helper-functions, that this option was not

+        pursued.

+

+

+        <item>The <tt/kdrive/ X server in XFree86 has built-in drivers that

+        support PS/2 mice and keyboard under Linux.  The mouse driver

+        can indirectly handle other mouse types if the Linux utility

+        <tt/gpm/ is used as to translate the native mouse protocol into

+        PS/2 mouse format.  These drivers could be adapted and built in

+        to the front-end X server if this range of hardware and OS

+        support is sufficient.  While much simpler than the XFree86

+        drivers, the <tt/kdrive/ drivers were not used for the DMX

+        implementation.

+

+        <item>Reimplementation of keyboard and mouse drivers from

+        scratch for the DMX framework.  Because keyboard and mouse

+        drivers are relatively trivial to implement, this pathway was

+        selected.  Other drivers in the X source tree were referenced,

+        and significant contributions from other drivers are noted in

+        the DMX source code.

+    </enum>

+

+    <item>Backend Input.  The front-end can make use of the core input

+    devices attached to one or more of the back-end X servers.  Core

+    input events from multiple back-ends are merged into a single input

+    event stream.  This can work sanely when only a single set of input

+    devices is used at any given time.  The keyboard and pointer state

+    will be handled in the front-end, with changes propagated to the

+    back-end servers as needed.  This option was implemented and works

+    well.  Because the core pointer on a back-end controls the hardware

+    mouse on that back-end, core pointers cannot be treated as XInput

+    extension devices.  However, all back-end XInput extensions devices

+    can be mapped to either DMX core or DMX XInput extension devices.

+

+    <item>Console Input.  The front-end server could create a console

+    window that is displayed on an X server independent of the back-end

+    X servers.  This console window could display things like the

+    physical screen layout, and the front-end could get its core input

+    events from events delivered to the console window.  This option was

+    implemented and works well.  To help the human navigate, window

+    outlines are also displayed in the console window.  Further, console

+    windows can be used as either core or XInput extension devices.

+

+    <item>Other options were initially explored, but they were all

+    partial subsets of the options listed above and, hence, are

+    irrelevant.

+

+</enum>

+

+<p>Although extended input devices are not specifically mentioned in the

+Distributed X requirements, the options above were all implemented so

+that XInput extension devices were supported.

+

+<p>The bootstrap code (Xdmx) had dummy input devices, and these are

+still supported in the final version.  These do the necessary

+initialization to satisfy the X server's requirements for core pointer

+and keyboard devices, but no input events are ever generated.

+

+<p>Status: The input code is complete.  Because of the complexity of the

+XFree86 input device drivers (and their heavy reliance on XFree86

+infrastructure), separate low-level device drivers were implemented for

+Xdmx.  The following kinds of drivers are supported (in general, the

+devices can be treated arbitrarily as "core" input devices or as XInput

+"extension" devices; and multiple instances of different kinds of

+devices can be simultaneously available):

+    <enum>

+        <item> A "dummy" device drive that never generates events.

+

+        <item> "Local" input is from the low-level hardware on which the

+        Xdmx binary is running.  This is the only area where using the

+        XFree86 driver infrastructure would have been helpful, and then

+        only partially, since good support for generic USB devices does

+        not yet exist in XFree86 (in any case, XFree86 and kdrive driver

+        code was used where possible).  Currently, the following local

+        devices are supported under Linux (porting to other operating

+        systems should be fairly straightforward):

+        <itemize>

+            <item>Linux keyboard

+            <item>Linux serial mouse (MS)

+            <item>Linux PS/2 mouse

+            <item>USB keyboard

+            <item>USB mouse

+            <item>USB generic device (e.g., joystick, gamepad, etc.)

+        </itemize>

+

+        <item> "Backend" input is taken from one or more of the back-end

+        displays.  In this case, events are taken from the back-end X

+        server and are converted to Xdmx events.  Care must be taken so

+        that the sprite moves properly on the display from which input

+        is being taken.

+

+        <item> "Console" input is taken from an X window that Xdmx

+        creates on the operator's display (i.e., on the machine running

+        the Xdmx binary).  When the operator's mouse is inside the

+        console window, then those events are converted to Xdmx events.

+        Several special features are available: the console can display

+        outlines of windows that are on the Xdmx display (to facilitate

+        navigation), the cursor can be confined to the console, and a

+        "fine" mode can be activated to allow very precise cursor

+        positioning.

+    </enum>

+

+

+<!-- May 2002; July 2003 -->

+

+<sect1>Output device handling

+

+<p>The output of the DMX system displays rendering and windowing

+requests across multiple screens.  The screens are typically arranged in

+a grid such that together they represent a single large display.

+

+<p>The output section of the DMX code consists of two parts.  The first

+is in the front-end proxy X server (Xdmx), which accepts client

+connections, manages the windows, and potentially renders primitives but

+does not actually display any of the drawing primitives.  The second

+part is the back-end X server(s), which accept commands from the

+front-end server and display the results on their screens.

+

+<sect2>Initialization

+

+<p>The DMX front-end must first initialize its screens by connecting to

+each of the back-end X servers and collecting information about each of

+these screens.  However, the information collected from the back-end X

+servers might be inconsistent.  Handling these cases can be difficult

+and/or inefficient.  For example, a two screen system has one back-end X

+server running at 16bpp while the second is running at 32bpp.

+Converting rendering requests (e.g., XPutImage() or XGetImage()

+requests) to the appropriate bit depth can be very time consuming.

+Analyzing these cases to determine how or even if it is possible to

+handle them is required.  The current Xinerama code handles many of

+these cases (e.g., in PanoramiXConsolidate()) and will be used as a

+starting point.  In general, the best solution is to use homogeneous X

+servers and display devices.  Using back-end servers with the same depth

+is a requirement of the final DMX implementation.

+

+<p>Once this screen consolidation is finished, the relative position of

+each back-end X server's screen in the unified screen is initialized.  A

+full-screen window is opened on each of the back-end X servers, and the

+cursor on each screen is turned off.  The final DMX implementation can

+also make use of a partial-screen window, or multiple windows per

+back-end screen.

+

+<sect2>Handling rendering requests

+

+<p>After initialization, X applications connect to the front-end server.

+There are two possible implementations of how rendering and windowing

+requests are handled in the DMX system:

+

+<enum>

+    <item>A shadow framebuffer is used in the front-end server as the

+    render target.  In this option, all protocol requests are completely

+    handled in the front-end server.  All state and resources are

+    maintained in the front-end including a shadow copy of the entire

+    framebuffer.  The framebuffers attached to the back-end servers are

+    updated by XPutImage() calls with data taken directly from the

+    shadow framebuffer.

+

+    <p>This solution suffers from two main problems.  First, it does not

+    take advantage of any accelerated hardware available in the system.

+    Second, the size of the XPutImage() calls can be quite large and

+    thus will be limited by the bandwidth available.

+

+    <p>The initial DMX implementation used a shadow framebuffer by

+    default.

+

+    <item>Rendering requests are sent to each back-end server for

+    handling (as is done in the Xnest server described above).  In this

+    option, certain protocol requests are handled in the front-end

+    server and certain requests are repackaged and then sent to the

+    back-end servers.  The framebuffer is distributed across the

+    multiple back-end servers.  Rendering to the framebuffer is handled

+    on each back-end and can take advantage of any acceleration

+    available on the back-end servers' graphics display device.  State

+    is maintained both in the front and back-end servers.

+

+    <p>This solution suffers from two main drawbacks.  First, protocol

+    requests are sent to all back-end servers -- even those that will

+    completely clip the rendering primitive -- which wastes bandwidth

+    and processing time.  Second, state is maintained both in the front-

+    and back-end servers.  These drawbacks are not as severe as in

+    option 1 (above) and can either be overcome through optimizations or

+    are acceptable.  Therefore, this option will be used in the final

+    implementation.

+

+    <p>The final DMX implementation defaults to this mechanism, but also

+    supports the shadow framebuffer mechanism.  Several optimizations

+    were implemented to eliminate the drawbacks of the default

+    mechanism.  These optimizations are described the section below and

+    in Phase II of the Development Results (see appendix).

+

+</enum>

+

+<p>Status: Both the shadow framebuffer and Xnest-style code is complete.

+<!-- May 2002 -->

+

+

+<sect1>Optimizing DMX

+

+<p>Initially, the Xnest-style solution's performance will be measured

+and analyzed to determine where the performance bottlenecks exist.

+There are four main areas that will be addressed.

+

+<p>First, to obtain reasonable interactivity with the first development

+phase, XSync() was called after each protocol request.  The XSync()

+function flushes any pending protocol requests.  It then waits for the

+back-end to process the request and send a reply that the request has

+completed.  This happens with each back-end server and performance

+greatly suffers.  As a result of the way XSync() is called in the first

+development phase, the batching that the X11 library performs is

+effectively defeated.  The XSync() call usage will be analyzed and

+optimized by batching calls and performing them at regular intervals,

+except where interactivity will suffer (e.g., on cursor movements).

+

+<p>Second, the initial Xnest-style solution described above sends the

+repackaged protocol requests to all back-end servers regardless of

+whether or not they would be completely clipped out.  The requests that

+are trivially rejected on the back-end server wastes the limited

+bandwidth available.  By tracking clipping changes in the DMX X server's

+windowing code (e.g., by opening, closing, moving or resizing windows),

+we can determine whether or not back-end windows are visible so that

+trivial tests in the front-end server's GC ops drawing functions can

+eliminate these unnecessary protocol requests.

+

+<p>Third, each protocol request will be analyzed to determine if it is

+possible to break the request into smaller pieces at display boundaries.

+The initial ones to be analyzed are put and get image requests since

+they will require the greatest bandwidth to transmit data between the

+front and back-end servers.  Other protocol requests will be analyzed

+and those that will benefit from breaking them into smaller requests

+will be implemented.

+

+<p>Fourth, an extension is being considered that will allow font glyphs to

+be transferred from the front-end DMX X server to each back-end server.

+This extension will permit the front-end to handle all font requests and

+eliminate the requirement that all back-end X servers share the exact

+same fonts as the front-end server.  We are investigating the

+feasibility of this extension during this development phase.

+

+<p>Other potential optimizations will be determined from the performance

+analysis.

+

+<p>Please note that in our initial design, we proposed optimizing BLT

+operations (e.g., XCopyArea() and window moves) by developing an

+extension that would allow individual back-end servers to directly copy

+pixel data to other back-end servers.  This potential optimization was

+in response to the simple image movement implementation that required

+potentially many calls to GetImage() and PutImage().  However, the

+current Xinerama implementation handles these BLT operations

+differently.  Instead of copying data to and from screens, they generate

+expose events -- just as happens in the case when a window is moved from

+off a screen to on screen.  This approach saves the limited bandwidth

+available between front and back-end servers and is being standardized

+with Xinerama.  It also eliminates the potential setup problems and

+security issues resulting from having each back-end server open

+connections to all other back-end servers.  Therefore, we suggest

+accepting Xinerama's expose event solution.

+

+<p>Also note that the approach proposed in the second and third

+optimizations might cause backing store algorithms in the back-end to be

+defeated, so a DMX X server configuration flag will be added to disable

+these optimizations.

+

+<p>Status: The optimizations proposed above are complete.  It was

+determined that the using the xfs font server was sufficient and

+creating a new mechanism to pass glyphs was redundant; therefore, the

+fourth optimization proposed above was not included in DMX.

+<!-- September 2002 -->

+

+

+<sect1>DMX X extension support

+

+<p>The DMX X server keeps track of all the windowing information on the

+back-end X servers, but does not currently export this information to

+any client applications.  An extension will be developed to pass the

+screen information and back-end window IDs to DMX-aware clients.  These

+clients can then use this information to directly connect to and render

+to the back-end windows.  Bypassing the DMX X server allows DMX-aware

+clients to break up complex rendering requests on their own and send

+them directly to the windows on the back-end server's screens.  An

+example of a client that can make effective use of this extension is

+Chromium.

+

+<p>Status: The extension, as implemented, is fully documented in

+"Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol".  Future changes

+might be required based on feedback and other proposed enhancements to

+DMX.  Currently, the following facilities are supported:

+<enum>

+    <item>

+        Screen information (clipping rectangle for each screen relative

+        to the virtual screen)

+    <item>

+        Window information (window IDs and clipping information for each

+        back-end window that corresponds to each DMX window)

+    <item>

+        Input device information (mappings from DMX device IDs to

+        back-end device IDs)

+    <item>

+        Force window creation (so that a client can override the

+        server-side lazy window creation optimization)

+    <item>

+        Reconfiguration (so that a client can request that a screen

+        position be changed)

+    <item>

+        Addition and removal of back-end servers and back-end and

+        console inputs.

+</enum>

+<!-- September 2002; July 2003 -->

+

+

+<sect1>Common X extension support

+

+<p>The XInput, XKeyboard and Shape extensions are commonly used

+extensions to the base X11 protocol.  XInput allows multiple and

+non-standard input devices to be accessed simultaneously.  These input

+devices can be connected to either the front-end or back-end servers.

+XKeyboard allows much better keyboard mappings control.  Shape adds

+support for arbitrarily shaped windows and is used by various window

+managers.  Nearly all potential back-end X servers make these extensions

+available, and support for each one will be added to the DMX system.

+

+<p>In addition to the extensions listed above, support for the X

+Rendering extension (Render) is being developed.  Render adds digital

+image composition to the rendering model used by the X Window System.

+While this extension is still under development by Keith Packard of HP,

+support for the current version will be added to the DMX system.

+

+<p>Support for the XTest extension was added during the first

+development phase.

+

+<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the Phase IV discussion -->

+<p>Status: The following extensions are supported and are discussed in

+more detail in Phase IV of the Development Results (see appendix):

+    BIG-REQUESTS,

+    DEC-XTRAP,

+    DMX,

+    DPMS,

+    Extended-Visual-Information,

+    GLX,

+    LBX,

+    RECORD,

+    RENDER,

+    SECURITY,

+    SHAPE,

+    SYNC,

+    X-Resource,

+    XC-APPGROUP,

+    XC-MISC,

+    XFree86-Bigfont,

+    XINERAMA,

+    XInputExtension,

+    XKEYBOARD, and

+    XTEST.

+<!-- November 2002; updated February 2003, July 2003 -->

+

+<sect1>OpenGL support

+

+<p>OpenGL support using the Mesa code base exists in XFree86 release 4

+and later.  Currently, the direct rendering infrastructure (DRI)

+provides accelerated OpenGL support for local clients and unaccelerated

+OpenGL support (i.e., software rendering) is provided for non-local

+clients.

+

+<p>The single head OpenGL support in XFree86 4.x will be extended to use

+the DMX system.  When the front and back-end servers are on the same

+physical hardware, it is possible to use the DRI to directly render to

+the back-end servers.  First, the existing DRI will be extended to

+support multiple display heads, and then to support the DMX system.

+OpenGL rendering requests will be direct rendering to each back-end X

+server.  The DRI will request the screen layout (either from the

+existing Xinerama extension or a DMX-specific extension).  Support for

+synchronized swap buffers will also be added (on hardware that supports

+it).  Note that a single front-end server with a single back-end server

+on the same physical machine can emulate accelerated indirect rendering.

+

+<p>When the front and back-end servers are on different physical

+hardware or are using non-XFree86 4.x X servers, a mechanism to render

+primitives across the back-end servers will be provided.  There are

+several options as to how this can be implemented.

+

+<enum>

+    <item>The existing OpenGL support in each back-end server can be

+    used by repackaging rendering primitives and sending them to each

+    back-end server.  This option is similar to the unoptimized

+    Xnest-style approach mentioned above.  Optimization of this solution

+    is beyond the scope of this project and is better suited to other

+    distributed rendering systems.

+

+    <item>Rendering to a pixmap in the front-end server using the

+    current XFree86 4.x code, and then displaying to the back-ends via

+    calls to XPutImage() is another option.  This option is similar to

+    the shadow frame buffer approach mentioned above.  It is slower and

+    bandwidth intensive, but has the advantage that the back-end servers

+    are not required to have OpenGL support.

+</enum>

+

+<p>These, and other, options will be investigated in this phase of the

+work.

+

+<p>Work by others have made Chromium DMX-aware.  Chromium will use the

+DMX X protocol extension to obtain information about the back-end

+servers and will render directly to those servers, bypassing DMX.

+

+<p>Status: OpenGL support by the glxProxy extension was implemented by

+SGI and has been integrated into the DMX code base.

+<!-- May 2003-->

+

+

+<!-- ============================================================ -->

+<sect>Current issues

+

+<p>In this sections the current issues are outlined that require further

+investigation.

+

+<sect1>Fonts

+

+<p>The font path and glyphs need to be the same for the front-end and

+each of the back-end servers.  Font glyphs could be sent to the back-end

+servers as necessary but this would consume a significant amount of

+available bandwidth during font rendering for clients that use many

+different fonts (e.g., Netscape).  Initially, the font server (xfs) will

+be used to provide the fonts to both the front-end and back-end servers.

+Other possibilities will be investigated during development.

+

+<sect1>Zero width rendering primitives

+

+<p>To allow pixmap and on-screen rendering to be pixel perfect, all

+back-end servers must render zero width primitives exactly the same as

+the front-end renders the primitives to pixmaps.  For those back-end

+servers that do not exactly match, zero width primitives will be

+automatically converted to one width primitives.  This can be handled in

+the front-end server via the GC state.

+

+<sect1>Output scaling

+

+<p>With very large tiled displays, it might be difficult to read the

+information on the standard X desktop.  In particular, the cursor can be

+easily lost and fonts could be difficult to read.  Automatic primitive

+scaling might prove to be very useful.  We will investigate the

+possibility of scaling the cursor and providing a set of alternate

+pre-scaled fonts to replace the standard fonts that many applications

+use (e.g., fixed).  Other options for automatic scaling will also be

+investigated.

+

+<sect1>Per-screen colormaps

+

+<p>Each screen's default colormap in the set of back-end X servers

+should be able to be adjusted via a configuration utility.  This support

+is would allow the back-end screens to be calibrated via custom gamma

+tables.  On 24-bit systems that support a DirectColor visual, this type

+of correction can be accommodated.  One possible implementation would be

+to advertise to X client of the DMX server a TrueColor visual while

+using DirectColor visuals on the back-end servers to implement this type

+of color correction.  Other options will be investigated.

+

+<!-- ============================================================ -->

+<appendix>

+

+<sect>Background

+

+<p>This section describes the existing Open Source architectures that

+can be used to handle multiple screens and upon which this development

+project is based.  This section was written before the implementation

+was finished, and may not reflect actual details of the implementation.

+It is left for historical interest only.

+

+<sect1>Core input device handling

+

+<p>The following is a description of how core input devices are handled

+by an X server.

+

+<sect2>InitInput()

+

+<p>InitInput() is a DDX function that is called at the start of each

+server generation from the X server's main() function.  Its purpose is

+to determine what input devices are connected to the X server, register

+them with the DIX and MI layers, and initialize the input event queue.

+InitInput() does not have a return value, but the X server will abort if

+either a core keyboard device or a core pointer device are not

+registered.  Extended input (XInput) devices can also be registered in

+InitInput().

+

+<p>InitInput() usually has implementation specific code to determine

+which input devices are available.  For each input device it will be

+using, it calls AddInputDevice():

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/AddInputDevice()/ This DIX function allocates the device structure,

+registers a callback function (which handles device init, close, on and

+off), and returns the input handle, which can be treated as opaque.  It

+is called once for each input device.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>Once input handles for core keyboard and core pointer devices have

+been obtained from AddInputDevice(), they are registered as core devices

+by calling RegisterPointerDevice() and RegisterKeyboardDevice().  Each

+of these should be called once.  If both core devices are not

+registered, then the X server will exit with a fatal error when it

+attempts to start the input devices in InitAndStartDevices(), which is

+called directly after InitInput() (see below).

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/Register{Pointer,Keyboard}Device()/ These DIX functions take a

+handle returned from AddInputDevice() and initialize the core input

+device fields in inputInfo, and initialize the input processing and grab

+functions for each core input device.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>The core pointer device is then registered with the miPointer code

+(which does the high level cursor handling).  While this registration

+is not necessary for correct miPointer operation in the current XFree86

+code, it is still done mostly for compatibility reasons.

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/miRegisterPointerDevice()/ This MI function registers the core

+pointer's input handle with with the miPointer code.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>The final part of InitInput() is the initialization of the input

+event queue handling.  In most cases, the event queue handling provided

+in the MI layer is used.  The primary XFree86 X server uses its own

+event queue handling to support some special cases related to the XInput

+extension and the XFree86-specific DGA extension.  For our purposes, the

+MI event queue handling should be suitable.  It is initialized by

+calling mieqInit():

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/mieqInit()/ This MI function initializes the MI event queue for the

+core devices, and is passed the public component of the input handles

+for the two core devices.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>If a wakeup handler is required to deliver synchronous input

+events, it can be registered here by calling the DIX function

+RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers().  (See the devReadInput() description

+below.)

+

+<sect2>InitAndStartDevices()

+

+<p>InitAndStartDevices() is a DIX function that is called immediately

+after InitInput() from the X server's main() function.  Its purpose is

+to initialize each input device that was registered with

+AddInputDevice(), enable each input device that was successfully

+initialized, and create the list of enabled input devices.  Once each

+registered device is processed in this way, the list of enabled input

+devices is checked to make sure that both a core keyboard device and

+core pointer device were registered and successfully enabled.  If not,

+InitAndStartDevices() returns failure, and results in the the X server

+exiting with a fatal error.

+

+<p>Each registered device is initialized by calling its callback

+(dev-&gt;deviceProc) with the DEVICE_INIT argument:

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_INIT)/ This function initializes the

+device structs with core information relevant to the device.

+

+<p>For pointer devices, this means specifying the number of buttons,

+default button mapping, the function used to get motion events (usually

+miPointerGetMotionEvents()), the function used to change/control the

+core pointer motion parameters (acceleration and threshold), and the

+motion buffer size.

+

+<p>For keyboard devices, this means specifying the keycode range,

+default keycode to keysym mapping, default modifier mapping, and the

+functions used to sound the keyboard bell and modify/control the

+keyboard parameters (LEDs, bell pitch and duration, key click, which

+keys are auto-repeating, etc).

+</descrip>

+

+<p>Each initialized device is enabled by calling EnableDevice():

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/EnableDevice()/ EnableDevice() calls the device callback with

+DEVICE_ON:

+    <descrip>

+    <tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)/ This typically opens and

+    initializes the relevant physical device, and when appropriate,

+    registers the device's file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid

+    input source.

+    </descrip>

+

+    <p>EnableDevice() then adds the device handle to the X server's

+    global list of enabled devices.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>InitAndStartDevices() then verifies that a valid core keyboard and

+pointer has been initialized and enabled.  It returns failure if either

+are missing.

+

+<sect2>devReadInput()

+

+<p>Each device will have some function that gets called to read its

+physical input.  These may be called in a number of different ways.  In

+the case of synchronous I/O, they will be called from a DDX

+wakeup-handler that gets called after the server detects that new input is

+available.  In the case of asynchronous I/O, they will be called from a

+(SIGIO) signal handler triggered when new input is available.  This

+function should do at least two things: make sure that input events get

+enqueued, and make sure that the cursor gets moved for motion events

+(except if these are handled later by the driver's own event queue

+processing function, which cannot be done when using the MI event queue

+handling).

+

+<p>Events are queued by calling mieqEnqueue():

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/mieqEnqueue()/ This MI function is used to add input events to the

+event queue.  It is simply passed the event to be queued.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>The cursor position should be updated when motion events are

+enqueued, by calling either miPointerAbsoluteCursor() or

+miPointerDeltaCursor():

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/miPointerAbsoluteCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the

+cursor to the absolute coordinates provided.

+<tag/miPointerDeltaCursor()/ This MI function is used to move the cursor

+relative to its current position.

+</descrip>

+

+<sect2>ProcessInputEvents()

+

+<p>ProcessInputEvents() is a DDX function that is called from the X

+server's main dispatch loop when new events are available in the input

+event queue.  It typically processes the enqueued events, and updates

+the cursor/pointer position.  It may also do other DDX-specific event

+processing.

+

+<p>Enqueued events are processed by mieqProcessInputEvents() and passed

+to the DIX layer for transmission to clients:

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/mieqProcessInputEvents()/ This function processes each event in the

+event queue, and passes it to the device's input processing function.

+The DIX layer provides default functions to do this processing, and they

+handle the task of getting the events passed back to the relevant

+clients.

+<tag/miPointerUpdate()/ This function resynchronized the cursor position

+with the new pointer position.  It also takes care of moving the cursor

+between screens when needed in multi-head configurations.

+</descrip>

+

+

+<sect2>DisableDevice()

+

+<p>DisableDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the

+list of enabled devices.  The result of this is that the device no

+longer generates input events.  The device's data structures are kept in

+place, and disabling a device like this can be reversed by calling

+EnableDevice().  DisableDevice() may be called from the DDX when it is

+desirable to do so (e.g., the XFree86 server does this when VT

+switching).  Except for special cases, this is not normally called for

+core input devices.

+

+<p>DisableDevice() calls the device's callback function with

+<tt/DEVICE_OFF/:

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF)/ This typically closes the

+relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's

+file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>DisableDevice() then removes the device handle from the X server's

+global list of enabled devices.

+

+

+<sect2>CloseDevice()

+

+<p>CloseDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the

+list of available devices.  It disables input from the device and frees

+all data structures associated with the device.  This function is

+usually called from CloseDownDevices(), which is called from main() at

+the end of each server generation to close all input devices.

+

+<p>CloseDevice() calls the device's callback function with

+<tt/DEVICE_CLOSE/:

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE)/ This typically closes the

+relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's

+file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source.  If any device

+specific data structures were allocated when the device was initialized,

+they are freed here.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>CloseDevice() then frees the data structures that were allocated

+for the device when it was registered/initialized.

+

+

+<sect2>LegalModifier()

+<!-- dmx/dmxinput.c - currently returns TRUE -->           

+<p>LegalModifier() is a required DDX function that can be used to

+restrict which keys may be modifier keys.  This seems to be present for

+historical reasons, so this function should simply return TRUE

+unconditionally.

+

+

+<sect1>Output handling

+

+<p>The following sections describe the main functions required to

+initialize, use and close the output device(s) for each screen in the X

+server.

+

+<sect2>InitOutput()

+

+<p>This DDX function is called near the start of each server generation

+from the X server's main() function.  InitOutput()'s main purpose is to

+initialize each screen and fill in the global screenInfo structure for

+each screen.  It is passed three arguments: a pointer to the screenInfo

+struct, which it is to initialize, and argc and argv from main(), which

+can be used to determine additional configuration information.

+

+<p>The primary tasks for this function are outlined below:

+

+<enum>

+    <item><bf/Parse configuration info:/ The first task of InitOutput()

+    is to parses any configuration information from the configuration

+    file.  In addition to the XF86Config file, other configuration

+    information can be taken from the command line.  The command line

+    options can be gathered either in InitOutput() or earlier in the

+    ddxProcessArgument() function, which is called by

+    ProcessCommandLine().  The configuration information determines the

+    characteristics of the screen(s).  For example, in the XFree86 X

+    server, the XF86Config file specifies the monitor information, the

+    screen resolution, the graphics devices and slots in which they are

+    located, and, for Xinerama, the screens' layout.

+

+    <item><bf/Initialize screen info:/ The next task is to initialize

+    the screen-dependent internal data structures.  For example, part of

+    what the XFree86 X server does is to allocate its screen and pixmap

+    private indices, probe for graphics devices, compare the probed

+    devices to the ones listed in the XF86Config file, and add the ones that

+    match to the internal xf86Screens&lsqb;&rsqb; structure.

+

+    <item><bf/Set pixmap formats:/ The next task is to initialize the

+    screenInfo's image byte order, bitmap bit order and bitmap scanline

+    unit/pad.  The screenInfo's pixmap format's depth, bits per pixel

+    and scanline padding is also initialized at this stage.

+

+    <item><bf/Unify screen info:/ An optional task that might be done at

+    this stage is to compare all of the information from the various

+    screens and determines if they are compatible (i.e., if the set of

+    screens can be unified into a single desktop).  This task has

+    potential to be useful to the DMX front-end server, if Xinerama's

+    PanoramiXConsolidate() function is not sufficient.

+</enum>

+

+<p>Once these tasks are complete, the valid screens are known and each

+of these screens can be initialized by calling AddScreen().

+

+<sect2>AddScreen()

+

+<p>This DIX function is called from InitOutput(), in the DDX layer, to

+add each new screen to the screenInfo structure.  The DDX screen

+initialization function and command line arguments (i.e., argc and argv)

+are passed to it as arguments.

+

+<p>This function first allocates a new Screen structure and any privates

+that are required.  It then initializes some of the fields in the Screen

+struct and sets up the pixmap padding information.  Finally, it calls

+the DDX screen initialization function ScreenInit(), which is described

+below.  It returns the number of the screen that were just added, or -1

+if there is insufficient memory to add the screen or if the DDX screen

+initialization fails.

+

+<sect2>ScreenInit()

+

+<p>This DDX function initializes the rest of the Screen structure with

+either generic or screen-specific functions (as necessary).  It also

+fills in various screen attributes (e.g., width and height in

+millimeters, black and white pixel values).

+

+<p>The screen init function usually calls several functions to perform

+certain screen initialization functions.  They are described below:

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/{mi,*fb}ScreenInit()/ The DDX layer's ScreenInit() function usually

+calls another layer's ScreenInit() function (e.g., miScreenInit() or

+fbScreenInit()) to initialize the fallbacks that the DDX driver does not

+specifically handle.

+

+<p>After calling another layer's ScreenInit() function, any

+screen-specific functions either wrap or replace the other layer's

+function pointers.  If a function is to be wrapped, each of the old

+function pointers from the other layer are stored in a screen private

+area.  Common functions to wrap are CloseScreen() and SaveScreen().

+

+<tag/miInitializeBackingStore()/ This MI function initializes the

+screen's backing storage functions, which are used to save areas of

+windows that are currently covered by other windows.

+

+<tag/miDCInitialize()/ This MI function initializes the MI cursor

+display structures and function pointers.  If a hardware cursor is used,

+the DDX layer's ScreenInit() function will wrap additional screen and

+the MI cursor display function pointers.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>Another common task for ScreenInit() function is to initialize the

+output device state.  For example, in the XFree86 X server, the

+ScreenInit() function saves the original state of the video card and

+then initializes the video mode of the graphics device.

+

+<sect2>CloseScreen()

+

+<p>This function restores any wrapped screen functions (and in

+particular the wrapped CloseScreen() function) and restores the state of

+the output device to its original state.  It should also free any

+private data it created during the screen initialization.

+

+<sect2>GC operations

+

+<p>When the X server is requested to render drawing primitives, it does

+so by calling drawing functions through the graphics context's operation

+function pointer table (i.e., the GCOps functions).  These functions

+render the basic graphics operations such as drawing rectangles, lines,

+text or copying pixmaps.  Default routines are provided either by the MI

+layer, which draws indirectly through a simple span interface, or by the

+framebuffer layers (e.g., CFB, MFB, FB), which draw directly to a

+linearly mapped frame buffer.

+

+<p>To take advantage of special hardware on the graphics device,

+specific GCOps functions can be replaced by device specific code.

+However, many times the graphics devices can handle only a subset of the

+possible states of the GC, so during graphics context validation,

+appropriate routines are selected based on the state and capabilities of

+the hardware.  For example, some graphics hardware can accelerate single

+pixel width lines with certain dash patterns.  Thus, for dash patterns

+that are not supported by hardware or for width 2 or greater lines, the

+default routine is chosen during GC validation.

+

+<p>Note that some pointers to functions that draw to the screen are

+stored in the Screen structure.  They include GetImage(), GetSpans(),

+CopyWindow() and RestoreAreas().

+

+<sect2>Xnest

+

+<p>The Xnest X server is a special proxy X server that relays the X

+protocol requests that it receives to a ``real'' X server that then

+processes the requests and displays the results, if applicable.  To the X

+applications, Xnest appears as if it is a regular X server.  However,

+Xnest is both server to the X application and client of the real X

+server, which will actually handle the requests.

+

+<p>The Xnest server implements all of the standard input and output

+initialization steps outlined above.

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/InitOutput()/ Xnest takes its configuration information from

+command line arguments via ddxProcessArguments().  This information

+includes the real X server display to connect to, its default visual

+class, the screen depth, the Xnest window's geometry, etc.  Xnest then

+connects to the real X server and gathers visual, colormap, depth and

+pixmap information about that server's display, creates a window on that

+server, which will be used as the root window for Xnest.

+

+<p>Next, Xnest initializes its internal data structures and uses the

+data from the real X server's pixmaps to initialize its own pixmap

+formats.  Finally, it calls AddScreen(xnestOpenScreen, argc, argv) to

+initialize each of its screens.

+

+<tag/ScreenInit()/ Xnest's ScreenInit() function is called

+xnestOpenScreen().  This function initializes its screen's depth and

+visual information, and then calls miScreenInit() to set up the default

+screen functions.  It then calls miInitializeBackingStore() and

+miDCInitialize() to initialize backing store and the software cursor.

+Finally, it replaces many of the screen functions with its own

+functions that repackage and send the requests to the real X server to

+which Xnest is attached.

+

+<tag/CloseScreen()/ This function frees its internal data structure

+allocations.  Since it replaces instead of wrapping screen functions,

+there are no function pointers to unwrap.  This can potentially lead to

+problems during server regeneration.

+

+<tag/GC operations/ The GC operations in Xnest are very simple since

+they leave all of the drawing to the real X server to which Xnest is

+attached.  Each of the GCOps takes the request and sends it to the

+real X server using standard Xlib calls.  For example, the X

+application issues a XDrawLines() call.  This function turns into a

+protocol request to Xnest, which calls the xnestPolylines() function

+through Xnest's GCOps function pointer table.  The xnestPolylines()

+function is only a single line, which calls XDrawLines() using the same

+arguments that were passed into it.  Other GCOps functions are very

+similar.  Two exceptions to the simple GCOps functions described above

+are the image functions and the BLT operations.

+

+<p>The image functions, GetImage() and PutImage(), must use a temporary

+image to hold the image to be put of the image that was just grabbed

+from the screen while it is in transit to the real X server or the

+client.  When the image has been transmitted, the temporary image is

+destroyed.

+

+<p>The BLT operations, CopyArea() and CopyPlane(), handle not only the

+copy function, which is the same as the simple cases described above,

+but also the graphics exposures that result when the GC's graphics

+exposure bit is set to True.  Graphics exposures are handled in a helper

+function, xnestBitBlitHelper().  This function collects the exposure

+events from the real X server and, if any resulting in regions being

+exposed, then those regions are passed back to the MI layer so that it

+can generate exposure events for the X application.

+</descrip>

+

+<p>The Xnest server takes its input from the X server to which it is

+connected.  When the mouse is in the Xnest server's window, keyboard and

+mouse events are received by the Xnest server, repackaged and sent back

+to any client that requests those events.

+

+<sect2>Shadow framebuffer

+

+<p>The most common type of framebuffer is a linear array memory that

+maps to the video memory on the graphics device.  However, accessing

+that video memory over an I/O bus (e.g., ISA or PCI) can be slow.  The

+shadow framebuffer layer allows the developer to keep the entire

+framebuffer in main memory and copy it back to video memory at regular

+intervals.  It also has been extended to handle planar video memory and

+rotated framebuffers.

+

+<p>There are two main entry points to the shadow framebuffer code:

+

+<descrip>

+<tag/shadowAlloc(width, height, bpp)/ This function allocates the in

+memory copy of the framebuffer of size width*height*bpp.  It returns a

+pointer to that memory, which will be used by the framebuffer

+ScreenInit() code during the screen's initialization.

+

+<tag/shadowInit(pScreen, updateProc, windowProc)/ This function

+initializes the shadow framebuffer layer.  It wraps several screen

+drawing functions, and registers a block handler that will update the

+screen.  The updateProc is a function that will copy the damaged regions

+to the screen, and the windowProc is a function that is used when the

+entire linear video memory range cannot be accessed simultaneously so

+that only a window into that memory is available (e.g., when using the

+VGA aperture).

+</descrip>

+

+<p>The shadow framebuffer code keeps track of the damaged area of each

+screen by calculating the bounding box of all drawing operations that

+have occurred since the last screen update.  Then, when the block handler

+is next called, only the damaged portion of the screen is updated.

+

+<p>Note that since the shadow framebuffer is kept in main memory, all

+drawing operations are performed by the CPU and, thus, no accelerated

+hardware drawing operations are possible.

+

+

+<sect1>Xinerama

+

+<p>Xinerama is an X extension that allows multiple physical screens

+controlled by a single X server to appear as a single screen.  Although

+the extension allows clients to find the physical screen layout via

+extension requests, it is completely transparent to clients at the core

+X11 protocol level.  The original public implementation of Xinerama came

+from Digital/Compaq.  XFree86 rewrote it, filling in some missing pieces

+and improving both X11 core protocol compliance and performance.  The

+Xinerama extension will be passing through X.Org's standardization

+process in the near future, and the sample implementation will be based

+on this rewritten version.

+

+<p>The current implementation of Xinerama is based primarily in the DIX

+(device independent) and MI (machine independent) layers of the X

+server.  With few exceptions the DDX layers do not need any changes to

+support Xinerama.  X server extensions often do need modifications to

+provide full Xinerama functionality.

+

+<p>The following is a code-level description of how Xinerama functions.

+

+<p>Note: Because the Xinerama extension was originally called the

+PanoramiX extension, many of the Xinerama functions still have the

+PanoramiX prefix.

+

+<descrip>

+    <tag/PanoramiXExtensionInit()/ PanoramiXExtensionInit() is a

+    device-independent extension function that is called at the start of

+    each server generation from InitExtensions(), which is called from

+    the X server's main() function after all output devices have been

+    initialized, but before any input devices have been initialized.

+

+    <p>PanoramiXNumScreens is set to the number of physical screens.  If

+    only one physical screen is present, the extension is disabled, and

+    PanoramiXExtensionInit() returns without doing anything else.

+

+    <p>The Xinerama extension is registered by calling AddExtension().

+    

+    <p>A local per-screen array of data structures

+    (panoramiXdataPtr&lsqb;&rsqb;)

+    is allocated for each physical screen, and GC and Screen private

+    indexes are allocated, and both GC and Screen private areas are

+    allocated for each physical screen.  These hold Xinerama-specific

+    per-GC and per-Screen data.  Each screen's CreateGC and CloseScreen

+    functions are wrapped by XineramaCreateGC() and

+    XineramaCloseScreen() respectively.  Some new resource classes are

+    created for Xinerama drawables and GCs, and resource types for

+    Xinerama windows, pixmaps and colormaps.

+

+    <p>A region (XineramaScreenRegions&lsqb;i&rsqb;) is initialized for each

+    physical screen, and single region (PanoramiXScreenRegion) is

+    initialized to be the union of the screen regions.  The

+    panoramiXdataPtr&lsqb;&rsqb; array is also initialized with the size and

+    origin of each screen.  The relative positioning information for the

+    physical screens is taken from the array

+    dixScreenOrigins&lsqb;&rsqb;, which

+    the DDX layer must initialize in InitOutput().  The bounds of the

+    combined screen is also calculated (PanoramiXPixWidth and

+    PanoramiXPixHeight).

+

+    <p>The DIX layer has a list of function pointers

+    (ProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;) that

+    holds the entry points for the functions that process core protocol

+    requests.  The requests that Xinerama must intercept and break up

+    into physical screen-specific requests are wrapped.  The original

+    set is copied to SavedProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;.  The types of requests

+    intercepted are Window requests, GC requests, colormap requests,

+    drawing requests, and some geometry-related requests.  This wrapping

+    allows the bulk of the protocol request processing to be handled

+    transparently to the DIX layer.  Some operations cannot be dealt with

+    in this way and are handled with Xinerama-specific code within the

+    DIX layer.

+

+    <tag/PanoramiXConsolidate()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a

+    device-independent extension function that is called directly from

+    the X server's main() function after extensions and input/output

+    devices have been initialized, and before the root windows are

+    defined and initialized.

+

+    <p>This function finds the set of depths (PanoramiXDepths&lsqb;&rsqb;) and

+    visuals (PanoramiXVisuals&lsqb;&rsqb;)

+    common to all of the physical screens.

+    PanoramiXNumDepths is set to the number of common depths, and

+    PanoramiXNumVisuals is set to the number of common visuals.

+    Resources are created for the single root window and the default

+    colormap.  Each of these resources has per-physical screen entries.

+

+    <tag/PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()/ PanoramiXConsolidate() is a

+    device-independent extension function that is called directly from

+    the X server's main() function after the per-physical screen root

+    windows are created.  It is called instead of the standard DIX

+    CreateConnectionBlock() function.  If this function returns FALSE,

+    the X server exits with a fatal error.  This function will return

+    FALSE if no common depths were found in PanoramiXConsolidate().

+    With no common depths, Xinerama mode is not possible.

+

+    <p>The connection block holds the information that clients get when

+    they open a connection to the X server.  It includes information

+    such as the supported pixmap formats, number of screens and the

+    sizes, depths, visuals, default colormap information, etc, for each

+    of the screens (much of information that <tt/xdpyinfo/ shows).  The

+    connection block is initialized with the combined single screen

+    values that were calculated in the above two functions.

+

+    <p>The Xinerama extension allows the registration of connection

+    block callback functions.  The purpose of these is to allow other

+    extensions to do processing at this point.  These callbacks can be

+    registered by calling XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback() from

+    the other extension's ExtensionInit() function.  Each registered

+    connection block callback is called at the end of

+    PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock().

+</descrip>

+

+<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the DIX code

+

+<p>There are a few types of Xinerama-specific changes within the DIX

+code.  The main ones are described here.

+

+<p>Functions that deal with colormap or GC -related operations outside of

+the intercepted protocol requests have a test added to only do the

+processing for screen numbers > 0.  This is because they are handled for

+the single Xinerama screen and the processing is done once for screen 0.

+

+<p>The handling of motion events does some coordinate translation between

+the physical screen's origin and screen zero's origin.  Also, motion

+events must be reported relative to the composite screen origin rather

+than the physical screen origins.

+

+<p>There is some special handling for cursor, window and event processing

+that cannot (either not at all or not conveniently) be done via the

+intercepted protocol requests.  A particular case is the handling of

+pointers moving between physical screens.

+

+<sect2>Xinerama-specific changes to the MI code

+

+<p>The only Xinerama-specific change to the MI code is in miSendExposures()

+to handle the coordinate (and window ID) translation for expose events.

+

+<sect2>Intercepted DIX core requests

+

+<p>Xinerama breaks up drawing requests for dispatch to each physical

+screen.  It also breaks up windows into pieces for each physical screen.

+GCs are translated into per-screen GCs.  Colormaps are replicated on

+each physical screen.  The functions handling the intercepted requests

+take care of breaking the requests and repackaging them so that they can

+be passed to the standard request handling functions for each screen in

+turn.  In addition, and to aid the repackaging, the information from

+many of the intercepted requests is used to keep up to date the

+necessary state information for the single composite screen.  Requests

+(usually those with replies) that can be satisfied completely from this

+stored state information do not call the standard request handling

+functions.

+

+<!-- ============================================================ -->

+

+<sect>Development Results

+

+<p>In this section the results of each phase of development are

+discussed.  This development took place between approximately June 2001

+and July 2003.

+

+<sect1>Phase I

+

+<p>The initial development phase dealt with the basic implementation

+including the bootstrap code, which used the shadow framebuffer, and the

+unoptimized implementation, based on an Xnest-style implementation.

+

+<sect2>Scope

+

+<p>The goal of Phase I is to provide fundamental functionality that can

+act as a foundation for ongoing work:

+<enum>

+    <item>Develop the proxy X server

+    <itemize>

+	<item>The proxy X server will operate on the X11 protocol and

+	relay requests as necessary to correctly perform the request.

+	<item>Work will be based on the existing work for Xinerama and

+	Xnest.

+	<item>Input events and windowing operations are handled in the

+	proxy server and rendering requests are repackaged and sent to

+	each of the back-end servers for display.

+	<item>The multiple screen layout (including support for

+	overlapping screens) will be user configurable via a

+	configuration file or through the configuration tool.

+    </itemize>

+    <item>Develop graphical configuration tool

+    <itemize>

+	<item>There will be potentially a large number of X servers to

+	configure into a single display.  The tool will allow the user

+	to specify which servers are involved in the configuration and

+	how they should be laid out.

+    </itemize>

+    <item>Pass the X Test Suite

+    <itemize>

+	<item>The X Test Suite covers the basic X11 operations.  All

+	tests known to succeed must correctly operate in the distributed

+	X environment.

+    </itemize>

+</enum>

+

+<p>For this phase, the back-end X servers are assumed to be unmodified X

+servers that do not support any DMX-related protocol extensions; future

+optimization pathways are considered, but are not implemented; and the

+configuration tool is assumed to rely only on libraries in the X source

+tree (e.g., Xt).

+

+<sect2>Results

+

+<p>The proxy X server, Xdmx, was developed to distribute X11 protocol

+requests to the set of back-end X servers.  It opens a window on each

+back-end server, which represents the part of the front-end's root

+window that is visible on that screen.  It mirrors window, pixmap and

+other state in each back-end server.  Drawing requests are sent to

+either windows or pixmaps on each back-end server.  This code is based

+on Xnest and uses the existing Xinerama extension.

+

+<p>Input events can be taken from (1) devices attached to the back-end

+server, (2) core devices attached directly to the Xdmx server, or (3)

+from a ``console'' window on another X server.  Events for these devices

+are gathered, processed and delivered to clients attached to the Xdmx

+server.

+

+<p>An intuitive configuration format was developed to help the user

+easily configure the multiple back-end X servers.  It was defined (see

+grammar in Xdmx man page) and a parser was implemented that is used by

+the Xdmx server and by a standalone xdmxconfig utility.  The parsing

+support was implemented such that it can be easily factored out of the X

+source tree for use with other tools (e.g., vdl).  Support for

+converting legacy vdl-format configuration files to the DMX format is

+provided by the vdltodmx utility.

+

+<p>Originally, the configuration file was going to be a subsection of

+XFree86's XF86Config file, but that was not possible since Xdmx is a

+completely separate X server.  Thus, a separate config file format was

+developed.  In addition, a graphical configuration

+tool, xdmxconfig, was developed to allow the user to create and arrange

+the screens in the configuration file.  The <bf/-configfile/ and <bf/-config/

+command-line options can be used to start Xdmx using a configuration

+file.

+

+<p>An extension that enables remote input testing is required for the X

+Test Suite to function.  During this phase, this extension (XTEST) was

+implemented in the Xdmx server.  The results from running the X Test

+Suite are described in detail below.

+

+<sect2>X Test Suite

+

+          <sect3> Introduction

+            <p>

+              The X Test Suite contains tests that verify Xlib functions

+              operate correctly.  The test suite is designed to run on a

+              single X server; however, since X applications will not be

+              able to tell the difference between the DMX server and a

+              standard X server, the X Test Suite should also run on the

+              DMX server.

+            <p>

+              The Xdmx server was tested with the X Test Suite, and the

+              existing failures are noted in this section.  To put these

+              results in perspective, we first discuss expected X Test

+              failures and how errors in underlying systems can impact

+              Xdmx test results.

+

+          <sect3>Expected Failures for a Single Head

+            <p>

+              A correctly implemented X server with a single screen is

+              expected to fail certain X Test tests.  The following

+              well-known errors occur because of rounding error in the X

+              server code:

+              <verb>

+XDrawArc: Tests 42, 63, 66, 73

+XDrawArcs: Tests 45, 66, 69, 76

+              </verb>

+            <p>

+              The following failures occur because of the high-level X

+              server implementation:

+              <verb>

+XLoadQueryFont: Test 1

+XListFontsWithInfo: Tests 3, 4

+XQueryFont: Tests 1, 2

+              </verb>

+            <p>

+              The following test fails when running the X server as root

+              under Linux because of the way directory modes are

+              interpreted:

+              <verb>

+XWriteBitmapFile: Test 3

+              </verb>

+            <p>

+              Depending on the video card used for the back-end, other

+              failures may also occur because of bugs in the low-level

+              driver implementation.  Over time, failures of this kind

+              are usually fixed by XFree86, but will show up in Xdmx

+              testing until then.

+

+          <sect3>Expected Failures for Xinerama

+            <p>

+              Xinerama fails several X Test Suite tests because of

+              design decisions made for the current implementation of

+              Xinerama.  Over time, many of these errors will be

+              corrected by XFree86 and the group working on a new

+              Xinerama implementation.  Therefore, Xdmx will also share

+              X Suite Test failures with Xinerama.

+            <p>

+              We may be able to fix or work-around some of these

+              failures at the Xdmx level, but this will require

+              additional exploration that was not part of Phase I.

+            <p>

+              Xinerama is constantly improving, and the list of

+              Xinerama-related failures depends on XFree86 version and

+              the underlying graphics hardware.  We tested with a

+              variety of hardware, including nVidia, S3, ATI Radeon,

+              and Matrox G400 (in dual-head mode).  The list below

+              includes only those failures that appear to be from the

+              Xinerama layer, and does not include failures listed in

+              the previous section, or failures that appear to be from

+              the low-level graphics driver itself:

+            <p>

+              These failures were noted with multiple Xinerama

+              configurations:

+              <verb>

+XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known Xinerama implementation issue)

+XSetFontPath: Test 4

+XGetDefault: Test 5

+XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1

+              </verb>

+            <p>

+              These failures were noted only when using one dual-head

+              video card with a 4.2.99.x XFree86 server:

+              <verb>

+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1

+XDrawRectangles: Test 45

+              </verb>

+            <p>

+              These failures were noted only when using two video cards

+              from different vendors with a 4.1.99.x XFree86 server:

+              <verb>

+XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32

+XCreateWindow: Test 30

+XDrawLine: Test 22

+XFillArc: Test 22

+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10

+XRebindKeysym: Test 1

+              </verb>

+

+          <sect3>Additional Failures from Xdmx

+            <p>

+              When running Xdmx, no unexpected failures were noted.

+              Since the Xdmx server is based on Xinerama, we expect to

+              have most of the Xinerama failures present in the Xdmx

+              server.  Similarly, since the Xdmx server must rely on the

+              low-level device drivers on each back-end server, we also

+              expect that Xdmx will exhibit most of the back-end

+              failures.  Here is a summary:

+              <verb>

+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 (configuration dependent)

+XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32

+XCreateWindow: Test 30

+XCopyPlane: Test 13, 22, 31

+XSetFontPath: Test 4

+XGetDefault: Test 5 (configuration dependent)

+XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1

+XRebindKeysym: Test 1 (configuration dependent)

+              </verb>

+            <p>

+              Note that this list is shorter than the combined list for

+              Xinerama because Xdmx uses different code paths to perform

+              some Xinerama operations.  Further, some Xinerama failures

+              have been fixed in the XFree86 4.2.99.x CVS repository.

+            

+          <sect3>Summary and Future Work

+            <p>

+              Running the X Test Suite on Xdmx does not produce any

+              failures that cannot be accounted for by the underlying

+              Xinerama subsystem used by the front-end or by the

+              low-level device-driver code running on the back-end X

+              servers.  The Xdmx server therefore is as ``correct'' as

+              possible with respect to the standard set of X Test Suite

+              tests.

+            <p>

+              During the following phases, we will continue to verify

+              Xdmx correctness using the X Test Suite.  We may also use

+              other tests suites or write additional tests that run

+              under the X Test Suite that specifically verify the

+              expected behavior of DMX.

+

+<sect2>Fonts

+

+<p>In Phase I, fonts are handled directly by both the front-end and the

+back-end servers, which is required since we must treat each back-end

+server during this phase as a ``black box''.  What this requires is that

+<bf/the front- and back-end servers must share the exact same font

+path/.  There are two ways to help make sure that all servers share the

+same font path:

+

+<enum>

+    <item>First, each server can be configured to use the same font

+    server.  The font server, xfs, can be configured to serve fonts to

+    multiple X servers via TCP.

+

+    <item>Second, each server can be configured to use the same font

+    path and either those font paths can be copied to each back-end

+    machine or they can be mounted (e.g., via NFS) on each back-end

+    machine.

+</enum>

+

+<p>One additional concern is that a client program can set its own font

+path, and if it does so, then that font path must be available on each

+back-end machine.

+

+<p>The -fontpath command line option was added to allow users to

+initialize the font path of the front end server.  This font path is

+propagated to each back-end server when the default font is loaded.  If

+there are any problems, an error message is printed, which will describe

+the problem and list the current font path.  For more information about

+setting the font path, see the -fontpath option description in the man

+page.

+

+<sect2>Performance

+

+<p>Phase I of development was not intended to optimize performance.  Its

+focus was on completely and correctly handling the base X11 protocol in

+the Xdmx server.  However, several insights were gained during Phase I,

+which are listed here for reference during the next phase of

+development.

+

+<enum>

+    <item>Calls to XSync() can slow down rendering since it requires a

+    complete round trip to and from a back-end server.  This is

+    especially problematic when communicating over long haul networks.

+    <item>Sending drawing requests to only the screens that they overlap

+    should improve performance.

+</enum>

+

+<sect2>Pixmaps

+

+<p>Pixmaps were originally expected to be handled entirely in the

+front-end X server; however, it was found that this overly complicated

+the rendering code and would have required sending potentially large

+images to each back server that required them when copying from pixmap

+to screen.  Thus, pixmap state is mirrored in the back-end server just

+as it is with regular window state.  With this implementation, the same

+rendering code that draws to windows can be used to draw to pixmaps on

+the back-end server, and no large image transfers are required to copy

+from pixmap to window.

+

+<!-- ============================================================ -->

+<sect1>Phase II

+

+<p>The second phase of development concentrates on performance

+optimizations.  These optimizations are documented here, with

+<tt/x11perf/ data to show how the optimizations improve performance.

+

+<p>All benchmarks were performed by running Xdmx on a dual processor

+1.4GHz AMD Athlon machine with 1GB of RAM connecting over 100baseT to

+two single-processor 1GHz Pentium III machines with 256MB of RAM and ATI

+Rage 128 (RF) video cards.  The front end was running Linux

+2.4.20-pre1-ac1 and the back ends were running Linux 2.4.7-10 and

+version 4.2.99.1 of XFree86 pulled from the XFree86 CVS repository on

+August 7, 2002.  All systems were running Red Hat Linux 7.2.

+

+<sect2>Moving from XFree86 4.1.99.1 to 4.2.0.0

+

+<p>For phase II, the working source tree was moved to the branch tagged

+with dmx-1-0-branch and was updated from version 4.1.99.1 (20 August

+2001) of the XFree86 sources to version 4.2.0.0 (18 January 2002).

+After this update, the following tests were noted to be more than 10%

+faster:

+            <verb>

+1.13   Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 

+1.16   Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+1.13   Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+1.17   Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+1.16   Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+1.20   Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+1.15   Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+1.37   Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids) 

+            </verb>

+And the following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:

+            <verb>

+0.88   Unmap window via parent (25 kids) 

+0.75   Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) 

+0.79   Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids) 

+0.80   Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids) 

+0.82   Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) 

+0.85   Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 

+            </verb>

+<p>These changes were not caused by any changes in the DMX system, and

+may point to changes in the XFree86 tree or to tests that have more

+"jitter" than most other <tt/x11perf/ tests.

+

+<sect2>Global changes

+

+<p>During the development of the Phase II DMX server, several global

+changes were made.  These changes were also compared with the Phase I

+server.  The following tests were noted to be more than 10% faster:

+            <verb>

+1.13   Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 

+1.15   Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+1.13   Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+1.17   Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+1.16   Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+1.19   Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+1.15   Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+1.15   Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) 

+            </verb>

+

+<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:

+            <verb>

+0.69   Scroll 10x10 pixels 

+0.68   Scroll 100x100 pixels 

+0.68   Copy 10x10 from window to window 

+0.68   Copy 100x100 from window to window 

+0.76   Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 

+0.83   Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) 

+            </verb>

+

+<p>For the remainder of this analysis, the baseline of comparison will

+be the Phase II deliverable with all optimizations disabled (unless

+otherwise noted).  This will highlight how the optimizations in

+isolation impact performance.

+

+<sect2>XSync() Batching

+

+<p>During the Phase I implementation, XSync() was called after every

+protocol request made by the DMX server.  This provided the DMX server

+with an interactive feel, but defeated X11's protocol buffering system

+and introduced round-trip wire latency into every operation.  During

+Phase II, DMX was changed so that protocol requests are no longer

+followed by calls to XSync().  Instead, the need for an XSync() is

+noted, and XSync() calls are only made every 100mS or when the DMX

+server specifically needs to make a call to guarantee interactivity.

+With this new system, X11 buffers protocol as much as possible during a

+100mS interval, and many unnecessary XSync() calls are avoided.

+

+<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 8 tests became more than 100

+times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,

+and 181 more than 2X faster.  See table below for summary.

+

+<p>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower with

+XSync() batching on:

+            <verb>

+0.88   500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 

+0.89   Copy 500x500 from window to window 

+            </verb>

+

+<sect2>Offscreen Optimization

+

+<p>Windows span one or more of the back-end servers' screens; however,

+during Phase I development, windows were created on every back-end

+server and every rendering request was sent to every window regardless

+of whether or not that window was visible.  With the offscreen

+optimization, the DMX server tracks when a window is completely off of a

+back-end server's screen and, in that case, it does not send rendering

+requests to those back-end windows.  This optimization saves bandwidth

+between the front and back-end servers, and it reduces the number of

+XSync() calls.  The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only

+two back-end servers.  Greater performance gains will be had as the

+number of back-end servers increases.

+

+<p>Out of more than 300 <tt/x11perf/ tests, 3 tests were at least twice as

+fast, and 146 tests were at least 10% faster.  Two tests were more than

+10% slower with the offscreen optimization:

+            <verb>

+0.88   Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids) 

+0.89   Resize unmapped window (75 kids) 

+            </verb>

+

+<sect2>Lazy Window Creation Optimization

+

+<p>As mentioned above, during Phase I, windows were created on every

+back-end server even if they were not visible on that back-end.  With

+the lazy window creation optimization, the DMX server does not create

+windows on a back-end server until they are either visible or they

+become the parents of a visible window.  This optimization builds on the

+offscreen optimization (described above) and requires it to be enabled.

+

+<p>The lazy window creation optimization works by creating the window

+data structures in the front-end server when a client creates a window,

+but delays creation of the window on the back-end server(s).  A private

+window structure in the DMX server saves the relevant window data and

+tracks changes to the window's attributes and stacking order for later

+use.  The only times a window is created on a back-end server are (1)

+when it is mapped and is at least partially overlapping the back-end

+server's screen (tracked by the offscreen optimization), or (2) when the

+window becomes the parent of a previously visible window.  The first

+case occurs when a window is mapped or when a visible window is copied,

+moved or resized and now overlaps the back-end server's screen.  The

+second case occurs when starting a window manager after having created

+windows to which the window manager needs to add decorations.

+

+<p>When either case occurs, a window on the back-end server is created

+using the data saved in the DMX server's window private data structure.

+The stacking order is then adjusted to correctly place the window on the

+back-end and lastly the window is mapped.  From this time forward, the

+window is handled exactly as if the window had been created at the time

+of the client's request.

+

+<p>Note that when a window is no longer visible on a back-end server's

+screen (e.g., it is moved offscreen), the window is not destroyed;

+rather, it is kept and reused later if the window once again becomes

+visible on the back-end server's screen.  Originally with this

+optimization, destroying windows was implemented but was later rejected

+because it increased bandwidth when windows were opaquely moved or

+resized, which is common in many window managers.

+

+<p>The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two back-end

+servers.  Greater performance gains will be had as the number of

+back-end servers increases.

+

+<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more

+than 10%:

+            <verb>

+1.10   500x500 rectangle outline 

+1.12   Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 

+1.20   Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) 

+1.19   Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 

+            </verb>

+            

+<sect2>Subdividing Rendering Primitives

+

+<p>X11 imaging requests transfer significant data between the client and

+the X server.  During Phase I, the DMX server would then transfer the

+image data to each back-end server.  Even with the offscreen

+optimization (above), these requests still required transferring

+significant data to each back-end server that contained a visible

+portion of the window.  For example, if the client uses XPutImage() to

+copy an image to a window that overlaps the entire DMX screen, then the

+entire image is copied by the DMX server to every back-end server.

+

+<p>To reduce the amount of data transferred between the DMX server and

+the back-end servers when XPutImage() is called, the image data is

+subdivided and only the data that will be visible on a back-end server's

+screen is sent to that back-end server.  Xinerama already implements a

+subdivision algorithm for XGetImage() and no further optimization was

+needed.

+

+<p>Other rendering primitives were analyzed, but the time required to

+subdivide these primitives was a significant proportion of the time

+required to send the entire rendering request to the back-end server, so

+this optimization was rejected for the other rendering primitives.

+

+<p>Again, the performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two

+back-end servers.  Greater performance gains will be had as the number

+of back-end servers increases.

+

+<p>This optimization improved the following <tt/x11perf/ tests by more

+than 10%:

+            <verb>

+1.12   Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 

+1.26   PutImage 10x10 square 

+1.83   PutImage 100x100 square 

+1.91   PutImage 500x500 square 

+1.40   PutImage XY 10x10 square 

+1.48   PutImage XY 100x100 square 

+1.50   PutImage XY 500x500 square 

+1.45   Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 

+1.74   Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) 

+            </verb>

+

+<p>The following test was noted to be more than 10% slower with this

+optimization:

+            <verb>

+0.88   10-pixel fill chord partial circle 

+            </verb>

+

+<sect2>Summary of x11perf Data

+

+<p>With all of the optimizations on, 53 <tt/x11perf/ tests are more than

+100X faster than the unoptimized Phase II deliverable, with 69 more than

+50X faster, 73 more than 10X faster, and 199 more than twice as fast.

+No tests were more than 10% slower than the unoptimized Phase II

+deliverable.  (Compared with the Phase I deliverable, only Circulate

+Unmapped window (100 kids) was more than 10% slower than the Phase II

+deliverable.  As noted above, this test seems to have wider variability

+than other <tt/x11perf/ tests.)

+

+<p>The following table summarizes relative <tt/x11perf/ test changes for

+all optimizations individually and collectively.  Note that some of the

+optimizations have a synergistic effect when used together.

+            <verb>

+

+1: XSync() batching only

+2: Off screen optimizations only

+3: Window optimizations only

+4: Subdivprims only

+5: All optimizations

+

+    1     2    3    4      5 Operation

+------ ---- ---- ---- ------ ---------

+  2.14 1.85 1.00 1.00   4.13 Dot 

+  1.67 1.80 1.00 1.00   3.31 1x1 rectangle 

+  2.38 1.43 1.00 1.00   2.44 10x10 rectangle 

+  1.00 1.00 0.92 0.98   1.00 100x100 rectangle 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 500x500 rectangle 

+  1.83 1.85 1.05 1.06   3.54 1x1 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 

+  2.43 1.43 1.00 1.00   2.41 10x10 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 

+  0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 100x100 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 

+  1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00   3.40 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 

+  2.38 1.42 1.00 1.00   2.34 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 

+  1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97   1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.99 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple) 

+  1.82 1.82 1.04 1.04   3.56 1x1 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) 

+  2.33 1.42 1.00 1.00   2.37 10x10 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) 

+  1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00   1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile) 

+  1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00   3.66 1x1 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 

+  1.74 1.28 1.00 1.00   1.73 10x10 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89   0.98 100x100 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 

+  1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00   3.67 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 

+  1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.66 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 

+  1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00   1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple) 

+  1.93 1.61 0.99 0.99   3.69 1x1 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) 

+  1.73 1.27 1.00 1.00   1.72 10x10 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.98 100x100 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) 

+  1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97   1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile) 

+  1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00   3.83 1x1 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 

+  1.80 1.30 1.00 1.00   1.83 10x10 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 

+  0.97 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.01 100x100 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 

+  1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00   3.56 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 

+  1.65 1.25 1.00 1.00   1.68 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.01 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...

+  1.95 1.63 0.98 0.99   3.80 1x1 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 

+  1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.67 10x10 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 

+  1.13 1.14 1.14 1.14   1.14 100x100 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 

+  0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00   0.99 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile) 

+  1.93 1.63 1.00 1.00   3.53 1x1 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) 

+  1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.66 10x10 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile) 

+  1.82 1.70 1.00 1.00   3.38 1-pixel line segment 

+  2.07 1.56 0.90 1.00   3.31 10-pixel line segment 

+  1.29 1.10 1.00 1.00   1.27 100-pixel line segment 

+  1.05 1.06 1.03 1.03   1.09 500-pixel line segment 

+  1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.29 100-pixel line segment (1 kid) 

+  1.32 1.15 1.00 1.00   1.32 100-pixel line segment (2 kids) 

+  1.33 1.16 1.00 1.00   1.33 100-pixel line segment (3 kids) 

+  1.92 1.64 1.00 1.00   3.73 10-pixel dashed segment 

+  1.34 1.16 1.00 1.00   1.34 100-pixel dashed segment 

+  1.24 1.11 0.99 0.97   1.23 100-pixel double-dashed segment 

+  1.72 1.77 1.00 1.00   3.25 10-pixel horizontal line segment 

+  1.83 1.66 1.01 1.00   3.54 100-pixel horizontal line segment 

+  1.86 1.30 1.00 1.00   1.84 500-pixel horizontal line segment 

+  2.11 1.52 1.00 0.99   3.02 10-pixel vertical line segment 

+  1.21 1.10 1.00 1.00   1.20 100-pixel vertical line segment 

+  1.03 1.03 1.00 1.00   1.02 500-pixel vertical line segment 

+  4.42 1.68 1.00 1.01   4.64 10x1 wide horizontal line segment 

+  1.83 1.31 1.00 1.00   1.83 100x10 wide horizontal line segment 

+  1.07 1.00 0.96 1.00   1.07 500x50 wide horizontal line segment 

+  4.10 1.67 1.00 1.00   4.62 10x1 wide vertical line segment 

+  1.50 1.24 1.06 1.06   1.48 100x10 wide vertical line segment 

+  1.06 1.03 1.00 1.00   1.05 500x50 wide vertical line segment 

+  2.54 1.61 1.00 1.00   3.61 1-pixel line 

+  2.71 1.48 1.00 1.00   2.67 10-pixel line 

+  1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00   1.19 100-pixel line 

+  1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00   1.03 500-pixel line 

+  2.68 1.51 0.98 1.00   3.17 10-pixel dashed line 

+  1.23 1.11 0.99 0.99   1.23 100-pixel dashed line 

+  1.15 1.08 1.00 1.00   1.15 100-pixel double-dashed line 

+  2.27 1.39 1.00 1.00   2.23 10x1 wide line 

+  1.20 1.09 1.00 1.00   1.20 100x10 wide line 

+  1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00   1.04 500x50 wide line 

+  1.52 1.45 1.00 1.00   1.52 100x10 wide dashed line 

+  1.54 1.47 1.00 1.00   1.54 100x10 wide double-dashed line 

+  1.97 1.30 0.96 0.95   1.95 10x10 rectangle outline 

+  1.44 1.27 1.00 1.00   1.43 100x100 rectangle outline 

+  3.22 2.16 1.10 1.09   3.61 500x500 rectangle outline 

+  1.95 1.34 1.00 1.00   1.90 10x10 wide rectangle outline 

+  1.14 1.14 1.00 1.00   1.13 100x100 wide rectangle outline 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 500x500 wide rectangle outline 

+  1.57 1.72 1.00 1.00   3.03 1-pixel circle 

+  1.96 1.35 1.00 1.00   1.92 10-pixel circle 

+  1.21 1.07 0.86 0.97   1.20 100-pixel circle 

+  1.08 1.04 1.00 1.00   1.08 500-pixel circle 

+  1.39 1.19 1.03 1.03   1.38 100-pixel dashed circle 

+  1.21 1.11 1.00 1.00   1.23 100-pixel double-dashed circle 

+  1.59 1.28 1.00 1.00   1.58 10-pixel wide circle 

+  1.22 1.12 0.99 1.00   1.22 100-pixel wide circle 

+  1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00   1.05 500-pixel wide circle 

+  1.87 1.84 1.00 1.00   1.85 100-pixel wide dashed circle 

+  1.90 1.93 1.01 1.01   1.90 100-pixel wide double-dashed circle 

+  2.13 1.43 1.00 1.00   2.32 10-pixel partial circle 

+  1.42 1.18 1.00 1.00   1.42 100-pixel partial circle 

+  1.92 1.85 1.01 1.01   1.89 10-pixel wide partial circle 

+  1.73 1.67 1.00 1.00   1.73 100-pixel wide partial circle 

+  1.36 1.95 1.00 1.00   2.64 1-pixel solid circle 

+  2.02 1.37 1.00 1.00   2.03 10-pixel solid circle 

+  1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00   1.19 100-pixel solid circle 

+  1.02 0.99 1.00 1.00   1.01 500-pixel solid circle 

+  1.74 1.28 1.00 0.88   1.73 10-pixel fill chord partial circle 

+  1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.31 100-pixel fill chord partial circle 

+  1.67 1.31 1.03 1.03   1.72 10-pixel fill slice partial circle 

+  1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.28 100-pixel fill slice partial circle 

+  2.45 1.49 1.01 1.00   2.71 10-pixel ellipse 

+  1.22 1.10 1.00 1.00   1.22 100-pixel ellipse 

+  1.09 1.04 1.00 1.00   1.09 500-pixel ellipse 

+  1.90 1.28 1.00 1.00   1.89 100-pixel dashed ellipse 

+  1.62 1.24 0.96 0.97   1.61 100-pixel double-dashed ellipse 

+  2.43 1.50 1.00 1.00   2.42 10-pixel wide ellipse 

+  1.61 1.28 1.03 1.03   1.60 100-pixel wide ellipse 

+  1.08 1.05 1.00 1.00   1.08 500-pixel wide ellipse 

+  1.93 1.88 1.00 1.00   1.88 100-pixel wide dashed ellipse 

+  1.94 1.89 1.01 1.00   1.94 100-pixel wide double-dashed ellipse 

+  2.31 1.48 1.00 1.00   2.67 10-pixel partial ellipse 

+  1.38 1.17 1.00 1.00   1.38 100-pixel partial ellipse 

+  2.00 1.85 0.98 0.97   1.98 10-pixel wide partial ellipse 

+  1.89 1.86 1.00 1.00   1.89 100-pixel wide partial ellipse 

+  3.49 1.60 1.00 1.00   3.65 10-pixel filled ellipse 

+  1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.67 100-pixel filled ellipse 

+  1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00   1.06 500-pixel filled ellipse 

+  2.38 1.43 1.01 1.00   2.32 10-pixel fill chord partial ellipse 

+  2.06 1.30 1.00 1.00   2.05 100-pixel fill chord partial ellipse 

+  2.27 1.41 1.00 1.00   2.27 10-pixel fill slice partial ellipse 

+  1.98 1.33 1.00 0.97   1.97 100-pixel fill slice partial ellipse 

+ 57.46 1.99 1.01 1.00 114.92 Fill 1x1 equivalent triangle 

+ 56.94 1.98 1.01 1.00  73.89 Fill 10x10 equivalent triangle 

+  6.07 1.75 1.00 1.00   6.07 Fill 100x100 equivalent triangle 

+ 51.12 1.98 1.00 1.00 102.81 Fill 1x1 trapezoid 

+ 51.42 1.82 1.01 1.00  94.89 Fill 10x10 trapezoid 

+  6.47 1.80 1.00 1.00   6.44 Fill 100x100 trapezoid 

+  1.56 1.28 1.00 0.99   1.56 Fill 300x300 trapezoid 

+ 51.27 1.97 0.96 0.97 102.54 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 

+ 51.73 2.00 1.02 1.02  67.92 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 

+  5.36 1.72 1.00 1.00   5.36 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 

+  1.54 1.26 1.00 1.00   1.59 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 

+ 51.41 1.94 1.01 1.00 102.82 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple) 

+ 50.71 1.95 0.99 1.00  65.44 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...

+  5.33 1.73 1.00 1.00   5.36 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...

+  1.58 1.25 1.00 1.00   1.58 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...

+ 51.56 1.96 0.99 0.90 103.68 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) 

+ 51.59 1.99 1.01 1.01  62.25 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) 

+  5.38 1.72 1.00 1.00   5.38 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) 

+  1.54 1.25 1.00 0.99   1.58 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile) 

+ 51.70 1.98 1.01 1.01 103.98 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) 

+ 44.86 1.97 1.00 1.00  44.86 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) 

+  2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00   2.73 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) 

+  1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00   1.27 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple) 

+ 51.41 1.96 0.96 0.95 103.39 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...

+ 45.14 1.96 1.01 1.00  45.14 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...

+  2.68 1.56 1.00 1.00   2.68 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...

+  1.26 1.10 1.00 1.00   1.28 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...

+ 51.13 1.97 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) 

+ 47.58 1.96 1.00 1.00  47.86 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) 

+  2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00   2.74 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) 

+  1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00   1.28 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile) 

+ 51.13 1.97 0.99 0.97 103.39 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 

+ 45.14 1.97 1.00 1.00  44.29 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 

+  3.02 1.77 1.12 1.12   3.38 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 

+  1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.30 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple) 

+ 51.27 1.97 1.00 1.00 103.10 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...

+ 45.01 1.97 1.00 1.00  45.01 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...

+  2.67 1.56 1.00 1.00   2.69 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..

+  1.29 1.13 1.00 1.01   1.27 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..

+ 51.41 1.96 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+ 45.01 1.96 0.98 1.00  45.01 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+  2.62 1.36 1.00 1.00   2.69 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+  1.27 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.22 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile) 

+ 51.13 1.98 1.00 1.00 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+ 45.14 1.97 1.01 0.99  45.14 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+  2.62 1.55 1.00 1.00   2.71 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+  1.28 1.13 1.00 1.00   1.20 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile) 

+ 50.71 1.95 1.00 1.00  54.70 Fill 10x10 equivalent complex polygon 

+  5.51 1.71 0.96 0.98   5.47 Fill 100x100 equivalent complex polygons 

+  8.39 1.97 1.00 1.00  16.75 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Convex) 

+  8.38 1.83 1.00 1.00   8.43 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Convex) 

+  8.50 1.96 1.00 1.00  16.64 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Complex) 

+  8.26 1.83 1.00 1.00   8.35 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Complex) 

+ 14.09 1.87 1.00 1.00  14.05 Char in 80-char line (6x13) 

+ 11.91 1.87 1.00 1.00  11.95 Char in 70-char line (8x13) 

+ 11.16 1.85 1.01 1.00  11.10 Char in 60-char line (9x15) 

+ 10.09 1.78 1.00 1.00  10.09 Char16 in 40-char line (k14) 

+  6.15 1.75 1.00 1.00   6.31 Char16 in 23-char line (k24) 

+ 11.92 1.90 1.03 1.03  11.88 Char in 80-char line (TR 10) 

+  8.18 1.78 1.00 0.99   8.17 Char in 30-char line (TR 24) 

+ 42.83 1.44 1.01 1.00  42.11 Char in 20/40/20 line (6x13, TR 10) 

+ 27.45 1.43 1.01 1.01  27.45 Char16 in 7/14/7 line (k14, k24) 

+ 12.13 1.85 1.00 1.00  12.05 Char in 80-char image line (6x13) 

+ 10.00 1.84 1.00 1.00  10.00 Char in 70-char image line (8x13) 

+  9.18 1.83 1.00 1.00   9.12 Char in 60-char image line (9x15) 

+  9.66 1.82 0.98 0.95   9.66 Char16 in 40-char image line (k14) 

+  5.82 1.72 1.00 1.00   5.99 Char16 in 23-char image line (k24) 

+  8.70 1.80 1.00 1.00   8.65 Char in 80-char image line (TR 10) 

+  4.67 1.66 1.00 1.00   4.67 Char in 30-char image line (TR 24) 

+ 84.43 1.47 1.00 1.00 124.18 Scroll 10x10 pixels 

+  3.73 1.50 1.00 0.98   3.73 Scroll 100x100 pixels 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 Scroll 500x500 pixels 

+ 84.43 1.51 1.00 1.00 134.02 Copy 10x10 from window to window 

+  3.62 1.51 0.98 0.98   3.62 Copy 100x100 from window to window 

+  0.89 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 Copy 500x500 from window to window 

+ 57.06 1.99 1.00 1.00  88.64 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to window 

+  2.49 2.00 1.00 1.00   2.48 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to window 

+  1.00 0.91 1.00 1.00   0.98 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to window 

+  2.04 1.01 1.00 1.00   2.03 Copy 10x10 from window to pixmap 

+  1.05 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.05 Copy 100x100 from window to pixmap 

+  1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00   1.04 Copy 500x500 from window to pixmap 

+ 58.52 1.03 1.03 1.02  57.95 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to pixmap 

+  2.40 1.00 1.00 1.00   2.45 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to pixmap 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to pixmap 

+ 51.57 1.92 1.00 1.00  85.75 Copy 10x10 1-bit deep plane 

+  6.37 1.75 1.01 1.01   6.37 Copy 100x100 1-bit deep plane 

+  1.26 1.11 1.00 1.00   1.24 Copy 500x500 1-bit deep plane 

+  4.23 1.63 0.98 0.97   4.38 Copy 10x10 n-bit deep plane 

+  1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00   1.04 Copy 100x100 n-bit deep plane 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 Copy 500x500 n-bit deep plane 

+  6.45 1.98 1.00 1.26  12.80 PutImage 10x10 square 

+  1.10 1.87 1.00 1.83   2.11 PutImage 100x100 square 

+  1.02 1.93 1.00 1.91   1.91 PutImage 500x500 square 

+  4.17 1.78 1.00 1.40   7.18 PutImage XY 10x10 square 

+  1.27 1.49 0.97 1.48   2.10 PutImage XY 100x100 square 

+  1.00 1.50 1.00 1.50   1.52 PutImage XY 500x500 square 

+  1.07 1.01 1.00 1.00   1.06 GetImage 10x10 square 

+  1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.01 GetImage 100x100 square 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 GetImage 500x500 square 

+  1.56 1.00 0.99 0.97   1.56 GetImage XY 10x10 square 

+  1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.02 GetImage XY 100x100 square 

+  1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00   1.00 GetImage XY 500x500 square 

+  1.00 1.00 1.01 0.98   0.95 X protocol NoOperation 

+  1.02 1.03 1.04 1.03   1.00 QueryPointer 

+  1.03 1.02 1.04 1.03   1.00 GetProperty 

+100.41 1.51 1.00 1.00 198.76 Change graphics context 

+ 45.81 1.00 0.99 0.97  57.10 Create and map subwindows (4 kids) 

+ 78.45 1.01 1.02 1.02  63.07 Create and map subwindows (16 kids) 

+ 73.91 1.01 1.00 1.00  56.37 Create and map subwindows (25 kids) 

+ 73.22 1.00 1.00 1.00  49.07 Create and map subwindows (50 kids) 

+ 72.36 1.01 0.99 1.00  32.14 Create and map subwindows (75 kids) 

+ 70.34 1.00 1.00 1.00  30.12 Create and map subwindows (100 kids) 

+ 55.00 1.00 1.00 0.99  23.75 Create and map subwindows (200 kids) 

+ 55.30 1.01 1.00 1.00 141.03 Create unmapped window (4 kids) 

+ 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 163.25 Create unmapped window (16 kids) 

+ 54.75 0.96 1.00 0.99 166.95 Create unmapped window (25 kids) 

+ 54.83 1.00 1.00 0.99 178.81 Create unmapped window (50 kids) 

+ 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (75 kids) 

+ 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (100 kids) 

+ 54.87 1.01 1.01 1.00 182.05 Create unmapped window (200 kids) 

+ 28.13 1.00 1.00 1.00  30.75 Map window via parent (4 kids) 

+ 36.14 1.01 1.01 1.01  32.58 Map window via parent (16 kids) 

+ 26.13 1.00 0.98 0.95  29.85 Map window via parent (25 kids) 

+ 40.07 1.00 1.01 1.00  27.57 Map window via parent (50 kids) 

+ 23.26 0.99 1.00 1.00  18.23 Map window via parent (75 kids) 

+ 22.91 0.99 1.00 0.99  16.52 Map window via parent (100 kids) 

+ 27.79 1.00 1.00 0.99  12.50 Map window via parent (200 kids) 

+ 22.35 1.00 1.00 1.00  56.19 Unmap window via parent (4 kids) 

+  9.57 1.00 0.99 1.00  89.78 Unmap window via parent (16 kids) 

+ 80.77 1.01 1.00 1.00 103.85 Unmap window via parent (25 kids) 

+ 96.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.06 Unmap window via parent (50 kids) 

+ 99.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 124.93 Unmap window via parent (75 kids) 

+112.36 1.00 1.00 1.00 125.27 Unmap window via parent (100 kids) 

+105.41 1.00 1.00 0.99 120.00 Unmap window via parent (200 kids) 

+ 51.29 1.03 1.02 1.02  74.19 Destroy window via parent (4 kids) 

+ 86.75 0.99 0.99 0.99 116.87 Destroy window via parent (16 kids) 

+106.43 1.01 1.01 1.01 127.49 Destroy window via parent (25 kids) 

+120.34 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.11 Destroy window via parent (50 kids) 

+126.67 1.00 0.99 0.99 145.00 Destroy window via parent (75 kids) 

+126.11 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.56 Destroy window via parent (100 kids) 

+128.57 1.01 1.00 1.00 137.91 Destroy window via parent (200 kids) 

+ 16.04 0.88 1.00 1.00  20.36 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids) 

+ 19.04 1.01 1.00 1.00  23.48 Hide/expose window via popup (16 kids) 

+ 19.22 1.00 1.00 1.00  20.44 Hide/expose window via popup (25 kids) 

+ 17.41 1.00 0.91 0.97  17.68 Hide/expose window via popup (50 kids) 

+ 17.29 1.01 1.00 1.01  17.07 Hide/expose window via popup (75 kids) 

+ 16.74 1.00 1.00 1.00  16.17 Hide/expose window via popup (100 kids) 

+ 10.30 1.00 1.00 1.00  10.51 Hide/expose window via popup (200 kids) 

+ 16.48 1.01 1.00 1.00  26.05 Move window (4 kids) 

+ 17.01 0.95 1.00 1.00  23.97 Move window (16 kids) 

+ 16.95 1.00 1.00 1.00  22.90 Move window (25 kids) 

+ 16.05 1.01 1.00 1.00  21.32 Move window (50 kids) 

+ 15.58 1.00 0.98 0.98  19.44 Move window (75 kids) 

+ 14.98 1.02 1.03 1.03  18.17 Move window (100 kids) 

+ 10.90 1.01 1.01 1.00  12.68 Move window (200 kids) 

+ 49.42 1.00 1.00 1.00 198.27 Moved unmapped window (4 kids) 

+ 50.72 0.97 1.00 1.00 193.66 Moved unmapped window (16 kids) 

+ 50.87 1.00 0.99 1.00 195.09 Moved unmapped window (25 kids) 

+ 50.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 189.34 Moved unmapped window (50 kids) 

+ 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 191.33 Moved unmapped window (75 kids) 

+ 50.87 1.00 1.00 0.90 186.71 Moved unmapped window (100 kids) 

+ 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 179.19 Moved unmapped window (200 kids) 

+ 41.04 1.00 1.00 1.00  56.61 Move window via parent (4 kids) 

+ 69.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.82 Move window via parent (16 kids) 

+ 95.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.92 Move window via parent (25 kids) 

+ 95.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 149.43 Move window via parent (50 kids) 

+ 96.59 1.01 1.01 1.00 153.98 Move window via parent (75 kids) 

+ 97.19 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.30 Move window via parent (100 kids) 

+ 96.67 1.00 0.99 0.96 159.44 Move window via parent (200 kids) 

+ 17.75 1.01 1.00 1.00  27.61 Resize window (4 kids) 

+ 17.94 1.00 1.00 0.99  25.42 Resize window (16 kids) 

+ 17.92 1.01 1.00 1.00  24.47 Resize window (25 kids) 

+ 17.24 0.97 1.00 1.00  24.14 Resize window (50 kids) 

+ 16.81 1.00 1.00 0.99  22.75 Resize window (75 kids) 

+ 16.08 1.00 1.00 1.00  21.20 Resize window (100 kids) 

+ 12.92 1.00 0.99 1.00  16.26 Resize window (200 kids) 

+ 52.94 1.01 1.00 1.00 327.12 Resize unmapped window (4 kids) 

+ 53.60 1.01 1.01 1.01 333.71 Resize unmapped window (16 kids) 

+ 52.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 337.29 Resize unmapped window (25 kids) 

+ 51.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 329.38 Resize unmapped window (50 kids) 

+ 53.05 0.89 1.00 1.00 322.60 Resize unmapped window (75 kids) 

+ 53.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 318.08 Resize unmapped window (100 kids) 

+ 53.11 1.00 1.00 0.99 306.21 Resize unmapped window (200 kids) 

+ 16.76 1.00 0.96 1.00  19.46 Circulate window (4 kids) 

+ 17.24 1.00 1.00 0.97  16.24 Circulate window (16 kids) 

+ 16.30 1.03 1.03 1.03  15.85 Circulate window (25 kids) 

+ 13.45 1.00 1.00 1.00  14.90 Circulate window (50 kids) 

+ 12.91 1.00 1.00 1.00  13.06 Circulate window (75 kids) 

+ 11.30 0.98 1.00 1.00  11.03 Circulate window (100 kids) 

+  7.58 1.01 1.01 0.99   7.47 Circulate window (200 kids) 

+  1.01 1.01 0.98 1.00   0.95 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids) 

+  1.07 1.07 1.01 1.07   1.02 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids) 

+  1.04 1.09 1.06 1.05   0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids) 

+  1.04 1.23 1.20 1.18   1.05 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids) 

+  1.18 1.53 1.19 1.45   1.24 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids) 

+  1.08 1.02 1.01 1.74   1.01 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids) 

+  1.01 1.12 0.98 0.91   0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids) 

+            </verb>

+

+<sect2>Profiling with OProfile

+

+<p>OProfile (available from http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/) is a

+system-wide profiler for Linux systems that uses processor-level

+counters to collect sampling data.  OProfile can provide information

+that is similar to that provided by <tt/gprof/, but without the

+necessity of recompiling the program with special instrumentation (i.e.,

+OProfile can collect statistical profiling information about optimized

+programs).  A test harness was developed to collect OProfile data for

+each <tt/x11perf/ test individually.

+

+<p>Test runs were performed using the RETIRED_INSNS counter on the AMD

+Athlon and the CPU_CLK_HALTED counter on the Intel Pentium III (with a

+test configuration different from the one described above).  We have

+examined OProfile output and have compared it with <tt/gprof/ output.

+This investigation has not produced results that yield performance

+increases in <tt/x11perf/ numbers.

+

+<!--

+<sect3>Retired Instructions

+

+<p>The initial tests using OProfile were done using the RETIRED_INSNS

+counter with DMX running on the dual-processor AMD Athlon machine - the

+same test configuration that was described above and that was used for

+other tests.  The RETIRED_INSNS counter counts retired instructions and

+showed drawing, text, copying, and image tests to be dominated (&gt;

+30%) by calls to Hash(), SecurityLookupIDByClass(),

+SecurityLookupIDByType(), and StandardReadRequestFromClient().  Some of

+these tests also executed significant instructions in

+WaitForSomething().

+

+<p>In contrast, the window tests executed significant

+instructions in SecurityLookupIDByType(), Hash(),

+StandardReadRequestFromClient(), but also executed significant

+instructions in other routines, such as ConfigureWindow().  Some time

+was spent looking at Hash() function, but optimizations in this routine

+did not lead to a dramatic increase in <tt/x11perf/ performance.

+-->

+

+<!-- 

+<sect3>Clock Cycles

+

+<p>Retired instructions can be misleading because Intel/AMD instructions

+execute in variable amounts of time.  The OProfile tests were repeated

+using the Intel CPU_CLK_HALTED counter with DMX running on the second

+back-end machine.  Note that this is a different test configuration that

+the one described above.  However, these tests show the amount of time

+(as measured in CPU cycles) that are spent in each routine.  Because

+<tt/x11perf/ was running on the first back-end machine and because

+window optimizations were on, the load on the second back-end machine

+was not significant.

+

+<p>Using CPU_CLK_HALTED, DMX showed simple drawing

+tests spending more than 10% of their time in

+StandardReadRequestFromClient(), with significant time (&gt; 20% total)

+spent in SecurityLookupIDByClass(), WaitForSomething(), and Dispatch().

+For these tests, &lt; 5% of the time was spent in Hash(), which explains

+why optimizing the Hash() routine did not impact <tt/x11perf/ results.

+

+<p>The trapezoid, text, scrolling, copying, and image tests were

+dominated by time in ProcFillPoly(), PanoramiXFillPoly(), dmxFillPolygon(),

+SecurityLookupIDByClass(), SecurityLookupIDByType(), and

+StandardReadRequestFromClient().  Hash() time was generally above 5% but

+less than 10% of total time.

+-->

+

+<sect2>X Test Suite

+

+<p>The X Test Suite was run on the fully optimized DMX server using the

+configuration described above.  The following failures were noted:

+            <verb>

+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1              [1]

+XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32        [1]

+XCreateWindow: Test 30                  [1]

+XFreeColors: Test 4                     [3]

+XCopyArea: Test 13, 17, 21, 25, 30      [2]

+XCopyPlane: Test 11, 15, 27, 31         [2]

+XSetFontPath: Test 4                    [1]

+XChangeKeyboardControl: Test 9, 10      [1]

+

+[1] Previously documented errors expected from the Xinerama

+    implementation (see Phase I discussion).

+[2] Newly noted errors that have been verified as expected

+    behavior of the Xinerama implementation.

+[3] Newly noted error that has been verified as a Xinerama

+    implementation bug.

+            </verb>

+          

+<!-- ============================================================ -->

+<sect1>Phase III

+

+<p>During the third phase of development, support was provided for the

+following extensions: SHAPE, RENDER, XKEYBOARD, XInput.

+

+<sect2>SHAPE

+

+<p>The SHAPE extension is supported.  Test applications (e.g., xeyes and

+oclock) and window managers that make use of the SHAPE extension will

+work as expected.

+

+<sect2>RENDER

+

+<p>The RENDER extension is supported.  The version included in the DMX

+CVS tree is version 0.2, and this version is fully supported by Xdmx.

+Applications using only version 0.2 functions will work correctly;

+however, some apps that make use of functions from later versions do not

+properly check the extension's major/minor version numbers.  These apps

+will fail with a Bad Implementation error when using post-version 0.2

+functions.  This is expected behavior.  When the DMX CVS tree is updated

+to include newer versions of RENDER, support for these newer functions

+will be added to the DMX X server.

+

+<sect2>XKEYBOARD

+

+<p>The XKEYBOARD extension is supported.  If present on the back-end X

+servers, the XKEYBOARD extension will be used to obtain information

+about the type of the keyboard for initialization.  Otherwise, the

+keyboard will be initialized using defaults.  Note that this departs

+from older behavior: when Xdmx is compiled without XKEYBOARD support,

+the map from the back-end X server will be preserved.  With XKEYBOARD

+support, the map is not preserved because better information and control

+of the keyboard is available.

+

+<sect2>XInput

+

+<p>The XInput extension is supported.  Any device can be used as a core

+device and be used as an XInput extension device, with the exception of

+core devices on the back-end servers.  This limitation is present

+because cursor handling on the back-end requires that the back-end

+cursor sometimes track the Xdmx core cursor -- behavior that is

+incompatible with using the back-end pointer as a non-core device.

+

+<p>Currently, back-end extension devices are not available as Xdmx

+extension devices, but this limitation should be removed in the future.

+

+<p>To demonstrate the XInput extension, and to provide more examples for

+low-level input device driver writers, USB device drivers have been

+written for mice (usb-mou), keyboards (usb-kbd), and

+non-mouse/non-keyboard USB devices (usb-oth).  Please see the man page

+for information on Linux kernel drivers that are required for using

+these Xdmx drivers.

+

+<sect2>DPMS

+

+<p>The DPMS extension is exported but does not do anything at this time.

+

+<sect2>Other Extensions

+

+<p>The LBX,

+       SECURITY,

+       XC-APPGROUP, and

+       XFree86-Bigfont

+extensions do not require any special Xdmx support and have been exported.

+

+<p>The

+    BIG-REQUESTS,

+    DEC-XTRAP,

+    DOUBLE-BUFFER,

+    Extended-Visual-Information,

+    FontCache,

+    GLX,

+    MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,

+    MIT-SHM,

+    MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,

+    RECORD,

+    SECURITY,

+    SGI-GLX,

+    SYNC,

+    TOG-CUP,

+    X-Resource,

+    XC-MISC,

+    XFree86-DGA,

+    XFree86-DRI,

+    XFree86-Misc,

+    XFree86-VidModeExtension, and

+    XVideo

+extensions are <it/not/ supported at this time, but will be evaluated

+for inclusion in future DMX releases.  <bf>See below for additional work

+on extensions after Phase III.</bf>

+

+<sect1>Phase IV

+

+<sect2>Moving to XFree86 4.3.0

+

+<p>For Phase IV, the recent release of XFree86 4.3.0 (27 February 2003)

+was merged onto the dmx.sourceforge.net CVS trunk and all work is

+proceeding using this tree.

+

+<sect2>Extensions 

+

+<sect3>XC-MISC (supported)

+

+<p>XC-MISC is used internally by the X library to recycle XIDs from the

+X server.  This is important for long-running X server sessions.  Xdmx

+supports this extension.  The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact

+same tests before and after this extension was enabled.

+<!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->

+

+<sect3>Extended-Visual-Information (supported)

+

+<p>The Extended-Visual-Information extension provides a method for an X

+client to obtain detailed visual information.  Xdmx supports this

+extension.  It was tested using the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/evi</tt> example

+program.  <bf/Note that this extension is not Xinerama-aware/ -- it will

+return visual information for each screen even though Xinerama is

+causing the X server to export a single logical screen.

+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->

+

+<sect3>RES (supported)

+

+<p>The X-Resource extension provides a mechanism for a client to obtain

+detailed information about the resources used by other clients.  This

+extension was tested with the <tt>hw/dmx/examples/res</tt> program.  The

+X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same tests before and after

+this extension was enabled.

+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->

+

+<sect3>BIG-REQUESTS (supported)

+

+<p>This extension enables the X11 protocol to handle requests longer

+than 262140 bytes.  The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same

+tests before and after this extension was enabled.

+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->

+

+<sect3>XSYNC (supported)

+

+<p>This extension provides facilities for two different X clients to

+synchronize their requests.  This extension was minimally tested with

+<tt/xdpyinfo/ and the X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same

+tests before and after this extension was enabled.

+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->

+

+<sect3>XTEST, RECORD, DEC-XTRAP (supported) and XTestExtension1 (not supported)

+

+<p>The XTEST and RECORD extension were developed by the X Consortium for

+use in the X Test Suite and are supported as a standard in the X11R6

+tree.  They are also supported in Xdmx.  When X Test Suite tests that

+make use of the XTEST extension are run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly

+the same tests as does a standard XFree86 X server.  When the

+<tt/rcrdtest/ test (a part of the X Test Suite that verifies the RECORD

+extension) is run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly the same tests as does

+a standard XFree86 X server. <!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->

+

+<p>There are two older XTEST-like extensions: DEC-XTRAP and

+XTestExtension1.  The XTestExtension1 extension was developed for use by

+the X Testing Consortium for use with a test suite that eventually

+became (part of?) the X Test Suite.  Unlike XTEST, which only allows

+events to be sent to the server, the XTestExtension1 extension also

+allowed events to be recorded (similar to the RECORD extension).  The

+second is the DEC-XTRAP extension that was developed by the Digital

+Equipment Corporation.

+

+<p>The DEC-XTRAP extension is available from Xdmx and has been tested

+with the <tt/xtrap*/ tools which are distributed as standard X11R6

+clients. <!-- Tested March 2003 -->

+

+<p>The XTestExtension1 is <em/not/ supported because it does not appear

+to be used by any modern X clients (the few that support it also support

+XTEST) and because there are no good methods available for testing that

+it functions correctly (unlike XTEST and DEC-XTRAP, the code for

+XTestExtension1 is not part of the standard X server source tree, so

+additional testing is important). <!-- Tested March 2003 -->

+

+<p>Most of these extensions are documented in the X11R6 source tree.

+Further, several original papers exist that this author was unable to

+locate -- for completeness and historical interest, citations are

+provide:

+<descrip>

+<tag/XRECORD/ Martha Zimet. Extending X For Recording.  8th Annual X

+Technical Conference Boston, MA January 24-26, 1994.

+<tag/DEC-XTRAP/ Dick Annicchiarico, Robert Chesler, Alan Jamison. XTrap

+Architecture. Digital Equipment Corporation, July 1991.

+<tag/XTestExtension1/ Larry Woestman. X11 Input Synthesis Extension

+Proposal. Hewlett Packard, November 1991.

+</descrip>

+

+<sect3>MIT-MISC (not supported)

+

+<p>The MIT-MISC extension is used to control a bug-compatibility flag

+that provides compatibility with xterm programs from X11R1 and X11R2.

+There does not appear to be a single client available that makes use of

+this extension and there is not way to verify that it works correctly.

+The Xdmx server does <em/not/ support MIT-MISC.

+

+<sect3>SCREENSAVER (not supported)

+

+<p>This extension provides special support for the X screen saver.  It

+was tested with beforelight, which appears to be the only client that

+works with it.  When Xinerama was not active, <tt/beforelight/ behaved

+as expected.  However, when Xinerama was active, <tt/beforelight/ did

+not behave as expected.  Further, when this extension is not active,

+<tt/xscreensaver/ (a widely-used X screen saver program) did not behave

+as expected.  Since this extension is not Xinerama-aware and is not

+commonly used with expected results by clients, we have left this

+extension disabled at this time.

+

+<sect3>GLX (supported)

+

+<p>The GLX extension provides OpenGL and GLX windowing support.  In

+Xdmx, the extension is called glxProxy, and it is Xinerama aware.  It

+works by either feeding requests forward through Xdmx to each of the

+back-end servers or handling them locally.  All rendering requests are

+handled on the back-end X servers.  This code was donated to the DMX

+project by SGI.  For the X Test Suite results comparison, see below.

+

+<sect3>RENDER (supported)

+

+<p>The X Rendering Extension (RENDER) provides support for digital image

+composition.  Geometric and text rendering are supported.  RENDER is

+partially Xinerama-aware, with text and the most basic compositing

+operator; however, its higher level primitives (triangles, triangle

+strips, and triangle fans) are not yet Xinerama-aware.  The RENDER

+extension is still under development, and is currently at version 0.8.

+Additional support will be required in DMX as more primitives and/or

+requests are added to the extension.

+

+<p>There is currently no test suite for the X Rendering Extension;

+however, there has been discussion of developing a test suite as the

+extension matures.  When that test suite becomes available, additional

+testing can be performed with Xdmx.  The X Test Suite passed and failed

+the exact same tests before and after this extension was enabled.

+

+<sect3>Summary

+

+<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the "Common X extension

+support" section -->

+<p>To summarize, the following extensions are currently supported:

+    BIG-REQUESTS,

+    DEC-XTRAP,

+    DMX,

+    DPMS,

+    Extended-Visual-Information,

+    GLX,

+    LBX,

+    RECORD,

+    RENDER,

+    SECURITY,

+    SHAPE,

+    SYNC,

+    X-Resource,

+    XC-APPGROUP,

+    XC-MISC,

+    XFree86-Bigfont,

+    XINERAMA,

+    XInputExtension,

+    XKEYBOARD, and

+    XTEST.

+

+<p>The following extensions are <em/not/ supported at this time:

+    DOUBLE-BUFFER,

+    FontCache,

+    MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,

+    MIT-SHM,

+    MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,

+    TOG-CUP,

+    XFree86-DGA,

+    XFree86-Misc,

+    XFree86-VidModeExtension,

+    XTestExtensionExt1, and

+    XVideo.

+

+<sect2>Additional Testing with the X Test Suite

+

+<sect3>XFree86 without XTEST

+

+<p>After the release of XFree86 4.3.0, we retested the XFree86 X server

+with and without using the XTEST extension.  When the XTEST extension

+was <em/not/ used for testing, the XFree86 4.3.0 server running on our

+usual test system with a Radeon VE card reported unexpected failures in

+the following tests:

+<verb>

+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1

+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10

+XGetDefault: Test 5

+XRebindKeysym: Test 1

+</verb>

+

+<sect3>XFree86 with XTEST

+

+<p>When using the XTEST extension, the XFree86 4.3.0 server reported the

+following errors:

+<verb>

+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1

+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10

+XGetDefault: Test 5

+XRebindKeysym: Test 1

+

+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24

+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25

+XGrabKey: Test 8

+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3

+XUngrabButton: Test 4

+</verb>

+

+<p>While these errors may be important, they will probably be fixed

+eventually in the XFree86 source tree.  We are particularly interested

+in demonstrating that the Xdmx server does not introduce additional

+failures that are not known Xinerama failures.

+

+<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, without Xinerama, without GLX

+

+<p>Without Xinerama, but using the XTEST extension, the following errors

+were reported from Xdmx (note that these are the same as for the XFree86

+4.3.0, except that XGetDefault no longer fails):

+<verb>

+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1

+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10

+XRebindKeysym: Test 1

+

+XAllowEvents: Tests  20, 21, 24

+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25

+XGrabKey: Test 8

+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3

+XUngrabButton: Test 4

+</verb>

+

+<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, without GLX

+

+<p>With Xinerama, using the XTEST extension, the following errors

+were reported from Xdmx:

+<verb>

+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1

+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10

+XRebindKeysym: Test 1

+

+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24

+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25

+XGrabKey: Test 8

+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3

+XUngrabButton: Test 4

+

+XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known XTEST/Xinerama interaction issue)

+XDrawLine: Test 67

+XDrawLines: Test 91

+XDrawSegments: Test 68

+</verb>

+Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86

+4.3.0 server, and that the XCopyPlane error is a well-known error

+resulting from an XTEST/Xinerama interaction when the request crosses a

+screen boundary.  The XDraw* errors are resolved when the tests are run

+individually and they do not cross a screen boundary.  We will

+investigate these errors further to determine their cause.

+

+<sect3>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, with GLX

+

+<p>With GLX enabled, using the XTEST extension, the following errors

+were reported from Xdmx (these results are from early during the Phase

+IV development, but were confirmed with a late Phase IV snapshot):

+<verb>

+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1

+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10

+XRebindKeysym: Test 1

+

+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24

+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25

+XGrabKey: Test 8

+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3

+XUngrabButton: Test 4

+

+XClearArea: Test 8

+XCopyArea: Tests 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30

+XCopyPlane: Tests 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31

+XDrawArcs: Tests 89, 100, 102

+XDrawLine: Test 67

+XDrawSegments: Test 68

+</verb>

+Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86

+4.3.0 server, and that the third set has different failures than when

+Xdmx does not include GLX support.  Since the GLX extension adds new

+visuals to support GLX's visual configs and the X Test Suite runs tests

+over the entire set of visuals, additional rendering tests were run and

+presumably more of them crossed a screen boundary.  This conclusion is

+supported by the fact that nearly all of the rendering errors reported

+are resolved when the tests are run individually and they do no cross a

+screen boundary.

+

+<p>Further, when hardware rendering is disabled on the back-end displays,

+many of the errors in the third set are eliminated, leaving only:

+<verb>

+XClearArea: Test 8

+XCopyArea: Test 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30

+XCopyPlane: Test 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31

+</verb>

+

+<sect3>Conclusion

+

+<p>We conclude that all of the X Test Suite errors reported for Xdmx are

+the result of errors in the back-end X server or the Xinerama

+implementation.  Further, all of these errors that can be reasonably

+fixed at the Xdmx layer have been.  (Where appropriate, we have

+submitted patches to the XFree86 and Xinerama upstream maintainers.)

+

+<sect2>Dynamic Reconfiguration

+

+<p>During this development phase, dynamic reconfiguration support was

+added to DMX.  This support allows an application to change the position

+and offset of a back-end server's screen.  For example, if the

+application would like to shift a screen slightly to the left, it could

+query Xdmx for the screen's &lt;x,y&gt; position and then dynamically

+reconfigure that screen to be at position &lt;x+10,y&gt;.  When a screen

+is dynamically reconfigured, input handling and a screen's root window

+dimensions are adjusted as needed.  These adjustments are transparent to

+the user.

+

+<sect3>Dynamic reconfiguration extension

+

+<p>The application interface to DMX's dynamic reconfiguration is through

+a function in the DMX extension library:

+<verb>

+Bool DMXReconfigureScreen(Display *dpy, int screen, int x, int y)

+</verb>

+where <it/dpy/ is DMX server's display, <it/screen/ is the number of the

+screen to be reconfigured, and <it/x/ and <it/y/ are the new upper,

+left-hand coordinates of the screen to be reconfigured.

+

+<p>The coordinates are not limited other than as required by the X

+protocol, which limits all coordinates to a signed 16 bit number.  In

+addition, all coordinates within a screen must also be legal values.

+Therefore, setting a screen's upper, left-hand coordinates such that the

+right or bottom edges of the screen is greater than 32,767 is illegal.

+

+<sect3>Bounding box

+

+<p>When the Xdmx server is started, a bounding box is calculated from

+the screens' layout given either on the command line or in the

+configuration file.  This bounding box is currently fixed for the

+lifetime of the Xdmx server.

+

+<p>While it is possible to move a screen outside of the bounding box, it

+is currently not possible to change the dimensions of the bounding box.

+For example, it is possible to specify coordinates of &lt;-100,-100&gt;

+for the upper, left-hand corner of the bounding box, which was

+previously at coordinates &lt;0,0&gt;.  As expected, the screen is moved

+down and to the right; however, since the bounding box is fixed, the

+left side and upper portions of the screen exposed by the

+reconfiguration are no longer accessible on that screen.  Those

+inaccessible regions are filled with black.

+

+<p>This fixed bounding box limitation will be addressed in a future

+development phase.

+

+<sect3>Sample applications

+

+<p>An example of where this extension is useful is in setting up a video

+wall.  It is not always possible to get everything perfectly aligned,

+and sometimes the positions are changed (e.g., someone might bump into a

+projector).  Instead of physically moving projectors or monitors, it is

+now possible to adjust the positions of the back-end server's screens

+using the dynamic reconfiguration support in DMX.

+

+<p>Other applications, such as automatic setup and calibration tools,

+can make use of dynamic reconfiguration to correct for projector

+alignment problems, as long as the projectors are still arranged

+rectilinearly.  Horizontal and vertical keystone correction could be

+applied to projectors to correct for non-rectilinear alignment problems;

+however, this must be done external to Xdmx.

+

+<p>A sample test program is included in the DMX server's examples

+directory to demonstrate the interface and how an application might use

+dynamic reconfiguration.  See <tt/dmxreconfig.c/ for details.

+

+<sect3>Additional notes

+

+<p>In the original development plan, Phase IV was primarily devoted to

+adding OpenGL support to DMX; however, SGI became interested in the DMX

+project and developed code to support OpenGL/GLX.  This code was later

+donated to the DMX project and integrated into the DMX code base, which

+freed the DMX developers to concentrate on dynamic reconfiguration (as

+described above).

+

+<sect2>Doxygen documentation

+

+<p>Doxygen is an open-source (GPL) documentation system for generating

+browseable documentation from stylized comments in the source code.  We

+have placed all of the Xdmx server and DMX protocol source code files

+under Doxygen so that comprehensive documentation for the Xdmx source

+code is available in an easily browseable format.

+

+<sect2>Valgrind

+

+<p>Valgrind, an open-source (GPL) memory debugger for Linux, was used to

+search for memory management errors.  Several memory leaks were detected

+and repaired.  The following errors were not addressed:

+<enum>

+    <item>

+        When the X11 transport layer sends a reply to the client, only

+        those fields that are required by the protocol are filled in --

+        unused fields are left as uninitialized memory and are therefore

+        noted by valgrind.  These instances are not errors and were not

+        repaired.

+    <item>

+        At each server generation, glxInitVisuals allocates memory that

+        is never freed.  The amount of memory lost each generation

+        approximately equal to 128 bytes for each back-end visual.

+        Because the code involved is automatically generated, this bug

+        has not been fixed and will be referred to SGI.

+    <item>

+        At each server generation, dmxRealizeFont calls XLoadQueryFont,

+        which allocates a font structure that is not freed.

+        dmxUnrealizeFont can free the font structure for the first

+        screen, but cannot free it for the other screens since they are

+        already closed by the time dmxUnrealizeFont could free them.

+        The amount of memory lost each generation is approximately equal

+        to 80 bytes per font per back-end.  When this bug is fixed in

+        the the X server's device-independent (dix) code, DMX will be

+        able to properly free the memory allocated by XLoadQueryFont.

+</enum>

+

+<sect2>RATS

+

+<p>RATS (Rough Auditing Tool for Security) is an open-source (GPL)

+security analysis tool that scans source code for common

+security-related programming errors (e.g., buffer overflows and TOCTOU

+races).  RATS was used to audit all of the code in the hw/dmx directory

+and all "High" notations were checked manually.  The code was either

+re-written to eliminate the warning, or a comment containing "RATS" was

+inserted on the line to indicate that a human had checked the code.

+Unrepaired warnings are as follows:

+<enum>

+    <item>

+        Fixed-size buffers are used in many areas, but code has been

+        added to protect against buffer overflows (e.g., XmuSnprint).

+        The only instances that have not yet been fixed are in

+        config/xdmxconfig.c (which is not part of the Xdmx server) and

+        input/usb-common.c.

+    <item>

+        vprintf and vfprintf are used in the logging routines.  In

+        general, all uses of these functions (e.g., dmxLog) provide a

+        constant format string from a trusted source, so the use is

+        relatively benign.

+    <item>

+        glxProxy/glxscreens.c uses getenv and strcat.  The use of these

+        functions is safe and will remain safe as long as

+        ExtensionsString is longer then GLXServerExtensions (ensuring

+        this may not be ovious to the casual programmer, but this is in

+        automatically generated code, so we hope that the generator

+        enforces this constraint).

+</enum>

+

+  </article>

+  

+  <!-- Local Variables: -->

+  <!-- fill-column: 72  -->

+  <!-- End:             -->

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c
index 31fd431e7..a2fe0b27b 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c
@@ -1,3610 +1,3610 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-#include "dmxsync.h"
-
-#undef Xmalloc
-#undef Xcalloc
-#undef Xrealloc
-#undef Xfree
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include <GL/glxtokens.h>
-#include "g_disptab.h"
-#include <pixmapstr.h>
-#include <windowstr.h>
-#include "glxutil.h"
-#include "glxext.h"
-#include "unpack.h"
-
-#include "GL/glxproto.h"
-#include "glxvendor.h"
-#include "glxvisuals.h"
-#include "glxswap.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-extern __GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;
-extern int            __glXNumFBConfigs;
-
-extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id );
-extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid );
-extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen );
-extern int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext );
-extern int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
-
-#define BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(x) \
-           ( (x) >= __glXerrorBase ? \
-             (x) - dmxScreen->glxErrorBase + __glXerrorBase \
-	     : (x) )
-
-Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s )
-{
-   if (! cl->be_displays[s] ) {
-      cl->be_displays[s] = XOpenDisplay( DisplayString(dmxScreens[s].beDisplay) );
-   }
-   return( cl->be_displays[s] );
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a GL context with the given properties.
-*/
-static int CreateContext(__GLXclientState *cl, 
-                         GLXContextID gcId,
-			 VisualID vid, GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId,
-			 int screen,
-			 GLXContextID shareList,
-			 int isDirect )
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXCreateContextReq *be_req;
-    xGLXCreateNewContextReq *be_new_req;
-    VisualPtr pVisual;
-    ScreenPtr pScreen;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc, *shareglxc;
-    __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
-    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
-    VisualID visual = vid;
-    GLint i;
-    int from_screen = screen;
-    int to_screen = screen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-    VisualID be_vid;
-    GLXFBConfigID be_fbconfigId;
-    int num_be_screens;
-    Display *dpy;
-    
-    /*
-    ** Check if screen exists.
-    */
-    if (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens) {
-	client->errorValue = screen;
-	return BadValue;
-    }
-
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /*
-     ** Find the display list space that we want to share.  
-     **
-     */
-    if (shareList == None) {
-       shareglxc = NULL;
-    } else {
-       shareglxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(shareList, __glXContextRes);
-       if (!shareglxc) {
-	  client->errorValue = shareList;
-	  return __glXBadContext;
-       }
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Allocate memory for the new context
-    */
-    glxc = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXcontext));
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
-    pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
-
-    if (fbconfigId != None) {
-       glxc->pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig( fbconfigId );
-       if (!glxc->pFBConfig) {
-	  client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
-	  __glXFree( glxc );
-	  return BadValue;
-       }
-       visual = glxc->pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
-    }
-    else {
-       glxc->pFBConfig = NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (visual != None) {
-       /*
-	** Check if the visual ID is valid for this screen.
-	*/
-       pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
-       for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {
-	  if (pVisual->vid == visual) {
-	     break;
-	  }
-       }
-       if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {
-	  client->errorValue = visual;
-	  __glXFree( glxc );
-	  return BadValue;
-       }
-
-       pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;
-       for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {
-	  if (pGlxVisual->vid == visual) {
-	     break;
-	  }
-       }
-       if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {
-	  /*
-	   ** Visual not support on this screen by this OpenGL implementation.
-	   */
-	  client->errorValue = visual;
-	  __glXFree( glxc );
-	  return BadValue;
-       }
-
-       if ( glxc->pFBConfig == NULL ) {
-	   glxc->pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfigByVID( visual );
-
-	   if ( glxc->pFBConfig == NULL ) {
-	      /*
-               * visual does not have an FBConfig ???
-	      client->errorValue = visual;
-	      __glXFree( glxc );
-	      return BadValue;
-	       */
-	   }
-       }
-    }
-    else {
-       pVisual = NULL;
-       pGlxVisual = NULL;
-    }
-
-    glxc->pScreen = pScreen;
-    glxc->pGlxScreen = pGlxScreen;
-    glxc->pVisual = pVisual;
-    glxc->pGlxVisual = pGlxVisual;
-
-    /*
-     * allocate memory for back-end servers info
-     */
-    num_be_screens = to_screen - from_screen + 1;
-    glxc->real_ids = (XID *)__glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * num_be_screens);
-    if (!glxc->real_ids) {
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-    glxc->real_vids = (XID *)__glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * num_be_screens);
-    if (!glxc->real_vids) {
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    for (screen = from_screen; screen <= to_screen; screen++) {
-       int sent = 0;
-       pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
-       pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
-       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
-       if (glxc->pFBConfig) {
-	  __GLXFBConfig *beFBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( glxc->pFBConfig->id, 
-		                                                screen );
-	  be_fbconfigId = beFBConfig->id;
-       }
-
-       if (pGlxVisual) {
-
-	  be_vid = glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( pGlxVisual,
-	                                    dmxScreen->glxVisuals,
-					    dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals  );
-
-	  if (!be_vid) {
-	     /* visual is not supported on the back-end server */
-	     __glXFree( glxc->real_ids );
-	     __glXFree( glxc->real_vids );
-	     __glXFree( glxc );
-	     return BadValue;
-	  }
-       }
-
-       glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] = XAllocID(GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen));
-
-       /* send the create context request to the back-end server */
-       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
-       if (glxc->pFBConfig) {
-	     /*Since for a certain visual both RGB and COLOR INDEX
-	      *can be on then the only parmeter to choose the renderType
-	      * should be the class of the colormap since all 4 first 
-	      * classes does not support RGB mode only COLOR INDEX ,
-	      * and so TrueColor and DirectColor does not support COLOR INDEX*/
-	     int renderType =  glxc->pFBConfig->renderType;  
-	     if ( pVisual ) {
-		 switch ( pVisual->class ){
-		     case PseudoColor:
-                     case StaticColor:
-                     case GrayScale:
-                     case StaticGray:
-                         renderType = GLX_COLOR_INDEX_TYPE;
-                         break;
-                     case TrueColor:
-                     case DirectColor:
-                     default:
-                         renderType = GLX_RGBA_TYPE;
-                     break;
-		 }
-	     }
-	  if ( __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-	     LockDisplay(dpy);
-	     GetReq(GLXCreateNewContext,be_new_req);
-	     be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	     be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateNewContext;
-	     be_new_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];
-	     be_new_req->fbconfig = (unsigned int)be_fbconfigId;
-	     be_new_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
-	     be_new_req->renderType = renderType;  
-
-	     be_new_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);
-	     be_new_req->isDirect = 0;
-	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	     glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_fbconfigId;
-	     sent = 1;
-	  }
-	  else if (glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGIX_fbconfig")) {
-
-	     xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *ext_req;
-	     xGLXVendorPrivateReq *vpreq;
-	     LockDisplay(dpy);
-	     GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivate,
-		         sz_xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq,
-			vpreq);
-	     ext_req = (xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *)vpreq;
-	     ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	     ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivate;
-	     ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_CreateContextWithConfigSGIX;
-	     ext_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];
-	     ext_req->fbconfig = (unsigned int)be_fbconfigId;
-	     ext_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
-	     ext_req->renderType = renderType;  
-	     ext_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);
-	     ext_req->isDirect = 0;
-	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	     glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_fbconfigId;
-	     sent = 1;
-	  }
-       }
-
-       if (!sent) {
-	  LockDisplay(dpy);
-	  GetReq(GLXCreateContext,be_req);
-	  be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	  be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateContext;
-	  be_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];
-	  be_req->visual = (unsigned int)be_vid;
-	  be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
-	  be_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);
-	  be_req->isDirect = 0;
-	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	  glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_vid;
-       }
-       SyncHandle();
-
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Register this context as a resource.
-    */
-    if (!AddResource(gcId, __glXContextRes, (pointer)glxc)) {
-       __glXFree( glxc->real_ids );
-       __glXFree( glxc->real_vids );
-       __glXFree( glxc );
-	client->errorValue = gcId;
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-    
-    /*
-    ** Finally, now that everything is working, setup the rest of the
-    ** context.
-    */
-    glxc->id = gcId;
-    glxc->share_id = shareList;
-    glxc->idExists = GL_TRUE;
-    glxc->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXCreateContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXCreateContextReq *req = (xGLXCreateContextReq *) pc;
-
-    return( CreateContext(cl, req->context,req->visual, None,
-	                  req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );
-
-}
-
-int __glXCreateNewContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXCreateNewContextReq *req = (xGLXCreateNewContextReq *) pc;
-
-    return( CreateContext(cl, req->context,None, req->fbconfig,
-	                  req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );
-
-}
-
-int __glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *req = (xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *) pc;
-
-    return( CreateContext(cl, req->context, None, req->fbconfig,
-	                  req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );
-
-}
-
-int __glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq *req =
-	(xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq *)pc;
-    xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply reply;
-
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    reply.length = 0;
-    reply.max = QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(req->screen);
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-	__glXSwapQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply(client, &reply);
-    } else {
-	WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply,
-		      (char *)&reply);
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq *req = (xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq *)pc;
-    DrawablePtr pDraw;
-    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
-    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
-    int rc;
-
-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, req->drawable, client, 0, DixGetAttrAccess);
-    if (rc != Success) {
-	pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
-						    __glXPixmapRes);
-	if (pGlxPixmap) pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-    }
-
-    if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-       pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
-						   __glXWindowRes);
-       if (pGlxWindow) pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-    }
-
-    if (!pDraw) {
-       client->errorValue = req->drawable;
-       return __glXBadDrawable;
-    }
-
-    return BindSwapBarrierSGIX(pDraw, req->barrier);
-}
-
-int __glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq *req = (xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq *)pc;
-    DrawablePtr pDraw, pMember = NULL;
-    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
-    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
-    int rc;
-
-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, req->drawable, client, 0, DixManageAccess);
-    if (rc != Success) {
-	pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
-						    __glXPixmapRes);
-	if (pGlxPixmap) pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-    }
-
-    if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-       pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,
-						   __glXWindowRes);
-       if (pGlxWindow) pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-    }
-
-    if (!pDraw) {
-       client->errorValue = req->drawable;
-       return __glXBadDrawable;
-    }
-
-    if (req->member != None) {
-	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pMember, req->member, client, 0,
-			       DixGetAttrAccess);
-	if (rc != Success) {
-	    pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->member,
-							__glXPixmapRes);
-	    if (pGlxPixmap) pMember = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-	}
-
-	if (!pMember && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-	    pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->member,
-							__glXWindowRes);
-	    if (pGlxWindow) pMember = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-	}
-
-	if (!pMember) {
-	    client->errorValue = req->member;
-	    return __glXBadDrawable;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return JoinSwapGroupSGIX(pDraw, pMember);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Destroy a GL context as an X resource.
-*/
-int __glXDestroyContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXDestroyContextReq *req = (xGLXDestroyContextReq *) pc;
-    xGLXDestroyContextReq *be_req;
-    GLXContextID gcId = req->context;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    int s;
-    
-    glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(gcId, __glXContextRes);
-    if (glxc) {
-	/*
-	** Just free the resource; don't actually destroy the context,
-	** because it might be in use.  The
-	** destroy method will be called by the resource destruction routine
-	** if necessary.
-	*/
-	FreeResourceByType(gcId, __glXContextRes, FALSE);
-
-	from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-    } else {
-	client->errorValue = gcId;
-	return __glXBadContext;
-    }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /*
-     * send DestroyContext request to all back-end servers
-     */
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXDestroyContext,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyContext;
-       be_req->context = glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen];
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** For each client, the server keeps a table of all the contexts that are
-** current for that client (each thread of a client may have its own current
-** context).  These routines add, change, and lookup contexts in the table.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Add a current context, and return the tag that will be used to refer to it.
-*/
-static int AddCurrentContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc, DrawablePtr pDraw)
-{
-    int i;
-    int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;
-    __GLXcontext **table = cl->currentContexts;
-
-    if (!glxc) return -1;
-    
-    /*
-    ** Try to find an empty slot and use it.
-    */
-    for (i=0; i < num; i++) {
-	if (!table[i]) {
-	    table[i] = glxc;
-	    return i+1;
-	}
-    }
-    /*
-    ** Didn't find a free slot, so we'll have to grow the table.
-    */
-    if (!num) {
-	table = (__GLXcontext **) __glXMalloc(sizeof(__GLXcontext *));
-	cl->currentDrawables = (DrawablePtr *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(DrawablePtr));
-	cl->be_currentCTag = (GLXContextTag *) __glXMalloc(screenInfo.numScreens *sizeof(GLXContextTag));
-    } else {
-	table = (__GLXcontext **) __glXRealloc(table,
-					   (num+1)*sizeof(__GLXcontext *));
-	cl->currentDrawables = (DrawablePtr *) __glXRealloc(
-	                                          cl->currentDrawables ,
-						  (num+1)*sizeof(DrawablePtr));
-	cl->be_currentCTag = (GLXContextTag *) __glXRealloc(cl->be_currentCTag,
-	            (num+1)*screenInfo.numScreens*sizeof(GLXContextTag));
-    }
-    table[num] = glxc;
-    cl->currentDrawables[num] = pDraw;
-    cl->currentContexts = table;
-    cl->numCurrentContexts++;
-
-    memset(cl->be_currentCTag + num*screenInfo.numScreens, 0, 
-	         screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof(GLXContextTag));
-
-    return num+1;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a tag, change the current context for the corresponding entry.
-*/
-static void ChangeCurrentContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc,
-				GLXContextTag tag)
-{
-    __GLXcontext **table = cl->currentContexts;
-    table[tag-1] = glxc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a tag, and back-end screen number, retrives the current back-end
-** tag.
-*/
-int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s)
-{
-   if (tag >0) {
-      return( cl->be_currentCTag[ (tag-1)*screenInfo.numScreens + s ] );
-   }
-   else {
-      return( 0 );
-   }
-}
-
-/*
-** Given a tag, and back-end screen number, sets the current back-end
-** tag.
-*/
-static void SetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s, GLXContextTag be_tag)
-{
-   if (tag >0) {
-      cl->be_currentCTag[ (tag-1)*screenInfo.numScreens + s ] = be_tag;
-   }
-}
-
-/*
-** For this implementation we have chosen to simply use the index of the
-** context's entry in the table as the context tag.  A tag must be greater
-** than 0.
-*/
-__GLXcontext *__glXLookupContextByTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag)
-{
-    int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;
-
-    if (tag < 1 || tag > num) {
-	return 0;
-    } else {
-	return cl->currentContexts[tag-1];
-    }
-}
-
-DrawablePtr __glXLookupDrawableByTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag)
-{
-    int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;
-
-    if (tag < 1 || tag > num) {
-	return 0;
-    } else {
-	return cl->currentDrawables[tag-1];
-    }
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-static void StopUsingContext(__GLXcontext *glxc)
-{
-    if (glxc) {
-	if (glxc == __glXLastContext) {
-	    /* Tell server GL library */
-	    __glXLastContext = 0;
-	}
-	glxc->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;
-	if (!glxc->idExists) {
-	    __glXFreeContext(glxc);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void StartUsingContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc)
-{
-    glxc->isCurrent = GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/*
-** Make an OpenGL context and drawable current.
-*/
-static int MakeCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl,
-                       GLXDrawable drawable,
-                       GLXDrawable readdrawable,
-		       GLXContextID context,
-		       GLXContextTag oldContextTag)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;
-    DrawablePtr pReadDraw = NULL;
-    xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply new_reply;
-    xGLXMakeCurrentReq *be_req;
-    xGLXMakeCurrentReply be_reply;
-    xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *be_new_req;
-    xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply be_new_reply;
-    GLXDrawable drawId = drawable;
-    GLXDrawable readId = readdrawable;
-    GLXContextID contextId = context;
-    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = 0;
-    __GLXpixmap *pReadGlxPixmap = 0;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc, *prevglxc;
-    GLXContextTag tag = oldContextTag;
-    WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
-    WindowPtr pReadWin = NULL;
-    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
-    __glXWindow *pGlxReadWindow = NULL;
-    __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = NULL;
-    __glXPbuffer *pGlxReadPbuffer = NULL;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
-    PanoramiXRes *pXinReadDraw = NULL;
-#endif
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    int s, rc;
-
-    /*
-    ** If one is None and the other isn't, it's a bad match.
-    */
-    if ((drawId == None && contextId != None) ||
-	(drawId != None && contextId == None)) {
-	return BadMatch;
-    }
-    
-    /*
-    ** Lookup old context.  If we have one, it must be in a usable state.
-    */
-    if (tag != 0) {
-	prevglxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
-	if (!prevglxc) {
-	    /*
-	    ** Tag for previous context is invalid.
-	    */
-	    return __glXBadContextTag;
-	}
-    } else {
-	prevglxc = 0;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Lookup new context.  It must not be current for someone else.
-    */
-    if (contextId != None) {
-	glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(contextId, __glXContextRes);
-	if (!glxc) {
-	    client->errorValue = contextId;
-	    return __glXBadContext;
-	}
-	if ((glxc != prevglxc) && glxc->isCurrent) {
-	    /* Context is current to somebody else */
-	    return BadAccess;
-	}
-    } else {
-	/* Switching to no context.  Ignore new drawable. */
-	glxc = 0;
-    }
-
-    if (drawId != None) {
-	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
-	if (rc == Success) {
-	    if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-		/*
-		** Drawable is an X Window.
-		*/
-	        VisualID vid;
-		pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-		vid = wVisual(pWin);
-
-		new_reply.writeVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : vid);
-		new_reply.writeType = GLX_WINDOW_TYPE;
-
-		/*
-		** Check if window and context are similar.
-		*/
-		if ((vid != glxc->pVisual->vid) ||
-		    (pWin->drawable.pScreen != glxc->pScreen)) {
-		    client->errorValue = drawId;
-		    return BadMatch;
-		}
-
-		from_screen = to_screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
-
-	    } else {
-		/*
-		** An X Pixmap is not allowed as a parameter (a GLX Pixmap
-		** is, but it must first be created with glxCreateGLXPixmap).
-		*/
-		client->errorValue = drawId;
-		return __glXBadDrawable;
-	    }
-	}
-
-        if (!pDraw) {
-	    pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
-							__glXPixmapRes);
-	    if (pGlxPixmap) {
-		/*
-		** Check if pixmap and context are similar.
-		*/
-		if (pGlxPixmap->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
-		    pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual != glxc->pGlxVisual) {
-		    client->errorValue = drawId;
-		    return BadMatch;
-		}
-		pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-
-		new_reply.writeVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : 
-		                      pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual->vid);
-
-		new_reply.writeType = GLX_PIXMAP_TYPE;
-
-		from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
-
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-	   pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
-            if (pGlxWindow) {
-                /*
-                ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
-                **
-                ** Check if GLX window and context are similar.
-                */
-                if (pGlxWindow->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
-                    pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
-                    client->errorValue = drawId;
-                    return BadMatch;
-                }
-
-                pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-                new_reply.writeVid = pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig->id;
-                new_reply.writeType = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;
-            }
-
-	}
-
-	if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-	   pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);
-	   if (pGlxPbuffer) {
-                if (pGlxPbuffer->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
-                    pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
-                    client->errorValue = drawId;
-                    return BadMatch;
-                }
-
-		pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;
-                new_reply.writeVid = pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig->id;
-                new_reply.writeType = GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE;
-	   }
-	}
-
-	if (!pDraw) {
-	   /*
-    	    ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
-	    */
-	   client->errorValue = drawId;
-	   return __glXBadDrawable;
-	}
-
-    } else {
-	pDraw = 0;
-    }
-
-    if (readId != None && readId != drawId ) {
-	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pReadDraw, readId, client, 0, DixReadAccess);
-	if (rc == Success) {
-	    if (pReadDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-		/*
-		** Drawable is an X Window.
-		*/
-	        VisualID vid;
-		pReadWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-		vid = wVisual(pReadWin);
-
-		new_reply.readVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : vid);
-		new_reply.readType = GLX_WINDOW_TYPE;
-
-		/*
-		** Check if window and context are similar.
-		*/
-		if ((vid != glxc->pVisual->vid) ||
-		    (pReadWin->drawable.pScreen != glxc->pScreen)) {
-		    client->errorValue = readId;
-		    return BadMatch;
-		}
-
-	    } else {
-
-		/*
-		** An X Pixmap is not allowed as a parameter (a GLX Pixmap
-		** is, but it must first be created with glxCreateGLXPixmap).
-		*/
-		client->errorValue = readId;
-		return __glXBadDrawable;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (!pReadDraw) {
-	    pReadGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(readId,
-							__glXPixmapRes);
-	    if (pReadGlxPixmap) {
-		/*
-		** Check if pixmap and context are similar.
-		*/
-		if (pReadGlxPixmap->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
-		    pReadGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual != glxc->pGlxVisual) {
-		    client->errorValue = readId;
-		    return BadMatch;
-		}
-		pReadDraw = pReadGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-
-		new_reply.readVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id :
-		                     pReadGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual->vid );
-		new_reply.readType = GLX_PIXMAP_TYPE;
-
-	    }
-	}
-
-	if (!pReadDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-	   pGlxReadWindow = (__glXWindow *)
-                                LookupIDByType(readId, __glXWindowRes);
-            if (pGlxReadWindow) {
-                /*
-                ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
-                **
-                ** Check if GLX window and context are similar.
-                */
-                if (pGlxReadWindow->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
-                    pGlxReadWindow->pGlxFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
-                    client->errorValue = readId;
-                    return BadMatch;
-                }
-
-                pReadDraw = pGlxReadWindow->pDraw;
-                new_reply.readVid = pGlxReadWindow->pGlxFBConfig->id;
-                new_reply.readType = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;
-            }
-	}
-
-	if (!pReadDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-	   pGlxReadPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(readId, __glXPbufferRes);
-	   if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {
-                if (pGlxReadPbuffer->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||
-                    pGlxReadPbuffer->pFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {
-                    client->errorValue = drawId;
-                    return BadMatch;
-                }
-
-		pReadDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxReadPbuffer;
-                new_reply.readVid = pGlxReadPbuffer->pFBConfig->id;
-                new_reply.readType = GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE;
-	   }
-	}
-
-	if (!pReadDraw) {
-	   /*
-    	    ** Drawable is neither a Window nor a GLXPixmap.
-	    */
-	   client->errorValue = readId;
-	   return __glXBadDrawable;
-	}
-
-    } else {
-	pReadDraw = pDraw;
-	pReadGlxPixmap = pGlxPixmap;
-	pReadWin = pWin;
-	new_reply.readVid = new_reply.writeVid;
-	new_reply.readType = new_reply.writeType;
-    }
-
-    if (prevglxc) {
-
-	if (prevglxc->pGlxPixmap) {
-	    /*
-	    ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
-	    */
-	    prevglxc->pGlxPixmap->refcnt--;
-	    __glXFreeGLXPixmap( prevglxc->pGlxPixmap );
-	    prevglxc->pGlxPixmap = 0;
-	}
-
-	if (prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap) {
-	    /*
-	    ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
-	    */
-	    prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap->refcnt--;
-	    __glXFreeGLXPixmap( prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap );
-	    prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap = 0;
-	}
-
-	if (prevglxc->pGlxWindow) {
-	    /*
-	    ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
-	    */
-	    prevglxc->pGlxWindow->refcnt--;
-	    __glXFreeGLXWindow( prevglxc->pGlxWindow );
-	    prevglxc->pGlxWindow = 0;   
-	}
-
-	if (prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow) {
-	    /*
-	    ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
-	    */
-	    prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow->refcnt--;
-	    __glXFreeGLXWindow( prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow );
-	    prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow = 0;   
-	}
-
-	if (prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer) {
-	    /*
-	    ** The previous drawable was a glx Pbuffer, release it.
-	    */
-	    prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer->refcnt--;
-	    __glXFreeGLXPbuffer( prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer );
-	    prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer = 0;   
-	}
-
-	if (prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer) {
-	    /*
-	    ** The previous drawable was a glx Pbuffer, release it.
-	    */
-	    prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer->refcnt--;
-	    __glXFreeGLXPbuffer( prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer );
-	    prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer = 0;   
-	}
-
-	ChangeCurrentContext(cl, glxc, tag);
-	ChangeCurrentContext(cl, glxc, tag);
-	StopUsingContext(prevglxc);
-    } else {
-	tag = AddCurrentContext(cl, glxc, pDraw);
-    }
-    if (glxc) {
-
-       glxc->pGlxPixmap = pGlxPixmap;
-       glxc->pGlxReadPixmap = pReadGlxPixmap;
-       glxc->pGlxWindow = pGlxWindow;
-       glxc->pGlxReadWindow = pGlxReadWindow;
-       glxc->pGlxPbuffer = pGlxPbuffer;
-       glxc->pGlxReadPbuffer = pGlxReadPbuffer;
-
-	if (pGlxPixmap) {
-	    pGlxPixmap->refcnt++;
-	}
-
-	if (pReadGlxPixmap) {
-	    pReadGlxPixmap->refcnt++;
-	}
-
-	if (pGlxWindow) {
-	   pGlxWindow->refcnt++;
-	}
-
-	if (pGlxReadWindow) {
-	   pGlxReadWindow->refcnt++;
-	}
-
-	if (pGlxPbuffer) {
-	   pGlxPbuffer->refcnt++;
-	}
-
-	if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {
-	   pGlxReadPbuffer->refcnt++;
-	}
-
-	StartUsingContext(cl, glxc);
-	new_reply.contextTag = tag;
-    } else {
-	new_reply.contextTag = 0;
-    }
-    new_reply.length = 0;
-    new_reply.type = X_Reply;
-    new_reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-
-       if (pDraw && new_reply.writeType != GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE) {
-	  pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
-	     SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
-       }
-
-       if (pReadDraw && pReadDraw != pDraw && 
-	     new_reply.readType != GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE) {
-	  pXinReadDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
-	     SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pReadDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
-       }
-       else {
-	  pXinReadDraw = pXinDraw;
-       }
-    }
-#endif
-
-
-    /* send the MakeCurrent request to all required
-     * back-end servers.
-     */
-    for (s = from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-       unsigned int be_draw = None;
-       unsigned int be_read_draw = None;
-
-       if (pGlxPixmap) {
-	   be_draw = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
-       }
-       else if (pGlxPbuffer) {
-	  be_draw = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s];
-       }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-       else if (pXinDraw) {
-	  dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, DixReadAccess);
-       }
-#endif
-       else if (pGlxWindow) {
-	  pWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-       }
-
-       if (pWin && be_draw == None) {
-	   be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
-	   if (!be_draw) {
-	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
-	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */
-	      /* creation of the window */
-	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
-	      be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
-	   }
-       }
-
-       /*
-	* Before sending the MakeCurrent request - sync the
-	* X11 connection to the back-end servers to make sure
-	* that drawable is already created
-	*/
-       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 ); 
-
-       if (drawId == readId) {
-	  LockDisplay(dpy);
-	  GetReq(GLXMakeCurrent, be_req);
-	  be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	  be_req->glxCode = X_GLXMakeCurrent;
-	  be_req->drawable = be_draw;
-	  be_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);
-	  be_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);
-	  if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &be_reply, 0, False)) {
-
-	     /* The make current failed */
-	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	     SyncHandle();
-	     return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
-	  }
-
-	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       	  SyncHandle();
-
-	  SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, be_reply.contextTag );
-       }
-       else {
-
-	  if (pReadGlxPixmap) {
-	     be_read_draw = pReadGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
-	  }
-	  else if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {
-	     be_read_draw = pGlxReadPbuffer->be_xids[s];
-	  }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-	  else if (pXinReadDraw) {
-	     dixLookupWindow(&pReadWin, pXinReadDraw->info[s].id, client,
-			     DixReadAccess);
-   	  }
-#endif
-	  else if (pGlxReadWindow) {
-	     pReadWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxReadWindow->pDraw;
-	  }
-
-      	  if (pReadWin && be_read_draw == None) {
-  	     be_read_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pReadWin))->window;
-	   if (!be_read_draw) {
-	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
-	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */
-	      /* creation of the window */
-	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pReadWin, TRUE );
-	      be_read_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pReadWin))->window;
-              dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 ); 
-	   }
-     	  }
-
-	  if ( __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-	     LockDisplay(dpy);
-	     GetReq(GLXMakeContextCurrent, be_new_req);
-	     be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	     be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXMakeContextCurrent;
-	     be_new_req->drawable = be_draw;
-	     be_new_req->readdrawable = be_read_draw;
-	     be_new_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);
-	     be_new_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);
-	     if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &be_new_reply, 0, False)) {
-
-		/* The make current failed */
-		UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-   		SyncHandle();
-   		return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
-   	     }
-
-   	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-      	     SyncHandle();
-
-   	     SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, be_new_reply.contextTag );
-	  }
-	  else if (glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGI_make_current_read")) {
-	     xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *ext_req;
-	     xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *vpreq;
-             xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply ext_reply;
-
-	     LockDisplay(dpy);
-	     GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivateWithReply, 
-		         sz_xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq,
-		         vpreq);
-	     ext_req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *)vpreq;
-	     ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	     ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivateWithReply;
-	     ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_MakeCurrentReadSGI;
-	     ext_req->drawable = be_draw;
-	     ext_req->readable = be_read_draw;
-	     ext_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);
-	     ext_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);
-	     if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &ext_reply, 0, False)) {
-
-		/* The make current failed */
-		UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-   		SyncHandle();
-   		return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
-   	     }
-
-   	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-      	     SyncHandle();
-
-   	     SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, ext_reply.contextTag );
-
-	  }
-	  else {
-	     return BadMatch;
-	  }
-       }
-
-       XFlush( dpy );
-    }
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-	__glXSwapMakeCurrentReply(client, &new_reply);
-    } else {
-	WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply, (char *)&new_reply);
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXMakeCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXMakeCurrentReq *req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReq *) pc;
-
-    return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->drawable,
-	                req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );
-}
-
-int __glXMakeContextCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *req = (xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *) pc;
-
-    return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->readdrawable,
-	                req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );
-}
-
-int __glXMakeCurrentReadSGI(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *) pc;
-
-    return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->readable,
-	                req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );
-}
-
-int __glXIsDirect(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXIsDirectReq *req = (xGLXIsDirectReq *) pc;
-    xGLXIsDirectReply reply;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-
-    /*
-    ** Find the GL context.
-    */
-    glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(req->context, __glXContextRes);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	client->errorValue = req->context;
-	return __glXBadContext;
-    }
-
-    reply.isDirect = 0;
-    reply.length = 0;
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-	__glXSwapIsDirectReply(client, &reply);
-    } else {
-	WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXIsDirectReply, (char *)&reply);
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXQueryVersion(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-/*    xGLXQueryVersionReq *req = (xGLXQueryVersionReq *) pc; */
-    xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;
-
-    /*
-    ** Server should take into consideration the version numbers sent by the
-    ** client if it wants to work with older clients; however, in this
-    ** implementation the server just returns its version number.
-    */
-    reply.majorVersion = __glXVersionMajor;
-    reply.minorVersion = __glXVersionMinor;
-    reply.length = 0;
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-	__glXSwapQueryVersionReply(client, &reply);
-    } else {
-	WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryVersionReply, (char *)&reply);
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXWaitGL(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXWaitGLReq *req = (xGLXWaitGLReq *)pc;
-    xGLXWaitGLReq *be_req = (xGLXWaitGLReq *)pc;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    int s;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
-    
-    if (req->contextTag != 0) {
-	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-	if (glxc) {
-	   from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-	}
-    }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXWaitGL,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXWaitGL;
-       be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-
-       XSync(dpy, False);
-    }
-    
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXWaitX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXWaitXReq *req = (xGLXWaitXReq *)pc;
-    xGLXWaitXReq *be_req;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    int s;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
-    
-    if (req->contextTag != 0) {
-	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-	if (glxc) {
-	   from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-	}
-    }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXWaitX,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXWaitX;
-       be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-
-       XFlush( dpy );
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXCopyContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXCopyContextReq *be_req;
-    xGLXCopyContextReq *req = (xGLXCopyContextReq *) pc;
-    GLXContextID source = req->source;
-    GLXContextID dest = req->dest;
-    GLXContextTag tag = req->contextTag;
-    unsigned long mask = req->mask;
-    __GLXcontext *src, *dst;
-    int s;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check that each context exists.
-    */
-    src = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(source, __glXContextRes);
-    if (!src) {
-	client->errorValue = source;
-	return __glXBadContext;
-    }
-    dst = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(dest, __glXContextRes);
-    if (!dst) {
-	client->errorValue = dest;
-	return __glXBadContext;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** They must be in the same address space, and same screen.
-    */
-    if (src->pGlxScreen != dst->pGlxScreen) {
-	client->errorValue = source;
-	return BadMatch;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** The destination context must not be current for any client.
-    */
-    if (dst->isCurrent) {
-	client->errorValue = dest;
-	return BadAccess;
-    }
-
-    if (tag) {
-	__GLXcontext *tagcx = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
-	
-	if (!tagcx) {
-	    return __glXBadContextTag;
-	}
-	if (tagcx != src) {
-	    /*
-	    ** This would be caused by a faulty implementation of the client
-	    ** library.
-	    */
-	    return BadMatch;
-	}
-    }
-
-    from_screen = to_screen = src->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXCopyContext,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCopyContext;
-       be_req->source = (unsigned int)src->real_ids[s-from_screen];
-       be_req->dest = (unsigned int)dst->real_ids[s-from_screen];
-       be_req->mask = mask;
-       be_req->contextTag = (tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXGetVisualConfigs(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *req = (xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *) pc;
-    xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply reply;
-    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
-    __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
-    CARD32 buf[__GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG];
-    unsigned int screen;
-    int i, p;
-
-    screen = req->screen;
-    if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {
-	/* The client library must send a valid screen number. */
-	client->errorValue = screen;
-	return BadValue;
-    }
-    pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
-
-    reply.numVisuals = pGlxScreen->numGLXVisuals;
-    reply.numProps = __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG;
-    reply.length = (pGlxScreen->numGLXVisuals * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32 *
-		    __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG) >> 2;
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-    WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply, (char *)&reply);
-
-    for (i=0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++) {
-	pGlxVisual = &pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[i];
-	if (!pGlxScreen->isGLXvis[i] || pGlxVisual->vid == 0) {
-	    /* not a usable visual */
-	    continue;
-	}
-	p = 0;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->vid;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->class;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->rgba;
-
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->redSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->greenSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->blueSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->alphaSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumRedSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumGreenSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumBlueSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumAlphaSize;
-
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->doubleBuffer;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->stereo;
-
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->bufferSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->depthSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->stencilSize;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->auxBuffers;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->level;
-	/* 
-	** Add token/value pairs for extensions.
-	*/
-	buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->visualRating;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentPixel;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentRed;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentGreen;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentBlue;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentAlpha;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentIndex;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->multiSampleSize;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->nMultiSampleBuffers;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX;
-	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->visualSelectGroup;
-
-	WriteToClient(client, __GLX_SIZE_CARD32 * __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG, 
-		(char *)buf);
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
-** Create a GLX Pixmap from an X Pixmap.
-*/
-static int CreateGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl,
-                    VisualID visual, GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId,
-		    int screenNum, XID pixmapId, XID glxpixmapId )
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *be_req;
-    xGLXCreatePixmapReq *be_new_req;
-    DrawablePtr pDraw;
-    ScreenPtr pScreen;
-    VisualPtr pVisual;
-    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap;
-    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
-    __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
-    __GLXFBConfig *pFBConfig;
-    int i, s, rc;
-    int from_screen, to_screen;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
-#endif
-
-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, pixmapId, client, M_DRAWABLE_PIXMAP,
-			   DixAddAccess);
-    if (rc != Success)
-	return rc;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check if screen of visual matches screen of pixmap.
-    */
-    pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
-    if (screenNum != pScreen->myNum) {
-	return BadMatch;
-    }
-
-    if (fbconfigId == NULL && visual == NULL) {
-	  return BadValue;
-    }
-
-    if (fbconfigId != None) {
-       pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig( fbconfigId );
-       if (!pFBConfig) {
-	  client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
-	  return BadValue;
-       }
-       visual = pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
-    }
-    else {
-       pFBConfig = NULL;
-    }
-
-    if (visual != None) {
-       /*
-	** Find the VisualRec for this visual.
-	*/
-       pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
-       for (i=0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {
-	  if (pVisual->vid == visual) {
-	     break;
-	  }
-       }
-       if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {
-	  client->errorValue = visual;
-	  return BadValue;
-       }
-       /*
-	** Check if depth of visual matches depth of pixmap.
-	*/
-       if (pVisual->nplanes != pDraw->depth) {
-	  client->errorValue = visual;
-	  return BadMatch;
-       }
-
-       /*
-	** Get configuration of the visual.
-	*/
-       pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screenNum];
-       pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;
-       for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {
-	  if (pGlxVisual->vid == visual) {
-	     break;
-	  }
-       }
-       if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {
-	  /*
-	   ** Visual not support on this screen by this OpenGL implementation.
-	   */
-	  client->errorValue = visual;
-	  return BadValue;
-       }
-
-
-       /* find the FBConfig for that visual (if any) */
-       if ( pFBConfig == NULL ) {
-	   pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfigByVID( visual );
-
-	   if ( pFBConfig == NULL ) {
-	      /*
-               * visual does not have an FBConfig ???
-	      client->errorValue = visual;
-	      return BadValue;
-	       */
-	   }
-       }
-    }
-    else {
-       pVisual = NULL;
-       pGlxVisual = NULL;
-    }
-
-    pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(__GLXpixmap));
-    if (!pGlxPixmap) {
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-    pGlxPixmap->be_xids = (XID *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * screenInfo.numScreens);
-    if (!pGlxPixmap->be_xids) {
-        __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    pGlxPixmap->pDraw = pDraw;
-    pGlxPixmap->pGlxScreen = pGlxScreen;
-    pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual = pGlxVisual;
-    pGlxPixmap->pFBConfig = pFBConfig;
-    pGlxPixmap->pScreen = pScreen;
-    pGlxPixmap->idExists = True;
-    pGlxPixmap->refcnt = 0;
-
-    /*
-    ** Bump the ref count on the X pixmap so it won't disappear.
-    */
-    ((PixmapPtr) pDraw)->refcnt++;
-
-    /*
-     * send the request to the back-end server(s)
-     */
-    from_screen = to_screen = screenNum;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-
-       pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
-	  SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-       Pixmap  be_pixmap;
-       DrawablePtr pRealDraw = pDraw;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-       if (pXinDraw) {
-	   dixLookupDrawable(&pRealDraw, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, 0,
-			     DixAddAccess);
-       }
-#endif
-
-       be_pixmap = (DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV((PixmapPtr)pRealDraw))->pixmap;
-
-       /* make sure pixmap already created on back-end */
-       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
-       if ( pFBConfig && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-       	  __GLXFBConfig *be_FBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pFBConfig->id, s );
-	  
-	  LockDisplay(dpy);
-	  pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);
-	  GetReq(GLXCreatePixmap,be_new_req);
-	  be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	  be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreatePixmap;
-	  be_new_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
-	  be_new_req->fbconfig = be_FBConfig->id;
-	  be_new_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;
-	  be_new_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
-	  be_new_req->numAttribs = 0;
-	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	  SyncHandle();
-       }
-       else if (pFBConfig && glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGIX_fbconfig")) {
-	  __GLXFBConfig *be_FBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pFBConfig->id, s );
-	  xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq *ext_req;
-	  xGLXVendorPrivateReq *vpreq;
-	  
-	  LockDisplay(dpy);
-	  pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);
-	  GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivate,
-		      sz_xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq-sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq,
-		      vpreq);
-	  ext_req = (xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq *)vpreq;
-	  ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	  ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivate;
-	  ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX;
-	  ext_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
-	  ext_req->fbconfig = be_FBConfig->id;
-	  ext_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;
-	  ext_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
-	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	  SyncHandle();
-       }
-       else if (pGlxVisual) {
-	  LockDisplay(dpy);
-	  pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);
-	  GetReq(GLXCreateGLXPixmap,be_req);
-	  be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	  be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateGLXPixmap;
-	  be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
-	  be_req->visual = (unsigned int)glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( 
-	 	pGlxVisual,
-		dmxScreen->glxVisuals,
-		dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals );
-   	  be_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;
-      	  be_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
-	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	  SyncHandle();
-       }
-       else {
-	  client->errorValue = ( visual ? visual : fbconfigId );
-          __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );
-	  return BadValue;
-       }
-
-       XFlush( dpy );
-    }
-
-    if (!(AddResource(glxpixmapId, __glXPixmapRes, pGlxPixmap))) {
-        __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXCreateGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *req = (xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *) pc;
-
-    return( CreateGLXPixmap(cl, req->visual, None,
-	                    req->screen, req->pixmap, req->glxpixmap) );
-}
-
-int __glXCreatePixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXCreatePixmapReq *req = (xGLXCreatePixmapReq *) pc;
-
-    return( CreateGLXPixmap(cl, None, req->fbconfig,
-	                    req->screen, req->pixmap, req->glxpixmap) );
-}
-
-int __glXDestroyGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq *req = (xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq *) pc;
-    XID glxpixmap = req->glxpixmap;
-    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap;
-    int s;
-    int from_screen, to_screen;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check if it's a valid GLX pixmap.
-    */
-    pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *)LookupIDByType(glxpixmap, __glXPixmapRes);
-    if (!pGlxPixmap) {
-	client->errorValue = glxpixmap;
-	return __glXBadPixmap;
-    }
-    FreeResource(glxpixmap, FALSE);
-
-    /*
-     * destroy the pixmap on the back-end server(s).
-     */
-    from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pDraw->pScreen->myNum;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       /* make sure pixmap exist in back-end */
-       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXDestroyGLXPixmap,req);
-       req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyGLXPixmap;
-       req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-    }
-
-    
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** NOTE: There is no portable implementation for swap buffers as of
-** this time that is of value.  Consequently, this code must be
-** implemented by somebody other than SGI.
-*/
-int __glXDoSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId, GLXContextTag tag)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    DrawablePtr pDraw;
-    xGLXSwapBuffersReq *be_req;
-    WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
-    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
-#endif
-    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    int s, rc;
-    
-    /*
-    ** Check that the GLX drawable is valid.
-    */
-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
-    if (rc == Success) {
-        from_screen = to_screen = pDraw->pScreen->myNum;
-
-	if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	    /*
-	    ** Drawable is an X window.
-	    */
-	   pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-	} else {
-	    /*
-	    ** Drawable is an X pixmap, which is not allowed.
-	    */
-	    client->errorValue = drawId;
-	    return __glXBadDrawable;
-	}
-    } 
-
-    if (!pDraw) {
-	pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
-						    __glXPixmapRes);
-	if (pGlxPixmap) {
-	    /*
-	    ** Drawable is a GLX pixmap.
-	    */
-	   pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-	   from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-       pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
-       if (pGlxWindow) {
-	  /*
-	   ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
-	   */
-	  pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-	  from_screen = to_screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;
-       }
-    }
-
-    if (!pDraw) {
-       /*
-	** Drawable is neither a X window nor a GLX pixmap.
-	*/
-       client->errorValue = drawId;
-       return __glXBadDrawable;
-    }
-
-    if (tag) {
-	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
-	if (!glxc) {
-	    return __glXBadContextTag;
-	}
-    }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-       pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
-        SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* If requested, send a glFinish to all back-end servers before swapping. */
-    if (dmxGLXFinishSwap) {
-	for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-	    Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-	    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-	    xGLXSingleReq *finishReq;
-	    xGLXSingleReply reply;
-
-#define X_GLXSingle 0    /* needed by GetReq below */
-
-	    LockDisplay(dpy);
-	    GetReq(GLXSingle,finishReq);
-	    finishReq->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	    finishReq->glxCode = X_GLsop_Finish;
-	    finishReq->contextTag = (tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,tag,s) : 0);
-	    (void) _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
-	    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	    SyncHandle();
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* If requested, send an XSync to all back-end servers before swapping. */
-    if (dmxGLXSyncSwap) {
-	for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++)
-	    XSync(GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s), False);
-    }
-
-
-    /* send the SwapBuffers request to all back-end servers */
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-       unsigned int be_draw = 0;
-
-       if (pGlxPixmap) {
-	  be_draw = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];
-       }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-       else if (pXinDraw) {
-	  dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, DixReadAccess);
-       }
-#endif
-       else if (pGlxWindow) {
-	  pWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-       }
-
-       if (pWin && !be_draw) {
-	   be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
-	   if (!be_draw) {
-	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
-	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */
-	      /* creation of the window */
-	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
-	      be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
-	   }
-       }
-
-       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXSwapBuffers,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXSwapBuffers;
-       be_req->drawable = be_draw;
-       be_req->contextTag = ( tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,tag,s) : 0 );
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-       XFlush(dpy);
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    DrawablePtr pDraw;
-    xGLXSwapBuffersReq *req = (xGLXSwapBuffersReq *) pc;
-    GLXContextTag tag = req->contextTag;
-    XID drawId = req->drawable;
-    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
-    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;
-    int rc;
-    
-    /*
-    ** Check that the GLX drawable is valid.
-    */
-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
-    if (rc == Success) {
-	if (pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	    /*
-	    ** Drawable is an X pixmap, which is not allowed.
-	    */
-	    client->errorValue = drawId;
-	    return __glXBadDrawable;
-	}
-    } 
-
-    if (!pDraw) {
-	pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
-						    __glXPixmapRes);
-	if (pGlxPixmap) {
-	    /*
-	    ** Drawable is a GLX pixmap.
-	    */
-	   pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {
-       pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
-       if (pGlxWindow) {
-	  /*
-	   ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.
-	   */
-	  pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-       }
-    }
-
-    if (!pDraw) {
-       /*
-	** Drawable is neither a X window nor a GLX pixmap.
-	*/
-       client->errorValue = drawId;
-       return __glXBadDrawable;
-    }
-
-    if (tag) {
-	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);
-	if (!glxc) {
-	    return __glXBadContextTag;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (pDraw &&
-	pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW &&
-	DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV((WindowPtr)pDraw)->swapGroup) {
-	return SGSwapBuffers(cl, drawId, tag, pDraw);
-    }
-
-    return __glXDoSwapBuffers(cl, drawId, tag);
-}
-
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Render and Renderlarge are not in the GLX API.  They are used by the GLX
-** client library to send batches of GL rendering commands.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Execute all the drawing commands in a request.
-*/
-int __glXRender(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXRenderReq *req;
-    xGLXRenderReq *be_req;
-    int size;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    int s;
-
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: much of this code also appears in the byteswapping version of this
-    ** routine, __glXSwapRender().  Any changes made here should also be
-    ** duplicated there.
-    */
-    
-    req = (xGLXRenderReq *) pc;
-
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    pc += sz_xGLXRenderReq;
-    size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXRenderReq;
-
-    /*
-     * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
-     */
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXRender,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXRender;
-       be_req->length = req->length;
-       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
-       _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, size);
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
-** Execute a large rendering request (one that spans multiple X requests).
-*/
-int __glXRenderLarge(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXRenderLargeReq *req;
-    xGLXRenderLargeReq *be_req;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    int s;
-
-    /*
-    ** NOTE: much of this code also appears in the byteswapping version of this
-    ** routine, __glXSwapRenderLarge().  Any changes made here should also be
-    ** duplicated there.
-    */
-    
-    req = (xGLXRenderLargeReq *) pc;
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    pc += sz_xGLXRenderLargeReq;
-
-    /*
-     * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
-     */
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       GetReq(GLXRenderLarge,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXRenderLarge;
-       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
-       be_req->length = req->length;
-       be_req->requestNumber = req->requestNumber;
-       be_req->requestTotal = req->requestTotal;
-       be_req->dataBytes = req->dataBytes;
-       Data(dpy, (const char *)pc, req->dataBytes);
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-int __glXVendorPrivate(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req;
-
-    req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *) pc;
-
-    switch( req->vendorCode ) {
-
-       case X_GLvop_DeleteTexturesEXT:
-	  return __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc );
-	  break;
-
-       case X_GLXvop_SwapIntervalSGI:
-	  if (glxIsExtensionSupported("SGI_swap_control")) {
-	     return __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc );
-	  }
-	  else {
-	     return Success;
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-#if 0 /* glx 1.3 */
-       case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXVideoSourceSGIX:
-	  break;
-       case X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXVideoSourceSGIX:
-	  break;
-       case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX:
-	  break;
-       case X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXPbufferSGIX:
-	  break;
-       case X_GLXvop_ChangeDrawableAttributesSGIX:
-	  break;
-#endif
-
-       case X_GLXvop_BindSwapBarrierSGIX:
-	  return __glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX( cl, pc );
-	  break;
-
-       case X_GLXvop_JoinSwapGroupSGIX:
-	  return __glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX( cl, pc );
-	  break;
-
-       case X_GLXvop_CreateContextWithConfigSGIX:
-	  return __glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX( cl, pc );
-	  break;
-
-       default:
-	  /*
-	   ** unsupported private request
-	   */
-	  cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;
-	  return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
-    }
-
-    cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;
-    return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
-
-}
-
-int __glXVendorPrivateWithReply(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *req;
-
-    req = (xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *) pc;
-
-    switch( req->vendorCode ) {
-
-       case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionFilterEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterfvEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterivEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_GetSeparableFilterEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_GetHistogramEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_GetHistogramParameterivEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterfvEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterivEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_AreTexturesResidentEXT:
-       case X_GLvop_IsTextureEXT:
-	  return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply(cl, pc) );
-	  break;
-
-       case X_GLvop_GenTexturesEXT:
-	  return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply(cl, pc) );
-	  break;
-
-
-#if 0 /* glx1.3 */
-       case X_GLvop_GetDetailTexFuncSGIS:
-       case X_GLvop_GetSharpenTexFuncSGIS:
-       case X_GLvop_GetColorTableSGI:
-       case X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterfvSGI:
-       case X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterivSGI:
-       case X_GLvop_GetTexFilterFuncSGIS:
-       case X_GLvop_GetInstrumentsSGIX:
-       case X_GLvop_InstrumentsBufferSGIX:
-       case X_GLvop_PollInstrumentsSGIX:
-       case X_GLvop_FlushRasterSGIX:
-       case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPbufferSGIX:
-       case X_GLXvop_GetDrawableAttributesSGIX:
-       case X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIX:
-       case X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeConfigSGIX:
-       case X_GLXvop_HyperpipeConfigSGIX:
-       case X_GLXvop_DestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIX:
-#endif
-       case X_GLXvop_QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX:
-	  return( __glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(cl, pc) );
-	  break;
-
-       case X_GLXvop_GetFBConfigsSGIX:
-	  return( __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(cl, pc) );
-	  break;
-
-       case X_GLXvop_MakeCurrentReadSGI:
-	  return( __glXMakeCurrentReadSGI(cl, pc) );
-	  break;
-
-       case X_GLXvop_QueryContextInfoEXT:
-	  return( __glXQueryContextInfoEXT(cl,pc) );
-	  break;
-
-       default:
-	  /*
-	   ** unsupported private request
-	   */
-	  cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;
-	  return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
-    }
-
-}
-
-int __glXQueryExtensionsString(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *req = (xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *) pc;
-    xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply reply;
-    GLint screen;
-    size_t length;
-    int len, numbytes;
-    char *be_buf;
-
-#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
-    xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *be_req;
-    xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply be_reply;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-    Display *dpy;
-    int slop;
-#endif
-
-    screen = req->screen;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check if screen exists.
-    */
-    if ((screen < 0) || (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens)) {
-	client->errorValue = screen;
-	return BadValue;
-    }
-
-#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
-    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
-    /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
-    dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    GetReq(GLXQueryExtensionsString,be_req);
-    be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-    be_req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
-    be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
-    _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
-    len = (int)be_reply.length;
-    numbytes = (int)be_reply.n;
-    slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
-    be_buf = (char *)Xalloc(numbytes);
-    if (!be_buf) {
-        /* Throw data on the floor */
-        _XEatData(dpy, len);
-    } else {
-        _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_buf, numbytes);
-        if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
-    }
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    SyncHandle();
-
-#else
-
-    be_buf = __glXGetServerString(GLX_EXTENSIONS);
-    numbytes = strlen(be_buf) + 1;
-    len = __GLX_PAD(numbytes) >> 2;
-
-#endif
-
-    length = len;
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    reply.length = len;
-    reply.n = numbytes;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        glxSwapQueryExtensionsStringReply(client, &reply, be_buf);
-    } else {
-        WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply,(char *)&reply);
-        WriteToClient(client, (int)(length << 2), (char *)be_buf);
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXQueryServerString(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req = (xGLXQueryServerStringReq *) pc;
-    xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;
-    int name;
-    GLint screen;
-    size_t length;
-    int len, numbytes;
-    char *be_buf;
-#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
-    xGLXQueryServerStringReq *be_req;
-    xGLXQueryServerStringReply be_reply;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-    Display *dpy;
-    int  slop;
-#endif
-
-    name = req->name;
-    screen = req->screen;
-    /*
-    ** Check if screen exists.
-    */
-    if ((screen < 0) || (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens)) {
-	client->errorValue = screen;
-	return BadValue;
-    }
-
-#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ
-    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
-    /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
-    dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,be_req);
-    be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-    be_req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
-    be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
-    be_req->name = name;
-    _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
-    len = (int)be_reply.length;
-    numbytes = (int)be_reply.n;
-    slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
-    be_buf = (char *)Xalloc(numbytes);
-    if (!be_buf) {
-        /* Throw data on the floor */
-        _XEatData(dpy, len);
-    } else {
-        _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_buf, numbytes);
-        if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
-    }
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    SyncHandle();
-
-#else
-    be_buf = __glXGetServerString(name);
-    numbytes = strlen(be_buf) + 1;
-    len = __GLX_PAD(numbytes) >> 2;
-#endif
-
-    length = len;
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    reply.length = length;
-    reply.n = numbytes;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        glxSwapQueryServerStringReply(client, &reply, be_buf);
-    } else {
-        WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryServerStringReply, (char *)&reply);
-        WriteToClient(client, (int)(length << 2), be_buf);
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXClientInfo(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXClientInfoReq *req = (xGLXClientInfoReq *) pc;
-    xGLXClientInfoReq *be_req;
-    const char *buf;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    int s;
-   
-    cl->GLClientmajorVersion = req->major;
-    cl->GLClientminorVersion = req->minor;
-    if (cl->GLClientextensions) __glXFree(cl->GLClientextensions);
-    buf = (const char *)(req+1);
-    cl->GLClientextensions = strdup(buf);
-
-    to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++)
-    {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXClientInfo,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXClientInfo;
-       be_req->major = req->major;
-       be_req->minor = req->minor;
-       be_req->length = req->length;
-       be_req->numbytes = req->numbytes;
-       Data(dpy, buf, req->numbytes);
-
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXUseXFont(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXUseXFontReq *req;
-    xGLXUseXFontReq *be_req;
-    FontPtr pFont;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    int s;
-    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-    Display *dpy;
-
-    req = (xGLXUseXFontReq *) pc;
-
-    if (req->contextTag != 0) {
-	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-	if (glxc) {
-	   from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Font can actually be either the ID of a font or the ID of a GC
-    ** containing a font.
-    */
-    pFont = (FontPtr)LookupIDByType(req->font, RT_FONT);
-    if (!pFont) {
-        GC *pGC = (GC *)LookupIDByType(req->font, RT_GC);
-        if (!pGC) {
-	    client->errorValue = req->font;
-            return BadFont;
-	}
-	pFont = pGC->font;
-    }
-
-    pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXUseXFont,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXUseXFont;
-       be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);
-       be_req->font = pFontPriv->font[s]->fid;
-       be_req->first = req->first;
-       be_req->count = req->count;
-       be_req->listBase = req->listBase;
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-
-       XSync( dpy, False );
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- * start GLX 1.3 here
- */
-
-int __glXGetFBConfigs(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *req = (xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *) pc;
-    xGLXGetFBConfigsReply reply;
-    __GLXFBConfig *pFBConfig;
-    CARD32 buf[2 * __GLX_TOTAL_FBCONFIG_PROPS];
-    int numAttribs = __GLX_TOTAL_FBCONFIG_PROPS;
-    unsigned int screen = req->screen;
-    int numFBConfigs, i, p;
-    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
-
-    if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {
-	/* The client library must send a valid screen number. */
-	client->errorValue = screen;
-	return BadValue;
-    }
-
-    pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];
-    numFBConfigs = __glXNumFBConfigs;
-
-    reply.numFBConfigs = numFBConfigs;
-    reply.numAttribs = numAttribs;
-    reply.length = (numFBConfigs * 2 * numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32) >> 2;
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-	__GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-	__GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply.sequenceNumber);
-	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.length);
-	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.numFBConfigs);
-	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.numAttribs);
-    }
-    WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetFBConfigsReply, (char *)&reply);
-
-    for (i=0; i < numFBConfigs; i++) {
-       int associatedVisualId = 0;
-       int drawableTypeIndex;
-       pFBConfig = __glXFBConfigs[ i * (screenInfo.numScreens+1) ];
-
-	p = 0;
-	/* core attributes */
-	buf[p++] = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->id;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_BUFFER_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->indexBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_LEVEL;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->level;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->doubleBufferMode;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_STEREO;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->stereoMode;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_AUX_BUFFERS;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxAuxBuffers;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_RED_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->redBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_GREEN_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->greenBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_BLUE_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->blueBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_ALPHA_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->alphaBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_DEPTH_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->depthBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_STENCIL_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->stencilBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumRedBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumGreenBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumBlueBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumAlphaBits;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_RENDER_TYPE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->renderType;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE;
-	drawableTypeIndex = p;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->drawableType;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualType;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualCaveat;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentType;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentRed;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentGreen;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentBlue;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentAlpha;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentIndex;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferWidth;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferHeight;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferPixels;
-
-	/*
-         * find the visual of the back-end server and match a visual
-	 * on the proxy.
-	 * do only once - if a visual is not yet associated.
-	 */
-	if (pFBConfig->associatedVisualId == (unsigned int)-1) {
-	   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-	   __GLXFBConfig *be_pFBConfig = __glXFBConfigs[ i * (screenInfo.numScreens+1)+screen+1 ];
-	   __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual = NULL;
-	   int v;
-	   int found = 0;
-	   for (v=0; v<dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals; v++) {
-	      if (dmxScreen->glxVisuals[v].vid == be_pFBConfig->associatedVisualId) {
-		 pGlxVisual = &dmxScreen->glxVisuals[v];
-		 break;
-	      }
-	   }
-
-	   if (pGlxVisual) {
-	      for (v=0; v<pGlxScreen->numVisuals; v++) {
-		 if (glxVisualsMatch(&pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[v], pGlxVisual)) {
-		    associatedVisualId = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[v].vid;
-		    found = 1;
-		    break;
-		 }
-	      }
-	   }
-
-	   if (!found) {
-	      associatedVisualId = 0;
-	      pFBConfig->drawableType &= ~(GLX_WINDOW_BIT);
-	      buf[drawableTypeIndex] = pFBConfig->drawableType;
-	   }
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-	   else if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-	      /* convert the associated visualId to the panoramix one */
-	      pFBConfig->associatedVisualId =
-		  PanoramiXTranslateVisualID(screen, v);
-	   }
-#endif
-	}
-	else {
-	   associatedVisualId = pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
-	}
-
-	buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_ID;
-	buf[p++] = associatedVisualId;
-
-	/* SGIS_multisample attributes */
-	buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->multiSampleSize;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->nMultiSampleBuffers;
-
-	/* SGIX_pbuffer specific attributes */
-	buf[p++] = GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->optimalPbufferWidth;
-	buf[p++] = GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->optimalPbufferHeight;
-
-	buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX;
-	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualSelectGroup;
-
-	if (client->swapped) {
-	    __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-	    __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY((int *)buf, 2*numAttribs);
-	}
-	WriteToClient(client, 2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, (char *)buf);
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-   xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq *req = (xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq *)pc;
-   xGLXGetFBConfigsReq new_req;
-
-   new_req.reqType = req->reqType;
-   new_req.glxCode = req->glxCode;
-   new_req.length = req->length;
-   new_req.screen = req->screen;
-
-   return( __glXGetFBConfigs( cl, (GLbyte *)&new_req ) );
-}
-
-
-int __glXCreateWindow(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXCreateWindowReq *req = (xGLXCreateWindowReq *) pc;
-    int screen = req->screen;
-    GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId = req->fbconfig;
-    XID windowId = req->window;
-    XID glxwindowId = req->glxwindow;
-    DrawablePtr pDraw;
-    ScreenPtr pScreen;
-    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow;
-    __GLXFBConfig *pGlxFBConfig = NULL;
-    VisualPtr pVisual;
-    VisualID visId;
-    int i, rc;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check if windowId is valid 
-    */
-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, windowId, client, M_DRAWABLE_WINDOW,
-			   DixAddAccess);
-    if (rc != Success)
-	return rc;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check if screen of window matches screen of fbconfig.
-    */
-    pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
-    if (screen != pScreen->myNum) {
-	return BadMatch;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Find the FBConfigRec for this fbconfigid.
-    */
-    if (!(pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig(fbconfigId))) {
-	client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
-	return __glXBadFBConfig;
-    }
-    visId = pGlxFBConfig->associatedVisualId;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check if the fbconfig supports rendering to windows 
-    */
-    if( !(pGlxFBConfig->drawableType & GLX_WINDOW_BIT) ) {
-	return BadMatch;	
-    }
-
-    if (visId != None) {
-       /*
-	** Check if the visual ID is valid for this screen.
-	*/
-       pVisual = pScreen->visuals;
-       for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {
-	  if (pVisual->vid == visId) {
-	     break;
-	  }
-       }
-       if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {
-	  client->errorValue = visId;
-	  return BadValue;
-       }
-	
-        /*
-        ** Check if color buffer depth of fbconfig matches depth 
-	** of window.
-        */
-        if (pVisual->nplanes != pDraw->depth) {
-	    return BadMatch;
-	}
-    } else
-	/*
-	** The window was created with no visual that corresponds
-	** to fbconfig 
-	*/
-	return BadMatch;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check if there is already a fbconfig associated with this window
-    */
-    if ( LookupIDByType(glxwindowId, __glXWindowRes) ) {
-	client->errorValue = glxwindowId;
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) xalloc(sizeof(__glXWindow));
-    if (!pGlxWindow) {
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Register this GLX window as a resource
-    */
-    if (!(AddResource(glxwindowId, __glXWindowRes, pGlxWindow))) {
-	return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    pGlxWindow->pDraw = pDraw;
-    pGlxWindow->type = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;
-    pGlxWindow->idExists = True;
-    pGlxWindow->refcnt = 0;
-    pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig = pGlxFBConfig;
-    pGlxWindow->pScreen = pScreen;
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXDestroyWindow(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXDestroyWindowReq *req = (xGLXDestroyWindowReq *) pc;
-    XID glxwindow = req->glxwindow;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check if it's a valid GLX window.
-    */
-    if (!LookupIDByType(glxwindow, __glXWindowRes)) {
-	client->errorValue = glxwindow;
-	return __glXBadDrawable;
-    }
-    /*
-    ** The glx window destructor will check whether it's current before
-    ** freeing anything.
-    */
-    FreeResource(glxwindow, RT_NONE);	
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXQueryContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    __GLXcontext *ctx;
-    xGLXQueryContextReq *req;
-    xGLXQueryContextReply reply;
-    int nProps;
-    int *sendBuf, *pSendBuf;
-    int nReplyBytes;
-
-    req = (xGLXQueryContextReq *)pc;
-    ctx = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(req->context, __glXContextRes);
-    if (!ctx) {
-        client->errorValue = req->context;
-        return __glXBadContext;
-    }
-
-    nProps = 3;
-
-    reply.length = nProps << 1;
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    reply.n = nProps;
-
-    nReplyBytes = reply.length << 2;
-    sendBuf = (int *)xalloc(nReplyBytes);
-    pSendBuf = sendBuf;
-    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;
-    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig->id);
-    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_RENDER_TYPE;
-    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig->renderType);
-    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SCREEN;
-    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pScreen->myNum);
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        __glXSwapQueryContextReply(client, &reply, sendBuf);
-    } else {
-        WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryContextReply, (char *)&reply);
-        WriteToClient(client, nReplyBytes, (char *)sendBuf);
-    }
-    xfree((char *)sendBuf);
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXQueryContextInfoEXT(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    __GLXcontext *ctx;
-    xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq *req;
-    xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply reply;
-    int nProps;
-    int *sendBuf, *pSendBuf;
-    int nReplyBytes;
-
-    req = (xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq *)pc;
-    ctx = (__GLXcontext *) SecurityLookupIDByType(client, req->context, __glXContextRes, DixReadAccess);
-    if (!ctx) {
-        client->errorValue = req->context;
-        return __glXBadContext;
-    }
-
-    nProps = 4;
-
-    reply.length = nProps << 1;
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    reply.n = nProps;
-
-    nReplyBytes = reply.length << 2;
-    sendBuf = (int *)xalloc(nReplyBytes);
-    pSendBuf = sendBuf;
-    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SHARE_CONTEXT_EXT;
-    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->share_id);
-    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_VISUAL_ID_EXT;
-    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pVisual ? ctx->pVisual->vid : 0);
-    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SCREEN_EXT;
-    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pScreen->myNum);
-    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;
-    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig ? ctx->pFBConfig->id : 0);
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-        __glXSwapQueryContextInfoEXTReply(client, &reply, sendBuf);
-    } else {
-        WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply, (char *)&reply);
-        WriteToClient(client, nReplyBytes, (char *)sendBuf);
-    }
-    xfree((char *)sendBuf);
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXCreatePbuffer(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXCreatePbufferReq *req = (xGLXCreatePbufferReq *)pc;
-    xGLXCreatePbufferReq *be_req;
-    int screen = req->screen;
-    GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId = req->fbconfig;
-    GLXPbuffer pbuffer = req->pbuffer;
-    __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer;
-    int numAttribs = req->numAttribs;
-    int *attr;
-    ScreenPtr pScreen;
-    __GLXFBConfig *pGlxFBConfig;
-    __GLXFBConfig *be_pGlxFBConfig;
-    XID be_xid;
-    Display *dpy;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-    int s;
-    int from_screen, to_screen;
-
-   /*
-    ** Look up screen and FBConfig.
-    */
-    if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {
-        /* The client library must send a valid screen number. */
-        client->errorValue = screen;
-        return BadValue;
-    }
-    pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
-
-    /*
-    ** Find the FBConfigRec for this fbconfigid.
-    */
-    if (!(pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig(fbconfigId))) {
-	client->errorValue = fbconfigId;
-	return __glXBadFBConfig;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Create the GLX part of the Pbuffer.
-    */
-    pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *) xalloc(sizeof(__glXPbuffer));
-    if (!pGlxPbuffer) {
-        return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    pGlxPbuffer->be_xids = (XID *) xalloc( sizeof(XID) * screenInfo.numScreens );
-    if (!pGlxPbuffer->be_xids) {
-        xfree(pGlxPbuffer);
-        return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Allocate an XID on the back-end server(s) and send him the request
-     */
-    from_screen = to_screen = screen;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-       be_xid = XAllocID(dpy);
-       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       be_pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pGlxFBConfig->id, s );
-       
-       attr = (int *)( req+1 );
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReqExtra(GLXCreatePbuffer, 2 * numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreatePbuffer;
-       be_req->screen = be_pGlxFBConfig->screen;
-       be_req->fbconfig = be_pGlxFBConfig->id;
-       be_req->pbuffer = be_xid;
-       be_req->numAttribs = numAttribs;
-    
-       /* Send attributes */
-       if ( attr != NULL ) {
-	  CARD32 *pc = (CARD32 *)(be_req + 1);
-
-	  while (numAttribs-- > 0) {
-	     *pc++ = *attr++;     /* token */
-	     *pc++ = *attr++;     /* value */
-	  }
-       }
-
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-
-       pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s] = be_xid;
-    }
-
-
-    pGlxPbuffer->idExists = True;
-    pGlxPbuffer->refcnt = 0;
-    pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig = pGlxFBConfig;
-    pGlxPbuffer->pScreen = pScreen;
-
-    /*
-    ** Register the resource.
-    */
-    if (!(AddResource(pbuffer, __glXPbufferRes, pGlxPbuffer))) {
-        return BadAlloc;
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-
-}
-
-int __glXDestroyPbuffer(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *req = (xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *) pc;
-    xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *be_req;
-    GLXPbuffer pbuffer = req->pbuffer;
-    Display *dpy;
-    int screen;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-    __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer;
-    int s;
-    int from_screen, to_screen;
-
-    /*
-    ** Check if it's a valid Pbuffer
-    */
-    pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(pbuffer, __glXPbufferRes);
-    if (!pGlxPbuffer) {
-	client->errorValue = pbuffer;
-	return __glXBadPbuffer;
-    }
-
-    screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;
-
-    from_screen = to_screen = screen;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-
-       /* send the destroy request to the back-end server */
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReq(GLXDestroyPbuffer, be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyPbuffer;
-       be_req->pbuffer = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s];
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-    }
-
-    FreeResource(pbuffer, RT_NONE);	
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXGetDrawableAttributes(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-   xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *req = (xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *)pc;
-   xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *be_req;
-   xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply reply;
-   ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-   GLXDrawable drawId = req->drawable;
-   GLXDrawable be_drawable = 0;
-   DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;
-   Display *dpy;
-   int screen, rc;
-   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-   CARD32 *attribs = NULL;
-   int attribs_size;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
-#endif
-
-   if (drawId != None) {
-      rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixGetAttrAccess);
-      if (rc == Success) {
-	 if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-		WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-		be_drawable = 0;
-		screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
-
-	 }
-	 else {
-	    /*
-	     ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
-	     */
-	    client->errorValue = drawId;
-	    return __glXBadDrawable;
-	 }
-      }
-
-      if (!pDraw) {
-	 __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
-							__glXPixmapRes);
-	 if (pGlxPixmap) {
-		pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-		screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
-                be_drawable = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[screen];
-	 }
-      }
-
-      if (!pDraw) {
-	 __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
-	 if (pGlxWindow) {
-	    pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-	    screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;
-	    be_drawable = 0;
-     	 }
-      }
-
-      if (!pDraw) {
-	 __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);
-	 if (pGlxPbuffer) {
-    	    pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;
-	    screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;
-	    be_drawable = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[screen];
-	 }
-      }
-
-
-      if (!pDraw) {
-	 /*
-	  ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
-	  */
-	 client->errorValue = drawId;
-	 return __glXBadDrawable;
-      }
-    }
-
-
-   /* if the drawable is a window or GLXWindow - 
-    * we need to find the base id on the back-end server
-    */
-   if (!be_drawable) {
-       WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-       if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-	  pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
-	     SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
-	  if (!pXinDraw) {
-	     client->errorValue = drawId;
-	     return __glXBadDrawable;
-	  }
-
-	  dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[screen].id, client,
-			  DixReadAccess);
-       }
-#endif
-
-       if (pWin) {
-	   be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
-	   if (!be_drawable) {
-	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
-	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */
-	      /* creation of the window */
-	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
-	      be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
-	   }
-       }
-       else {
-	  client->errorValue = drawId;
-	  return __glXBadDrawable;
-       }
-   }
-
-
-   /* send the request to the back-end server */
-   dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
-   dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
-   /* make sure drawable exists on back-end */
-   dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
-   LockDisplay(dpy);
-   GetReq(GLXGetDrawableAttributes, be_req);
-   be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-   be_req->glxCode = X_GLXGetDrawableAttributes;
-   be_req->drawable = be_drawable;
-   be_req->length = req->length;
-   if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &reply, 0, False)) {
-      UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-      SyncHandle();
-      return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );
-   }
-
-   if (reply.numAttribs) {
-      attribs_size = 2 * reply.numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32;
-      attribs = (CARD32 *) Xalloc(attribs_size);
-      if (attribs == NULL) {
-	 UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	 SyncHandle();
-	 return BadAlloc;
-      }
-
-      _XRead(dpy, (char *) attribs, attribs_size);
-   }
-
-   UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-   SyncHandle();
-
-
-   /* send the reply back to the client */
-   reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-   if (client->swapped) {
-      __glXSwapGetDrawableAttributesReply(client, &reply, (int *)attribs);
-   }
-   else {
-      WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply, (char *)&reply);
-      WriteToClient(client, attribs_size, (char *)attribs);
-   }
-
-   Xfree(attribs);
-
-   return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXChangeDrawableAttributes(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-   xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *req = (xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *)pc;
-   xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *be_req;
-   ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-   GLXDrawable drawId = req->drawable;
-   GLXDrawable be_drawable = 0;
-   DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;
-   Display *dpy;
-   int screen, rc;
-   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-   char *attrbuf;
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;
-    PanoramiXRes *pXinReadDraw = NULL;
-#endif
-
-   if (drawId != None) {
-      rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixSetAttrAccess);
-      if (rc == Success) {
-	 if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-		WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-		be_drawable = 0;
-		screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;
-
-	 }
-	 else {
-	    /*
-	     ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
-	     */
-	    client->errorValue = drawId;
-	    return __glXBadDrawable;
-	 }
-      }
-
-      if (!pDraw) {
-	 __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,
-							__glXPixmapRes);
-	 if (pGlxPixmap) {
-		pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-		screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;
-                be_drawable = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[screen];
-	 }
-      }
-
-      if (!pDraw) {
-	 __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);
-	 if (pGlxWindow) {
-	    pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-	    screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;
-	    be_drawable = 0;
-     	 }
-      }
-
-      if (!pDraw) {
-	 __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);
-	 if (pGlxPbuffer) {
-    	    pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;
-	    screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;
-	    be_drawable = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[screen];
-	 }
-      }
-
-
-      if (!pDraw) {
-	 /*
-	  ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.
-	  */
-	 client->errorValue = drawId;
-	 return __glXBadDrawable;
-      }
-    }
-
-
-   /* if the drawable is a window or GLXWindow - 
-    * we need to find the base id on the back-end server
-    */
-   if (!be_drawable) {
-       WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-       if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-	  pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)
-	     SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);
-	  if (!pXinDraw) {
-	     client->errorValue = drawId;
-	     return __glXBadDrawable;
-	  }
-
-	  dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[screen].id, client,
-			  DixReadAccess);
-       }
-#endif
-
-       if (pWin) {
-	   be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
-	   if (!be_drawable) {
-	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */
-	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */
-	      /* creation of the window */
-	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );
-	      be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;
-	   }
-       }
-       else {
-	  client->errorValue = drawId;
-	  return __glXBadDrawable;
-       }
-   }
-
-
-   /* send the request to the back-end server */
-   dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);
-   dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];
-
-   /* make sure drawable exists on back-end */
-   dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );
-
-   LockDisplay(dpy);
-   GetReqExtra(GLXChangeDrawableAttributes,
-                        2 * req->numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, be_req);
-   be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-   be_req->glxCode = X_GLXChangeDrawableAttributes;
-   be_req->drawable = be_drawable;
-   be_req->numAttribs = req->numAttribs;
-   be_req->length = req->length;
-
-   UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-   SyncHandle();
-
-   return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXSendLargeCommand(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag contextTag)
-{
-   ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    xGLXRenderLargeReq *req;
-    GLint maxSize, amount;
-    GLint totalRequests, requestNumber;
-    GLint dataLen;
-    GLbyte *data;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-    int s;
-    int from_screen, to_screen;
-
-    maxSize = cl->largeCmdMaxReqDataSize - (GLint)sizeof(xGLXRenderLargeReq);
-    dataLen = cl->largeCmdBytesTotal;
-    totalRequests = (dataLen / maxSize);
-    if (dataLen % maxSize) totalRequests++;
-
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-       client->errorValue = contextTag;
-       return __glXBadContext;
-    }
-    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /*
-    ** Send enough requests until the whole array is sent.
-    */
-    requestNumber = 1;
-    data = cl->largeCmdBuf;
-    while (dataLen > 0) {
-	amount = dataLen;
-	if (amount > maxSize) {
-	    amount = maxSize;
-	}
-
-	for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-
-	   Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-	   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-
-	   LockDisplay(dpy);
-	   GetReq(GLXRenderLarge,req); 
-	   req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-	   req->glxCode = X_GLXRenderLarge; 
-	   req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,contextTag,s);
-	   req->length += (amount + 3) >> 2;
-	   req->requestNumber = requestNumber++;
-	   req->requestTotal = totalRequests;
-	   req->dataBytes = amount;
-	   Data(dpy, ((const char*)data), amount);
-	   dataLen -= amount;
-	   data = ((GLbyte *) data) + amount;
-	   UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	   SyncHandle();
-	}
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
+/*

+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)

+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and

+ * either this permission notice or a reference to

+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/

+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from

+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxwindow.h"

+#include "dmxpixmap.h"

+#include "dmxfont.h"

+#include "dmxsync.h"

+

+#undef Xmalloc

+#undef Xcalloc

+#undef Xrealloc

+#undef Xfree

+

+#include "glxserver.h"

+#include <GL/glxtokens.h>

+#include "g_disptab.h"

+#include <pixmapstr.h>

+#include <windowstr.h>

+#include "glxutil.h"

+#include "glxext.h"

+#include "unpack.h"

+

+#include "GL/glxproto.h"

+#include "glxvendor.h"

+#include "glxvisuals.h"

+#include "glxswap.h"

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"

+#endif

+

+extern __GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;

+extern int            __glXNumFBConfigs;

+

+extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id );

+extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid );

+extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen );

+extern int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext );

+extern int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);

+

+#define BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(x) \

+           ( (x) >= __glXerrorBase ? \

+             (x) - dmxScreen->glxErrorBase + __glXerrorBase \

+	     : (x) )

+

+Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s )

+{

+   if (! cl->be_displays[s] ) {

+      cl->be_displays[s] = XOpenDisplay( DisplayString(dmxScreens[s].beDisplay) );

+   }

+   return( cl->be_displays[s] );

+}

+

+/*

+** Create a GL context with the given properties.

+*/

+static int CreateContext(__GLXclientState *cl, 

+                         GLXContextID gcId,

+			 VisualID vid, GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId,

+			 int screen,

+			 GLXContextID shareList,

+			 int isDirect )

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXCreateContextReq *be_req;

+    xGLXCreateNewContextReq *be_new_req;

+    VisualPtr pVisual;

+    ScreenPtr pScreen;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc, *shareglxc;

+    __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;

+    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;

+    VisualID visual = vid;

+    GLint i;

+    int from_screen = screen;

+    int to_screen = screen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+    VisualID be_vid;

+    GLXFBConfigID be_fbconfigId;

+    int num_be_screens;

+    Display *dpy;

+    

+    /*

+    ** Check if screen exists.

+    */

+    if (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens) {

+	client->errorValue = screen;

+	return BadValue;

+    }

+

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    /*

+     ** Find the display list space that we want to share.  

+     **

+     */

+    if (shareList == None) {

+       shareglxc = NULL;

+    } else {

+       shareglxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(shareList, __glXContextRes);

+       if (!shareglxc) {

+	  client->errorValue = shareList;

+	  return __glXBadContext;

+       }

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Allocate memory for the new context

+    */

+    glxc = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXcontext));

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];

+    pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];

+

+    if (fbconfigId != None) {

+       glxc->pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig( fbconfigId );

+       if (!glxc->pFBConfig) {

+	  client->errorValue = fbconfigId;

+	  __glXFree( glxc );

+	  return BadValue;

+       }

+       visual = glxc->pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;

+    }

+    else {

+       glxc->pFBConfig = NULL;

+    }

+

+    if (visual != None) {

+       /*

+	** Check if the visual ID is valid for this screen.

+	*/

+       pVisual = pScreen->visuals;

+       for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {

+	  if (pVisual->vid == visual) {

+	     break;

+	  }

+       }

+       if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {

+	  client->errorValue = visual;

+	  __glXFree( glxc );

+	  return BadValue;

+       }

+

+       pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;

+       for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {

+	  if (pGlxVisual->vid == visual) {

+	     break;

+	  }

+       }

+       if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {

+	  /*

+	   ** Visual not support on this screen by this OpenGL implementation.

+	   */

+	  client->errorValue = visual;

+	  __glXFree( glxc );

+	  return BadValue;

+       }

+

+       if ( glxc->pFBConfig == NULL ) {

+	   glxc->pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfigByVID( visual );

+

+	   if ( glxc->pFBConfig == NULL ) {

+	      /*

+               * visual does not have an FBConfig ???

+	      client->errorValue = visual;

+	      __glXFree( glxc );

+	      return BadValue;

+	       */

+	   }

+       }

+    }

+    else {

+       pVisual = NULL;

+       pGlxVisual = NULL;

+    }

+

+    glxc->pScreen = pScreen;

+    glxc->pGlxScreen = pGlxScreen;

+    glxc->pVisual = pVisual;

+    glxc->pGlxVisual = pGlxVisual;

+

+    /*

+     * allocate memory for back-end servers info

+     */

+    num_be_screens = to_screen - from_screen + 1;

+    glxc->real_ids = (XID *)__glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * num_be_screens);

+    if (!glxc->real_ids) {

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+    glxc->real_vids = (XID *)__glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * num_be_screens);

+    if (!glxc->real_vids) {

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    for (screen = from_screen; screen <= to_screen; screen++) {

+       int sent = 0;

+       pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];

+       pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];

+       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];

+

+       if (glxc->pFBConfig) {

+	  __GLXFBConfig *beFBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( glxc->pFBConfig->id, 

+		                                                screen );

+	  be_fbconfigId = beFBConfig->id;

+       }

+

+       if (pGlxVisual) {

+

+	  be_vid = glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( pGlxVisual,

+	                                    dmxScreen->glxVisuals,

+					    dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals  );

+

+	  if (!be_vid) {

+	     /* visual is not supported on the back-end server */

+	     __glXFree( glxc->real_ids );

+	     __glXFree( glxc->real_vids );

+	     __glXFree( glxc );

+	     return BadValue;

+	  }

+       }

+

+       glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] = XAllocID(GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen));

+

+       /* send the create context request to the back-end server */

+       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);

+       if (glxc->pFBConfig) {

+	     /*Since for a certain visual both RGB and COLOR INDEX

+	      *can be on then the only parmeter to choose the renderType

+	      * should be the class of the colormap since all 4 first 

+	      * classes does not support RGB mode only COLOR INDEX ,

+	      * and so TrueColor and DirectColor does not support COLOR INDEX*/

+	     int renderType =  glxc->pFBConfig->renderType;  

+	     if ( pVisual ) {

+		 switch ( pVisual->class ){

+		     case PseudoColor:

+                     case StaticColor:

+                     case GrayScale:

+                     case StaticGray:

+                         renderType = GLX_COLOR_INDEX_TYPE;

+                         break;

+                     case TrueColor:

+                     case DirectColor:

+                     default:

+                         renderType = GLX_RGBA_TYPE;

+                     break;

+		 }

+	     }

+	  if ( __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+	     LockDisplay(dpy);

+	     GetReq(GLXCreateNewContext,be_new_req);

+	     be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	     be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateNewContext;

+	     be_new_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];

+	     be_new_req->fbconfig = (unsigned int)be_fbconfigId;

+	     be_new_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);

+	     be_new_req->renderType = renderType;  

+

+	     be_new_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);

+	     be_new_req->isDirect = 0;

+	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	     glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_fbconfigId;

+	     sent = 1;

+	  }

+	  else if (glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGIX_fbconfig")) {

+

+	     xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *ext_req;

+	     xGLXVendorPrivateReq *vpreq;

+	     LockDisplay(dpy);

+	     GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivate,

+		         sz_xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq,

+			vpreq);

+	     ext_req = (xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *)vpreq;

+	     ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	     ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivate;

+	     ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_CreateContextWithConfigSGIX;

+	     ext_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];

+	     ext_req->fbconfig = (unsigned int)be_fbconfigId;

+	     ext_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);

+	     ext_req->renderType = renderType;  

+	     ext_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);

+	     ext_req->isDirect = 0;

+	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	     glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_fbconfigId;

+	     sent = 1;

+	  }

+       }

+

+       if (!sent) {

+	  LockDisplay(dpy);

+	  GetReq(GLXCreateContext,be_req);

+	  be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	  be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateContext;

+	  be_req->context = (unsigned int)glxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen];

+	  be_req->visual = (unsigned int)be_vid;

+	  be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);

+	  be_req->shareList = (shareglxc ? shareglxc->real_ids[screen-from_screen] : 0);

+	  be_req->isDirect = 0;

+	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	  glxc->real_vids[screen-from_screen] = be_vid;

+       }

+       SyncHandle();

+

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Register this context as a resource.

+    */

+    if (!AddResource(gcId, __glXContextRes, (pointer)glxc)) {

+       __glXFree( glxc->real_ids );

+       __glXFree( glxc->real_vids );

+       __glXFree( glxc );

+	client->errorValue = gcId;

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+    

+    /*

+    ** Finally, now that everything is working, setup the rest of the

+    ** context.

+    */

+    glxc->id = gcId;

+    glxc->share_id = shareList;

+    glxc->idExists = GL_TRUE;

+    glxc->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXCreateContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXCreateContextReq *req = (xGLXCreateContextReq *) pc;

+

+    return( CreateContext(cl, req->context,req->visual, None,

+	                  req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );

+

+}

+

+int __glXCreateNewContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXCreateNewContextReq *req = (xGLXCreateNewContextReq *) pc;

+

+    return( CreateContext(cl, req->context,None, req->fbconfig,

+	                  req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );

+

+}

+

+int __glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *req = (xGLXCreateContextWithConfigSGIXReq *) pc;

+

+    return( CreateContext(cl, req->context, None, req->fbconfig,

+	                  req->screen, req->shareList, req->isDirect) );

+

+}

+

+int __glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq *req =

+	(xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReq *)pc;

+    xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply reply;

+

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    reply.length = 0;

+    reply.max = QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(req->screen);

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+	__glXSwapQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply(client, &reply);

+    } else {

+	WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply,

+		      (char *)&reply);

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq *req = (xGLXBindSwapBarrierSGIXReq *)pc;

+    DrawablePtr pDraw;

+    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;

+    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;

+    int rc;

+

+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, req->drawable, client, 0, DixGetAttrAccess);

+    if (rc != Success) {

+	pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,

+						    __glXPixmapRes);

+	if (pGlxPixmap) pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+    }

+

+    if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+       pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,

+						   __glXWindowRes);

+       if (pGlxWindow) pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+    }

+

+    if (!pDraw) {

+       client->errorValue = req->drawable;

+       return __glXBadDrawable;

+    }

+

+    return BindSwapBarrierSGIX(pDraw, req->barrier);

+}

+

+int __glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq *req = (xGLXJoinSwapGroupSGIXReq *)pc;

+    DrawablePtr pDraw, pMember = NULL;

+    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;

+    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;

+    int rc;

+

+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, req->drawable, client, 0, DixManageAccess);

+    if (rc != Success) {

+	pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,

+						    __glXPixmapRes);

+	if (pGlxPixmap) pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+    }

+

+    if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+       pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->drawable,

+						   __glXWindowRes);

+       if (pGlxWindow) pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+    }

+

+    if (!pDraw) {

+       client->errorValue = req->drawable;

+       return __glXBadDrawable;

+    }

+

+    if (req->member != None) {

+	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pMember, req->member, client, 0,

+			       DixGetAttrAccess);

+	if (rc != Success) {

+	    pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(req->member,

+							__glXPixmapRes);

+	    if (pGlxPixmap) pMember = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+	}

+

+	if (!pMember && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+	    pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(req->member,

+							__glXWindowRes);

+	    if (pGlxWindow) pMember = pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+	}

+

+	if (!pMember) {

+	    client->errorValue = req->member;

+	    return __glXBadDrawable;

+	}

+    }

+

+    return JoinSwapGroupSGIX(pDraw, pMember);

+}

+

+

+/*

+** Destroy a GL context as an X resource.

+*/

+int __glXDestroyContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXDestroyContextReq *req = (xGLXDestroyContextReq *) pc;

+    xGLXDestroyContextReq *be_req;

+    GLXContextID gcId = req->context;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    int s;

+    

+    glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(gcId, __glXContextRes);

+    if (glxc) {

+	/*

+	** Just free the resource; don't actually destroy the context,

+	** because it might be in use.  The

+	** destroy method will be called by the resource destruction routine

+	** if necessary.

+	*/

+	FreeResourceByType(gcId, __glXContextRes, FALSE);

+

+	from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+

+    } else {

+	client->errorValue = gcId;

+	return __glXBadContext;

+    }

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    /*

+     * send DestroyContext request to all back-end servers

+     */

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXDestroyContext,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyContext;

+       be_req->context = glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen];

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+/*****************************************************************************/

+

+/*

+** For each client, the server keeps a table of all the contexts that are

+** current for that client (each thread of a client may have its own current

+** context).  These routines add, change, and lookup contexts in the table.

+*/

+

+/*

+** Add a current context, and return the tag that will be used to refer to it.

+*/

+static int AddCurrentContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc, DrawablePtr pDraw)

+{

+    int i;

+    int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;

+    __GLXcontext **table = cl->currentContexts;

+

+    if (!glxc) return -1;

+    

+    /*

+    ** Try to find an empty slot and use it.

+    */

+    for (i=0; i < num; i++) {

+	if (!table[i]) {

+	    table[i] = glxc;

+	    return i+1;

+	}

+    }

+    /*

+    ** Didn't find a free slot, so we'll have to grow the table.

+    */

+    if (!num) {

+	table = (__GLXcontext **) __glXMalloc(sizeof(__GLXcontext *));

+	cl->currentDrawables = (DrawablePtr *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(DrawablePtr));

+	cl->be_currentCTag = (GLXContextTag *) __glXMalloc(screenInfo.numScreens *sizeof(GLXContextTag));

+    } else {

+	table = (__GLXcontext **) __glXRealloc(table,

+					   (num+1)*sizeof(__GLXcontext *));

+	cl->currentDrawables = (DrawablePtr *) __glXRealloc(

+	                                          cl->currentDrawables ,

+						  (num+1)*sizeof(DrawablePtr));

+	cl->be_currentCTag = (GLXContextTag *) __glXRealloc(cl->be_currentCTag,

+	            (num+1)*screenInfo.numScreens*sizeof(GLXContextTag));

+    }

+    table[num] = glxc;

+    cl->currentDrawables[num] = pDraw;

+    cl->currentContexts = table;

+    cl->numCurrentContexts++;

+

+    memset(cl->be_currentCTag + num*screenInfo.numScreens, 0, 

+	         screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof(GLXContextTag));

+

+    return num+1;

+}

+

+/*

+** Given a tag, change the current context for the corresponding entry.

+*/

+static void ChangeCurrentContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc,

+				GLXContextTag tag)

+{

+    __GLXcontext **table = cl->currentContexts;

+    table[tag-1] = glxc;

+}

+

+/*

+** Given a tag, and back-end screen number, retrives the current back-end

+** tag.

+*/

+int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s)

+{

+   if (tag >0) {

+      return( cl->be_currentCTag[ (tag-1)*screenInfo.numScreens + s ] );

+   }

+   else {

+      return( 0 );

+   }

+}

+

+/*

+** Given a tag, and back-end screen number, sets the current back-end

+** tag.

+*/

+static void SetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s, GLXContextTag be_tag)

+{

+   if (tag >0) {

+      cl->be_currentCTag[ (tag-1)*screenInfo.numScreens + s ] = be_tag;

+   }

+}

+

+/*

+** For this implementation we have chosen to simply use the index of the

+** context's entry in the table as the context tag.  A tag must be greater

+** than 0.

+*/

+__GLXcontext *__glXLookupContextByTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag)

+{

+    int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;

+

+    if (tag < 1 || tag > num) {

+	return 0;

+    } else {

+	return cl->currentContexts[tag-1];

+    }

+}

+

+DrawablePtr __glXLookupDrawableByTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag)

+{

+    int num = cl->numCurrentContexts;

+

+    if (tag < 1 || tag > num) {

+	return 0;

+    } else {

+	return cl->currentDrawables[tag-1];

+    }

+}

+

+/*****************************************************************************/

+

+static void StopUsingContext(__GLXcontext *glxc)

+{

+    if (glxc) {

+	if (glxc == __glXLastContext) {

+	    /* Tell server GL library */

+	    __glXLastContext = 0;

+	}

+	glxc->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;

+	if (!glxc->idExists) {

+	    __glXFreeContext(glxc);

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+static void StartUsingContext(__GLXclientState *cl, __GLXcontext *glxc)

+{

+    glxc->isCurrent = GL_TRUE;

+}

+

+/*****************************************************************************/

+/*

+** Make an OpenGL context and drawable current.

+*/

+static int MakeCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl,

+                       GLXDrawable drawable,

+                       GLXDrawable readdrawable,

+		       GLXContextID context,

+		       GLXContextTag oldContextTag)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;

+    DrawablePtr pReadDraw = NULL;

+    xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply new_reply;

+    xGLXMakeCurrentReq *be_req;

+    xGLXMakeCurrentReply be_reply;

+    xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *be_new_req;

+    xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply be_new_reply;

+    GLXDrawable drawId = drawable;

+    GLXDrawable readId = readdrawable;

+    GLXContextID contextId = context;

+    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = 0;

+    __GLXpixmap *pReadGlxPixmap = 0;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc, *prevglxc;

+    GLXContextTag tag = oldContextTag;

+    WindowPtr pWin = NULL;

+    WindowPtr pReadWin = NULL;

+    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;

+    __glXWindow *pGlxReadWindow = NULL;

+    __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = NULL;

+    __glXPbuffer *pGlxReadPbuffer = NULL;

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;

+    PanoramiXRes *pXinReadDraw = NULL;

+#endif

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    int s, rc;

+

+    /*

+    ** If one is None and the other isn't, it's a bad match.

+    */

+    if ((drawId == None && contextId != None) ||

+	(drawId != None && contextId == None)) {

+	return BadMatch;

+    }

+    

+    /*

+    ** Lookup old context.  If we have one, it must be in a usable state.

+    */

+    if (tag != 0) {

+	prevglxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);

+	if (!prevglxc) {

+	    /*

+	    ** Tag for previous context is invalid.

+	    */

+	    return __glXBadContextTag;

+	}

+    } else {

+	prevglxc = 0;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Lookup new context.  It must not be current for someone else.

+    */

+    if (contextId != None) {

+	glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(contextId, __glXContextRes);

+	if (!glxc) {

+	    client->errorValue = contextId;

+	    return __glXBadContext;

+	}

+	if ((glxc != prevglxc) && glxc->isCurrent) {

+	    /* Context is current to somebody else */

+	    return BadAccess;

+	}

+    } else {

+	/* Switching to no context.  Ignore new drawable. */

+	glxc = 0;

+    }

+

+    if (drawId != None) {

+	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);

+	if (rc == Success) {

+	    if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+		/*

+		** Drawable is an X Window.

+		*/

+	        VisualID vid;

+		pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+		vid = wVisual(pWin);

+

+		new_reply.writeVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : vid);

+		new_reply.writeType = GLX_WINDOW_TYPE;

+

+		/*

+		** Check if window and context are similar.

+		*/

+		if ((vid != glxc->pVisual->vid) ||

+		    (pWin->drawable.pScreen != glxc->pScreen)) {

+		    client->errorValue = drawId;

+		    return BadMatch;

+		}

+

+		from_screen = to_screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;

+

+	    } else {

+		/*

+		** An X Pixmap is not allowed as a parameter (a GLX Pixmap

+		** is, but it must first be created with glxCreateGLXPixmap).

+		*/

+		client->errorValue = drawId;

+		return __glXBadDrawable;

+	    }

+	}

+

+        if (!pDraw) {

+	    pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,

+							__glXPixmapRes);

+	    if (pGlxPixmap) {

+		/*

+		** Check if pixmap and context are similar.

+		*/

+		if (pGlxPixmap->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||

+		    pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual != glxc->pGlxVisual) {

+		    client->errorValue = drawId;

+		    return BadMatch;

+		}

+		pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+

+		new_reply.writeVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : 

+		                      pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual->vid);

+

+		new_reply.writeType = GLX_PIXMAP_TYPE;

+

+		from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;

+

+	    }

+	}

+

+	if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+	   pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);

+            if (pGlxWindow) {

+                /*

+                ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.

+                **

+                ** Check if GLX window and context are similar.

+                */

+                if (pGlxWindow->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||

+                    pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {

+                    client->errorValue = drawId;

+                    return BadMatch;

+                }

+

+                pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+                new_reply.writeVid = pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig->id;

+                new_reply.writeType = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;

+            }

+

+	}

+

+	if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+	   pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);

+	   if (pGlxPbuffer) {

+                if (pGlxPbuffer->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||

+                    pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {

+                    client->errorValue = drawId;

+                    return BadMatch;

+                }

+

+		pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;

+                new_reply.writeVid = pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig->id;

+                new_reply.writeType = GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE;

+	   }

+	}

+

+	if (!pDraw) {

+	   /*

+    	    ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.

+	    */

+	   client->errorValue = drawId;

+	   return __glXBadDrawable;

+	}

+

+    } else {

+	pDraw = 0;

+    }

+

+    if (readId != None && readId != drawId ) {

+	rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pReadDraw, readId, client, 0, DixReadAccess);

+	if (rc == Success) {

+	    if (pReadDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+		/*

+		** Drawable is an X Window.

+		*/

+	        VisualID vid;

+		pReadWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+		vid = wVisual(pReadWin);

+

+		new_reply.readVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id : vid);

+		new_reply.readType = GLX_WINDOW_TYPE;

+

+		/*

+		** Check if window and context are similar.

+		*/

+		if ((vid != glxc->pVisual->vid) ||

+		    (pReadWin->drawable.pScreen != glxc->pScreen)) {

+		    client->errorValue = readId;

+		    return BadMatch;

+		}

+

+	    } else {

+

+		/*

+		** An X Pixmap is not allowed as a parameter (a GLX Pixmap

+		** is, but it must first be created with glxCreateGLXPixmap).

+		*/

+		client->errorValue = readId;

+		return __glXBadDrawable;

+	    }

+	}

+

+	if (!pReadDraw) {

+	    pReadGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(readId,

+							__glXPixmapRes);

+	    if (pReadGlxPixmap) {

+		/*

+		** Check if pixmap and context are similar.

+		*/

+		if (pReadGlxPixmap->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||

+		    pReadGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual != glxc->pGlxVisual) {

+		    client->errorValue = readId;

+		    return BadMatch;

+		}

+		pReadDraw = pReadGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+

+		new_reply.readVid = (glxc->pFBConfig ? glxc->pFBConfig->id :

+		                     pReadGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual->vid );

+		new_reply.readType = GLX_PIXMAP_TYPE;

+

+	    }

+	}

+

+	if (!pReadDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+	   pGlxReadWindow = (__glXWindow *)

+                                LookupIDByType(readId, __glXWindowRes);

+            if (pGlxReadWindow) {

+                /*

+                ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.

+                **

+                ** Check if GLX window and context are similar.

+                */

+                if (pGlxReadWindow->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||

+                    pGlxReadWindow->pGlxFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {

+                    client->errorValue = readId;

+                    return BadMatch;

+                }

+

+                pReadDraw = pGlxReadWindow->pDraw;

+                new_reply.readVid = pGlxReadWindow->pGlxFBConfig->id;

+                new_reply.readType = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;

+            }

+	}

+

+	if (!pReadDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+	   pGlxReadPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(readId, __glXPbufferRes);

+	   if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {

+                if (pGlxReadPbuffer->pScreen != glxc->pScreen ||

+                    pGlxReadPbuffer->pFBConfig != glxc->pFBConfig) {

+                    client->errorValue = drawId;

+                    return BadMatch;

+                }

+

+		pReadDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxReadPbuffer;

+                new_reply.readVid = pGlxReadPbuffer->pFBConfig->id;

+                new_reply.readType = GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE;

+	   }

+	}

+

+	if (!pReadDraw) {

+	   /*

+    	    ** Drawable is neither a Window nor a GLXPixmap.

+	    */

+	   client->errorValue = readId;

+	   return __glXBadDrawable;

+	}

+

+    } else {

+	pReadDraw = pDraw;

+	pReadGlxPixmap = pGlxPixmap;

+	pReadWin = pWin;

+	new_reply.readVid = new_reply.writeVid;

+	new_reply.readType = new_reply.writeType;

+    }

+

+    if (prevglxc) {

+

+	if (prevglxc->pGlxPixmap) {

+	    /*

+	    ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.

+	    */

+	    prevglxc->pGlxPixmap->refcnt--;

+	    __glXFreeGLXPixmap( prevglxc->pGlxPixmap );

+	    prevglxc->pGlxPixmap = 0;

+	}

+

+	if (prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap) {

+	    /*

+	    ** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.

+	    */

+	    prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap->refcnt--;

+	    __glXFreeGLXPixmap( prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap );

+	    prevglxc->pGlxReadPixmap = 0;

+	}

+

+	if (prevglxc->pGlxWindow) {

+	    /*

+	    ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.

+	    */

+	    prevglxc->pGlxWindow->refcnt--;

+	    __glXFreeGLXWindow( prevglxc->pGlxWindow );

+	    prevglxc->pGlxWindow = 0;   

+	}

+

+	if (prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow) {

+	    /*

+	    ** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.

+	    */

+	    prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow->refcnt--;

+	    __glXFreeGLXWindow( prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow );

+	    prevglxc->pGlxReadWindow = 0;   

+	}

+

+	if (prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer) {

+	    /*

+	    ** The previous drawable was a glx Pbuffer, release it.

+	    */

+	    prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer->refcnt--;

+	    __glXFreeGLXPbuffer( prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer );

+	    prevglxc->pGlxPbuffer = 0;   

+	}

+

+	if (prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer) {

+	    /*

+	    ** The previous drawable was a glx Pbuffer, release it.

+	    */

+	    prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer->refcnt--;

+	    __glXFreeGLXPbuffer( prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer );

+	    prevglxc->pGlxReadPbuffer = 0;   

+	}

+

+	ChangeCurrentContext(cl, glxc, tag);

+	ChangeCurrentContext(cl, glxc, tag);

+	StopUsingContext(prevglxc);

+    } else {

+	tag = AddCurrentContext(cl, glxc, pDraw);

+    }

+    if (glxc) {

+

+       glxc->pGlxPixmap = pGlxPixmap;

+       glxc->pGlxReadPixmap = pReadGlxPixmap;

+       glxc->pGlxWindow = pGlxWindow;

+       glxc->pGlxReadWindow = pGlxReadWindow;

+       glxc->pGlxPbuffer = pGlxPbuffer;

+       glxc->pGlxReadPbuffer = pGlxReadPbuffer;

+

+	if (pGlxPixmap) {

+	    pGlxPixmap->refcnt++;

+	}

+

+	if (pReadGlxPixmap) {

+	    pReadGlxPixmap->refcnt++;

+	}

+

+	if (pGlxWindow) {

+	   pGlxWindow->refcnt++;

+	}

+

+	if (pGlxReadWindow) {

+	   pGlxReadWindow->refcnt++;

+	}

+

+	if (pGlxPbuffer) {

+	   pGlxPbuffer->refcnt++;

+	}

+

+	if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {

+	   pGlxReadPbuffer->refcnt++;

+	}

+

+	StartUsingContext(cl, glxc);

+	new_reply.contextTag = tag;

+    } else {

+	new_reply.contextTag = 0;

+    }

+    new_reply.length = 0;

+    new_reply.type = X_Reply;

+    new_reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+

+       if (pDraw && new_reply.writeType != GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE) {

+	  pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)

+	     SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);

+       }

+

+       if (pReadDraw && pReadDraw != pDraw && 

+	     new_reply.readType != GLX_PBUFFER_TYPE) {

+	  pXinReadDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)

+	     SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pReadDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);

+       }

+       else {

+	  pXinReadDraw = pXinDraw;

+       }

+    }

+#endif

+

+

+    /* send the MakeCurrent request to all required

+     * back-end servers.

+     */

+    for (s = from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+       unsigned int be_draw = None;

+       unsigned int be_read_draw = None;

+

+       if (pGlxPixmap) {

+	   be_draw = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];

+       }

+       else if (pGlxPbuffer) {

+	  be_draw = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s];

+       }

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+       else if (pXinDraw) {

+	  dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, DixReadAccess);

+       }

+#endif

+       else if (pGlxWindow) {

+	  pWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+       }

+

+       if (pWin && be_draw == None) {

+	   be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;

+	   if (!be_draw) {

+	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */

+	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */

+	      /* creation of the window */

+	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );

+	      be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;

+	   }

+       }

+

+       /*

+	* Before sending the MakeCurrent request - sync the

+	* X11 connection to the back-end servers to make sure

+	* that drawable is already created

+	*/

+       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 ); 

+

+       if (drawId == readId) {

+	  LockDisplay(dpy);

+	  GetReq(GLXMakeCurrent, be_req);

+	  be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	  be_req->glxCode = X_GLXMakeCurrent;

+	  be_req->drawable = be_draw;

+	  be_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);

+	  be_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);

+	  if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &be_reply, 0, False)) {

+

+	     /* The make current failed */

+	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	     SyncHandle();

+	     return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );

+	  }

+

+	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       	  SyncHandle();

+

+	  SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, be_reply.contextTag );

+       }

+       else {

+

+	  if (pReadGlxPixmap) {

+	     be_read_draw = pReadGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];

+	  }

+	  else if (pGlxReadPbuffer) {

+	     be_read_draw = pGlxReadPbuffer->be_xids[s];

+	  }

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+	  else if (pXinReadDraw) {

+	     dixLookupWindow(&pReadWin, pXinReadDraw->info[s].id, client,

+			     DixReadAccess);

+   	  }

+#endif

+	  else if (pGlxReadWindow) {

+	     pReadWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxReadWindow->pDraw;

+	  }

+

+      	  if (pReadWin && be_read_draw == None) {

+  	     be_read_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pReadWin))->window;

+	   if (!be_read_draw) {

+	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */

+	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */

+	      /* creation of the window */

+	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pReadWin, TRUE );

+	      be_read_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pReadWin))->window;

+              dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 ); 

+	   }

+     	  }

+

+	  if ( __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+	     LockDisplay(dpy);

+	     GetReq(GLXMakeContextCurrent, be_new_req);

+	     be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	     be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXMakeContextCurrent;

+	     be_new_req->drawable = be_draw;

+	     be_new_req->readdrawable = be_read_draw;

+	     be_new_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);

+	     be_new_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);

+	     if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &be_new_reply, 0, False)) {

+

+		/* The make current failed */

+		UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+   		SyncHandle();

+   		return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );

+   	     }

+

+   	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+      	     SyncHandle();

+

+   	     SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, be_new_reply.contextTag );

+	  }

+	  else if (glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGI_make_current_read")) {

+	     xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *ext_req;

+	     xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *vpreq;

+             xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply ext_reply;

+

+	     LockDisplay(dpy);

+	     GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivateWithReply, 

+		         sz_xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq,

+		         vpreq);

+	     ext_req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *)vpreq;

+	     ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	     ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivateWithReply;

+	     ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_MakeCurrentReadSGI;

+	     ext_req->drawable = be_draw;

+	     ext_req->readable = be_read_draw;

+	     ext_req->context = (unsigned int)(glxc ? glxc->real_ids[s-from_screen] : 0);

+	     ext_req->oldContextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl, tag, s);

+	     if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &ext_reply, 0, False)) {

+

+		/* The make current failed */

+		UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+   		SyncHandle();

+   		return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );

+   	     }

+

+   	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+      	     SyncHandle();

+

+   	     SetCurrentBackEndTag( cl, tag, s, ext_reply.contextTag );

+

+	  }

+	  else {

+	     return BadMatch;

+	  }

+       }

+

+       XFlush( dpy );

+    }

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+	__glXSwapMakeCurrentReply(client, &new_reply);

+    } else {

+	WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXMakeContextCurrentReply, (char *)&new_reply);

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXMakeCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXMakeCurrentReq *req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReq *) pc;

+

+    return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->drawable,

+	                req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );

+}

+

+int __glXMakeContextCurrent(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *req = (xGLXMakeContextCurrentReq *) pc;

+

+    return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->readdrawable,

+	                req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );

+}

+

+int __glXMakeCurrentReadSGI(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *req = (xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReq *) pc;

+

+    return( MakeCurrent(cl, req->drawable, req->readable,

+	                req->context, req->oldContextTag ) );

+}

+

+int __glXIsDirect(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXIsDirectReq *req = (xGLXIsDirectReq *) pc;

+    xGLXIsDirectReply reply;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+

+    /*

+    ** Find the GL context.

+    */

+    glxc = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(req->context, __glXContextRes);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	client->errorValue = req->context;

+	return __glXBadContext;

+    }

+

+    reply.isDirect = 0;

+    reply.length = 0;

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+	__glXSwapIsDirectReply(client, &reply);

+    } else {

+	WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXIsDirectReply, (char *)&reply);

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXQueryVersion(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+/*    xGLXQueryVersionReq *req = (xGLXQueryVersionReq *) pc; */

+    xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;

+

+    /*

+    ** Server should take into consideration the version numbers sent by the

+    ** client if it wants to work with older clients; however, in this

+    ** implementation the server just returns its version number.

+    */

+    reply.majorVersion = __glXVersionMajor;

+    reply.minorVersion = __glXVersionMinor;

+    reply.length = 0;

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+	__glXSwapQueryVersionReply(client, &reply);

+    } else {

+	WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryVersionReply, (char *)&reply);

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXWaitGL(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXWaitGLReq *req = (xGLXWaitGLReq *)pc;

+    xGLXWaitGLReq *be_req = (xGLXWaitGLReq *)pc;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    int s;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;

+    

+    if (req->contextTag != 0) {

+	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+	if (glxc) {

+	   from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+	}

+    }

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXWaitGL,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXWaitGL;

+       be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+

+       XSync(dpy, False);

+    }

+    

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXWaitX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXWaitXReq *req = (xGLXWaitXReq *)pc;

+    xGLXWaitXReq *be_req;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    int s;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;

+    

+    if (req->contextTag != 0) {

+	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+	if (glxc) {

+	   from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+	}

+    }

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXWaitX,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXWaitX;

+       be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+

+       XFlush( dpy );

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXCopyContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXCopyContextReq *be_req;

+    xGLXCopyContextReq *req = (xGLXCopyContextReq *) pc;

+    GLXContextID source = req->source;

+    GLXContextID dest = req->dest;

+    GLXContextTag tag = req->contextTag;

+    unsigned long mask = req->mask;

+    __GLXcontext *src, *dst;

+    int s;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check that each context exists.

+    */

+    src = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(source, __glXContextRes);

+    if (!src) {

+	client->errorValue = source;

+	return __glXBadContext;

+    }

+    dst = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(dest, __glXContextRes);

+    if (!dst) {

+	client->errorValue = dest;

+	return __glXBadContext;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** They must be in the same address space, and same screen.

+    */

+    if (src->pGlxScreen != dst->pGlxScreen) {

+	client->errorValue = source;

+	return BadMatch;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** The destination context must not be current for any client.

+    */

+    if (dst->isCurrent) {

+	client->errorValue = dest;

+	return BadAccess;

+    }

+

+    if (tag) {

+	__GLXcontext *tagcx = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);

+	

+	if (!tagcx) {

+	    return __glXBadContextTag;

+	}

+	if (tagcx != src) {

+	    /*

+	    ** This would be caused by a faulty implementation of the client

+	    ** library.

+	    */

+	    return BadMatch;

+	}

+    }

+

+    from_screen = to_screen = src->pScreen->myNum;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXCopyContext,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCopyContext;

+       be_req->source = (unsigned int)src->real_ids[s-from_screen];

+       be_req->dest = (unsigned int)dst->real_ids[s-from_screen];

+       be_req->mask = mask;

+       be_req->contextTag = (tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXGetVisualConfigs(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *req = (xGLXGetVisualConfigsReq *) pc;

+    xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply reply;

+    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;

+    __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;

+    CARD32 buf[__GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG];

+    unsigned int screen;

+    int i, p;

+

+    screen = req->screen;

+    if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {

+	/* The client library must send a valid screen number. */

+	client->errorValue = screen;

+	return BadValue;

+    }

+    pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];

+

+    reply.numVisuals = pGlxScreen->numGLXVisuals;

+    reply.numProps = __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG;

+    reply.length = (pGlxScreen->numGLXVisuals * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32 *

+		    __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG) >> 2;

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+

+    WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetVisualConfigsReply, (char *)&reply);

+

+    for (i=0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++) {

+	pGlxVisual = &pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[i];

+	if (!pGlxScreen->isGLXvis[i] || pGlxVisual->vid == 0) {

+	    /* not a usable visual */

+	    continue;

+	}

+	p = 0;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->vid;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->class;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->rgba;

+

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->redSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->greenSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->blueSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->alphaSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumRedSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumGreenSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumBlueSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->accumAlphaSize;

+

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->doubleBuffer;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->stereo;

+

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->bufferSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->depthSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->stencilSize;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->auxBuffers;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->level;

+	/* 

+	** Add token/value pairs for extensions.

+	*/

+	buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_CAVEAT_EXT;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->visualRating;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE_EXT;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentPixel;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE_EXT;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentRed;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE_EXT;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentGreen;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE_EXT;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentBlue;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE_EXT;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentAlpha;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE_EXT;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->transparentIndex;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->multiSampleSize;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->nMultiSampleBuffers;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX;

+	buf[p++] = pGlxVisual->visualSelectGroup;

+

+	WriteToClient(client, __GLX_SIZE_CARD32 * __GLX_TOTAL_CONFIG, 

+		(char *)buf);

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+/*

+** Create a GLX Pixmap from an X Pixmap.

+*/

+static int CreateGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl,

+                    VisualID visual, GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId,

+		    int screenNum, XID pixmapId, XID glxpixmapId )

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *be_req;

+    xGLXCreatePixmapReq *be_new_req;

+    DrawablePtr pDraw;

+    ScreenPtr pScreen;

+    VisualPtr pVisual;

+    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap;

+    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;

+    __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;

+    __GLXFBConfig *pFBConfig;

+    int i, s, rc;

+    int from_screen, to_screen;

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;

+#endif

+

+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, pixmapId, client, M_DRAWABLE_PIXMAP,

+			   DixAddAccess);

+    if (rc != Success)

+	return rc;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check if screen of visual matches screen of pixmap.

+    */

+    pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;

+    if (screenNum != pScreen->myNum) {

+	return BadMatch;

+    }

+

+    if (fbconfigId == NULL && visual == NULL) {

+	  return BadValue;

+    }

+

+    if (fbconfigId != None) {

+       pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig( fbconfigId );

+       if (!pFBConfig) {

+	  client->errorValue = fbconfigId;

+	  return BadValue;

+       }

+       visual = pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;

+    }

+    else {

+       pFBConfig = NULL;

+    }

+

+    if (visual != None) {

+       /*

+	** Find the VisualRec for this visual.

+	*/

+       pVisual = pScreen->visuals;

+       for (i=0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {

+	  if (pVisual->vid == visual) {

+	     break;

+	  }

+       }

+       if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {

+	  client->errorValue = visual;

+	  return BadValue;

+       }

+       /*

+	** Check if depth of visual matches depth of pixmap.

+	*/

+       if (pVisual->nplanes != pDraw->depth) {

+	  client->errorValue = visual;

+	  return BadMatch;

+       }

+

+       /*

+	** Get configuration of the visual.

+	*/

+       pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screenNum];

+       pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;

+       for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {

+	  if (pGlxVisual->vid == visual) {

+	     break;

+	  }

+       }

+       if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {

+	  /*

+	   ** Visual not support on this screen by this OpenGL implementation.

+	   */

+	  client->errorValue = visual;

+	  return BadValue;

+       }

+

+

+       /* find the FBConfig for that visual (if any) */

+       if ( pFBConfig == NULL ) {

+	   pFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfigByVID( visual );

+

+	   if ( pFBConfig == NULL ) {

+	      /*

+               * visual does not have an FBConfig ???

+	      client->errorValue = visual;

+	      return BadValue;

+	       */

+	   }

+       }

+    }

+    else {

+       pVisual = NULL;

+       pGlxVisual = NULL;

+    }

+

+    pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(__GLXpixmap));

+    if (!pGlxPixmap) {

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+    pGlxPixmap->be_xids = (XID *) __glXMalloc(sizeof(XID) * screenInfo.numScreens);

+    if (!pGlxPixmap->be_xids) {

+        __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    pGlxPixmap->pDraw = pDraw;

+    pGlxPixmap->pGlxScreen = pGlxScreen;

+    pGlxPixmap->pGlxVisual = pGlxVisual;

+    pGlxPixmap->pFBConfig = pFBConfig;

+    pGlxPixmap->pScreen = pScreen;

+    pGlxPixmap->idExists = True;

+    pGlxPixmap->refcnt = 0;

+

+    /*

+    ** Bump the ref count on the X pixmap so it won't disappear.

+    */

+    ((PixmapPtr) pDraw)->refcnt++;

+

+    /*

+     * send the request to the back-end server(s)

+     */

+    from_screen = to_screen = screenNum;

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+

+       pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)

+	  SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);

+    }

+#endif

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+       Pixmap  be_pixmap;

+       DrawablePtr pRealDraw = pDraw;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+       if (pXinDraw) {

+	   dixLookupDrawable(&pRealDraw, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, 0,

+			     DixAddAccess);

+       }

+#endif

+

+       be_pixmap = (DMX_GET_PIXMAP_PRIV((PixmapPtr)pRealDraw))->pixmap;

+

+       /* make sure pixmap already created on back-end */

+       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );

+

+       if ( pFBConfig && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+       	  __GLXFBConfig *be_FBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pFBConfig->id, s );

+	  

+	  LockDisplay(dpy);

+	  pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);

+	  GetReq(GLXCreatePixmap,be_new_req);

+	  be_new_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	  be_new_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreatePixmap;

+	  be_new_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);

+	  be_new_req->fbconfig = be_FBConfig->id;

+	  be_new_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;

+	  be_new_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];

+	  be_new_req->numAttribs = 0;

+	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	  SyncHandle();

+       }

+       else if (pFBConfig && glxIsExtensionSupported("GLX_SGIX_fbconfig")) {

+	  __GLXFBConfig *be_FBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pFBConfig->id, s );

+	  xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq *ext_req;

+	  xGLXVendorPrivateReq *vpreq;

+	  

+	  LockDisplay(dpy);

+	  pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);

+	  GetReqExtra(GLXVendorPrivate,

+		      sz_xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq-sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq,

+		      vpreq);

+	  ext_req = (xGLXCreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIXReq *)vpreq;

+	  ext_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	  ext_req->glxCode = X_GLXVendorPrivate;

+	  ext_req->vendorCode = X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX;

+	  ext_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);

+	  ext_req->fbconfig = be_FBConfig->id;

+	  ext_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;

+	  ext_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];

+	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	  SyncHandle();

+       }

+       else if (pGlxVisual) {

+	  LockDisplay(dpy);

+	  pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s] = XAllocID(dpy);

+	  GetReq(GLXCreateGLXPixmap,be_req);

+	  be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	  be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreateGLXPixmap;

+	  be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);

+	  be_req->visual = (unsigned int)glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( 

+	 	pGlxVisual,

+		dmxScreen->glxVisuals,

+		dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals );

+   	  be_req->pixmap = (unsigned int)be_pixmap;

+      	  be_req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];

+	  UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	  SyncHandle();

+       }

+       else {

+	  client->errorValue = ( visual ? visual : fbconfigId );

+          __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );

+	  return BadValue;

+       }

+

+       XFlush( dpy );

+    }

+

+    if (!(AddResource(glxpixmapId, __glXPixmapRes, pGlxPixmap))) {

+        __glXFree( pGlxPixmap );

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXCreateGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *req = (xGLXCreateGLXPixmapReq *) pc;

+

+    return( CreateGLXPixmap(cl, req->visual, None,

+	                    req->screen, req->pixmap, req->glxpixmap) );

+}

+

+int __glXCreatePixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXCreatePixmapReq *req = (xGLXCreatePixmapReq *) pc;

+

+    return( CreateGLXPixmap(cl, None, req->fbconfig,

+	                    req->screen, req->pixmap, req->glxpixmap) );

+}

+

+int __glXDestroyGLXPixmap(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq *req = (xGLXDestroyGLXPixmapReq *) pc;

+    XID glxpixmap = req->glxpixmap;

+    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap;

+    int s;

+    int from_screen, to_screen;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check if it's a valid GLX pixmap.

+    */

+    pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *)LookupIDByType(glxpixmap, __glXPixmapRes);

+    if (!pGlxPixmap) {

+	client->errorValue = glxpixmap;

+	return __glXBadPixmap;

+    }

+    FreeResource(glxpixmap, FALSE);

+

+    /*

+     * destroy the pixmap on the back-end server(s).

+     */

+    from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pDraw->pScreen->myNum;

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       /* make sure pixmap exist in back-end */

+       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXDestroyGLXPixmap,req);

+       req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyGLXPixmap;

+       req->glxpixmap = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+    }

+

+    

+    return Success;

+}

+

+/*****************************************************************************/

+

+/*

+** NOTE: There is no portable implementation for swap buffers as of

+** this time that is of value.  Consequently, this code must be

+** implemented by somebody other than SGI.

+*/

+int __glXDoSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId, GLXContextTag tag)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    DrawablePtr pDraw;

+    xGLXSwapBuffersReq *be_req;

+    WindowPtr pWin = NULL;

+    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;

+#endif

+    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    int s, rc;

+    

+    /*

+    ** Check that the GLX drawable is valid.

+    */

+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);

+    if (rc == Success) {

+        from_screen = to_screen = pDraw->pScreen->myNum;

+

+	if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	    /*

+	    ** Drawable is an X window.

+	    */

+	   pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+	} else {

+	    /*

+	    ** Drawable is an X pixmap, which is not allowed.

+	    */

+	    client->errorValue = drawId;

+	    return __glXBadDrawable;

+	}

+    } 

+

+    if (!pDraw) {

+	pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,

+						    __glXPixmapRes);

+	if (pGlxPixmap) {

+	    /*

+	    ** Drawable is a GLX pixmap.

+	    */

+	   pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+	   from_screen = to_screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+       pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);

+       if (pGlxWindow) {

+	  /*

+	   ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.

+	   */

+	  pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+	  from_screen = to_screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;

+       }

+    }

+

+    if (!pDraw) {

+       /*

+	** Drawable is neither a X window nor a GLX pixmap.

+	*/

+       client->errorValue = drawId;

+       return __glXBadDrawable;

+    }

+

+    if (tag) {

+	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);

+	if (!glxc) {

+	    return __glXBadContextTag;

+	}

+    }

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+       pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)

+        SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);

+    }

+#endif

+

+    /* If requested, send a glFinish to all back-end servers before swapping. */

+    if (dmxGLXFinishSwap) {

+	for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+	    Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+	    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+	    xGLXSingleReq *finishReq;

+	    xGLXSingleReply reply;

+

+#define X_GLXSingle 0    /* needed by GetReq below */

+

+	    LockDisplay(dpy);

+	    GetReq(GLXSingle,finishReq);

+	    finishReq->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	    finishReq->glxCode = X_GLsop_Finish;

+	    finishReq->contextTag = (tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,tag,s) : 0);

+	    (void) _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);

+	    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	    SyncHandle();

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* If requested, send an XSync to all back-end servers before swapping. */

+    if (dmxGLXSyncSwap) {

+	for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++)

+	    XSync(GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s), False);

+    }

+

+

+    /* send the SwapBuffers request to all back-end servers */

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+       unsigned int be_draw = 0;

+

+       if (pGlxPixmap) {

+	  be_draw = (unsigned int)pGlxPixmap->be_xids[s];

+       }

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+       else if (pXinDraw) {

+	  dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[s].id, client, DixReadAccess);

+       }

+#endif

+       else if (pGlxWindow) {

+	  pWin = (WindowPtr)pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+       }

+

+       if (pWin && !be_draw) {

+	   be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;

+	   if (!be_draw) {

+	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */

+	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */

+	      /* creation of the window */

+	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );

+	      be_draw = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;

+	   }

+       }

+

+       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXSwapBuffers,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXSwapBuffers;

+       be_req->drawable = be_draw;

+       be_req->contextTag = ( tag ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,tag,s) : 0 );

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+       XFlush(dpy);

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    DrawablePtr pDraw;

+    xGLXSwapBuffersReq *req = (xGLXSwapBuffersReq *) pc;

+    GLXContextTag tag = req->contextTag;

+    XID drawId = req->drawable;

+    __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = NULL;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;

+    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = NULL;

+    int rc;

+    

+    /*

+    ** Check that the GLX drawable is valid.

+    */

+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);

+    if (rc == Success) {

+	if (pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	    /*

+	    ** Drawable is an X pixmap, which is not allowed.

+	    */

+	    client->errorValue = drawId;

+	    return __glXBadDrawable;

+	}

+    } 

+

+    if (!pDraw) {

+	pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,

+						    __glXPixmapRes);

+	if (pGlxPixmap) {

+	    /*

+	    ** Drawable is a GLX pixmap.

+	    */

+	   pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!pDraw && __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(1,3) ) {

+       pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);

+       if (pGlxWindow) {

+	  /*

+	   ** Drawable is a GLXWindow.

+	   */

+	  pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+       }

+    }

+

+    if (!pDraw) {

+       /*

+	** Drawable is neither a X window nor a GLX pixmap.

+	*/

+       client->errorValue = drawId;

+       return __glXBadDrawable;

+    }

+

+    if (tag) {

+	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, tag);

+	if (!glxc) {

+	    return __glXBadContextTag;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (pDraw &&

+	pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW &&

+	DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV((WindowPtr)pDraw)->swapGroup) {

+	return SGSwapBuffers(cl, drawId, tag, pDraw);

+    }

+

+    return __glXDoSwapBuffers(cl, drawId, tag);

+}

+

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+/*

+** Render and Renderlarge are not in the GLX API.  They are used by the GLX

+** client library to send batches of GL rendering commands.

+*/

+

+/*

+** Execute all the drawing commands in a request.

+*/

+int __glXRender(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXRenderReq *req;

+    xGLXRenderReq *be_req;

+    int size;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    int s;

+

+    /*

+    ** NOTE: much of this code also appears in the byteswapping version of this

+    ** routine, __glXSwapRender().  Any changes made here should also be

+    ** duplicated there.

+    */

+    

+    req = (xGLXRenderReq *) pc;

+

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    pc += sz_xGLXRenderReq;

+    size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXRenderReq;

+

+    /*

+     * just forward the request to back-end server(s)

+     */

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXRender,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXRender;

+       be_req->length = req->length;

+       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);

+       _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, size);

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+/*

+** Execute a large rendering request (one that spans multiple X requests).

+*/

+int __glXRenderLarge(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXRenderLargeReq *req;

+    xGLXRenderLargeReq *be_req;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    int s;

+

+    /*

+    ** NOTE: much of this code also appears in the byteswapping version of this

+    ** routine, __glXSwapRenderLarge().  Any changes made here should also be

+    ** duplicated there.

+    */

+    

+    req = (xGLXRenderLargeReq *) pc;

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    pc += sz_xGLXRenderLargeReq;

+

+    /*

+     * just forward the request to back-end server(s)

+     */

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       GetReq(GLXRenderLarge,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXRenderLarge;

+       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);

+       be_req->length = req->length;

+       be_req->requestNumber = req->requestNumber;

+       be_req->requestTotal = req->requestTotal;

+       be_req->dataBytes = req->dataBytes;

+       Data(dpy, (const char *)pc, req->dataBytes);

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+int __glXVendorPrivate(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req;

+

+    req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *) pc;

+

+    switch( req->vendorCode ) {

+

+       case X_GLvop_DeleteTexturesEXT:

+	  return __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc );

+	  break;

+

+       case X_GLXvop_SwapIntervalSGI:

+	  if (glxIsExtensionSupported("SGI_swap_control")) {

+	     return __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc );

+	  }

+	  else {

+	     return Success;

+	  }

+	  break;

+

+#if 0 /* glx 1.3 */

+       case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXVideoSourceSGIX:

+	  break;

+       case X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXVideoSourceSGIX:

+	  break;

+       case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPixmapWithConfigSGIX:

+	  break;

+       case X_GLXvop_DestroyGLXPbufferSGIX:

+	  break;

+       case X_GLXvop_ChangeDrawableAttributesSGIX:

+	  break;

+#endif

+

+       case X_GLXvop_BindSwapBarrierSGIX:

+	  return __glXBindSwapBarrierSGIX( cl, pc );

+	  break;

+

+       case X_GLXvop_JoinSwapGroupSGIX:

+	  return __glXJoinSwapGroupSGIX( cl, pc );

+	  break;

+

+       case X_GLXvop_CreateContextWithConfigSGIX:

+	  return __glXCreateContextWithConfigSGIX( cl, pc );

+	  break;

+

+       default:

+	  /*

+	   ** unsupported private request

+	   */

+	  cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;

+	  return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;

+    }

+

+    cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;

+    return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;

+

+}

+

+int __glXVendorPrivateWithReply(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *req;

+

+    req = (xGLXVendorPrivateWithReplyReq *) pc;

+

+    switch( req->vendorCode ) {

+

+       case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionFilterEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterfvEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_GetConvolutionParameterivEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_GetSeparableFilterEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_GetHistogramEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_GetHistogramParameterivEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterfvEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_GetMinmaxParameterivEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_AreTexturesResidentEXT:

+       case X_GLvop_IsTextureEXT:

+	  return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply(cl, pc) );

+	  break;

+

+       case X_GLvop_GenTexturesEXT:

+	  return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply(cl, pc) );

+	  break;

+

+

+#if 0 /* glx1.3 */

+       case X_GLvop_GetDetailTexFuncSGIS:

+       case X_GLvop_GetSharpenTexFuncSGIS:

+       case X_GLvop_GetColorTableSGI:

+       case X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterfvSGI:

+       case X_GLvop_GetColorTableParameterivSGI:

+       case X_GLvop_GetTexFilterFuncSGIS:

+       case X_GLvop_GetInstrumentsSGIX:

+       case X_GLvop_InstrumentsBufferSGIX:

+       case X_GLvop_PollInstrumentsSGIX:

+       case X_GLvop_FlushRasterSGIX:

+       case X_GLXvop_CreateGLXPbufferSGIX:

+       case X_GLXvop_GetDrawableAttributesSGIX:

+       case X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeNetworkSGIX:

+       case X_GLXvop_QueryHyperpipeConfigSGIX:

+       case X_GLXvop_HyperpipeConfigSGIX:

+       case X_GLXvop_DestroyHyperpipeConfigSGIX:

+#endif

+       case X_GLXvop_QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX:

+	  return( __glXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(cl, pc) );

+	  break;

+

+       case X_GLXvop_GetFBConfigsSGIX:

+	  return( __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(cl, pc) );

+	  break;

+

+       case X_GLXvop_MakeCurrentReadSGI:

+	  return( __glXMakeCurrentReadSGI(cl, pc) );

+	  break;

+

+       case X_GLXvop_QueryContextInfoEXT:

+	  return( __glXQueryContextInfoEXT(cl,pc) );

+	  break;

+

+       default:

+	  /*

+	   ** unsupported private request

+	   */

+	  cl->client->errorValue = req->vendorCode;

+	  return __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;

+    }

+

+}

+

+int __glXQueryExtensionsString(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *req = (xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *) pc;

+    xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply reply;

+    GLint screen;

+    size_t length;

+    int len, numbytes;

+    char *be_buf;

+

+#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ

+    xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReq *be_req;

+    xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply be_reply;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+    Display *dpy;

+    int slop;

+#endif

+

+    screen = req->screen;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check if screen exists.

+    */

+    if ((screen < 0) || (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens)) {

+	client->errorValue = screen;

+	return BadValue;

+    }

+

+#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ

+    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];

+

+    /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */

+    dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    GetReq(GLXQueryExtensionsString,be_req);

+    be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+    be_req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;

+    be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);

+    _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);

+    len = (int)be_reply.length;

+    numbytes = (int)be_reply.n;

+    slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;

+    be_buf = (char *)malloc(numbytes);

+    if (!be_buf) {

+        /* Throw data on the floor */

+        _XEatData(dpy, len);

+    } else {

+        _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_buf, numbytes);

+        if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);

+    }

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    SyncHandle();

+

+#else

+

+    be_buf = __glXGetServerString(GLX_EXTENSIONS);

+    numbytes = strlen(be_buf) + 1;

+    len = __GLX_PAD(numbytes) >> 2;

+

+#endif

+

+    length = len;

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    reply.length = len;

+    reply.n = numbytes;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        glxSwapQueryExtensionsStringReply(client, &reply, be_buf);

+    } else {

+        WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply,(char *)&reply);

+        WriteToClient(client, (int)(length << 2), (char *)be_buf);

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXQueryServerString(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req = (xGLXQueryServerStringReq *) pc;

+    xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;

+    int name;

+    GLint screen;

+    size_t length;

+    int len, numbytes;

+    char *be_buf;

+#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ

+    xGLXQueryServerStringReq *be_req;

+    xGLXQueryServerStringReply be_reply;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+    Display *dpy;

+    int  slop;

+#endif

+

+    name = req->name;

+    screen = req->screen;

+    /*

+    ** Check if screen exists.

+    */

+    if ((screen < 0) || (screen >= screenInfo.numScreens)) {

+	client->errorValue = screen;

+	return BadValue;

+    }

+

+#ifdef FWD_QUERY_REQ

+    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];

+

+    /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */

+    dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,be_req);

+    be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+    be_req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;

+    be_req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);

+    be_req->name = name;

+    _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);

+    len = (int)be_reply.length;

+    numbytes = (int)be_reply.n;

+    slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;

+    be_buf = (char *)malloc(numbytes);

+    if (!be_buf) {

+        /* Throw data on the floor */

+        _XEatData(dpy, len);

+    } else {

+        _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_buf, numbytes);

+        if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);

+    }

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    SyncHandle();

+

+#else

+    be_buf = __glXGetServerString(name);

+    numbytes = strlen(be_buf) + 1;

+    len = __GLX_PAD(numbytes) >> 2;

+#endif

+

+    length = len;

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    reply.length = length;

+    reply.n = numbytes;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        glxSwapQueryServerStringReply(client, &reply, be_buf);

+    } else {

+        WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryServerStringReply, (char *)&reply);

+        WriteToClient(client, (int)(length << 2), be_buf);

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXClientInfo(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXClientInfoReq *req = (xGLXClientInfoReq *) pc;

+    xGLXClientInfoReq *be_req;

+    const char *buf;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    int s;

+   

+    cl->GLClientmajorVersion = req->major;

+    cl->GLClientminorVersion = req->minor;

+    if (cl->GLClientextensions) __glXFree(cl->GLClientextensions);

+    buf = (const char *)(req+1);

+    cl->GLClientextensions = strdup(buf);

+

+    to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++)

+    {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXClientInfo,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXClientInfo;

+       be_req->major = req->major;

+       be_req->minor = req->minor;

+       be_req->length = req->length;

+       be_req->numbytes = req->numbytes;

+       Data(dpy, buf, req->numbytes);

+

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXUseXFont(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXUseXFontReq *req;

+    xGLXUseXFontReq *be_req;

+    FontPtr pFont;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc = NULL;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    int s;

+    dmxFontPrivPtr  pFontPriv;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+    Display *dpy;

+

+    req = (xGLXUseXFontReq *) pc;

+

+    if (req->contextTag != 0) {

+	glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+	if (glxc) {

+	   from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Font can actually be either the ID of a font or the ID of a GC

+    ** containing a font.

+    */

+    pFont = (FontPtr)LookupIDByType(req->font, RT_FONT);

+    if (!pFont) {

+        GC *pGC = (GC *)LookupIDByType(req->font, RT_GC);

+        if (!pGC) {

+	    client->errorValue = req->font;

+            return BadFont;

+	}

+	pFont = pGC->font;

+    }

+

+    pFontPriv = FontGetPrivate(pFont, dmxFontPrivateIndex);

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXUseXFont,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXUseXFont;

+       be_req->contextTag = (glxc ? GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s) : 0);

+       be_req->font = pFontPriv->font[s]->fid;

+       be_req->first = req->first;

+       be_req->count = req->count;

+       be_req->listBase = req->listBase;

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+

+       XSync( dpy, False );

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+/*

+ * start GLX 1.3 here

+ */

+

+int __glXGetFBConfigs(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *req = (xGLXGetFBConfigsReq *) pc;

+    xGLXGetFBConfigsReply reply;

+    __GLXFBConfig *pFBConfig;

+    CARD32 buf[2 * __GLX_TOTAL_FBCONFIG_PROPS];

+    int numAttribs = __GLX_TOTAL_FBCONFIG_PROPS;

+    unsigned int screen = req->screen;

+    int numFBConfigs, i, p;

+    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;

+

+    if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {

+	/* The client library must send a valid screen number. */

+	client->errorValue = screen;

+	return BadValue;

+    }

+

+    pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[screen];

+    numFBConfigs = __glXNumFBConfigs;

+

+    reply.numFBConfigs = numFBConfigs;

+    reply.numAttribs = numAttribs;

+    reply.length = (numFBConfigs * 2 * numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32) >> 2;

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+	__GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+	__GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply.sequenceNumber);

+	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.length);

+	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.numFBConfigs);

+	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.numAttribs);

+    }

+    WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetFBConfigsReply, (char *)&reply);

+

+    for (i=0; i < numFBConfigs; i++) {

+       int associatedVisualId = 0;

+       int drawableTypeIndex;

+       pFBConfig = __glXFBConfigs[ i * (screenInfo.numScreens+1) ];

+

+	p = 0;

+	/* core attributes */

+	buf[p++] = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->id;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_BUFFER_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->indexBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_LEVEL;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->level;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_DOUBLEBUFFER;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->doubleBufferMode;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_STEREO;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->stereoMode;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_AUX_BUFFERS;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxAuxBuffers;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_RED_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->redBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_GREEN_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->greenBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_BLUE_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->blueBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_ALPHA_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->alphaBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_DEPTH_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->depthBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_STENCIL_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->stencilBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_RED_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumRedBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumGreenBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumBlueBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->accumAlphaBits;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_RENDER_TYPE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->renderType;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_DRAWABLE_TYPE;

+	drawableTypeIndex = p;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->drawableType;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_X_VISUAL_TYPE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualType;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_CONFIG_CAVEAT;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualCaveat;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_TYPE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentType;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_RED_VALUE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentRed;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_GREEN_VALUE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentGreen;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_BLUE_VALUE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentBlue;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_VALUE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentAlpha;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_TRANSPARENT_INDEX_VALUE;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->transparentIndex;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_WIDTH;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferWidth;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_HEIGHT;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferHeight;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_MAX_PBUFFER_PIXELS;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->maxPbufferPixels;

+

+	/*

+         * find the visual of the back-end server and match a visual

+	 * on the proxy.

+	 * do only once - if a visual is not yet associated.

+	 */

+	if (pFBConfig->associatedVisualId == (unsigned int)-1) {

+	   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];

+	   __GLXFBConfig *be_pFBConfig = __glXFBConfigs[ i * (screenInfo.numScreens+1)+screen+1 ];

+	   __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual = NULL;

+	   int v;

+	   int found = 0;

+	   for (v=0; v<dmxScreen->numGlxVisuals; v++) {

+	      if (dmxScreen->glxVisuals[v].vid == be_pFBConfig->associatedVisualId) {

+		 pGlxVisual = &dmxScreen->glxVisuals[v];

+		 break;

+	      }

+	   }

+

+	   if (pGlxVisual) {

+	      for (v=0; v<pGlxScreen->numVisuals; v++) {

+		 if (glxVisualsMatch(&pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[v], pGlxVisual)) {

+		    associatedVisualId = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual[v].vid;

+		    found = 1;

+		    break;

+		 }

+	      }

+	   }

+

+	   if (!found) {

+	      associatedVisualId = 0;

+	      pFBConfig->drawableType &= ~(GLX_WINDOW_BIT);

+	      buf[drawableTypeIndex] = pFBConfig->drawableType;

+	   }

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+	   else if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+	      /* convert the associated visualId to the panoramix one */

+	      pFBConfig->associatedVisualId =

+		  PanoramiXTranslateVisualID(screen, v);

+	   }

+#endif

+	}

+	else {

+	   associatedVisualId = pFBConfig->associatedVisualId;

+	}

+

+	buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_ID;

+	buf[p++] = associatedVisualId;

+

+	/* SGIS_multisample attributes */

+	buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLES_SGIS;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->multiSampleSize;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_SAMPLE_BUFFERS_SGIS;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->nMultiSampleBuffers;

+

+	/* SGIX_pbuffer specific attributes */

+	buf[p++] = GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_WIDTH_SGIX;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->optimalPbufferWidth;

+	buf[p++] = GLX_OPTIMAL_PBUFFER_HEIGHT_SGIX;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->optimalPbufferHeight;

+

+	buf[p++] = GLX_VISUAL_SELECT_GROUP_SGIX;

+	buf[p++] = pFBConfig->visualSelectGroup;

+

+	if (client->swapped) {

+	    __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+	    __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY((int *)buf, 2*numAttribs);

+	}

+	WriteToClient(client, 2*numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, (char *)buf);

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+   xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq *req = (xGLXGetFBConfigsSGIXReq *)pc;

+   xGLXGetFBConfigsReq new_req;

+

+   new_req.reqType = req->reqType;

+   new_req.glxCode = req->glxCode;

+   new_req.length = req->length;

+   new_req.screen = req->screen;

+

+   return( __glXGetFBConfigs( cl, (GLbyte *)&new_req ) );

+}

+

+

+int __glXCreateWindow(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXCreateWindowReq *req = (xGLXCreateWindowReq *) pc;

+    int screen = req->screen;

+    GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId = req->fbconfig;

+    XID windowId = req->window;

+    XID glxwindowId = req->glxwindow;

+    DrawablePtr pDraw;

+    ScreenPtr pScreen;

+    __glXWindow *pGlxWindow;

+    __GLXFBConfig *pGlxFBConfig = NULL;

+    VisualPtr pVisual;

+    VisualID visId;

+    int i, rc;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check if windowId is valid 

+    */

+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, windowId, client, M_DRAWABLE_WINDOW,

+			   DixAddAccess);

+    if (rc != Success)

+	return rc;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check if screen of window matches screen of fbconfig.

+    */

+    pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;

+    if (screen != pScreen->myNum) {

+	return BadMatch;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Find the FBConfigRec for this fbconfigid.

+    */

+    if (!(pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig(fbconfigId))) {

+	client->errorValue = fbconfigId;

+	return __glXBadFBConfig;

+    }

+    visId = pGlxFBConfig->associatedVisualId;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check if the fbconfig supports rendering to windows 

+    */

+    if( !(pGlxFBConfig->drawableType & GLX_WINDOW_BIT) ) {

+	return BadMatch;	

+    }

+

+    if (visId != None) {

+       /*

+	** Check if the visual ID is valid for this screen.

+	*/

+       pVisual = pScreen->visuals;

+       for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, pVisual++) {

+	  if (pVisual->vid == visId) {

+	     break;

+	  }

+       }

+       if (i == pScreen->numVisuals) {

+	  client->errorValue = visId;

+	  return BadValue;

+       }

+	

+        /*

+        ** Check if color buffer depth of fbconfig matches depth 

+	** of window.

+        */

+        if (pVisual->nplanes != pDraw->depth) {

+	    return BadMatch;

+	}

+    } else

+	/*

+	** The window was created with no visual that corresponds

+	** to fbconfig 

+	*/

+	return BadMatch;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check if there is already a fbconfig associated with this window

+    */

+    if ( LookupIDByType(glxwindowId, __glXWindowRes) ) {

+	client->errorValue = glxwindowId;

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) malloc(sizeof(__glXWindow));

+    if (!pGlxWindow) {

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Register this GLX window as a resource

+    */

+    if (!(AddResource(glxwindowId, __glXWindowRes, pGlxWindow))) {

+	return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    pGlxWindow->pDraw = pDraw;

+    pGlxWindow->type = GLX_GLXWINDOW_TYPE;

+    pGlxWindow->idExists = True;

+    pGlxWindow->refcnt = 0;

+    pGlxWindow->pGlxFBConfig = pGlxFBConfig;

+    pGlxWindow->pScreen = pScreen;

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXDestroyWindow(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXDestroyWindowReq *req = (xGLXDestroyWindowReq *) pc;

+    XID glxwindow = req->glxwindow;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check if it's a valid GLX window.

+    */

+    if (!LookupIDByType(glxwindow, __glXWindowRes)) {

+	client->errorValue = glxwindow;

+	return __glXBadDrawable;

+    }

+    /*

+    ** The glx window destructor will check whether it's current before

+    ** freeing anything.

+    */

+    FreeResource(glxwindow, RT_NONE);	

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXQueryContext(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    __GLXcontext *ctx;

+    xGLXQueryContextReq *req;

+    xGLXQueryContextReply reply;

+    int nProps;

+    int *sendBuf, *pSendBuf;

+    int nReplyBytes;

+

+    req = (xGLXQueryContextReq *)pc;

+    ctx = (__GLXcontext *) LookupIDByType(req->context, __glXContextRes);

+    if (!ctx) {

+        client->errorValue = req->context;

+        return __glXBadContext;

+    }

+

+    nProps = 3;

+

+    reply.length = nProps << 1;

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    reply.n = nProps;

+

+    nReplyBytes = reply.length << 2;

+    sendBuf = (int *)malloc(nReplyBytes);

+    pSendBuf = sendBuf;

+    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;

+    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig->id);

+    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_RENDER_TYPE;

+    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig->renderType);

+    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SCREEN;

+    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pScreen->myNum);

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        __glXSwapQueryContextReply(client, &reply, sendBuf);

+    } else {

+        WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryContextReply, (char *)&reply);

+        WriteToClient(client, nReplyBytes, (char *)sendBuf);

+    }

+    free((char *)sendBuf);

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXQueryContextInfoEXT(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    __GLXcontext *ctx;

+    xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq *req;

+    xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply reply;

+    int nProps;

+    int *sendBuf, *pSendBuf;

+    int nReplyBytes;

+

+    req = (xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReq *)pc;

+    ctx = (__GLXcontext *) SecurityLookupIDByType(client, req->context, __glXContextRes, DixReadAccess);

+    if (!ctx) {

+        client->errorValue = req->context;

+        return __glXBadContext;

+    }

+

+    nProps = 4;

+

+    reply.length = nProps << 1;

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    reply.n = nProps;

+

+    nReplyBytes = reply.length << 2;

+    sendBuf = (int *)malloc(nReplyBytes);

+    pSendBuf = sendBuf;

+    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SHARE_CONTEXT_EXT;

+    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->share_id);

+    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_VISUAL_ID_EXT;

+    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pVisual ? ctx->pVisual->vid : 0);

+    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_SCREEN_EXT;

+    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pScreen->myNum);

+    *pSendBuf++ = GLX_FBCONFIG_ID;

+    *pSendBuf++ = (int)(ctx->pFBConfig ? ctx->pFBConfig->id : 0);

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+        __glXSwapQueryContextInfoEXTReply(client, &reply, sendBuf);

+    } else {

+        WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply, (char *)&reply);

+        WriteToClient(client, nReplyBytes, (char *)sendBuf);

+    }

+    free((char *)sendBuf);

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXCreatePbuffer(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXCreatePbufferReq *req = (xGLXCreatePbufferReq *)pc;

+    xGLXCreatePbufferReq *be_req;

+    int screen = req->screen;

+    GLXFBConfigID fbconfigId = req->fbconfig;

+    GLXPbuffer pbuffer = req->pbuffer;

+    __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer;

+    int numAttribs = req->numAttribs;

+    int *attr;

+    ScreenPtr pScreen;

+    __GLXFBConfig *pGlxFBConfig;

+    __GLXFBConfig *be_pGlxFBConfig;

+    XID be_xid;

+    Display *dpy;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+    int s;

+    int from_screen, to_screen;

+

+   /*

+    ** Look up screen and FBConfig.

+    */

+    if (screen > screenInfo.numScreens) {

+        /* The client library must send a valid screen number. */

+        client->errorValue = screen;

+        return BadValue;

+    }

+    pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];

+

+    /*

+    ** Find the FBConfigRec for this fbconfigid.

+    */

+    if (!(pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupFBConfig(fbconfigId))) {

+	client->errorValue = fbconfigId;

+	return __glXBadFBConfig;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Create the GLX part of the Pbuffer.

+    */

+    pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *) malloc(sizeof(__glXPbuffer));

+    if (!pGlxPbuffer) {

+        return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    pGlxPbuffer->be_xids = (XID *) malloc( sizeof(XID) * screenInfo.numScreens );

+    if (!pGlxPbuffer->be_xids) {

+        free(pGlxPbuffer);

+        return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Allocate an XID on the back-end server(s) and send him the request

+     */

+    from_screen = to_screen = screen;

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+       be_xid = XAllocID(dpy);

+       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       be_pGlxFBConfig = glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( pGlxFBConfig->id, s );

+       

+       attr = (int *)( req+1 );

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReqExtra(GLXCreatePbuffer, 2 * numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXCreatePbuffer;

+       be_req->screen = be_pGlxFBConfig->screen;

+       be_req->fbconfig = be_pGlxFBConfig->id;

+       be_req->pbuffer = be_xid;

+       be_req->numAttribs = numAttribs;

+    

+       /* Send attributes */

+       if ( attr != NULL ) {

+	  CARD32 *pc = (CARD32 *)(be_req + 1);

+

+	  while (numAttribs-- > 0) {

+	     *pc++ = *attr++;     /* token */

+	     *pc++ = *attr++;     /* value */

+	  }

+       }

+

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+

+       pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s] = be_xid;

+    }

+

+

+    pGlxPbuffer->idExists = True;

+    pGlxPbuffer->refcnt = 0;

+    pGlxPbuffer->pFBConfig = pGlxFBConfig;

+    pGlxPbuffer->pScreen = pScreen;

+

+    /*

+    ** Register the resource.

+    */

+    if (!(AddResource(pbuffer, __glXPbufferRes, pGlxPbuffer))) {

+        return BadAlloc;

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+

+}

+

+int __glXDestroyPbuffer(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *req = (xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *) pc;

+    xGLXDestroyPbufferReq *be_req;

+    GLXPbuffer pbuffer = req->pbuffer;

+    Display *dpy;

+    int screen;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+    __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer;

+    int s;

+    int from_screen, to_screen;

+

+    /*

+    ** Check if it's a valid Pbuffer

+    */

+    pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(pbuffer, __glXPbufferRes);

+    if (!pGlxPbuffer) {

+	client->errorValue = pbuffer;

+	return __glXBadPbuffer;

+    }

+

+    screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;

+

+    from_screen = to_screen = screen;

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+

+       /* send the destroy request to the back-end server */

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReq(GLXDestroyPbuffer, be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = X_GLXDestroyPbuffer;

+       be_req->pbuffer = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[s];

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+    }

+

+    FreeResource(pbuffer, RT_NONE);	

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXGetDrawableAttributes(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+   xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *req = (xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *)pc;

+   xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReq *be_req;

+   xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply reply;

+   ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+   GLXDrawable drawId = req->drawable;

+   GLXDrawable be_drawable = 0;

+   DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;

+   Display *dpy;

+   int screen, rc;

+   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+   CARD32 *attribs = NULL;

+   int attribs_size;

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;

+#endif

+

+   if (drawId != None) {

+      rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixGetAttrAccess);

+      if (rc == Success) {

+	 if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+		WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+		be_drawable = 0;

+		screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;

+

+	 }

+	 else {

+	    /*

+	     ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.

+	     */

+	    client->errorValue = drawId;

+	    return __glXBadDrawable;

+	 }

+      }

+

+      if (!pDraw) {

+	 __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,

+							__glXPixmapRes);

+	 if (pGlxPixmap) {

+		pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+		screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;

+                be_drawable = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[screen];

+	 }

+      }

+

+      if (!pDraw) {

+	 __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);

+	 if (pGlxWindow) {

+	    pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+	    screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;

+	    be_drawable = 0;

+     	 }

+      }

+

+      if (!pDraw) {

+	 __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);

+	 if (pGlxPbuffer) {

+    	    pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;

+	    screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;

+	    be_drawable = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[screen];

+	 }

+      }

+

+

+      if (!pDraw) {

+	 /*

+	  ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.

+	  */

+	 client->errorValue = drawId;

+	 return __glXBadDrawable;

+      }

+    }

+

+

+   /* if the drawable is a window or GLXWindow - 

+    * we need to find the base id on the back-end server

+    */

+   if (!be_drawable) {

+       WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+       if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+	  pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)

+	     SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);

+	  if (!pXinDraw) {

+	     client->errorValue = drawId;

+	     return __glXBadDrawable;

+	  }

+

+	  dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[screen].id, client,

+			  DixReadAccess);

+       }

+#endif

+

+       if (pWin) {

+	   be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;

+	   if (!be_drawable) {

+	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */

+	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */

+	      /* creation of the window */

+	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );

+	      be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;

+	   }

+       }

+       else {

+	  client->errorValue = drawId;

+	  return __glXBadDrawable;

+       }

+   }

+

+

+   /* send the request to the back-end server */

+   dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);

+   dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];

+

+   /* make sure drawable exists on back-end */

+   dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );

+

+   LockDisplay(dpy);

+   GetReq(GLXGetDrawableAttributes, be_req);

+   be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+   be_req->glxCode = X_GLXGetDrawableAttributes;

+   be_req->drawable = be_drawable;

+   be_req->length = req->length;

+   if (!_XReply(dpy, (xReply *) &reply, 0, False)) {

+      UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+      SyncHandle();

+      return( BE_TO_CLIENT_ERROR(dmxLastErrorEvent.error_code) );

+   }

+

+   if (reply.numAttribs) {

+      attribs_size = 2 * reply.numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32;

+      attribs = (CARD32 *) malloc(attribs_size);

+      if (attribs == NULL) {

+	 UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	 SyncHandle();

+	 return BadAlloc;

+      }

+

+      _XRead(dpy, (char *) attribs, attribs_size);

+   }

+

+   UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+   SyncHandle();

+

+

+   /* send the reply back to the client */

+   reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+   if (client->swapped) {

+      __glXSwapGetDrawableAttributesReply(client, &reply, (int *)attribs);

+   }

+   else {

+      WriteToClient(client, sz_xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply, (char *)&reply);

+      WriteToClient(client, attribs_size, (char *)attribs);

+   }

+

+   Xfree(attribs);

+

+   return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXChangeDrawableAttributes(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+   xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *req = (xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *)pc;

+   xGLXChangeDrawableAttributesReq *be_req;

+   ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+   GLXDrawable drawId = req->drawable;

+   GLXDrawable be_drawable = 0;

+   DrawablePtr pDraw = NULL;

+   Display *dpy;

+   int screen, rc;

+   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+   char *attrbuf;

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    PanoramiXRes *pXinDraw = NULL;

+    PanoramiXRes *pXinReadDraw = NULL;

+#endif

+

+   if (drawId != None) {

+      rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, drawId, client, 0, DixSetAttrAccess);

+      if (rc == Success) {

+	 if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+		WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+		be_drawable = 0;

+		screen = pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum;

+

+	 }

+	 else {

+	    /*

+	     ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.

+	     */

+	    client->errorValue = drawId;

+	    return __glXBadDrawable;

+	 }

+      }

+

+      if (!pDraw) {

+	 __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap = (__GLXpixmap *) LookupIDByType(drawId,

+							__glXPixmapRes);

+	 if (pGlxPixmap) {

+		pDraw = pGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+		screen = pGlxPixmap->pScreen->myNum;

+                be_drawable = pGlxPixmap->be_xids[screen];

+	 }

+      }

+

+      if (!pDraw) {

+	 __glXWindow *pGlxWindow = (__glXWindow *) LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXWindowRes);

+	 if (pGlxWindow) {

+	    pDraw = pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+	    screen = pGlxWindow->pScreen->myNum;

+	    be_drawable = 0;

+     	 }

+      }

+

+      if (!pDraw) {

+	 __glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer = (__glXPbuffer *)LookupIDByType(drawId, __glXPbufferRes);

+	 if (pGlxPbuffer) {

+    	    pDraw = (DrawablePtr)pGlxPbuffer;

+	    screen = pGlxPbuffer->pScreen->myNum;

+	    be_drawable = pGlxPbuffer->be_xids[screen];

+	 }

+      }

+

+

+      if (!pDraw) {

+	 /*

+	  ** Drawable is not a Window , GLXWindow or a GLXPixmap.

+	  */

+	 client->errorValue = drawId;

+	 return __glXBadDrawable;

+      }

+    }

+

+

+   /* if the drawable is a window or GLXWindow - 

+    * we need to find the base id on the back-end server

+    */

+   if (!be_drawable) {

+       WindowPtr pWin = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+       if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+	  pXinDraw = (PanoramiXRes *)

+	     SecurityLookupIDByClass(client, pDraw->id, XRC_DRAWABLE, DixReadAccess);

+	  if (!pXinDraw) {

+	     client->errorValue = drawId;

+	     return __glXBadDrawable;

+	  }

+

+	  dixLookupWindow(&pWin, pXinDraw->info[screen].id, client,

+			  DixReadAccess);

+       }

+#endif

+

+       if (pWin) {

+	   be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;

+	   if (!be_drawable) {

+	      /* it might be that the window did not created yet on the */

+	      /* back-end server (lazy window creation option), force   */

+	      /* creation of the window */

+	      dmxCreateAndRealizeWindow( pWin, TRUE );

+	      be_drawable = (unsigned int)(DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))->window;

+	   }

+       }

+       else {

+	  client->errorValue = drawId;

+	  return __glXBadDrawable;

+       }

+   }

+

+

+   /* send the request to the back-end server */

+   dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,screen);

+   dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[screen];

+

+   /* make sure drawable exists on back-end */

+   dmxSync( dmxScreen, 1 );

+

+   LockDisplay(dpy);

+   GetReqExtra(GLXChangeDrawableAttributes,

+                        2 * req->numAttribs * __GLX_SIZE_CARD32, be_req);

+   be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+   be_req->glxCode = X_GLXChangeDrawableAttributes;

+   be_req->drawable = be_drawable;

+   be_req->numAttribs = req->numAttribs;

+   be_req->length = req->length;

+

+   UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+   SyncHandle();

+

+   return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXSendLargeCommand(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag contextTag)

+{

+   ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    xGLXRenderLargeReq *req;

+    GLint maxSize, amount;

+    GLint totalRequests, requestNumber;

+    GLint dataLen;

+    GLbyte *data;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+    int s;

+    int from_screen, to_screen;

+

+    maxSize = cl->largeCmdMaxReqDataSize - (GLint)sizeof(xGLXRenderLargeReq);

+    dataLen = cl->largeCmdBytesTotal;

+    totalRequests = (dataLen / maxSize);

+    if (dataLen % maxSize) totalRequests++;

+

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+       client->errorValue = contextTag;

+       return __glXBadContext;

+    }

+    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    /*

+    ** Send enough requests until the whole array is sent.

+    */

+    requestNumber = 1;

+    data = cl->largeCmdBuf;

+    while (dataLen > 0) {

+	amount = dataLen;

+	if (amount > maxSize) {

+	    amount = maxSize;

+	}

+

+	for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+

+	   Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+	   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+

+	   LockDisplay(dpy);

+	   GetReq(GLXRenderLarge,req); 

+	   req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+	   req->glxCode = X_GLXRenderLarge; 

+	   req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,contextTag,s);

+	   req->length += (amount + 3) >> 2;

+	   req->requestNumber = requestNumber++;

+	   req->requestTotal = totalRequests;

+	   req->dataBytes = amount;

+	   Data(dpy, ((const char*)data), amount);

+	   dataLen -= amount;

+	   data = ((GLbyte *) data) + amount;

+	   UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	   SyncHandle();

+	}

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxext.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxext.c
index 6cd8bb41a..6589e43bb 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxext.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxext.c
@@ -1,532 +1,532 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include <windowstr.h>
-#include <propertyst.h>
-#include <os.h>
-#include "g_disptab.h"
-#include "glxutil.h"
-#include "glxext.h"
-#include "glxvisuals.h"
-#include "micmap.h"
-#include "glxswap.h"
-
-/*
-** Stubs to satisfy miinitext.c references.
-*/
-typedef int __GLXprovider;
-__GLXprovider __glXDRISWRastProvider;
-void GlxPushProvider(__GLXprovider *provider) { }
-
-/*
-** Forward declarations.
-*/
-static int __glXSwapDispatch(ClientPtr);
-static int __glXDispatch(ClientPtr);
-
-/*
-** Called when the extension is reset.
-*/
-static void ResetExtension(ExtensionEntry* extEntry)
-{
-    __glXFlushContextCache();
-    __glXScreenReset();
-    SwapBarrierReset();
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the per-client context storage.
-*/
-static void ResetClientState(int clientIndex)
-{
-    __GLXclientState *cl = __glXClients[clientIndex];
-    Display **keep_be_displays;
-    int i;
-
-    if (cl->returnBuf) __glXFree(cl->returnBuf);
-    if (cl->currentContexts) __glXFree(cl->currentContexts);
-    if (cl->currentDrawables) __glXFree(cl->currentDrawables);
-    if (cl->largeCmdBuf) __glXFree(cl->largeCmdBuf);
-
-    for (i=0; i< screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
-       if (cl->be_displays[i])
-	  XCloseDisplay( cl->be_displays[i] );
-    }
-
-    keep_be_displays = cl->be_displays;
-    memset(cl, 0, sizeof(__GLXclientState));
-    cl->be_displays = keep_be_displays;
-
-    /*
-    ** By default, assume that the client supports
-    ** GLX major version 1 minor version 0 protocol.
-    */
-    cl->GLClientmajorVersion = 1;
-    cl->GLClientminorVersion = 0;
-    if (cl->GLClientextensions) __glXFree(cl->GLClientextensions);
-
-    memset(cl->be_displays, 0, screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof(Display *));
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This procedure is called when the client who created the context goes
-** away OR when glXDestroyContext is called.  In either case, all we do is
-** flag that the ID is no longer valid, and (maybe) free the context.
-** use.
-*/
-static int ContextGone(__GLXcontext* cx, XID id)
-{
-    cx->idExists = GL_FALSE;
-    if (!cx->isCurrent) {
-	__glXFreeContext(cx);
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a client's state.
-*/
-static int ClientGone(int clientIndex, XID id)
-{
-    __GLXcontext *cx;
-    __GLXclientState *cl = __glXClients[clientIndex];
-    int i;
-
-    if (cl) {
-	/*
-	** Free all the contexts that are current for this client.
-	*/
-	for (i=0; i < cl->numCurrentContexts; i++) {
-	    cx = cl->currentContexts[i];
-	    if (cx) {
-		cx->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;
-		if (!cx->idExists) {
-		    __glXFreeContext(cx);
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	/*
-	** Re-initialize the client state structure.  Don't free it because
-	** we'll probably get another client with this index and use the struct
-	** again.  There is a maximum of MAXCLIENTS of these structures.
-	*/
-	ResetClientState(clientIndex);
-    }
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a GLX Pixmap.
-*/
-void __glXFreeGLXPixmap( __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap )
-{
-   if (!pGlxPixmap->idExists &&
-       !pGlxPixmap->refcnt) {
-
-       PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr) pGlxPixmap->pDraw;
-
-	/*
-	** The DestroyPixmap routine should decrement the refcount and free
-	** only if it's zero.
-	*/
-	(*pGlxPixmap->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap);
-	__glXFree(pGlxPixmap->be_xids);
-	__glXFree(pGlxPixmap);
-    }
-
-}
-
-static int PixmapGone(__GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap, XID id)
-{
-
-    pGlxPixmap->idExists = False;
-    __glXFreeGLXPixmap( pGlxPixmap );
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-void __glXFreeGLXWindow(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow)
-{
-    if (!pGlxWindow->idExists && !pGlxWindow->refcnt) {
-	WindowPtr pWindow = (WindowPtr) pGlxWindow->pDraw;
-
-        if (LookupIDByType(pWindow->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW) == pWindow) {
-            (*pGlxWindow->pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWindow);
-        }
-
-	xfree(pGlxWindow);
-    }
-}
-
-static void WindowGone(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow, XID id)
-{
-    pGlxWindow->idExists = False;
-    __glXFreeGLXWindow(pGlxWindow);
-}
-
-void __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer)
-{
-    if (!pGlxPbuffer->idExists && !pGlxPbuffer->refcnt) {
-        xfree(pGlxPbuffer->be_xids);
-        xfree(pGlxPbuffer);
-    }
-}
-
-static void PbufferGone(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer, XID id)
-{
-    pGlxPbuffer->idExists = False;
-    __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(pGlxPbuffer);
-}
-
-/*
-** Free a context.
-*/
-GLboolean __glXFreeContext(__GLXcontext *cx)
-{
-    if (cx->idExists || cx->isCurrent) return GL_FALSE;
-    
-    if (cx->feedbackBuf) __glXFree(cx->feedbackBuf);
-    if (cx->selectBuf) __glXFree(cx->selectBuf);
-    if (cx->real_ids) __glXFree(cx->real_ids);
-    if (cx->real_vids) __glXFree(cx->real_vids);
-
-    if (cx->pGlxPixmap) {
-       /*
-	** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
-	*/
-       cx->pGlxPixmap->refcnt--;
-       __glXFreeGLXPixmap( cx->pGlxPixmap );
-       cx->pGlxPixmap = 0;
-    }
-
-    if (cx->pGlxReadPixmap) {
-       /*
-	** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.
-	*/
-       cx->pGlxReadPixmap->refcnt--;
-       __glXFreeGLXPixmap( cx->pGlxReadPixmap );
-       cx->pGlxReadPixmap = 0;
-    }
-
-    if (cx->pGlxWindow) {
-       /*
-	** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
-	*/
-       cx->pGlxWindow->refcnt--;
-       __glXFreeGLXWindow( cx->pGlxWindow );
-       cx->pGlxWindow = 0;   
-    }
-
-    if (cx->pGlxReadWindow) {
-       /*
-	** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.
-	*/
-       cx->pGlxReadWindow->refcnt--;
-       __glXFreeGLXWindow( cx->pGlxReadWindow );
-       cx->pGlxReadWindow = 0;   
-    }
-
-    __glXFree(cx);
-
-    if (cx == __glXLastContext) {
-	__glXFlushContextCache();
-    }
-
-    return GL_TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize the GLX extension.
-*/
-void GlxExtensionInit(void)
-{
-    ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
-    int i;
-    int glxSupported = 1;
-
-    /*
-    // do not initialize GLX extension if GLX is not supported
-    // by ALL back-end servers.
-    */
-    for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
-       glxSupported &= (dmxScreens[i].glxMajorOpcode > 0);
-    }
-
-    if (!glxSupported || !dmxGLXProxy) {
-       return;
-    }
-    
-    __glXContextRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)ContextGone,
-					    "GLXContext");
-    __glXClientRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)ClientGone,
-					   "GLXClient");
-    __glXPixmapRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)PixmapGone,
-					   "GLXPixmap");
-    __glXWindowRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)WindowGone,
-					   "GLXWindow");
-    __glXPbufferRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)PbufferGone,
-					    "GLXPbuffer");
-
-    if (!__glXContextRes || !__glXClientRes || !__glXPixmapRes ||
-	!__glXWindowRes || !__glXPbufferRes)
-	return;
-
-    /*
-    ** Add extension to server extensions.
-    */
-    extEntry = AddExtension(GLX_EXTENSION_NAME, __GLX_NUMBER_EVENTS,
-			    __GLX_NUMBER_ERRORS, __glXDispatch,
-			    __glXSwapDispatch, ResetExtension,
-			    StandardMinorOpcode);
-    if (!extEntry) {
-	FatalError("__glXExtensionInit: AddExtensions failed\n");
-	return;
-    }
-    /*
-    if (!AddExtensionAlias(GLX_EXTENSION_ALIAS, extEntry)) {
-	ErrorF("__glXExtensionInit: AddExtensionAlias failed\n");
-	return;
-    }
-    */
-
-    __glXerrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
-    __glXBadContext = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContext;
-    __glXBadContextState = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContextState;
-    __glXBadDrawable = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadDrawable;
-    __glXBadPixmap = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadPixmap;
-    __glXBadContextTag = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContextTag;
-    __glXBadCurrentWindow = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadCurrentWindow;
-    __glXBadRenderRequest = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadRenderRequest;
-    __glXBadLargeRequest = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadLargeRequest;
-    __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest = extEntry->errorBase +
-      			GLXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;
-    __glXBadFBConfig = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadFBConfig;
-    __glXBadPbuffer = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadPbuffer;
-
-    /*
-    ** Initialize table of client state.  There is never a client 0.
-    */
-    for (i=1; i <= MAXCLIENTS; i++) {
-	__glXClients[i] = 0;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Initialize screen specific data.
-    */
-    __glXScreenInit(screenInfo.numScreens);
-
-    /*
-    ** Initialize swap barrier support.
-    */
-    SwapBarrierInit();
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-Bool __glXCoreType(void)
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-void GlxSetVisualConfigs(int nconfigs, 
-                         __GLXvisualConfig *configs, void **privates)
-{
-    glxSetVisualConfigs(nconfigs, configs, privates);
-}
-
-static miInitVisualsProcPtr saveInitVisualsProc;
-
-Bool GlxInitVisuals(VisualPtr *visualp, DepthPtr *depthp,
-		    int *nvisualp, int *ndepthp,
-		    int *rootDepthp, VisualID *defaultVisp,
-		    unsigned long sizes, int bitsPerRGB,
-		    int preferredVis)
-{
-    Bool ret;
-
-    if (saveInitVisualsProc) {
-        ret = saveInitVisualsProc(visualp, depthp, nvisualp, ndepthp,
-                                  rootDepthp, defaultVisp, sizes, bitsPerRGB,
-                                  preferredVis);
-        if (!ret)
-            return False;
-    }
-
-    glxInitVisuals(nvisualp, visualp, defaultVisp, *ndepthp, *depthp,*rootDepthp);
-
-    return True;
-}
-
-void
-GlxWrapInitVisuals(miInitVisualsProcPtr *initVisProc)
-{
-    if (dmxGLXProxy) {
-	saveInitVisualsProc = *initVisProc;
-	*initVisProc = GlxInitVisuals;
-    }
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-void __glXFlushContextCache(void)
-{
-    __glXLastContext = 0;
-}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Top level dispatcher; all commands are executed from here down.
-*/
-static int __glXDispatch(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xGLXSingleReq);
-    CARD8 opcode;
-    int (*proc)(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
-    __GLXclientState *cl;
-
-    opcode = stuff->glxCode;
-    cl = __glXClients[client->index];
-    if (!cl) {
-	cl = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXclientState));
-	 __glXClients[client->index] = cl;
-	if (!cl) {
-	    return BadAlloc;
-	}
-
-	cl->be_displays = __glXCalloc(screenInfo.numScreens, sizeof(Display *));
-	if (!cl->be_displays) {
-	    __glXFree( cl );
-	    return BadAlloc;
-	}
-    }
-    
-    if (!cl->inUse) {
-	/*
-	** This is first request from this client.  Associate a resource
-	** with the client so we will be notified when the client dies.
-	*/
-	XID xid = FakeClientID(client->index);
-	if (!AddResource( xid, __glXClientRes, (pointer)(long)client->index)) {
-	    return BadAlloc;
-	}
-	ResetClientState(client->index);
-	cl->largeCmdRequestsTotal = 0;
-	cl->inUse = GL_TRUE;
-	cl->client = client;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Check for valid opcode.
-    */
-    if (opcode >= __GLX_SINGLE_TABLE_SIZE) {
-	return BadRequest;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Use the opcode to index into the procedure table.
-    */
-    proc = __glXSingleTable[opcode];
-    return (*proc)(cl, (GLbyte *) stuff);
-}
-
-static int __glXSwapDispatch(ClientPtr client)
-{
-    REQUEST(xGLXSingleReq);
-    CARD8 opcode;
-    int (*proc)(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
-    __GLXclientState *cl;
-
-    opcode = stuff->glxCode;
-    cl = __glXClients[client->index];
-    if (!cl) {
-	cl = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXclientState));
-	 __glXClients[client->index] = cl;
-	if (!cl) {
-	    return BadAlloc;
-	}
-
-	cl->be_displays = __glXCalloc(screenInfo.numScreens, sizeof(Display *));
-	if (!cl->be_displays) {
-	    __glXFree( cl );
-	    return BadAlloc;
-	}
-    }
-    
-    if (!cl->inUse) {
-	/*
-	** This is first request from this client.  Associate a resource
-	** with the client so we will be notified when the client dies.
-	*/
-	XID xid = FakeClientID(client->index);
-	if (!AddResource( xid, __glXClientRes, (pointer)(long)client->index)) {
-	    return BadAlloc;
-	}
-	ResetClientState(client->index);
-	cl->inUse = GL_TRUE;
-	cl->client = client;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Check for valid opcode.
-    */
-    if (opcode >= __GLX_SINGLE_TABLE_SIZE) {
-	return BadRequest;
-    }
-
-    /*
-    ** Use the opcode to index into the procedure table.
-    */
-    proc = __glXSwapSingleTable[opcode];
-    return (*proc)(cl, (GLbyte *) stuff);
-}
-
-int __glXNoSuchSingleOpcode(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    return BadRequest;
-}
-
-void __glXNoSuchRenderOpcode(GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    return;
-}
-
+/*

+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)

+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and

+ * either this permission notice or a reference to

+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/

+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from

+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+

+#include "glxserver.h"

+#include <windowstr.h>

+#include <propertyst.h>

+#include <os.h>

+#include "g_disptab.h"

+#include "glxutil.h"

+#include "glxext.h"

+#include "glxvisuals.h"

+#include "micmap.h"

+#include "glxswap.h"

+

+/*

+** Stubs to satisfy miinitext.c references.

+*/

+typedef int __GLXprovider;

+__GLXprovider __glXDRISWRastProvider;

+void GlxPushProvider(__GLXprovider *provider) { }

+

+/*

+** Forward declarations.

+*/

+static int __glXSwapDispatch(ClientPtr);

+static int __glXDispatch(ClientPtr);

+

+/*

+** Called when the extension is reset.

+*/

+static void ResetExtension(ExtensionEntry* extEntry)

+{

+    __glXFlushContextCache();

+    __glXScreenReset();

+    SwapBarrierReset();

+}

+

+/*

+** Initialize the per-client context storage.

+*/

+static void ResetClientState(int clientIndex)

+{

+    __GLXclientState *cl = __glXClients[clientIndex];

+    Display **keep_be_displays;

+    int i;

+

+    if (cl->returnBuf) __glXFree(cl->returnBuf);

+    if (cl->currentContexts) __glXFree(cl->currentContexts);

+    if (cl->currentDrawables) __glXFree(cl->currentDrawables);

+    if (cl->largeCmdBuf) __glXFree(cl->largeCmdBuf);

+

+    for (i=0; i< screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {

+       if (cl->be_displays[i])

+	  XCloseDisplay( cl->be_displays[i] );

+    }

+

+    keep_be_displays = cl->be_displays;

+    memset(cl, 0, sizeof(__GLXclientState));

+    cl->be_displays = keep_be_displays;

+

+    /*

+    ** By default, assume that the client supports

+    ** GLX major version 1 minor version 0 protocol.

+    */

+    cl->GLClientmajorVersion = 1;

+    cl->GLClientminorVersion = 0;

+    if (cl->GLClientextensions) __glXFree(cl->GLClientextensions);

+

+    memset(cl->be_displays, 0, screenInfo.numScreens * sizeof(Display *));

+}

+

+

+/*

+** This procedure is called when the client who created the context goes

+** away OR when glXDestroyContext is called.  In either case, all we do is

+** flag that the ID is no longer valid, and (maybe) free the context.

+** use.

+*/

+static int ContextGone(__GLXcontext* cx, XID id)

+{

+    cx->idExists = GL_FALSE;

+    if (!cx->isCurrent) {

+	__glXFreeContext(cx);

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+/*

+** Free a client's state.

+*/

+static int ClientGone(int clientIndex, XID id)

+{

+    __GLXcontext *cx;

+    __GLXclientState *cl = __glXClients[clientIndex];

+    int i;

+

+    if (cl) {

+	/*

+	** Free all the contexts that are current for this client.

+	*/

+	for (i=0; i < cl->numCurrentContexts; i++) {

+	    cx = cl->currentContexts[i];

+	    if (cx) {

+		cx->isCurrent = GL_FALSE;

+		if (!cx->idExists) {

+		    __glXFreeContext(cx);

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+	/*

+	** Re-initialize the client state structure.  Don't free it because

+	** we'll probably get another client with this index and use the struct

+	** again.  There is a maximum of MAXCLIENTS of these structures.

+	*/

+	ResetClientState(clientIndex);

+    }

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+/*

+** Free a GLX Pixmap.

+*/

+void __glXFreeGLXPixmap( __GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap )

+{

+   if (!pGlxPixmap->idExists &&

+       !pGlxPixmap->refcnt) {

+

+       PixmapPtr pPixmap = (PixmapPtr) pGlxPixmap->pDraw;

+

+	/*

+	** The DestroyPixmap routine should decrement the refcount and free

+	** only if it's zero.

+	*/

+	(*pGlxPixmap->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pPixmap);

+	__glXFree(pGlxPixmap->be_xids);

+	__glXFree(pGlxPixmap);

+    }

+

+}

+

+static int PixmapGone(__GLXpixmap *pGlxPixmap, XID id)

+{

+

+    pGlxPixmap->idExists = False;

+    __glXFreeGLXPixmap( pGlxPixmap );

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+void __glXFreeGLXWindow(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow)

+{

+    if (!pGlxWindow->idExists && !pGlxWindow->refcnt) {

+	WindowPtr pWindow = (WindowPtr) pGlxWindow->pDraw;

+

+        if (LookupIDByType(pWindow->drawable.id, RT_WINDOW) == pWindow) {

+            (*pGlxWindow->pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWindow);

+        }

+

+	free(pGlxWindow);

+    }

+}

+

+static void WindowGone(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow, XID id)

+{

+    pGlxWindow->idExists = False;

+    __glXFreeGLXWindow(pGlxWindow);

+}

+

+void __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer)

+{

+    if (!pGlxPbuffer->idExists && !pGlxPbuffer->refcnt) {

+        free(pGlxPbuffer->be_xids);

+        free(pGlxPbuffer);

+    }

+}

+

+static void PbufferGone(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer, XID id)

+{

+    pGlxPbuffer->idExists = False;

+    __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(pGlxPbuffer);

+}

+

+/*

+** Free a context.

+*/

+GLboolean __glXFreeContext(__GLXcontext *cx)

+{

+    if (cx->idExists || cx->isCurrent) return GL_FALSE;

+    

+    if (cx->feedbackBuf) __glXFree(cx->feedbackBuf);

+    if (cx->selectBuf) __glXFree(cx->selectBuf);

+    if (cx->real_ids) __glXFree(cx->real_ids);

+    if (cx->real_vids) __glXFree(cx->real_vids);

+

+    if (cx->pGlxPixmap) {

+       /*

+	** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.

+	*/

+       cx->pGlxPixmap->refcnt--;

+       __glXFreeGLXPixmap( cx->pGlxPixmap );

+       cx->pGlxPixmap = 0;

+    }

+

+    if (cx->pGlxReadPixmap) {

+       /*

+	** The previous drawable was a glx pixmap, release it.

+	*/

+       cx->pGlxReadPixmap->refcnt--;

+       __glXFreeGLXPixmap( cx->pGlxReadPixmap );

+       cx->pGlxReadPixmap = 0;

+    }

+

+    if (cx->pGlxWindow) {

+       /*

+	** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.

+	*/

+       cx->pGlxWindow->refcnt--;

+       __glXFreeGLXWindow( cx->pGlxWindow );

+       cx->pGlxWindow = 0;   

+    }

+

+    if (cx->pGlxReadWindow) {

+       /*

+	** The previous drawable was a glx window, release it.

+	*/

+       cx->pGlxReadWindow->refcnt--;

+       __glXFreeGLXWindow( cx->pGlxReadWindow );

+       cx->pGlxReadWindow = 0;   

+    }

+

+    __glXFree(cx);

+

+    if (cx == __glXLastContext) {

+	__glXFlushContextCache();

+    }

+

+    return GL_TRUE;

+}

+

+/*

+** Initialize the GLX extension.

+*/

+void GlxExtensionInit(void)

+{

+    ExtensionEntry *extEntry;

+    int i;

+    int glxSupported = 1;

+

+    /*

+    // do not initialize GLX extension if GLX is not supported

+    // by ALL back-end servers.

+    */

+    for (i=0; i<screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {

+       glxSupported &= (dmxScreens[i].glxMajorOpcode > 0);

+    }

+

+    if (!glxSupported || !dmxGLXProxy) {

+       return;

+    }

+    

+    __glXContextRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)ContextGone,

+					    "GLXContext");

+    __glXClientRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)ClientGone,

+					   "GLXClient");

+    __glXPixmapRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)PixmapGone,

+					   "GLXPixmap");

+    __glXWindowRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)WindowGone,

+					   "GLXWindow");

+    __glXPbufferRes = CreateNewResourceType((DeleteType)PbufferGone,

+					    "GLXPbuffer");

+

+    if (!__glXContextRes || !__glXClientRes || !__glXPixmapRes ||

+	!__glXWindowRes || !__glXPbufferRes)

+	return;

+

+    /*

+    ** Add extension to server extensions.

+    */

+    extEntry = AddExtension(GLX_EXTENSION_NAME, __GLX_NUMBER_EVENTS,

+			    __GLX_NUMBER_ERRORS, __glXDispatch,

+			    __glXSwapDispatch, ResetExtension,

+			    StandardMinorOpcode);

+    if (!extEntry) {

+	FatalError("__glXExtensionInit: AddExtensions failed\n");

+	return;

+    }

+    /*

+    if (!AddExtensionAlias(GLX_EXTENSION_ALIAS, extEntry)) {

+	ErrorF("__glXExtensionInit: AddExtensionAlias failed\n");

+	return;

+    }

+    */

+

+    __glXerrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;

+    __glXBadContext = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContext;

+    __glXBadContextState = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContextState;

+    __glXBadDrawable = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadDrawable;

+    __glXBadPixmap = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadPixmap;

+    __glXBadContextTag = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadContextTag;

+    __glXBadCurrentWindow = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadCurrentWindow;

+    __glXBadRenderRequest = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadRenderRequest;

+    __glXBadLargeRequest = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadLargeRequest;

+    __glXUnsupportedPrivateRequest = extEntry->errorBase +

+      			GLXUnsupportedPrivateRequest;

+    __glXBadFBConfig = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadFBConfig;

+    __glXBadPbuffer = extEntry->errorBase + GLXBadPbuffer;

+

+    /*

+    ** Initialize table of client state.  There is never a client 0.

+    */

+    for (i=1; i <= MAXCLIENTS; i++) {

+	__glXClients[i] = 0;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Initialize screen specific data.

+    */

+    __glXScreenInit(screenInfo.numScreens);

+

+    /*

+    ** Initialize swap barrier support.

+    */

+    SwapBarrierInit();

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+Bool __glXCoreType(void)

+{

+    return 0;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+void GlxSetVisualConfigs(int nconfigs, 

+                         __GLXvisualConfig *configs, void **privates)

+{

+    glxSetVisualConfigs(nconfigs, configs, privates);

+}

+

+static miInitVisualsProcPtr saveInitVisualsProc;

+

+Bool GlxInitVisuals(VisualPtr *visualp, DepthPtr *depthp,

+		    int *nvisualp, int *ndepthp,

+		    int *rootDepthp, VisualID *defaultVisp,

+		    unsigned long sizes, int bitsPerRGB,

+		    int preferredVis)

+{

+    Bool ret;

+

+    if (saveInitVisualsProc) {

+        ret = saveInitVisualsProc(visualp, depthp, nvisualp, ndepthp,

+                                  rootDepthp, defaultVisp, sizes, bitsPerRGB,

+                                  preferredVis);

+        if (!ret)

+            return False;

+    }

+

+    glxInitVisuals(nvisualp, visualp, defaultVisp, *ndepthp, *depthp,*rootDepthp);

+

+    return True;

+}

+

+void

+GlxWrapInitVisuals(miInitVisualsProcPtr *initVisProc)

+{

+    if (dmxGLXProxy) {

+	saveInitVisualsProc = *initVisProc;

+	*initVisProc = GlxInitVisuals;

+    }

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+void __glXFlushContextCache(void)

+{

+    __glXLastContext = 0;

+}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+/*

+** Top level dispatcher; all commands are executed from here down.

+*/

+static int __glXDispatch(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xGLXSingleReq);

+    CARD8 opcode;

+    int (*proc)(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);

+    __GLXclientState *cl;

+

+    opcode = stuff->glxCode;

+    cl = __glXClients[client->index];

+    if (!cl) {

+	cl = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXclientState));

+	 __glXClients[client->index] = cl;

+	if (!cl) {

+	    return BadAlloc;

+	}

+

+	cl->be_displays = __glXCalloc(screenInfo.numScreens, sizeof(Display *));

+	if (!cl->be_displays) {

+	    __glXFree( cl );

+	    return BadAlloc;

+	}

+    }

+    

+    if (!cl->inUse) {

+	/*

+	** This is first request from this client.  Associate a resource

+	** with the client so we will be notified when the client dies.

+	*/

+	XID xid = FakeClientID(client->index);

+	if (!AddResource( xid, __glXClientRes, (pointer)(long)client->index)) {

+	    return BadAlloc;

+	}

+	ResetClientState(client->index);

+	cl->largeCmdRequestsTotal = 0;

+	cl->inUse = GL_TRUE;

+	cl->client = client;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Check for valid opcode.

+    */

+    if (opcode >= __GLX_SINGLE_TABLE_SIZE) {

+	return BadRequest;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Use the opcode to index into the procedure table.

+    */

+    proc = __glXSingleTable[opcode];

+    return (*proc)(cl, (GLbyte *) stuff);

+}

+

+static int __glXSwapDispatch(ClientPtr client)

+{

+    REQUEST(xGLXSingleReq);

+    CARD8 opcode;

+    int (*proc)(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);

+    __GLXclientState *cl;

+

+    opcode = stuff->glxCode;

+    cl = __glXClients[client->index];

+    if (!cl) {

+	cl = __glXCalloc(1, sizeof(__GLXclientState));

+	 __glXClients[client->index] = cl;

+	if (!cl) {

+	    return BadAlloc;

+	}

+

+	cl->be_displays = __glXCalloc(screenInfo.numScreens, sizeof(Display *));

+	if (!cl->be_displays) {

+	    __glXFree( cl );

+	    return BadAlloc;

+	}

+    }

+    

+    if (!cl->inUse) {

+	/*

+	** This is first request from this client.  Associate a resource

+	** with the client so we will be notified when the client dies.

+	*/

+	XID xid = FakeClientID(client->index);

+	if (!AddResource( xid, __glXClientRes, (pointer)(long)client->index)) {

+	    return BadAlloc;

+	}

+	ResetClientState(client->index);

+	cl->inUse = GL_TRUE;

+	cl->client = client;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Check for valid opcode.

+    */

+    if (opcode >= __GLX_SINGLE_TABLE_SIZE) {

+	return BadRequest;

+    }

+

+    /*

+    ** Use the opcode to index into the procedure table.

+    */

+    proc = __glXSwapSingleTable[opcode];

+    return (*proc)(cl, (GLbyte *) stuff);

+}

+

+int __glXNoSuchSingleOpcode(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    return BadRequest;

+}

+

+void __glXNoSuchRenderOpcode(GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    return;

+}

+

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c
index 39978a74d..4c40d2315 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c
@@ -1,377 +1,377 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-
-#undef Xmalloc
-#undef Xcalloc
-#undef Xrealloc
-#undef Xfree
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-
-#include <windowstr.h>
-
-#include "glxfbconfig.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-__GLXscreenInfo *__glXActiveScreens;
-GLint __glXNumActiveScreens;
-
-__GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;
-int            __glXNumFBConfigs;
-
-static char GLXServerVendorName[] = "SGI DMX/glxProxy";
-static char GLXServerVersion[64];
-static char GLXServerExtensions[] =
-            "GLX_EXT_visual_info "
-            "GLX_EXT_visual_rating "
-            "GLX_EXT_import_context "
-	    "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig "
-	    "GLX_SGI_make_current_read "
-	    "GLX_SGI_swap_control "
-            ;
-
-static char ExtensionsString[1024];
-
-static void CalcServerVersionAndExtensions( void )
-{
-   int s;
-   xGLXQueryVersionReq *req;
-   xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;
-   char **be_extensions;
-   char *ext;
-   char *denied_extensions;
-
-   /*
-    * set the server glx version to be the minimum version
-    * supported by all back-end servers
-    */
-   __glXVersionMajor = 0;
-   __glXVersionMinor = 0;
-   for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
-      DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-      Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-
-      /* Send the glXQueryVersion request */
-      LockDisplay(dpy);
-      GetReq(GLXQueryVersion,req);
-      req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-      req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryVersion;
-      req->majorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
-      req->minorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
-      _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
-      UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-      SyncHandle();
-
-      if (s == 0) {
-	 __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
-	 __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
-      }
-      else {
-	 if (reply.majorVersion < __glXVersionMajor) {
-	    __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
-	    __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
-	 }
-	 else if ( (reply.majorVersion == __glXVersionMajor) &&
-	           (reply.minorVersion < __glXVersionMinor)  ) {
-	    __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
-	 }
-      }
-
-   }
-
-   if (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMajor) {
-      __glXVersionMajor = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
-      __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
-   }
-   else if ( (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION == __glXVersionMajor) &&
-	     (GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMinor)  ) {
-      __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
-   }
-
-   sprintf(GLXServerVersion, "%d.%d DMX %d back-end server(s)",
-              __glXVersionMajor, __glXVersionMinor, __glXNumActiveScreens );	 
-   /*
-    * set the ExtensionsString to the minimum extensions string
-    */
-   ExtensionsString[0] = '\0';
-
-   /*
-    * read extensions strings of all back-end servers
-    */
-   be_extensions = (char **)Xalloc( __glXNumActiveScreens * sizeof(char *) );
-   if (!be_extensions)
-      return;
-
-   for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
-      DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-      Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-      xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req;
-      xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;
-      int length, numbytes, slop;
-
-      /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
-      LockDisplay(dpy);
-      GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,req);
-      req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-      req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
-      req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
-      req->name = GLX_EXTENSIONS;
-      _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
-
-      length = (int)reply.length;
-      numbytes = (int)reply.n;
-      slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
-      be_extensions[s] = (char *)Xalloc(numbytes);
-      if (!be_extensions[s]) {
-	 /* Throw data on the floor */
-	 _XEatData(dpy, length);
-      } else {
-	 _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_extensions[s], numbytes);
-	 if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
-      }
-      UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-      SyncHandle();
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * extensions string will include only extensions that our
-    * server supports as well as all back-end servers supports.
-    * extensions that are in the DMX_DENY_EXTENSIONS string will
-    * not be supported.
-    */
-   denied_extensions = getenv("DMX_DENY_GLX_EXTENSIONS");
-   ext = strtok(GLXServerExtensions, " ");
-   while( ext ) {
-      int supported = 1;
-
-      if (denied_extensions && strstr(denied_extensions, ext)) {
-	 supported = 0;
-      }
-      else {
-	 for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens && supported; s++) {
-	    if ( !strstr(be_extensions[s], ext) ) {
-	       supported = 0;
-	    }
-	 }
-      }
-
-      if (supported) {
-	 strcat(ExtensionsString, ext);
-	 strcat(ExtensionsString, " ");
-      }
-
-      ext = strtok(NULL, " ");
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * release temporary storage
-    */
-   for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
-      if (be_extensions[s]) Xfree(be_extensions[s]); 
-   }
-   Xfree( be_extensions );
-
-   if (dmxGLXSwapGroupSupport) {
-       if (!denied_extensions ||
-	   !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group")) {
-	   strcat(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group");
-	   if (!denied_extensions ||
-	       !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier")) {
-	       strcat(ExtensionsString, " GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier");
-	   }
-       }
-   }
-
-}
-
-void __glXScreenInit(GLint numscreens)
-{
-   int s;
-   int c;
-   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen0 = &dmxScreens[0];
-    __glXNumActiveScreens = numscreens;
-
-
-   CalcServerVersionAndExtensions();
-
-
-   __glXFBConfigs = NULL;
-   __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
-
-   if ( (__glXVersionMajor == 1 && __glXVersionMinor >= 3) ||
-        (__glXVersionMajor > 1) ||
-	( strstr(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig") )      ) {
-
-      /*
-      // Initialize FBConfig info.
-      // find the set of FBConfigs that are present on all back-end
-      // servers - only those configs will be supported
-       */
-      __glXFBConfigs = (__GLXFBConfig **)Xalloc( dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs * 
-	                      (numscreens+1) * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig *) );
-      __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
-   
-      for (c=0; c<dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs; c++) { 
-	 __GLXFBConfig *cfg = NULL;
-
-	 if (numscreens > 1) {
-	    for (s=1; s<numscreens; s++) {
-	       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-	       __GLXscreenInfo *glxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[s];
-	  
-	       cfg = FindMatchingFBConfig( &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c],
-		                           dmxScreen->fbconfigs, 
-		                           dmxScreen->numFBConfigs );
-	       __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + s + 1 ] = cfg;
-	       if (!cfg) {
-		  dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x is missing on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, s);
-		  break;
-	       }
-	       else {
-		  dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x matched to  0x%x on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, cfg->id, s);
-	       }
-	    }
-         }
-	 else {
-	    cfg = &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
-	 }
-
-	 if (cfg) {
-
-	    /* filter out overlay visuals */
-	    if (cfg->level == 0) {
-	       __GLXFBConfig *proxy_cfg;
-
-	       __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 1 ] = 
-	               &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
-
-	       proxy_cfg = Xalloc( sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
-	       memcpy( proxy_cfg, cfg, sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
-	       proxy_cfg->id =  FakeClientID(0);
-	       /* visual will be associated later in __glXGetFBConfigs */
-	       proxy_cfg->associatedVisualId =  (unsigned int)-1;
-
-	       __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 0 ] = proxy_cfg;
-
-	       __glXNumFBConfigs++;
-	    }
-
-	 }
-
-      }
-
-    }
-
-}
-
-void __glXScreenReset(void)
-{
-  __glXNumActiveScreens = 0;
-}
-
-char *__glXGetServerString( unsigned int name ) 
-{
-   char *ret = NULL;
-
-   switch( name) {
-
-      case GLX_VENDOR:
-	 ret = GLXServerVendorName;
-	 break;
-
-      case GLX_VERSION:
-	 ret = GLXServerVersion;
-	 break;
-
-      case GLX_EXTENSIONS:
-	 ret = ExtensionsString;
-	 break;
-
-      default:
-	 break;
-   }
-
-   return( ret );
-
-}
-
-
-__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id )
-{
-   int i,j;
-
-   for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
-      if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id) 
-	 return( __glXFBConfigs[j] );
-   }
-
-   return(NULL);
-}
-
-__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid )
-{
-   int i,j;
-
-   for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
-      if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->associatedVisualId == vid) 
-	 return( __glXFBConfigs[j] );
-   }
-
-   return(NULL);
-}
-
-__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen )
-{
-   int i;
-   int j;
-
-   for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
-      if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id) 
-	 return( __glXFBConfigs[j+screen+1] );
-   }
-
-   return(NULL);
-
-}
-
-int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext )
-{
-   return( strstr(ExtensionsString, ext) != NULL );
-}
+/*

+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)

+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and

+ * either this permission notice or a reference to

+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/

+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from

+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxlog.h"

+

+#undef Xmalloc

+#undef Xcalloc

+#undef Xrealloc

+#undef Xfree

+

+#include "glxserver.h"

+

+#include <windowstr.h>

+

+#include "glxfbconfig.h"

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"

+#endif

+

+__GLXscreenInfo *__glXActiveScreens;

+GLint __glXNumActiveScreens;

+

+__GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;

+int            __glXNumFBConfigs;

+

+static char GLXServerVendorName[] = "SGI DMX/glxProxy";

+static char GLXServerVersion[64];

+static char GLXServerExtensions[] =

+            "GLX_EXT_visual_info "

+            "GLX_EXT_visual_rating "

+            "GLX_EXT_import_context "

+	    "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig "

+	    "GLX_SGI_make_current_read "

+	    "GLX_SGI_swap_control "

+            ;

+

+static char ExtensionsString[1024];

+

+static void CalcServerVersionAndExtensions( void )

+{

+   int s;

+   xGLXQueryVersionReq *req;

+   xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;

+   char **be_extensions;

+   char *ext;

+   char *denied_extensions;

+

+   /*

+    * set the server glx version to be the minimum version

+    * supported by all back-end servers

+    */

+   __glXVersionMajor = 0;

+   __glXVersionMinor = 0;

+   for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {

+      DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+      Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;

+

+      /* Send the glXQueryVersion request */

+      LockDisplay(dpy);

+      GetReq(GLXQueryVersion,req);

+      req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+      req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryVersion;

+      req->majorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;

+      req->minorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;

+      _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);

+      UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+      SyncHandle();

+

+      if (s == 0) {

+	 __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;

+	 __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;

+      }

+      else {

+	 if (reply.majorVersion < __glXVersionMajor) {

+	    __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;

+	    __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;

+	 }

+	 else if ( (reply.majorVersion == __glXVersionMajor) &&

+	           (reply.minorVersion < __glXVersionMinor)  ) {

+	    __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;

+	 }

+      }

+

+   }

+

+   if (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMajor) {

+      __glXVersionMajor = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;

+      __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;

+   }

+   else if ( (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION == __glXVersionMajor) &&

+	     (GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMinor)  ) {

+      __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;

+   }

+

+   sprintf(GLXServerVersion, "%d.%d DMX %d back-end server(s)",

+              __glXVersionMajor, __glXVersionMinor, __glXNumActiveScreens );	 

+   /*

+    * set the ExtensionsString to the minimum extensions string

+    */

+   ExtensionsString[0] = '\0';

+

+   /*

+    * read extensions strings of all back-end servers

+    */

+   be_extensions = (char **)malloc( __glXNumActiveScreens * sizeof(char *) );

+   if (!be_extensions)

+      return;

+

+   for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {

+      DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+      Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;

+      xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req;

+      xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;

+      int length, numbytes, slop;

+

+      /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */

+      LockDisplay(dpy);

+      GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,req);

+      req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+      req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;

+      req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);

+      req->name = GLX_EXTENSIONS;

+      _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);

+

+      length = (int)reply.length;

+      numbytes = (int)reply.n;

+      slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;

+      be_extensions[s] = (char *)malloc(numbytes);

+      if (!be_extensions[s]) {

+	 /* Throw data on the floor */

+	 _XEatData(dpy, length);

+      } else {

+	 _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_extensions[s], numbytes);

+	 if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);

+      }

+      UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+      SyncHandle();

+   }

+

+   /*

+    * extensions string will include only extensions that our

+    * server supports as well as all back-end servers supports.

+    * extensions that are in the DMX_DENY_EXTENSIONS string will

+    * not be supported.

+    */

+   denied_extensions = getenv("DMX_DENY_GLX_EXTENSIONS");

+   ext = strtok(GLXServerExtensions, " ");

+   while( ext ) {

+      int supported = 1;

+

+      if (denied_extensions && strstr(denied_extensions, ext)) {

+	 supported = 0;

+      }

+      else {

+	 for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens && supported; s++) {

+	    if ( !strstr(be_extensions[s], ext) ) {

+	       supported = 0;

+	    }

+	 }

+      }

+

+      if (supported) {

+	 strcat(ExtensionsString, ext);

+	 strcat(ExtensionsString, " ");

+      }

+

+      ext = strtok(NULL, " ");

+   }

+

+   /*

+    * release temporary storage

+    */

+   for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {

+      if (be_extensions[s]) Xfree(be_extensions[s]); 

+   }

+   Xfree( be_extensions );

+

+   if (dmxGLXSwapGroupSupport) {

+       if (!denied_extensions ||

+	   !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group")) {

+	   strcat(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group");

+	   if (!denied_extensions ||

+	       !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier")) {

+	       strcat(ExtensionsString, " GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier");

+	   }

+       }

+   }

+

+}

+

+void __glXScreenInit(GLint numscreens)

+{

+   int s;

+   int c;

+   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen0 = &dmxScreens[0];

+    __glXNumActiveScreens = numscreens;

+

+

+   CalcServerVersionAndExtensions();

+

+

+   __glXFBConfigs = NULL;

+   __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;

+

+   if ( (__glXVersionMajor == 1 && __glXVersionMinor >= 3) ||

+        (__glXVersionMajor > 1) ||

+	( strstr(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig") )      ) {

+

+      /*

+      // Initialize FBConfig info.

+      // find the set of FBConfigs that are present on all back-end

+      // servers - only those configs will be supported

+       */

+      __glXFBConfigs = (__GLXFBConfig **)malloc( dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs *

+	                      (numscreens+1) * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig *) );

+      __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;

+   

+      for (c=0; c<dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs; c++) { 

+	 __GLXFBConfig *cfg = NULL;

+

+	 if (numscreens > 1) {

+	    for (s=1; s<numscreens; s++) {

+	       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+	       __GLXscreenInfo *glxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[s];

+	  

+	       cfg = FindMatchingFBConfig( &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c],

+		                           dmxScreen->fbconfigs, 

+		                           dmxScreen->numFBConfigs );

+	       __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + s + 1 ] = cfg;

+	       if (!cfg) {

+		  dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x is missing on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, s);

+		  break;

+	       }

+	       else {

+		  dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x matched to  0x%x on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, cfg->id, s);

+	       }

+	    }

+         }

+	 else {

+	    cfg = &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];

+	 }

+

+	 if (cfg) {

+

+	    /* filter out overlay visuals */

+	    if (cfg->level == 0) {

+	       __GLXFBConfig *proxy_cfg;

+

+	       __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 1 ] = 

+	               &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];

+

+	       proxy_cfg = malloc( sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );

+	       memcpy( proxy_cfg, cfg, sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );

+	       proxy_cfg->id =  FakeClientID(0);

+	       /* visual will be associated later in __glXGetFBConfigs */

+	       proxy_cfg->associatedVisualId =  (unsigned int)-1;

+

+	       __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 0 ] = proxy_cfg;

+

+	       __glXNumFBConfigs++;

+	    }

+

+	 }

+

+      }

+

+    }

+

+}

+

+void __glXScreenReset(void)

+{

+  __glXNumActiveScreens = 0;

+}

+

+char *__glXGetServerString( unsigned int name ) 

+{

+   char *ret = NULL;

+

+   switch( name) {

+

+      case GLX_VENDOR:

+	 ret = GLXServerVendorName;

+	 break;

+

+      case GLX_VERSION:

+	 ret = GLXServerVersion;

+	 break;

+

+      case GLX_EXTENSIONS:

+	 ret = ExtensionsString;

+	 break;

+

+      default:

+	 break;

+   }

+

+   return( ret );

+

+}

+

+

+__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id )

+{

+   int i,j;

+

+   for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {

+      if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id) 

+	 return( __glXFBConfigs[j] );

+   }

+

+   return(NULL);

+}

+

+__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid )

+{

+   int i,j;

+

+   for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {

+      if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->associatedVisualId == vid) 

+	 return( __glXFBConfigs[j] );

+   }

+

+   return(NULL);

+}

+

+__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen )

+{

+   int i;

+   int j;

+

+   for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {

+      if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id) 

+	 return( __glXFBConfigs[j+screen+1] );

+   }

+

+   return(NULL);

+

+}

+

+int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext )

+{

+   return( strstr(ExtensionsString, ext) != NULL );

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxsingle.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxsingle.c
index dcc604052..19f12ad58 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxsingle.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxsingle.c
@@ -1,1012 +1,1012 @@
-/* DO NOT EDIT - THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED */
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-#include "dmxcb.h"
-
-#undef Xmalloc
-#undef Xcalloc
-#undef Xrealloc
-#undef Xfree
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include "glxext.h"
-#include "g_disptab.h"
-/* #include "g_disptab_EXT.h" */
-#include "unpack.h"
-#include "glxutil.h"
-
-#include "GL/glxproto.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * GetReqSingle - this is the equivalent of GetReq macro
- *    from Xlibint.h but it does not set the reqType field (the opcode).
- *    this is because the GL single opcodes has different naming convension
- *    the other X opcodes (ie. X_GLsop_GetFloatv).
- */
-#if (defined(__STDC__) && !defined(UNIXCPP)) || defined(ANSICPP)
-#define GetReqSingle(name, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-		_XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\
-	dpy->request++
-
-#else  /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */
-#define GetReqSingle(name, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-		_XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\
-	dpy->request++
-#endif
-
-#define X_GLXSingle 0   /* needed by GetReqExtra */
-
-extern Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s );
-extern int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s);
-
-static int swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-static void SendSwappedReply( ClientPtr client,
-                              xGLXSingleReply *reply, 
-			      char *buf,
-			      int   buf_size )
-{
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->sequenceNumber);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->retval);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->size);
-
-   if ( (buf_size == 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
-      /*
-       * the reply has single component - need to swap pad3
-       */
-      if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
-	 __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->pad3);
-      }
-      else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
-	 __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
-	 __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);    /* some requests use also pad4
-                                          * i.e GetConvolutionFilter
-					  */
-      }
-      else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
-	 __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(&reply->pad3);
-      }
-   }
-   else if ( (buf_size > 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
-      /*
-       * the reply has vector of elements which needs to be swapped
-       */
-      int vsize = buf_size / swap_vec_element_size;
-      char *p = buf;
-      int i;
-
-      for (i=0; i<vsize; i++) {
-	 if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
-	    __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(p);
-	 }
-	 else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
-	    __GLX_SWAP_INT(p);
-	 }
-	 else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
-	    __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(p);
-	 }
-
-	 p += swap_vec_element_size;
-      }
-
-      /*
-       * swap pad words as well - for case that some single reply uses
-       * them as well
-       */
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad5);
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad6);
-
-   }
-
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)reply);
-    if (buf_size > 0)
-       WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);
-
-}
-
-int __glXForwardSingleReq( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-   int from_screen = 0;
-   int to_screen = 0;
-   int buf_size;
-   int s;
-
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-
-    /*
-     * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
-     */
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
-       be_req->length = req->length;
-       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
-       if (buf_size > 0) 
-	  _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-
-       if (req->glxCode == X_GLsop_Flush) {
-	  XFlush(dpy);
-       }
-
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
-   xGLXSingleReply reply;
-   xGLXSingleReply be_reply;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-   int buf_size;
-   char *be_buf;
-   int   be_buf_size;
-   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-   Display *dpy;
-
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return __glXBadContext;
-    }
-
-    pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-
-    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[glxc->pScreen->myNum];
-    dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl, glxc->pScreen->myNum);
-
-    /* 
-     * send the request to the first back-end server
-     */
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);
-    be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-    be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
-    be_req->length = req->length;
-    be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,glxc->pScreen->myNum);
-    if (buf_size > 0) 
-       _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-
-    /*
-     * get the reply from the back-end server
-     */
-    _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
-    be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
-    if (be_buf_size > 0) {
-       be_buf = (char *)Xalloc( be_buf_size );
-       if (be_buf) {
-	  _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
-       }
-       else {
-	  /* Throw data on the floor */
-	  _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
-	  return BadAlloc;
-       }
-    }
-
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    SyncHandle();
-
-    /*
-     * send the reply to the client
-     */
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    reply.length = be_reply.length;
-    reply.retval = be_reply.retval;
-    reply.size = be_reply.size;
-    reply.pad3 = be_reply.pad3;
-    reply.pad4 = be_reply.pad4;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-       SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
-    }
-    else {
-       WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)&reply);
-       if (be_buf_size > 0)
-	  WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
-    }
-
-    if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
-   xGLXSingleReply reply;
-   xGLXSingleReply be_reply;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-   int buf_size;
-   char *be_buf;
-   int   be_buf_size;
-   int from_screen = 0;
-   int to_screen = 0;
-   int s;
-
-   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-   Display *dpy;
-
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-
-    /* 
-     * send the request to the first back-end server(s)
-     */
-    for (s=to_screen; s>=from_screen; s--) {
-       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
-       be_req->length = req->length;
-       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
-       if (buf_size > 0) 
-	  _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-
-       /*
-	* get the reply from the back-end server
-	*/
-       _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
-       be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
-       if (be_buf_size > 0) {
-	  be_buf = (char *)Xalloc( be_buf_size );
-	  if (be_buf) {
-	     _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
-	  }
-	  else {
-	     /* Throw data on the floor */
-	     _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
-	     return BadAlloc;
-	  }
-       }
-
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-
-       if (s > from_screen && be_buf_size > 0) {
-	  Xfree(be_buf);
-       }
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * send the reply to the client
-     */
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    reply.length = be_reply.length;
-    reply.retval = be_reply.retval;
-    reply.size = be_reply.size;
-    reply.pad3 = be_reply.pad3;
-    reply.pad4 = be_reply.pad4;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-       SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
-    }
-    else {
-       WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)&reply);
-       if (be_buf_size > 0)
-	  WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
-    }
-
-    if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXForwardSingleReqSwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXForwardSingleReq( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 2;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-
-   return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 4;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-
-   return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 8;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-
-   return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-
-   return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 2;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-
-   return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 4;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-
-   return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 8;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-
-   return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-static GLint __glReadPixels_size(GLenum format, GLenum type, GLint w, GLint h, 
-                          int *elementbits_return, int *rowbytes_return )
-{
-    GLint elements, esize;
-    GLint rowsize, padding;
-
-    if (w < 0 || h < 0) {
-	return -1;
-    }
-    switch (format) {
-      case GL_COLOR_INDEX:
-      case GL_STENCIL_INDEX:
-      case GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT:
-	elements = 1;
-	break;
-      case GL_RED:
-      case GL_GREEN:
-      case GL_BLUE:
-      case GL_ALPHA:
-      case GL_LUMINANCE:
-	elements = 1;
-	break;
-      case GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA:
-	elements = 2;
-	break;
-      case GL_RGB:
-      case GL_BGR:
-	elements = 3;
-	break;
-      case GL_RGBA:
-      case GL_BGRA:
-      case GL_ABGR_EXT:
-	elements = 4;
-	break;
-      default:
-	return -1;
-    }
-    /*
-    ** According to the GLX protocol, each row must be padded to a multiple of
-    ** 4 bytes.  4 bytes also happens to be the default alignment in the pixel
-    ** store modes of the GL.
-    */
-    switch (type) {
-      case GL_BITMAP:
-	if (format == GL_COLOR_INDEX || format == GL_STENCIL_INDEX) {
-	   rowsize = ((w * elements)+7)/8;
-	   padding = rowsize % 4;
-	   if (padding) {
-	      rowsize += 4 - padding;
-	   }
-	   if (elementbits_return) *elementbits_return = elements;
-	   if (rowbytes_return) *rowbytes_return = rowsize;
-	   return (rowsize * h);
-	} else {
-	   return -1;
-	}
-      case GL_BYTE:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE:
-	esize = 1;
-	break;
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_2_3_3_REV:
-	esize = 1;
-	elements = 1;
-	break;
-      case GL_SHORT:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
-	esize = 2;
-	break;
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5_REV:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_REV:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_1_5_5_5_REV:
-	esize = 2;
-	elements = 1;
-	break;
-      case GL_INT:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT:
-      case GL_FLOAT:
-	esize = 4;
-	break;
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2:
-      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_2_10_10_10_REV:
-	esize = 4;
-	elements = 1;
-	break;
-      default:
-	return -1;
-    }
-    rowsize = w * elements * esize;
-    padding = rowsize % 4;
-    if (padding) {
-	rowsize += 4 - padding;
-    }
-
-    if (elementbits_return) *elementbits_return = esize*elements*8;
-    if (rowbytes_return) *rowbytes_return = rowsize;
-
-    return (rowsize * h);
-}
-
-static int intersectRect( int x1, int x2, int y1, int y2,
-                    int X1, int X2, int Y1, int Y2,
-		    int *ix1, int *ix2, int *iy1, int *iy2 )
-{
-   int right = (x2 < X2 ? x2 : X2);
-   int bottom = (y2 < Y2 ? y2 : Y2);
-   int left = (x1 > X1 ? x1 : X1);
-   int top = (y1 > Y1 ? y1 : Y1);
-   int width = right - left + 1;
-   int height = bottom - top + 1;
-
-   if ( (width <= 0) || (height <= 0) ) {
-      *ix1 = *ix2 = *iy1 = *iy2 = 0;
-      return(0);
-   }
-   else {
-      *ix1 = left;
-      *ix2 = right;
-      *iy1 = top;
-      *iy2 = bottom;
-      return( width * height );
-   }
-
-}
-
-int __glXDisp_ReadPixels(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;
-    xGLXSingleReq *be_req;
-    xGLXReadPixelsReply reply;
-    xGLXReadPixelsReply be_reply;
-    GLbyte *be_pc;
-    GLint x,y;
-    GLsizei width, height;
-    GLenum format, type;
-    GLboolean swapBytes, lsbFirst;
-    ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-    DrawablePtr pDraw;
-    int error;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-    int from_screen = 0;
-    int to_screen = 0;
-    char *buf;
-    int buf_size;
-    int s;
-    int win_x1, win_x2;
-    int win_y1, win_y2;
-    int ebits, rowsize;
-    __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-    }
-
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-    x = *(GLint *)(pc + 0);
-    y = *(GLint *)(pc + 4);
-    width = *(GLsizei *)(pc + 8);
-    height = *(GLsizei *)(pc + 12);
-    format = *(GLenum *)(pc + 16);
-    type = *(GLenum *)(pc + 20);
-    swapBytes = *(GLboolean *)(pc + 24);
-    lsbFirst = *(GLboolean *)(pc + 25);
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&x);
-       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&y);
-       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&width);
-       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&height);
-       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&format);
-       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&type);
-       swapBytes = !swapBytes;
-    }
-
-    buf_size = __glReadPixels_size(format,type,width,height, &ebits, &rowsize);
-    if (buf_size > 0) {
-       buf = (char *) Xalloc( buf_size );
-       if ( !buf ) {
-	  return( BadAlloc );
-       }
-    }
-    else {
-       buf_size = 0;
-    }
-
-    if (buf_size > 0) {
-       /*
-	* Get the current drawable this context is bound to
-	*/
-       pDraw = __glXLookupDrawableByTag( cl, req->contextTag );
-       win_x1 = pDraw->x + x;
-       win_x2 = win_x1 + width - 1;
-       win_y1 = (dmxGlobalHeight - pDraw->y - pDraw->height) + y;
-       win_y2 = win_y1 + height - 1;
-       if (pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	  from_screen = to_screen = 0;
-       }
-
-       for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-	  DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-	  Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-	  int scr_x1 = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;
-	  int scr_x2 = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->scrnWidth - 1;
-	  int scr_y1 = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;
-	  int scr_y2 = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->scrnHeight - 1;
-	  int wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2;
-	  int sx, sy, sw, sh;
-	  int npixels;
-
-	  /*
-	   * find the window portion that is on the current screen
-	   */
-	  if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	     npixels = intersectRect( scr_x1, scr_x2, scr_y1, scr_y2,
-		   win_x1, win_x2, win_y1, win_y2,
-		   &wx1, &wx2, &wy1, &wy2 );
-	  }
-	  else {
-	     wx1 = win_x1;
-	     wx2 = win_x2;
-	     wy1 = win_y1;
-	     wy2 = win_y2;
-	     npixels = (wx2-wx1+1) * (wy2-wy1+1);
-	  }
-
-   	  if (npixels > 0) {
-
-   	     /* send the request to the back-end server */
-   	     LockDisplay(dpy);
-   	     GetReqExtra(GLXSingle,__GLX_PAD(26),be_req);
-   	     be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-   	     be_req->glxCode = X_GLsop_ReadPixels;
-   	     be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
-   	     be_pc = ((GLbyte *)(be_req) + sz_xGLXSingleReq);
-
-   	     sx = wx1 - pDraw->x;
-   	     sy = wy1 - (dmxGlobalHeight - pDraw->y - pDraw->height); 
-   	     sw = (wx2-wx1+1); 
-   	     sh = (wy2-wy1+1); 
-	     
-	     *(GLint *)(be_pc + 0) = sx;    /* x */
-	     *(GLint *)(be_pc + 4) = sy;    /* y */
-	     *(GLsizei *)(be_pc + 8) = sw;    /* width */
-	     *(GLsizei *)(be_pc + 12) = sh;   /* height */
-	     *(GLenum *)(be_pc + 16) = format; 
-	     *(GLenum *)(be_pc + 20) = type;
-	     *(GLboolean *)(be_pc + 24) = swapBytes;
-	     *(GLboolean *)(be_pc + 25) = lsbFirst;
-
-	     _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
-         
-	     if (be_reply.length > 0) {
-		char *be_buf;
-		int be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
-
-		be_buf = (char *) Xalloc( be_buf_size );
-		if (be_buf) {
-		   _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
-
-		   /* copy pixels data to the right location of the */
-		   /* reply buffer */
-		   if ( type != GL_BITMAP ) {
-		      int pbytes = ebits / 8;
-		      char *dst = buf + (sy-y)*rowsize + (sx-x)*pbytes;
-		      char *src = be_buf;
-		      int pad = (pbytes * sw) % 4;
-		      int r;
-
-		      for (r=0; r<sh; r++) {
-			 memcpy( dst, src, pbytes*sw );
-			 dst += rowsize;
-			 src += (pbytes*sw + (pad ? 4-pad : 0) );
-		      }
-		   }
-		   else {
-		      /* this is a GL_BITMAP pixel type, should copy bits */
-		      int r;
-		      int src_rowsize = bits_to_bytes(sw * ebits);
-		      int src_pad = src_rowsize % 4;
-                      if ( src_pad ) {
-			 src_rowsize += (4 - src_pad);
-		      }
-
-		      for (r=0; r<sh; r++) {
-			 unsigned char dst_mask = 0x80 >> (sx % 8);
-			 unsigned char src_mask = 0x80;
-			 char *dst = buf + (sy-y+r)*rowsize + (sx-x)/8;
-			 char *src = be_buf + r*src_rowsize;
-			 int b;
-
-			 for (b=0; b<sw*ebits; b++) {
-			    if ( *src & src_mask ) {
-			       *dst |= dst_mask;
-			    }
-			    else {
-			       *dst &= ~dst_mask;
-			    }
-
-			    if (dst_mask > 1) dst_mask >>= 1;
-			    else { 
-			       dst_mask = 0x80;
-			       dst++;
-			    }
-
-			    if (src_mask > 1) src_mask >>= 1;
-			    else {
-			       src_mask = 0x80;
-			       src++;
-			    }
-			 }
-		      }
-
-		   }
-
-		   Xfree( be_buf );
-		}
-		else {
-		   /* Throw data on the floor */
-		   _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
-		   Xfree( buf );
-		   return BadAlloc;
-		}
-	     }
-
-	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-	     SyncHandle();
-
-	  } /* of npixels > 0 */ 
-
-       }  /* of for loop */
-
-    } /* of if buf_size > 0 */
-
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-    reply.length = buf_size >> 2;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-       __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply.sequenceNumber);
-       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.length);
-    }
-
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXReadPixelsReply),(char *)&reply);
-    if (buf_size > 0) {
-       WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);
-       Xfree( buf );
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXDispSwap_GetTexImage(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-    GLbyte *lpc = pc;
-
-    lpc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+0);
-    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+4);
-    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+8);
-    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+12);
-
-    /* reverse swapBytes */
-    *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 16) = ! *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 16);
-
-    return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXDispSwap_GetColorTable(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)
-{
-    __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-    GLbyte *lpc = pc;
-
-    lpc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;
-    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+0);
-    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+4);
-    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+8);
-
-    /* reverse swapBytes */
-    *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 12) = ! *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 12);
-
-    return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-
+/* DO NOT EDIT - THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED */

+/*

+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)

+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and

+ * either this permission notice or a reference to

+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/

+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from

+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxwindow.h"

+#include "dmxpixmap.h"

+#include "dmxfont.h"

+#include "dmxcb.h"

+

+#undef Xmalloc

+#undef Xcalloc

+#undef Xrealloc

+#undef Xfree

+

+#include "glxserver.h"

+#include "glxext.h"

+#include "g_disptab.h"

+/* #include "g_disptab_EXT.h" */

+#include "unpack.h"

+#include "glxutil.h"

+

+#include "GL/glxproto.h"

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"

+#endif

+

+/*

+ * GetReqSingle - this is the equivalent of GetReq macro

+ *    from Xlibint.h but it does not set the reqType field (the opcode).

+ *    this is because the GL single opcodes has different naming convension

+ *    the other X opcodes (ie. X_GLsop_GetFloatv).

+ */

+#if (defined(__STDC__) && !defined(UNIXCPP)) || defined(ANSICPP)

+#define GetReqSingle(name, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+		_XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\

+	dpy->request++

+

+#else  /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */

+#define GetReqSingle(name, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+		_XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\

+	dpy->request++

+#endif

+

+#define X_GLXSingle 0   /* needed by GetReqExtra */

+

+extern Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s );

+extern int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s);

+

+static int swap_vec_element_size = 0;

+

+static void SendSwappedReply( ClientPtr client,

+                              xGLXSingleReply *reply, 

+			      char *buf,

+			      int   buf_size )

+{

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->sequenceNumber);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->retval);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->size);

+

+   if ( (buf_size == 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {

+      /*

+       * the reply has single component - need to swap pad3

+       */

+      if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {

+	 __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->pad3);

+      }

+      else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {

+	 __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);

+	 __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);    /* some requests use also pad4

+                                          * i.e GetConvolutionFilter

+					  */

+      }

+      else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {

+	 __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(&reply->pad3);

+      }

+   }

+   else if ( (buf_size > 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {

+      /*

+       * the reply has vector of elements which needs to be swapped

+       */

+      int vsize = buf_size / swap_vec_element_size;

+      char *p = buf;

+      int i;

+

+      for (i=0; i<vsize; i++) {

+	 if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {

+	    __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(p);

+	 }

+	 else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {

+	    __GLX_SWAP_INT(p);

+	 }

+	 else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {

+	    __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(p);

+	 }

+

+	 p += swap_vec_element_size;

+      }

+

+      /*

+       * swap pad words as well - for case that some single reply uses

+       * them as well

+       */

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad5);

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad6);

+

+   }

+

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)reply);

+    if (buf_size > 0)

+       WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);

+

+}

+

+int __glXForwardSingleReq( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   xGLXSingleReq *be_req;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+   int from_screen = 0;

+   int to_screen = 0;

+   int buf_size;

+   int s;

+

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;

+    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;

+

+    /*

+     * just forward the request to back-end server(s)

+     */

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;

+       be_req->length = req->length;

+       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);

+       if (buf_size > 0) 

+	  _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+

+       if (req->glxCode == X_GLsop_Flush) {

+	  XFlush(dpy);

+       }

+

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   xGLXSingleReq *be_req;

+   xGLXSingleReply reply;

+   xGLXSingleReply be_reply;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+   int buf_size;

+   char *be_buf;

+   int   be_buf_size;

+   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+   Display *dpy;

+

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return __glXBadContext;

+    }

+

+    pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;

+    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;

+

+    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[glxc->pScreen->myNum];

+    dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl, glxc->pScreen->myNum);

+

+    /* 

+     * send the request to the first back-end server

+     */

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);

+    be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+    be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;

+    be_req->length = req->length;

+    be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,glxc->pScreen->myNum);

+    if (buf_size > 0) 

+       _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);

+

+    /*

+     * get the reply from the back-end server

+     */

+    _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);

+    be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;

+    if (be_buf_size > 0) {

+       be_buf = (char *)malloc( be_buf_size );

+       if (be_buf) {

+	  _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);

+       }

+       else {

+	  /* Throw data on the floor */

+	  _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);

+	  return BadAlloc;

+       }

+    }

+

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    SyncHandle();

+

+    /*

+     * send the reply to the client

+     */

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    reply.length = be_reply.length;

+    reply.retval = be_reply.retval;

+    reply.size = be_reply.size;

+    reply.pad3 = be_reply.pad3;

+    reply.pad4 = be_reply.pad4;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+       SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );

+    }

+    else {

+       WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)&reply);

+       if (be_buf_size > 0)

+	  WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);

+    }

+

+    if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXForwardAllWithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   xGLXSingleReq *be_req;

+   xGLXSingleReply reply;

+   xGLXSingleReply be_reply;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+   int buf_size;

+   char *be_buf;

+   int   be_buf_size;

+   int from_screen = 0;

+   int to_screen = 0;

+   int s;

+

+   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+   Display *dpy;

+

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;

+    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXSingleReq;

+

+    /* 

+     * send the request to the first back-end server(s)

+     */

+    for (s=to_screen; s>=from_screen; s--) {

+       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReqSingle(GLXSingle,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;

+       be_req->length = req->length;

+       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);

+       if (buf_size > 0) 

+	  _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);

+

+       /*

+	* get the reply from the back-end server

+	*/

+       _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);

+       be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;

+       if (be_buf_size > 0) {

+	  be_buf = (char *)malloc( be_buf_size );

+	  if (be_buf) {

+	     _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);

+	  }

+	  else {

+	     /* Throw data on the floor */

+	     _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);

+	     return BadAlloc;

+	  }

+       }

+

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+

+       if (s > from_screen && be_buf_size > 0) {

+	  Xfree(be_buf);

+       }

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * send the reply to the client

+     */

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    reply.length = be_reply.length;

+    reply.retval = be_reply.retval;

+    reply.size = be_reply.size;

+    reply.pad3 = be_reply.pad3;

+    reply.pad4 = be_reply.pad4;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+       SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );

+    }

+    else {

+       WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXSingleReply),(char *)&reply);

+       if (be_buf_size > 0)

+	  WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);

+    }

+

+    if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXForwardSingleReqSwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 0;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXForwardSingleReq( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 0;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 2;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+

+   return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 4;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+

+   return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 8;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+

+   return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 0;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+

+   return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 2;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+

+   return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 4;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+

+   return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXForwardAllWithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 8;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXSingleReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXSingleReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+

+   return( __glXForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+static GLint __glReadPixels_size(GLenum format, GLenum type, GLint w, GLint h, 

+                          int *elementbits_return, int *rowbytes_return )

+{

+    GLint elements, esize;

+    GLint rowsize, padding;

+

+    if (w < 0 || h < 0) {

+	return -1;

+    }

+    switch (format) {

+      case GL_COLOR_INDEX:

+      case GL_STENCIL_INDEX:

+      case GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT:

+	elements = 1;

+	break;

+      case GL_RED:

+      case GL_GREEN:

+      case GL_BLUE:

+      case GL_ALPHA:

+      case GL_LUMINANCE:

+	elements = 1;

+	break;

+      case GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA:

+	elements = 2;

+	break;

+      case GL_RGB:

+      case GL_BGR:

+	elements = 3;

+	break;

+      case GL_RGBA:

+      case GL_BGRA:

+      case GL_ABGR_EXT:

+	elements = 4;

+	break;

+      default:

+	return -1;

+    }

+    /*

+    ** According to the GLX protocol, each row must be padded to a multiple of

+    ** 4 bytes.  4 bytes also happens to be the default alignment in the pixel

+    ** store modes of the GL.

+    */

+    switch (type) {

+      case GL_BITMAP:

+	if (format == GL_COLOR_INDEX || format == GL_STENCIL_INDEX) {

+	   rowsize = ((w * elements)+7)/8;

+	   padding = rowsize % 4;

+	   if (padding) {

+	      rowsize += 4 - padding;

+	   }

+	   if (elementbits_return) *elementbits_return = elements;

+	   if (rowbytes_return) *rowbytes_return = rowsize;

+	   return (rowsize * h);

+	} else {

+	   return -1;

+	}

+      case GL_BYTE:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE:

+	esize = 1;

+	break;

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_2_3_3_REV:

+	esize = 1;

+	elements = 1;

+	break;

+      case GL_SHORT:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT:

+	esize = 2;

+	break;

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5_REV:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_REV:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_1_5_5_5_REV:

+	esize = 2;

+	elements = 1;

+	break;

+      case GL_INT:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT:

+      case GL_FLOAT:

+	esize = 4;

+	break;

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2:

+      case GL_UNSIGNED_INT_2_10_10_10_REV:

+	esize = 4;

+	elements = 1;

+	break;

+      default:

+	return -1;

+    }

+    rowsize = w * elements * esize;

+    padding = rowsize % 4;

+    if (padding) {

+	rowsize += 4 - padding;

+    }

+

+    if (elementbits_return) *elementbits_return = esize*elements*8;

+    if (rowbytes_return) *rowbytes_return = rowsize;

+

+    return (rowsize * h);

+}

+

+static int intersectRect( int x1, int x2, int y1, int y2,

+                    int X1, int X2, int Y1, int Y2,

+		    int *ix1, int *ix2, int *iy1, int *iy2 )

+{

+   int right = (x2 < X2 ? x2 : X2);

+   int bottom = (y2 < Y2 ? y2 : Y2);

+   int left = (x1 > X1 ? x1 : X1);

+   int top = (y1 > Y1 ? y1 : Y1);

+   int width = right - left + 1;

+   int height = bottom - top + 1;

+

+   if ( (width <= 0) || (height <= 0) ) {

+      *ix1 = *ix2 = *iy1 = *iy2 = 0;

+      return(0);

+   }

+   else {

+      *ix1 = left;

+      *ix2 = right;

+      *iy1 = top;

+      *iy2 = bottom;

+      return( width * height );

+   }

+

+}

+

+int __glXDisp_ReadPixels(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    xGLXSingleReq *req = (xGLXSingleReq *)pc;

+    xGLXSingleReq *be_req;

+    xGLXReadPixelsReply reply;

+    xGLXReadPixelsReply be_reply;

+    GLbyte *be_pc;

+    GLint x,y;

+    GLsizei width, height;

+    GLenum format, type;

+    GLboolean swapBytes, lsbFirst;

+    ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+    DrawablePtr pDraw;

+    int error;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+    int from_screen = 0;

+    int to_screen = 0;

+    char *buf;

+    int buf_size;

+    int s;

+    int win_x1, win_x2;

+    int win_y1, win_y2;

+    int ebits, rowsize;

+    __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+    }

+

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    pc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;

+    x = *(GLint *)(pc + 0);

+    y = *(GLint *)(pc + 4);

+    width = *(GLsizei *)(pc + 8);

+    height = *(GLsizei *)(pc + 12);

+    format = *(GLenum *)(pc + 16);

+    type = *(GLenum *)(pc + 20);

+    swapBytes = *(GLboolean *)(pc + 24);

+    lsbFirst = *(GLboolean *)(pc + 25);

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&x);

+       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&y);

+       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&width);

+       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&height);

+       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&format);

+       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&type);

+       swapBytes = !swapBytes;

+    }

+

+    buf_size = __glReadPixels_size(format,type,width,height, &ebits, &rowsize);

+    if (buf_size > 0) {

+       buf = (char *) malloc( buf_size );

+       if ( !buf ) {

+	  return( BadAlloc );

+       }

+    }

+    else {

+       buf_size = 0;

+    }

+

+    if (buf_size > 0) {

+       /*

+	* Get the current drawable this context is bound to

+	*/

+       pDraw = __glXLookupDrawableByTag( cl, req->contextTag );

+       win_x1 = pDraw->x + x;

+       win_x2 = win_x1 + width - 1;

+       win_y1 = (dmxGlobalHeight - pDraw->y - pDraw->height) + y;

+       win_y2 = win_y1 + height - 1;

+       if (pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	  from_screen = to_screen = 0;

+       }

+

+       for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+	  DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+	  Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+	  int scr_x1 = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin;

+	  int scr_x2 = dmxScreen->rootXOrigin + dmxScreen->scrnWidth - 1;

+	  int scr_y1 = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;

+	  int scr_y2 = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin + dmxScreen->scrnHeight - 1;

+	  int wx1, wx2, wy1, wy2;

+	  int sx, sy, sw, sh;

+	  int npixels;

+

+	  /*

+	   * find the window portion that is on the current screen

+	   */

+	  if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	     npixels = intersectRect( scr_x1, scr_x2, scr_y1, scr_y2,

+		   win_x1, win_x2, win_y1, win_y2,

+		   &wx1, &wx2, &wy1, &wy2 );

+	  }

+	  else {

+	     wx1 = win_x1;

+	     wx2 = win_x2;

+	     wy1 = win_y1;

+	     wy2 = win_y2;

+	     npixels = (wx2-wx1+1) * (wy2-wy1+1);

+	  }

+

+   	  if (npixels > 0) {

+

+   	     /* send the request to the back-end server */

+   	     LockDisplay(dpy);

+   	     GetReqExtra(GLXSingle,__GLX_PAD(26),be_req);

+   	     be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+   	     be_req->glxCode = X_GLsop_ReadPixels;

+   	     be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);

+   	     be_pc = ((GLbyte *)(be_req) + sz_xGLXSingleReq);

+

+   	     sx = wx1 - pDraw->x;

+   	     sy = wy1 - (dmxGlobalHeight - pDraw->y - pDraw->height); 

+   	     sw = (wx2-wx1+1); 

+   	     sh = (wy2-wy1+1); 

+	     

+	     *(GLint *)(be_pc + 0) = sx;    /* x */

+	     *(GLint *)(be_pc + 4) = sy;    /* y */

+	     *(GLsizei *)(be_pc + 8) = sw;    /* width */

+	     *(GLsizei *)(be_pc + 12) = sh;   /* height */

+	     *(GLenum *)(be_pc + 16) = format; 

+	     *(GLenum *)(be_pc + 20) = type;

+	     *(GLboolean *)(be_pc + 24) = swapBytes;

+	     *(GLboolean *)(be_pc + 25) = lsbFirst;

+

+	     _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);

+         

+	     if (be_reply.length > 0) {

+		char *be_buf;

+		int be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;

+

+		be_buf = (char *) malloc( be_buf_size );

+		if (be_buf) {

+		   _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);

+

+		   /* copy pixels data to the right location of the */

+		   /* reply buffer */

+		   if ( type != GL_BITMAP ) {

+		      int pbytes = ebits / 8;

+		      char *dst = buf + (sy-y)*rowsize + (sx-x)*pbytes;

+		      char *src = be_buf;

+		      int pad = (pbytes * sw) % 4;

+		      int r;

+

+		      for (r=0; r<sh; r++) {

+			 memcpy( dst, src, pbytes*sw );

+			 dst += rowsize;

+			 src += (pbytes*sw + (pad ? 4-pad : 0) );

+		      }

+		   }

+		   else {

+		      /* this is a GL_BITMAP pixel type, should copy bits */

+		      int r;

+		      int src_rowsize = bits_to_bytes(sw * ebits);

+		      int src_pad = src_rowsize % 4;

+                      if ( src_pad ) {

+			 src_rowsize += (4 - src_pad);

+		      }

+

+		      for (r=0; r<sh; r++) {

+			 unsigned char dst_mask = 0x80 >> (sx % 8);

+			 unsigned char src_mask = 0x80;

+			 char *dst = buf + (sy-y+r)*rowsize + (sx-x)/8;

+			 char *src = be_buf + r*src_rowsize;

+			 int b;

+

+			 for (b=0; b<sw*ebits; b++) {

+			    if ( *src & src_mask ) {

+			       *dst |= dst_mask;

+			    }

+			    else {

+			       *dst &= ~dst_mask;

+			    }

+

+			    if (dst_mask > 1) dst_mask >>= 1;

+			    else { 

+			       dst_mask = 0x80;

+			       dst++;

+			    }

+

+			    if (src_mask > 1) src_mask >>= 1;

+			    else {

+			       src_mask = 0x80;

+			       src++;

+			    }

+			 }

+		      }

+

+		   }

+

+		   Xfree( be_buf );

+		}

+		else {

+		   /* Throw data on the floor */

+		   _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);

+		   Xfree( buf );

+		   return BadAlloc;

+		}

+	     }

+

+	     UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+	     SyncHandle();

+

+	  } /* of npixels > 0 */ 

+

+       }  /* of for loop */

+

+    } /* of if buf_size > 0 */

+

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+    reply.length = buf_size >> 2;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+       __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply.sequenceNumber);

+       __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply.length);

+    }

+

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXReadPixelsReply),(char *)&reply);

+    if (buf_size > 0) {

+       WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);

+       Xfree( buf );

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXDispSwap_GetTexImage(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+    GLbyte *lpc = pc;

+

+    lpc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;

+    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+0);

+    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+4);

+    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+8);

+    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+12);

+

+    /* reverse swapBytes */

+    *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 16) = ! *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 16);

+

+    return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXDispSwap_GetColorTable(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc)

+{

+    __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+    GLbyte *lpc = pc;

+

+    lpc += sz_xGLXSingleReq;

+    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+0);

+    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+4);

+    __GLX_SWAP_INT(lpc+8);

+

+    /* reverse swapBytes */

+    *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 12) = ! *(GLboolean *)(lpc + 12);

+

+    return( __glXForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxswap.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxswap.c
index 1e184f914..1471d8b5f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxswap.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxswap.c
@@ -1,538 +1,538 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2003 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include "glxswap.h"
-
-extern int __glXDoSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId,
-			      GLXContextTag tag);
-
-typedef struct _SwapGroup *SwapGroupPtr;
-
-static Bool SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(GLuint barrier);
-static void SwapSwapBarrier(GLuint barrier);
-static void UpdateSwapBarrierList(GLuint barrier,
-				  SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap,
-				  SwapGroupPtr pNewSwap);
-
-
-/************************************************************************
- *
- * Swap Groups
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-typedef struct _SwapGroup {
-    WindowPtr         pWin;
-    SwapGroupPtr      pNext;
-
-    Bool              swapping;
-    Bool              sleeping;
-    GLuint            barrier;
-
-    XID               drawable;
-    GLXContextTag     tag;
-    __GLXclientState *clState;
-} SwapGroupRec;
-
-
-static void SwapSwapGroup(SwapGroupPtr pSwap)
-{
-    SwapGroupPtr  pCur;
-
-    /* All drawables in swap group are ready to swap, so just swap all
-     * drawables buffers and then wake up those clients that were
-     * previously sleeping */
-
-    for (pCur = pSwap; pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext) {
-	if (pCur->swapping) {
-	    /* Swap pCur's buffers */
-	    __glXDoSwapBuffers(pCur->clState, pCur->drawable, pCur->tag);
-	    pCur->swapping = FALSE;
-	}
-
-	/* Wakeup client */
-	if (pCur->sleeping) {
-	    ClientWakeup(pCur->clState->client);
-	    pCur->sleeping = FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static Bool SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(SwapGroupPtr pSwap)
-{
-    Bool  isReady = TRUE;
-
-    /* The swap group is ready to swap when all drawables are ready to
-     * swap.  NOTE: A drawable is also ready to swap if it is not
-     * currently mapped */
-    for (; pSwap; pSwap = pSwap->pNext) {
-	isReady &= (pSwap->swapping || !pSwap->pWin->mapped);
-	/* FIXME: Should we use pSwap->pWin->mapped or ...->realized ??? */
-    }
-
-    return isReady;
-}
-
-static Bool SGSwapCleanup(ClientPtr client, pointer closure)
-{
-    /* SwapGroupPtr  pSwap = (SwapGroupPtr)closure; */
-
-    /* This should not be called unless the client has died in which
-     * case we should remove the buffer from the swap list */
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-int SGSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId, GLXContextTag tag,
-		  DrawablePtr pDraw)
-{
-    WindowPtr      pWin     = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
-    SwapGroupPtr   pSwap    = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
-    SwapGroupPtr   pCur;
-
-    for (pCur = pSwap; pCur && pCur->pWin != pWin; pCur = pCur->pNext);
-    if (!pCur)
-	return BadDrawable;
-
-    pCur->clState  = cl;
-    pCur->drawable = drawId;
-    pCur->tag      = tag;
-
-    /* We are now in the process of swapping */
-    pCur->swapping = TRUE;
-
-    if (pSwap->barrier && SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(pSwap->barrier)) {
-	/* The swap group is bound to a barrier and the barrier is ready
-	 * to swap, so swap all the swap groups that are bound to this
-	 * group's swap barrier */
-	SwapSwapBarrier(pSwap->barrier);
-    } else if (!pSwap->barrier && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwap)) {
-	/* Do the swap if the entire swap group is ready to swap and the
-	 * group is not bound to a swap barrier */
-	SwapSwapGroup(pSwap);
-    } else {
-	/* The swap group/barrier is not yet ready to swap, so put
-	 * client to sleep until the rest are ready to swap */
-	ClientSleep(cl->client, SGSwapCleanup, (pointer)pWin);
-	pCur->sleeping = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-static void SGWindowUnmapped(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
-    SwapGroupPtr   pSwap    = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
-
-    /* Now that one of the windows in the swap group has been unmapped,
-     * see if the entire swap group/barrier is ready to swap */
-
-    if (pSwap->barrier && SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(pSwap->barrier)) {
-	SwapSwapBarrier(pSwap->barrier);
-    } else if (!pSwap->barrier && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwap)) {
-	SwapSwapGroup(pSwap);
-    }
-}
-
-static void SGWindowDestroyed(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-    JoinSwapGroupSGIX((DrawablePtr)pWin, NULL);
-}
-
-static SwapGroupPtr CreateSwapEntry(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-    SwapGroupPtr  pEntry;
-
-    /* Allocate new swap group */
-    pEntry = xalloc(sizeof(*pEntry));
-    if (!pEntry) return NULL;
-
-    /* Initialize swap group */
-    pEntry->pWin     = pWin;
-    pEntry->pNext    = NULL;
-    pEntry->swapping = FALSE;
-    pEntry->sleeping = FALSE;
-    pEntry->barrier  = 0;
-    /* The following are not initialized until SwapBuffers is called:
-     *     pEntry->drawable
-     *     pEntry->tag
-     *     pEntry->clState
-     */
-
-    return pEntry;
-}
-
-static void FreeSwapEntry(SwapGroupPtr pEntry)
-{
-    /* Since we have removed the drawable from its previous swap group
-     * and it won't be added to another swap group, the only thing that
-     * we need to do is to make sure that the drawable's client is not
-     * sleeping.  This could happen if one thread is sleeping, while
-     * another thread called glxJoinSwapGroup().  Note that all sleeping
-     * threads should also be swapping, but there is a small window in
-     * the SGSwapBuffer() logic, above, where swapping can be set but
-     * sleeping is not.  We check both independently here just to be
-     * pedantic. */
-
-    /* Handle swap buffer request */
-    if (pEntry->swapping)
-	__glXDoSwapBuffers(pEntry->clState, pEntry->drawable, pEntry->tag);
-
-    /* Wake up client */
-    if (pEntry->sleeping)
-	ClientWakeup(pEntry->clState->client);
-
-    /* We can free the pEntry entry since it has already been removed
-     * from the swap group list and it won't be needed any longer */
-    xfree(pEntry);
-}
-
-int JoinSwapGroupSGIX(DrawablePtr pDraw, DrawablePtr pMember)
-{
-    if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	WindowPtr      pWin     = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-	dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
-	SwapGroupPtr   pOldSwap = NULL;
-	SwapGroupPtr   pEntry;
-
-	/* If pDraw and pMember are already members of the same swap
-	 * group, just return Success since there is nothing to do */
-	for (pEntry = pWinPriv->swapGroup; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNext)
-	    if (pEntry->pWin == (WindowPtr)pMember)
-		return Success;
-
-	/* Remove pDraw from its current swap group */
-	if (pWinPriv->swapGroup) {
-	    SwapGroupPtr  pSwapGroup = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
-	    SwapGroupPtr  pPrev;
-
-	    /* Find old swap entry in swap group and save in pOldSwap
-	     * for later use */
-	    for (pOldSwap = pWinPriv->swapGroup, pPrev = NULL;
-		 pOldSwap && pOldSwap->pWin != pWin;
-		 pPrev = pOldSwap, pOldSwap = pOldSwap->pNext);
-	    if (!pOldSwap)
-		return BadDrawable;
-
-	    /* Remove pDraw's swap group entry from swap group list */
-	    if (pPrev) {
-		pPrev->pNext = pOldSwap->pNext;
-	    } else {
-		/* pWin is at the head of the swap group list, so we
-		 * need to update all other members of this swap
-		 * group */
-		for (pEntry = pOldSwap->pNext; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNext)
-		    DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pEntry->pWin)->swapGroup
-			= pOldSwap->pNext;
-
-		/* Update the barrier list as well */
-		if (pOldSwap->barrier)
-		    UpdateSwapBarrierList(pOldSwap->barrier,
-					  pOldSwap, pOldSwap->pNext);
-
-		/* Set pSwapGroup to point to the swap group without
-		 * pOldSwap */
-		pSwapGroup = pOldSwap->pNext;
-	    }
-
-	    /* Check to see if current swap group can now swap since we
-	     * know at this point that pDraw and pMember are guaranteed
-	     * to previously be in different swap groups */
-	    if (pSwapGroup && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwapGroup)) {
-		SwapSwapGroup(pSwapGroup);
-	    }
-
-	    /* Make the old swap entry a standalone group */
-	    pOldSwap->pNext = NULL;
-	    pOldSwap->barrier = 0;
-
-	    /* Reset pWin's swap group */
-	    pWinPriv->swapGroup = NULL;
-	    pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = NULL;
-	    pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (!pMember || pMember->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	    /* Free old swap group since it is no longer needed */
-	    if (pOldSwap) FreeSwapEntry(pOldSwap);
-	} else if (pDraw == pMember && pOldSwap) {
-	    /* Special case where pDraw was previously created and we
-	     * are now just putting it to its own swap group */
-	    pWinPriv->swapGroup = pOldSwap;
-	    pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;
-	    pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;
-
-	    /* Check to see if pDraw is ready to swap */
-	    if (SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pOldSwap))
-		SwapSwapGroup(pOldSwap);
-	} else if (pMember->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	    WindowPtr      pMemberWin       = (WindowPtr)pMember;
-	    dmxWinPrivPtr  pMemberPriv      = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pMemberWin);
-	    SwapGroupPtr   pMemberSwapGroup = pMemberPriv->swapGroup;
-
-	    /* Finally, how we can add pDraw to pMember's swap group */
-
-	    /* If pMember is not currently in a swap group, then create
-	     * one for it since we are just about to add pDraw to it. */
-	    if (!pMemberSwapGroup) {
-		/* Create new swap group */
-		pMemberSwapGroup = CreateSwapEntry(pMemberWin);
-		if (!pMemberSwapGroup) {
-		    if (pOldSwap) FreeSwapEntry(pOldSwap);
-		    return BadAlloc;
-		}
-
-		/* Set pMember's swap group */
-		pMemberPriv->swapGroup = pMemberSwapGroup;
-		pMemberPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;
-		pMemberPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;
-	    }
-
-	    /* If pDraw == pMember, that means pDraw was not a member of
-	     * a group previously (or it would have been handled by the
-	     * special case above), so no additional work is required
-	     * since we just created a new swap group for pMember (i.e.,
-	     * pDraw). */
-
-	    if (pDraw != pMember) {
-		/* If pDraw was not previously in a swap group, then create
-		 * an entry for it */
-		if (!pOldSwap) {
-		    /* Create new swap group */
-		    pOldSwap = CreateSwapEntry(pWin);
-		    if (!pOldSwap) {
-			/* If we just created a swap group for pMember, we
-			 * need to free it here */
-			if (pMemberSwapGroup->pNext == NULL) {
-			    FreeSwapEntry(pMemberSwapGroup);
-			    pMemberPriv->swapGroup = NULL;
-			}
-			return BadAlloc;
-		    }
-		}
-
-		/* Find last entry in pMember's swap group */
-		for (pEntry = pMemberSwapGroup;
-		     pEntry->pNext;
-		     pEntry = pEntry->pNext);
-
-		/* Add pDraw's swap group entry to pMember's swap group list */
-		pEntry->pNext = pOldSwap;
-
-		/* Add pDraw to pMember's swap barrier */
-		pOldSwap->barrier = pEntry->barrier;
-
-		/* Set pDraw's swap group */
-		pWinPriv->swapGroup = pMemberSwapGroup;
-		pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;
-		pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-
-/************************************************************************
- *
- * Swap Barriers
- *
- ************************************************************************/
-
-#define GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS 10
-
-typedef struct _SwapBarrier *SwapBarrierPtr;
-typedef struct _SwapBarrier {
-    SwapGroupPtr    pSwap;
-    SwapBarrierPtr  pNext;
-} SwapBarrierRec;
-
-static SwapBarrierPtr SwapBarrierList[GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS+1];
-
-void SwapBarrierInit(void)
-{
-    int  i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i <= GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS; i++)
-	SwapBarrierList[i] = NULL;
-}
-
-void SwapBarrierReset(void)
-{
-    int  i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i <= GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS; i++) {
-	SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier, pNextBarrier;
-	for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[i];
-	     pBarrier;
-	     pBarrier = pNextBarrier) {
-	    pNextBarrier = pBarrier->pNext;
-	    xfree(pBarrier);
-	}
-	SwapBarrierList[i] = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-int QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(int screen)
-{
-    return GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS;
-}
-
-static Bool BindSwapGroupToBarrier(GLuint barrier, SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup)
-{
-    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier;
-
-    pBarrier = xalloc(sizeof(*pBarrier));
-    if (!pBarrier) return FALSE;
-
-    /* Add the swap group to barrier's list */
-    pBarrier->pSwap = pSwapGroup;
-    pBarrier->pNext = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
-    SwapBarrierList[barrier] = pBarrier;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(GLuint barrier, SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup)
-{
-    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier, pPrevBarrier;
-
-    /* Find the swap group in barrier's list */
-    for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier], pPrevBarrier = NULL;
-	 pBarrier && pBarrier->pSwap != pSwapGroup;
-	 pPrevBarrier = pBarrier, pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext);
-    if (!pBarrier) return FALSE;
-
-    /* Remove the swap group from barrier's list */
-    if (pPrevBarrier) pPrevBarrier->pNext = pBarrier->pNext;
-    else              SwapBarrierList[barrier] = pBarrier->pNext;
-
-    /* Free memory */
-    xfree(pBarrier);
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void UpdateSwapBarrierList(GLuint barrier,
-				  SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap,
-				  SwapGroupPtr pNewSwap)
-{
-    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier;
-
-    /* If the old swap group is being destroyed, then we need to remove
-     * the swap group from the list entirely */
-    if (!pNewSwap) {
-	UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(barrier, pOldSwap);
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /* Otherwise, find the old swap group in the barrier list and change
-     * it to the new swap group */
-    for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
-	 pBarrier;
-	 pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext) {
-	if (pBarrier->pSwap == pOldSwap) {
-	    pBarrier->pSwap = pNewSwap;
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static Bool SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(GLuint barrier)
-{
-    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier;
-    Bool            isReady = TRUE;
-
-    /* The swap barier is ready to swap when swap groups that are bound
-     * to barrier are ready to swap */
-    for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
-	 pBarrier;
-	 pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext)
-	isReady &= SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pBarrier->pSwap);
-
-    return isReady;
-}
-
-static void SwapSwapBarrier(GLuint barrier)
-{
-    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier;
-
-    /* Swap each group that is a member of this barrier */
-    for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];
-	 pBarrier;
-	 pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext)
-	SwapSwapGroup(pBarrier->pSwap);
-}
-
-int BindSwapBarrierSGIX(DrawablePtr pDraw, int barrier)
-{
-    /* FIXME: Check for errors when pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW */
-
-    if (barrier < 0 || barrier > GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS)
-	return BadValue;
-
-    if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	WindowPtr       pWin       = (WindowPtr)pDraw;
-	dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv   = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
-	SwapGroupPtr    pSwapGroup = pWinPriv->swapGroup;
-	SwapGroupPtr    pCur;
-
-	if (!pSwapGroup) return BadDrawable;
-	if (barrier && pSwapGroup->barrier) return BadValue;
-
-	/* Update the swap barrier list */
-	if (barrier) {
-	    if (!BindSwapGroupToBarrier(barrier, pSwapGroup))
-		return BadAlloc;
-	} else {
-	    if (!UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(pSwapGroup->barrier, pSwapGroup))
-		return BadDrawable;
-	}
-
-	/* Set the barrier for each member of this swap group */
-	for (pCur = pSwapGroup; pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext)
-	    pCur->barrier = barrier;
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2003 Red Hat Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Kevin E. Martin <kem@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxwindow.h"

+#include "glxserver.h"

+#include "glxswap.h"

+

+extern int __glXDoSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId,

+			      GLXContextTag tag);

+

+typedef struct _SwapGroup *SwapGroupPtr;

+

+static Bool SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(GLuint barrier);

+static void SwapSwapBarrier(GLuint barrier);

+static void UpdateSwapBarrierList(GLuint barrier,

+				  SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap,

+				  SwapGroupPtr pNewSwap);

+

+

+/************************************************************************

+ *

+ * Swap Groups

+ *

+ ************************************************************************/

+

+typedef struct _SwapGroup {

+    WindowPtr         pWin;

+    SwapGroupPtr      pNext;

+

+    Bool              swapping;

+    Bool              sleeping;

+    GLuint            barrier;

+

+    XID               drawable;

+    GLXContextTag     tag;

+    __GLXclientState *clState;

+} SwapGroupRec;

+

+

+static void SwapSwapGroup(SwapGroupPtr pSwap)

+{

+    SwapGroupPtr  pCur;

+

+    /* All drawables in swap group are ready to swap, so just swap all

+     * drawables buffers and then wake up those clients that were

+     * previously sleeping */

+

+    for (pCur = pSwap; pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext) {

+	if (pCur->swapping) {

+	    /* Swap pCur's buffers */

+	    __glXDoSwapBuffers(pCur->clState, pCur->drawable, pCur->tag);

+	    pCur->swapping = FALSE;

+	}

+

+	/* Wakeup client */

+	if (pCur->sleeping) {

+	    ClientWakeup(pCur->clState->client);

+	    pCur->sleeping = FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+static Bool SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(SwapGroupPtr pSwap)

+{

+    Bool  isReady = TRUE;

+

+    /* The swap group is ready to swap when all drawables are ready to

+     * swap.  NOTE: A drawable is also ready to swap if it is not

+     * currently mapped */

+    for (; pSwap; pSwap = pSwap->pNext) {

+	isReady &= (pSwap->swapping || !pSwap->pWin->mapped);

+	/* FIXME: Should we use pSwap->pWin->mapped or ...->realized ??? */

+    }

+

+    return isReady;

+}

+

+static Bool SGSwapCleanup(ClientPtr client, pointer closure)

+{

+    /* SwapGroupPtr  pSwap = (SwapGroupPtr)closure; */

+

+    /* This should not be called unless the client has died in which

+     * case we should remove the buffer from the swap list */

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+int SGSwapBuffers(__GLXclientState *cl, XID drawId, GLXContextTag tag,

+		  DrawablePtr pDraw)

+{

+    WindowPtr      pWin     = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);

+    SwapGroupPtr   pSwap    = pWinPriv->swapGroup;

+    SwapGroupPtr   pCur;

+

+    for (pCur = pSwap; pCur && pCur->pWin != pWin; pCur = pCur->pNext);

+    if (!pCur)

+	return BadDrawable;

+

+    pCur->clState  = cl;

+    pCur->drawable = drawId;

+    pCur->tag      = tag;

+

+    /* We are now in the process of swapping */

+    pCur->swapping = TRUE;

+

+    if (pSwap->barrier && SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(pSwap->barrier)) {

+	/* The swap group is bound to a barrier and the barrier is ready

+	 * to swap, so swap all the swap groups that are bound to this

+	 * group's swap barrier */

+	SwapSwapBarrier(pSwap->barrier);

+    } else if (!pSwap->barrier && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwap)) {

+	/* Do the swap if the entire swap group is ready to swap and the

+	 * group is not bound to a swap barrier */

+	SwapSwapGroup(pSwap);

+    } else {

+	/* The swap group/barrier is not yet ready to swap, so put

+	 * client to sleep until the rest are ready to swap */

+	ClientSleep(cl->client, SGSwapCleanup, (pointer)pWin);

+	pCur->sleeping = TRUE;

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static void SGWindowUnmapped(WindowPtr pWin)

+{

+    dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);

+    SwapGroupPtr   pSwap    = pWinPriv->swapGroup;

+

+    /* Now that one of the windows in the swap group has been unmapped,

+     * see if the entire swap group/barrier is ready to swap */

+

+    if (pSwap->barrier && SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(pSwap->barrier)) {

+	SwapSwapBarrier(pSwap->barrier);

+    } else if (!pSwap->barrier && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwap)) {

+	SwapSwapGroup(pSwap);

+    }

+}

+

+static void SGWindowDestroyed(WindowPtr pWin)

+{

+    JoinSwapGroupSGIX((DrawablePtr)pWin, NULL);

+}

+

+static SwapGroupPtr CreateSwapEntry(WindowPtr pWin)

+{

+    SwapGroupPtr  pEntry;

+

+    /* Allocate new swap group */

+    pEntry = malloc(sizeof(*pEntry));

+    if (!pEntry) return NULL;

+

+    /* Initialize swap group */

+    pEntry->pWin     = pWin;

+    pEntry->pNext    = NULL;

+    pEntry->swapping = FALSE;

+    pEntry->sleeping = FALSE;

+    pEntry->barrier  = 0;

+    /* The following are not initialized until SwapBuffers is called:

+     *     pEntry->drawable

+     *     pEntry->tag

+     *     pEntry->clState

+     */

+

+    return pEntry;

+}

+

+static void FreeSwapEntry(SwapGroupPtr pEntry)

+{

+    /* Since we have removed the drawable from its previous swap group

+     * and it won't be added to another swap group, the only thing that

+     * we need to do is to make sure that the drawable's client is not

+     * sleeping.  This could happen if one thread is sleeping, while

+     * another thread called glxJoinSwapGroup().  Note that all sleeping

+     * threads should also be swapping, but there is a small window in

+     * the SGSwapBuffer() logic, above, where swapping can be set but

+     * sleeping is not.  We check both independently here just to be

+     * pedantic. */

+

+    /* Handle swap buffer request */

+    if (pEntry->swapping)

+	__glXDoSwapBuffers(pEntry->clState, pEntry->drawable, pEntry->tag);

+

+    /* Wake up client */

+    if (pEntry->sleeping)

+	ClientWakeup(pEntry->clState->client);

+

+    /* We can free the pEntry entry since it has already been removed

+     * from the swap group list and it won't be needed any longer */

+    free(pEntry);

+}

+

+int JoinSwapGroupSGIX(DrawablePtr pDraw, DrawablePtr pMember)

+{

+    if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	WindowPtr      pWin     = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+	dmxWinPrivPtr  pWinPriv = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);

+	SwapGroupPtr   pOldSwap = NULL;

+	SwapGroupPtr   pEntry;

+

+	/* If pDraw and pMember are already members of the same swap

+	 * group, just return Success since there is nothing to do */

+	for (pEntry = pWinPriv->swapGroup; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNext)

+	    if (pEntry->pWin == (WindowPtr)pMember)

+		return Success;

+

+	/* Remove pDraw from its current swap group */

+	if (pWinPriv->swapGroup) {

+	    SwapGroupPtr  pSwapGroup = pWinPriv->swapGroup;

+	    SwapGroupPtr  pPrev;

+

+	    /* Find old swap entry in swap group and save in pOldSwap

+	     * for later use */

+	    for (pOldSwap = pWinPriv->swapGroup, pPrev = NULL;

+		 pOldSwap && pOldSwap->pWin != pWin;

+		 pPrev = pOldSwap, pOldSwap = pOldSwap->pNext);

+	    if (!pOldSwap)

+		return BadDrawable;

+

+	    /* Remove pDraw's swap group entry from swap group list */

+	    if (pPrev) {

+		pPrev->pNext = pOldSwap->pNext;

+	    } else {

+		/* pWin is at the head of the swap group list, so we

+		 * need to update all other members of this swap

+		 * group */

+		for (pEntry = pOldSwap->pNext; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNext)

+		    DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pEntry->pWin)->swapGroup

+			= pOldSwap->pNext;

+

+		/* Update the barrier list as well */

+		if (pOldSwap->barrier)

+		    UpdateSwapBarrierList(pOldSwap->barrier,

+					  pOldSwap, pOldSwap->pNext);

+

+		/* Set pSwapGroup to point to the swap group without

+		 * pOldSwap */

+		pSwapGroup = pOldSwap->pNext;

+	    }

+

+	    /* Check to see if current swap group can now swap since we

+	     * know at this point that pDraw and pMember are guaranteed

+	     * to previously be in different swap groups */

+	    if (pSwapGroup && SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pSwapGroup)) {

+		SwapSwapGroup(pSwapGroup);

+	    }

+

+	    /* Make the old swap entry a standalone group */

+	    pOldSwap->pNext = NULL;

+	    pOldSwap->barrier = 0;

+

+	    /* Reset pWin's swap group */

+	    pWinPriv->swapGroup = NULL;

+	    pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = NULL;

+	    pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = NULL;

+	}

+

+	if (!pMember || pMember->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	    /* Free old swap group since it is no longer needed */

+	    if (pOldSwap) FreeSwapEntry(pOldSwap);

+	} else if (pDraw == pMember && pOldSwap) {

+	    /* Special case where pDraw was previously created and we

+	     * are now just putting it to its own swap group */

+	    pWinPriv->swapGroup = pOldSwap;

+	    pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;

+	    pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;

+

+	    /* Check to see if pDraw is ready to swap */

+	    if (SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pOldSwap))

+		SwapSwapGroup(pOldSwap);

+	} else if (pMember->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	    WindowPtr      pMemberWin       = (WindowPtr)pMember;

+	    dmxWinPrivPtr  pMemberPriv      = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pMemberWin);

+	    SwapGroupPtr   pMemberSwapGroup = pMemberPriv->swapGroup;

+

+	    /* Finally, how we can add pDraw to pMember's swap group */

+

+	    /* If pMember is not currently in a swap group, then create

+	     * one for it since we are just about to add pDraw to it. */

+	    if (!pMemberSwapGroup) {

+		/* Create new swap group */

+		pMemberSwapGroup = CreateSwapEntry(pMemberWin);

+		if (!pMemberSwapGroup) {

+		    if (pOldSwap) FreeSwapEntry(pOldSwap);

+		    return BadAlloc;

+		}

+

+		/* Set pMember's swap group */

+		pMemberPriv->swapGroup = pMemberSwapGroup;

+		pMemberPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;

+		pMemberPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;

+	    }

+

+	    /* If pDraw == pMember, that means pDraw was not a member of

+	     * a group previously (or it would have been handled by the

+	     * special case above), so no additional work is required

+	     * since we just created a new swap group for pMember (i.e.,

+	     * pDraw). */

+

+	    if (pDraw != pMember) {

+		/* If pDraw was not previously in a swap group, then create

+		 * an entry for it */

+		if (!pOldSwap) {

+		    /* Create new swap group */

+		    pOldSwap = CreateSwapEntry(pWin);

+		    if (!pOldSwap) {

+			/* If we just created a swap group for pMember, we

+			 * need to free it here */

+			if (pMemberSwapGroup->pNext == NULL) {

+			    FreeSwapEntry(pMemberSwapGroup);

+			    pMemberPriv->swapGroup = NULL;

+			}

+			return BadAlloc;

+		    }

+		}

+

+		/* Find last entry in pMember's swap group */

+		for (pEntry = pMemberSwapGroup;

+		     pEntry->pNext;

+		     pEntry = pEntry->pNext);

+

+		/* Add pDraw's swap group entry to pMember's swap group list */

+		pEntry->pNext = pOldSwap;

+

+		/* Add pDraw to pMember's swap barrier */

+		pOldSwap->barrier = pEntry->barrier;

+

+		/* Set pDraw's swap group */

+		pWinPriv->swapGroup = pMemberSwapGroup;

+		pWinPriv->windowDestroyed = SGWindowDestroyed;

+		pWinPriv->windowUnmapped = SGWindowUnmapped;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+

+/************************************************************************

+ *

+ * Swap Barriers

+ *

+ ************************************************************************/

+

+#define GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS 10

+

+typedef struct _SwapBarrier *SwapBarrierPtr;

+typedef struct _SwapBarrier {

+    SwapGroupPtr    pSwap;

+    SwapBarrierPtr  pNext;

+} SwapBarrierRec;

+

+static SwapBarrierPtr SwapBarrierList[GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS+1];

+

+void SwapBarrierInit(void)

+{

+    int  i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i <= GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS; i++)

+	SwapBarrierList[i] = NULL;

+}

+

+void SwapBarrierReset(void)

+{

+    int  i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i <= GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS; i++) {

+	SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier, pNextBarrier;

+	for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[i];

+	     pBarrier;

+	     pBarrier = pNextBarrier) {

+	    pNextBarrier = pBarrier->pNext;

+	    free(pBarrier);

+	}

+	SwapBarrierList[i] = NULL;

+    }

+}

+

+int QueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIX(int screen)

+{

+    return GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS;

+}

+

+static Bool BindSwapGroupToBarrier(GLuint barrier, SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup)

+{

+    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier;

+

+    pBarrier = malloc(sizeof(*pBarrier));

+    if (!pBarrier) return FALSE;

+

+    /* Add the swap group to barrier's list */

+    pBarrier->pSwap = pSwapGroup;

+    pBarrier->pNext = SwapBarrierList[barrier];

+    SwapBarrierList[barrier] = pBarrier;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static Bool UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(GLuint barrier, SwapGroupPtr pSwapGroup)

+{

+    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier, pPrevBarrier;

+

+    /* Find the swap group in barrier's list */

+    for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier], pPrevBarrier = NULL;

+	 pBarrier && pBarrier->pSwap != pSwapGroup;

+	 pPrevBarrier = pBarrier, pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext);

+    if (!pBarrier) return FALSE;

+

+    /* Remove the swap group from barrier's list */

+    if (pPrevBarrier) pPrevBarrier->pNext = pBarrier->pNext;

+    else              SwapBarrierList[barrier] = pBarrier->pNext;

+

+    /* Free memory */

+    free(pBarrier);

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static void UpdateSwapBarrierList(GLuint barrier,

+				  SwapGroupPtr pOldSwap,

+				  SwapGroupPtr pNewSwap)

+{

+    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier;

+

+    /* If the old swap group is being destroyed, then we need to remove

+     * the swap group from the list entirely */

+    if (!pNewSwap) {

+	UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(barrier, pOldSwap);

+	return;

+    }

+

+    /* Otherwise, find the old swap group in the barrier list and change

+     * it to the new swap group */

+    for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];

+	 pBarrier;

+	 pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext) {

+	if (pBarrier->pSwap == pOldSwap) {

+	    pBarrier->pSwap = pNewSwap;

+	    return;

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+static Bool SwapBarrierIsReadyToSwap(GLuint barrier)

+{

+    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier;

+    Bool            isReady = TRUE;

+

+    /* The swap barier is ready to swap when swap groups that are bound

+     * to barrier are ready to swap */

+    for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];

+	 pBarrier;

+	 pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext)

+	isReady &= SwapGroupIsReadyToSwap(pBarrier->pSwap);

+

+    return isReady;

+}

+

+static void SwapSwapBarrier(GLuint barrier)

+{

+    SwapBarrierPtr  pBarrier;

+

+    /* Swap each group that is a member of this barrier */

+    for (pBarrier = SwapBarrierList[barrier];

+	 pBarrier;

+	 pBarrier = pBarrier->pNext)

+	SwapSwapGroup(pBarrier->pSwap);

+}

+

+int BindSwapBarrierSGIX(DrawablePtr pDraw, int barrier)

+{

+    /* FIXME: Check for errors when pDraw->type != DRAWABLE_WINDOW */

+

+    if (barrier < 0 || barrier > GLX_MAX_SWAP_BARRIERS)

+	return BadValue;

+

+    if (pDraw->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	WindowPtr       pWin       = (WindowPtr)pDraw;

+	dmxWinPrivPtr   pWinPriv   = DMX_GET_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);

+	SwapGroupPtr    pSwapGroup = pWinPriv->swapGroup;

+	SwapGroupPtr    pCur;

+

+	if (!pSwapGroup) return BadDrawable;

+	if (barrier && pSwapGroup->barrier) return BadValue;

+

+	/* Update the swap barrier list */

+	if (barrier) {

+	    if (!BindSwapGroupToBarrier(barrier, pSwapGroup))

+		return BadAlloc;

+	} else {

+	    if (!UnbindSwapGroupFromBarrier(pSwapGroup->barrier, pSwapGroup))

+		return BadDrawable;

+	}

+

+	/* Set the barrier for each member of this swap group */

+	for (pCur = pSwapGroup; pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext)

+	    pCur->barrier = barrier;

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxutil.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxutil.c
index d0ce50486..2460ed0dc 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxutil.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxutil.c
@@ -1,111 +1,111 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include <GL/glxtokens.h>
-#include <pixmapstr.h>
-#include <windowstr.h>
-#include "glxutil.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-void __glXNop(void) {}
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/* Memory Allocation for GLX */
-
-void *
-__glXMalloc(size_t size)
-{
-    void *addr;
-
-    if (size == 0) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    addr = malloc(size);
-    if (addr == NULL) {
-	/* XXX: handle out of memory error */
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    return addr;
-}
-
-void *
-__glXCalloc(size_t numElements, size_t elementSize)
-{
-    void *addr;
-    size_t size;
-
-    if ((numElements == 0) || (elementSize == 0)) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    addr = calloc(numElements, elementSize);
-    if (addr == NULL) {
-	/* XXX: handle out of memory error */
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    return addr;
-}
-
-void *
-__glXRealloc(void *addr, size_t newSize)
-{
-    void *newAddr;
-
-    if (addr) {
-	if (newSize == 0) {
-	    xfree(addr);
-	    return NULL;
-	} else {
-	    newAddr = realloc(addr, newSize);
-	}
-    } else {
-	if (newSize == 0) {
-	    return NULL;
-	} else {
-	    newAddr = malloc(newSize);
-	}
-    }
-    if (newAddr == NULL) {
-	return NULL;	/* XXX: out of memory */
-    }
-
-    return newAddr;
-}
-
-void
-__glXFree(void *addr)
-{
-    if (addr) {
-	free(addr);
-    }
-}
+/*

+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)

+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and

+ * either this permission notice or a reference to

+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/

+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from

+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ */

+

+#include "glxserver.h"

+#include <GL/glxtokens.h>

+#include <pixmapstr.h>

+#include <windowstr.h>

+#include "glxutil.h"

+#include <stdlib.h>

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+void __glXNop(void) {}

+

+/************************************************************************/

+

+/* Memory Allocation for GLX */

+

+void *

+__glXMalloc(size_t size)

+{

+    void *addr;

+

+    if (size == 0) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    addr = malloc(size);

+    if (addr == NULL) {

+	/* XXX: handle out of memory error */

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    return addr;

+}

+

+void *

+__glXCalloc(size_t numElements, size_t elementSize)

+{

+    void *addr;

+    size_t size;

+

+    if ((numElements == 0) || (elementSize == 0)) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    addr = calloc(numElements, elementSize);

+    if (addr == NULL) {

+	/* XXX: handle out of memory error */

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    return addr;

+}

+

+void *

+__glXRealloc(void *addr, size_t newSize)

+{

+    void *newAddr;

+

+    if (addr) {

+	if (newSize == 0) {

+	    free(addr);

+	    return NULL;

+	} else {

+	    newAddr = realloc(addr, newSize);

+	}

+    } else {

+	if (newSize == 0) {

+	    return NULL;

+	} else {

+	    newAddr = malloc(newSize);

+	}

+    }

+    if (newAddr == NULL) {

+	return NULL;	/* XXX: out of memory */

+    }

+

+    return newAddr;

+}

+

+void

+__glXFree(void *addr)

+{

+    if (addr) {

+	free(addr);

+    }

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvendor.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvendor.c
index 6b1f9a820..e8460fad8 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvendor.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvendor.c
@@ -1,582 +1,582 @@
-/* DO NOT EDIT - THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED */
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxwindow.h"
-#include "dmxpixmap.h"
-#include "dmxfont.h"
-
-#undef Xmalloc
-#undef Xcalloc
-#undef Xrealloc
-#undef Xfree
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include "glxext.h"
-#include "g_disptab.h"
-/* #include "g_disptab_EXT.h" */
-#include "unpack.h"
-#include "glxutil.h"
-
-#include "GL/glxproto.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * GetReqVendorPrivate - this is the equivalent of GetReq macro
- *    from Xlibint.h but it does not set the reqType field (the opcode).
- *    this is because the GL single opcodes has different naming convension
- *    the other X opcodes (ie. X_GLsop_GetFloatv).
- */
-#if (defined(__STDC__) && !defined(UNIXCPP)) || defined(ANSICPP)
-#define GetReqVendorPrivate(name, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-		_XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\
-	dpy->request++
-
-#else  /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */
-#define GetReqVendorPrivate(name, req) \
-        WORD64ALIGN\
-	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\
-		_XFlush(dpy);\
-	req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\
-	req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\
-	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\
-	dpy->request++
-#endif
-
-extern Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s );
-extern int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s);
-
-static int swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-static void SendSwappedReply( ClientPtr client,
-                              xGLXVendorPrivReply *reply, 
-			      char *buf,
-			      int   buf_size )
-{
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->sequenceNumber);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->retval);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->size);
-
-   if ( (buf_size == 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
-      /*
-       * the reply has single component - need to swap pad3
-       */
-      if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
-	 __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->pad3);
-      }
-      else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
-	 __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
-	 __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);
-      }
-      else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
-	 __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(&reply->pad3);
-      }
-   }
-   else if ( (buf_size > 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {
-      /*
-       * the reply has vector of elements which needs to be swapped
-       */
-      int vsize = buf_size / swap_vec_element_size;
-      char *p = buf;
-      int i;
-
-      for (i=0; i<vsize; i++) {
-	 if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {
-	    __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(p);
-	 }
-	 else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {
-	    __GLX_SWAP_INT(p);
-	 }
-	 else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {
-	    __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(p);
-	 }
-
-	 p += swap_vec_element_size;
-      }
-
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad5);
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad6);
-
-   }
-
-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)reply);
-    if (buf_size > 0)
-       WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);
-
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardSingleReq( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-   int from_screen = 0;
-   int to_screen = 0;
-   int buf_size;
-   int s;
-
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
-    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
-
-    /*
-     * just forward the request to back-end server(s)
-     */
-    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {
-       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
-       be_req->length = req->length;
-       be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;
-       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
-       if (buf_size > 0) 
-	  _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;
-   xGLXVendorPrivReply reply;
-   xGLXVendorPrivReply be_reply;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-   int buf_size;
-   char *be_buf;
-   int   be_buf_size;
-   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-   Display *dpy;
-
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return __glXBadContext;
-    }
-
-    pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
-    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
-
-    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[glxc->pScreen->myNum];
-    dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl, glxc->pScreen->myNum);
-
-    /* 
-     * send the request to the first back-end server
-     */
-    LockDisplay(dpy);
-    GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);
-    be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-    be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
-    be_req->length = req->length;
-    be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;
-    be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag, glxc->pScreen->myNum);
-    if (buf_size > 0) 
-       _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-
-    /*
-     * get the reply from the back-end server
-     */
-    _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
-    be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
-    if (be_buf_size > 0) {
-       be_buf = (char *)Xalloc( be_buf_size );
-       if (be_buf) {
-	  _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
-       }
-       else {
-	  /* Throw data on the floor */
-	  _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
-	  return BadAlloc;
-       }
-    }
-
-    UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-    SyncHandle();
-
-    /*
-     * send the reply to the client
-     */
-    memcpy( &reply, &be_reply, sz_xGLXVendorPrivReply );
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-       SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
-    }
-    else {
-       WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)&reply);
-       if (be_buf_size > 0)
-	  WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
-    }
-
-    if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   ClientPtr client = cl->client;
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;
-   xGLXVendorPrivReply reply;
-   xGLXVendorPrivReply be_reply;
-    __GLXcontext *glxc;
-   int buf_size;
-   char *be_buf;
-   int   be_buf_size;
-   int from_screen = 0;
-   int to_screen = 0;
-   int s;
-
-   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-   Display *dpy;
-
-    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);
-    if (!glxc) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-       from_screen = 0;
-       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
-    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;
-
-    /* 
-     * send the request to the first back-end server(s)
-     */
-    for (s=to_screen; s>=from_screen; s--) {
-       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);
-
-       LockDisplay(dpy);
-       GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);
-       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
-       be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;
-       be_req->length = req->length;
-       be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;
-       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);
-       if (buf_size > 0) 
-	  _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);
-
-       /*
-	* get the reply from the back-end server
-	*/
-       _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);
-       be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;
-       if (be_buf_size > 0) {
-	  be_buf = (char *)Xalloc( be_buf_size );
-	  if (be_buf) {
-	     _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);
-	  }
-	  else {
-	     /* Throw data on the floor */
-	     _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);
-	     return BadAlloc;
-	  }
-       }
-
-       UnlockDisplay(dpy);
-       SyncHandle();
-
-       if (s > from_screen && be_buf_size > 0) {
-	  Xfree(be_buf);
-       }
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * send the reply to the client
-     */
-    memcpy( &reply, &be_reply, sz_xGLXVendorPrivReply );
-    reply.type = X_Reply;
-    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-    if (client->swapped) {
-       SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );
-    }
-    else {
-       WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)&reply);
-       if (be_buf_size > 0)
-	  WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);
-    }
-
-    if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardSingleReqSwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-   return( __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 2;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 4;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 8;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 0;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 2;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 4;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
-int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )
-{
-   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;
-   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;
-
-   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);
-   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);
-
-   swap_vec_element_size = 8;
-
-   /*
-    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data
-    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !
-    */
-   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {
-      int *data = (int *)(req+1);
-      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;
-      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );
-   }
-
-   return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );
-}
-
+/* DO NOT EDIT - THIS FILE IS AUTOMATICALLY GENERATED */

+/*

+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)

+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and

+ * either this permission notice or a reference to

+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/

+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from

+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "dmxwindow.h"

+#include "dmxpixmap.h"

+#include "dmxfont.h"

+

+#undef Xmalloc

+#undef Xcalloc

+#undef Xrealloc

+#undef Xfree

+

+#include "glxserver.h"

+#include "glxext.h"

+#include "g_disptab.h"

+/* #include "g_disptab_EXT.h" */

+#include "unpack.h"

+#include "glxutil.h"

+

+#include "GL/glxproto.h"

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"

+#endif

+

+/*

+ * GetReqVendorPrivate - this is the equivalent of GetReq macro

+ *    from Xlibint.h but it does not set the reqType field (the opcode).

+ *    this is because the GL single opcodes has different naming convension

+ *    the other X opcodes (ie. X_GLsop_GetFloatv).

+ */

+#if (defined(__STDC__) && !defined(UNIXCPP)) || defined(ANSICPP)

+#define GetReqVendorPrivate(name, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x##name##Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+		_XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (x##name##Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->length = (SIZEOF(x##name##Req))>>2;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x##name##Req);\

+	dpy->request++

+

+#else  /* non-ANSI C uses empty comment instead of "##" for token concatenation */

+#define GetReqVendorPrivate(name, req) \

+        WORD64ALIGN\

+	if ((dpy->bufptr + SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req)) > dpy->bufmax)\

+		_XFlush(dpy);\

+	req = (x/**/name/**/Req *)(dpy->last_req = dpy->bufptr);\

+	req->length = (SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req))>>2;\

+	dpy->bufptr += SIZEOF(x/**/name/**/Req);\

+	dpy->request++

+#endif

+

+extern Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s );

+extern int GetCurrentBackEndTag(__GLXclientState *cl, GLXContextTag tag, int s);

+

+static int swap_vec_element_size = 0;

+

+static void SendSwappedReply( ClientPtr client,

+                              xGLXVendorPrivReply *reply, 

+			      char *buf,

+			      int   buf_size )

+{

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->sequenceNumber);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->retval);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->size);

+

+   if ( (buf_size == 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {

+      /*

+       * the reply has single component - need to swap pad3

+       */

+      if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {

+	 __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&reply->pad3);

+      }

+      else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {

+	 __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);

+	 __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);

+      }

+      else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {

+	 __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(&reply->pad3);

+      }

+   }

+   else if ( (buf_size > 0) && (swap_vec_element_size > 0) ) {

+      /*

+       * the reply has vector of elements which needs to be swapped

+       */

+      int vsize = buf_size / swap_vec_element_size;

+      char *p = buf;

+      int i;

+

+      for (i=0; i<vsize; i++) {

+	 if (swap_vec_element_size == 2) {

+	    __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(p);

+	 }

+	 else if (swap_vec_element_size == 4) {

+	    __GLX_SWAP_INT(p);

+	 }

+	 else if (swap_vec_element_size == 8) {

+	    __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(p);

+	 }

+

+	 p += swap_vec_element_size;

+      }

+

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad3);

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad4);

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad5);

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT(&reply->pad6);

+

+   }

+

+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)reply);

+    if (buf_size > 0)

+       WriteToClient(client, buf_size, (char *)buf);

+

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardSingleReq( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+   int from_screen = 0;

+   int to_screen = 0;

+   int buf_size;

+   int s;

+

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;

+    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;

+

+    /*

+     * just forward the request to back-end server(s)

+     */

+    for (s=from_screen; s<=to_screen; s++) {

+       DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       Display *dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;

+       be_req->length = req->length;

+       be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;

+       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);

+       if (buf_size > 0) 

+	  _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;

+   xGLXVendorPrivReply reply;

+   xGLXVendorPrivReply be_reply;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+   int buf_size;

+   char *be_buf;

+   int   be_buf_size;

+   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+   Display *dpy;

+

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return __glXBadContext;

+    }

+

+    pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;

+    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;

+

+    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[glxc->pScreen->myNum];

+    dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl, glxc->pScreen->myNum);

+

+    /* 

+     * send the request to the first back-end server

+     */

+    LockDisplay(dpy);

+    GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);

+    be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+    be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;

+    be_req->length = req->length;

+    be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;

+    be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag, glxc->pScreen->myNum);

+    if (buf_size > 0) 

+       _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);

+

+    /*

+     * get the reply from the back-end server

+     */

+    _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);

+    be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;

+    if (be_buf_size > 0) {

+       be_buf = (char *)malloc( be_buf_size );

+       if (be_buf) {

+	  _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);

+       }

+       else {

+	  /* Throw data on the floor */

+	  _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);

+	  return BadAlloc;

+       }

+    }

+

+    UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+    SyncHandle();

+

+    /*

+     * send the reply to the client

+     */

+    memcpy( &reply, &be_reply, sz_xGLXVendorPrivReply );

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+       SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );

+    }

+    else {

+       WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)&reply);

+       if (be_buf_size > 0)

+	  WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);

+    }

+

+    if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardAllWithReply( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   ClientPtr client = cl->client;

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *be_req;

+   xGLXVendorPrivReply reply;

+   xGLXVendorPrivReply be_reply;

+    __GLXcontext *glxc;

+   int buf_size;

+   char *be_buf;

+   int   be_buf_size;

+   int from_screen = 0;

+   int to_screen = 0;

+   int s;

+

+   DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+   Display *dpy;

+

+    glxc = __glXLookupContextByTag(cl, req->contextTag);

+    if (!glxc) {

+	return 0;

+    }

+    from_screen = to_screen = glxc->pScreen->myNum;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+       from_screen = 0;

+       to_screen = screenInfo.numScreens - 1;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    pc += sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;

+    buf_size = (req->length << 2) - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq;

+

+    /* 

+     * send the request to the first back-end server(s)

+     */

+    for (s=to_screen; s>=from_screen; s--) {

+       dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];

+       dpy = GetBackEndDisplay(cl,s);

+

+       LockDisplay(dpy);

+       GetReqVendorPrivate(GLXVendorPrivate,be_req);

+       be_req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;

+       be_req->glxCode = req->glxCode;

+       be_req->length = req->length;

+       be_req->vendorCode = req->vendorCode;

+       be_req->contextTag = GetCurrentBackEndTag(cl,req->contextTag,s);

+       if (buf_size > 0) 

+	  _XSend(dpy, (const char *)pc, buf_size);

+

+       /*

+	* get the reply from the back-end server

+	*/

+       _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &be_reply, 0, False);

+       be_buf_size = be_reply.length << 2;

+       if (be_buf_size > 0) {

+	  be_buf = (char *)malloc( be_buf_size );

+	  if (be_buf) {

+	     _XRead(dpy, be_buf, be_buf_size);

+	  }

+	  else {

+	     /* Throw data on the floor */

+	     _XEatData(dpy, be_buf_size);

+	     return BadAlloc;

+	  }

+       }

+

+       UnlockDisplay(dpy);

+       SyncHandle();

+

+       if (s > from_screen && be_buf_size > 0) {

+	  Xfree(be_buf);

+       }

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * send the reply to the client

+     */

+    memcpy( &reply, &be_reply, sz_xGLXVendorPrivReply );

+    reply.type = X_Reply;

+    reply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+

+    if (client->swapped) {

+       SendSwappedReply( client, &reply, be_buf, be_buf_size );

+    }

+    else {

+       WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xGLXVendorPrivReply),(char *)&reply);

+       if (be_buf_size > 0)

+	  WriteToClient(client, be_buf_size, (char *)be_buf);

+    }

+

+    if (be_buf_size > 0) Xfree(be_buf);

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardSingleReqSwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 0;

+

+   return( __glXVForwardSingleReq( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 0;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 2;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 4;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardPipe0WithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 8;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXVForwardPipe0WithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwap( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 0;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapsv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 2;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapiv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 4;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

+int __glXVForwardAllWithReplySwapdv( __GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc )

+{

+   xGLXVendorPrivateReq *req = (xGLXVendorPrivateReq *)pc;

+   __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES;

+

+   __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&req->length);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->vendorCode);

+   __GLX_SWAP_INT(&req->contextTag);

+

+   swap_vec_element_size = 8;

+

+   /*

+    * swap extra data in request - assuming all data

+    * (if available) are arrays of 4 bytes components !

+    */

+   if (req->length > sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4) {

+      int *data = (int *)(req+1);

+      int count = req->length - sz_xGLXVendorPrivateReq/4;

+      __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(data, count );

+   }

+

+   return( __glXVForwardAllWithReply( cl, pc ) );

+}

+

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvisuals.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvisuals.c
index 898c6be7b..6e30b4edc 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvisuals.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxvisuals.c
@@ -1,539 +1,539 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "glxserver.h"
-#include "glxutil.h"
-#include "dmx_glxvisuals.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-static int                 numConfigs     = 0;
-static __GLXvisualConfig  *visualConfigs  = NULL;
-static void              **visualPrivates = NULL;
-
-int glxVisualsMatch( __GLXvisualConfig *v1, __GLXvisualConfig *v2 )
-{
-      if ( (v1->class == v2->class) &&
-           (v1->rgba == v2->rgba) &&
-	   (v1->redSize == v2->redSize) &&
-	   (v1->greenSize == v2->greenSize) &&
-	   (v1->blueSize == v2->blueSize) &&
-	   (v1->alphaSize == v2->alphaSize) &&
-	   (v1->redMask == v2->redMask) &&
-	   (v1->greenMask == v2->greenMask) &&
-	   (v1->blueMask == v2->blueMask) &&
-	   (v1->alphaMask == v2->alphaMask) &&
-	   (v1->accumRedSize == v2->accumRedSize) &&
-	   (v1->accumGreenSize == v2->accumGreenSize) &&
-	   (v1->accumBlueSize == v2->accumBlueSize) &&
-	   (v1->accumAlphaSize == v2->accumAlphaSize) &&
-	   (v1->doubleBuffer == v2->doubleBuffer) &&
-	   (v1->stereo == v2->stereo) &&
-	   (v1->bufferSize == v2->bufferSize) &&
-	   (v1->depthSize == v2->depthSize) &&
-	   (v1->stencilSize == v2->stencilSize) &&
-	   (v1->auxBuffers == v2->auxBuffers) &&
-	   (v1->level == v2->level) &&
-	   (v1->visualRating == v2->visualRating) &&
-	   (v1->transparentPixel == v2->transparentPixel) &&
-	   (v1->transparentRed == v2->transparentRed) &&
-	   (v1->transparentGreen == v2->transparentGreen) &&
-	   (v1->transparentBlue == v2->transparentBlue) &&
-	   (v1->transparentAlpha == v2->transparentAlpha) &&
-	   (v1->transparentIndex == v2->transparentIndex) &&
-	   (v1->multiSampleSize == v2->multiSampleSize) &&
-	   (v1->nMultiSampleBuffers == v2->nMultiSampleBuffers) &&
-	   (v1->visualSelectGroup == v2->visualSelectGroup)         ) {
-
-	      return(1);
-
-      }
-
-      return(0);
-
-}
-
-VisualID glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual, __GLXvisualConfig *configs, int nconfigs )
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i=0; i<nconfigs; i++) {
-
-       if (glxVisualsMatch( pGlxVisual, &configs[i] )) {
-
-	  return( configs[i].vid );
-
-       }
-    }
-
-    return(0);
-}
-
-VisualID glxMatchVisualInConfigList( ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, __GLXvisualConfig *configs, int nconfigs )
-{
-    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;
-    __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;
-    int i;
-
-    /* check that the glx extension has been initialized */
-    if ( !__glXActiveScreens ) 
-       return(0);
-
-    pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[pScreen->myNum];
-    pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;
-
-    /* find the glx visual info for pVisual */
-    for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {
-	if (pGlxVisual->vid == pVisual->vid) {
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {
-	/*
-	 * the visual is not supported by glx
-	 */
-        return(0);
-    }
-
-    return( glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList(pGlxVisual, configs, nconfigs) );
-}
-
-VisualPtr glxMatchVisual( ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, ScreenPtr pMatchScreen )
-{
-    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen2;
-    int j;
-    VisualID vid;
-
-    /* check that the glx extension has been initialized */
-    if ( !__glXActiveScreens ) 
-       return NULL;
-
-    pGlxScreen2 = &__glXActiveScreens[pMatchScreen->myNum];
-
-    vid = glxMatchVisualInConfigList( pScreen, pVisual,
-                                      pGlxScreen2->pGlxVisual,
-				      pGlxScreen2->numVisuals );
-    if (vid) {
-       /*
-    	* find the X visual of the matching glx visual
-	*/
-       for (j=0; j<pMatchScreen->numVisuals; j++) {
-	  if (vid == pMatchScreen->visuals[j].vid) {
-	     return( &pMatchScreen->visuals[j] );
-	  }
-       }
-    }
-
-    return(0);
-}
-
-void glxSetVisualConfigs(int nconfigs, __GLXvisualConfig *configs,
-                 void **privates)
-{
-    numConfigs = nconfigs;
-    visualConfigs = configs;
-    visualPrivates = privates;
-}
-
-static int count_bits(unsigned int n)
-{
-   int bits = 0;
-
-   while (n > 0) {
-      if (n & 1) bits++;
-      n >>= 1;
-   }
-   return bits;
-}
-
-static VisualID FindClosestVisual( VisualPtr pVisual, int rootDepth, 
-                                   DepthPtr pdepth, int ndepths,
-				   VisualPtr pNewVisual, int numNewVisuals)
-{
-   int d, v;
-   VisualPtr vis;
-
-   /*
-    * find the first visual with the same or deeper depth
-    * of the same class.
-    */
-   for (d=0; d<ndepths; d++) {
-      if (pdepth[d].depth >= rootDepth) {
-	 for (v=0; v<pdepth[d].numVids; v++) {
-
-	    /* find the new visual structure */
-	    vis = pNewVisual;
-	    while( pdepth[d].vids[v] != vis->vid ) vis++;
-
-	    if (vis->class == pVisual->class) {
-	       return( pdepth[d].vids[v] );
-	    }
-	 }
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * did not find any.
-    * try to look for the same class only.
-    */
-   for (d=0; d<ndepths; d++) {
-      for (v=0; v<pdepth[d].numVids; v++) {
-
-	 /* find the new visual structure */
-      	 vis = pNewVisual;
-	 while( pdepth[d].vids[v] != vis->vid ) vis++;
-
-      	 if (vis->class == pVisual->class) {
-	    return( pdepth[d].vids[v] );
-	 }
-      }
-   }
-
-   /*
-    * if not found - just take the first visual
-    */
-   return( pdepth[0].vids[0] );
-}
-
-Bool glxInitVisuals(int *nvisualp, VisualPtr *visualp,
-			 VisualID *defaultVisp,
-			 int ndepth, DepthPtr pdepth,
-			 int rootDepth)
-{
-    int numRGBconfigs;
-    int numCIconfigs;
-    int numVisuals = *nvisualp;
-    int numNewVisuals;
-    int numNewConfigs;
-    VisualPtr pVisual = *visualp;
-    VisualPtr pVisualNew = NULL;
-    VisualID *orig_vid = NULL;
-    __GLXvisualConfig *glXVisualPtr = NULL;
-    __GLXvisualConfig *pNewVisualConfigs = NULL;
-    void **glXVisualPriv;
-    dmxGlxVisualPrivate **pNewVisualPriv;
-    int found_default;
-    int i, j, k;
-    int numGLXvis = 0;
-    GLint *isGLXvis;
-
-    if (numConfigs > 0)
-        numNewConfigs = numConfigs;
-    else
-        return False;
-
-    MAXSCREENSALLOC(__glXActiveScreens);
-    if (!__glXActiveScreens)
-        return False;
-
-    /* Alloc space for the list of new GLX visuals */
-    pNewVisualConfigs = (__GLXvisualConfig *)
-                     __glXMalloc(numNewConfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
-    if (!pNewVisualConfigs) {
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* Alloc space for the list of new GLX visual privates */
-    pNewVisualPriv = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate **) __glXMalloc(numNewConfigs * sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate *));
-    if (!pNewVisualPriv) {
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* copy driver's visual config info */
-    for (i = 0; i < numConfigs; i++) {
-       pNewVisualConfigs[i] = visualConfigs[i];
-       pNewVisualPriv[i] = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate *)visualPrivates[i];
-    }
-
-#if 1
-    /* FIXME: This is a hack to workaround a hang in xtest caused by a
-     * mismatch between what the front end (i.e., DMX) server calculates
-     * for the visual configs and what the back-end servers have.
-     */
-    {
-	int numTCRGBconfigs = 0;
-	int numDCRGBconfigs = 0;
-
-	numRGBconfigs = 0;
-	numCIconfigs = 0;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < numNewConfigs; i++) {
-	    if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].rgba) {
-		if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].class == TrueColor)
-		    numTCRGBconfigs++;
-		else
-		    numDCRGBconfigs++;
-		numRGBconfigs++;
-	    } else
-		numCIconfigs++;
-	}
-
-	/* Count the total number of visuals to compute */
-	numNewVisuals = 0;
-	for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
-	    numNewVisuals +=
-		(pVisual[i].class == TrueColor)   ? numTCRGBconfigs :
-		(pVisual[i].class == DirectColor) ? numDCRGBconfigs :
-						    numCIconfigs;
-	}
-    }
-#else
-    /* Count the number of RGB and CI visual configs */
-    numRGBconfigs = 0;
-    numCIconfigs = 0;
-    for (i = 0; i < numNewConfigs; i++) {
-	if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].rgba)
-	    numRGBconfigs++;
-	else
-	    numCIconfigs++;
-    }
-
-    /* Count the total number of visuals to compute */
-    numNewVisuals = 0;
-    for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
-        numNewVisuals +=
-	    (pVisual[i].class == TrueColor || pVisual[i].class == DirectColor)
-	    ? numRGBconfigs : numCIconfigs;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* Reset variables for use with the next screen/driver's visual configs */
-    visualConfigs = NULL;
-    numConfigs = 0;
-
-    /* Alloc temp space for the list of orig VisualIDs for each new visual */
-    orig_vid = (VisualID *)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(VisualID));
-    if (!orig_vid) {
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* Alloc space for the list of glXVisuals */
-    glXVisualPtr = (__GLXvisualConfig *)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals *
-						    sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));
-    if (!glXVisualPtr) {
-	__glXFree(orig_vid);
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* Alloc space for the list of glXVisualPrivates */
-    glXVisualPriv = (void **)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(void *));
-    if (!glXVisualPriv) {
-	__glXFree(glXVisualPtr);
-	__glXFree(orig_vid);
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* Alloc space for the new list of the X server's visuals */
-    pVisualNew = (VisualPtr)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));
-    if (!pVisualNew) {
-	__glXFree(glXVisualPriv);
-	__glXFree(glXVisualPtr);
-	__glXFree(orig_vid);
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    isGLXvis = (GLint *) __glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(GLint));
-    if (!isGLXvis) {
-	__glXFree(glXVisualPriv);
-	__glXFree(glXVisualPtr);
-	__glXFree(orig_vid);
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
-	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
-	__glXFree(pVisualNew);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* Initialize the new visuals */
-    found_default = FALSE;
-    for (i = j = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
-
-	for (k = 0; k < numNewConfigs; k++) {
-
-	    int new_depth;
-	    int depth;
-	    int d,v;
-
-	    /* find the depth of the new visual config */
-	    new_depth = pNewVisualPriv[k]->x_visual_depth;
-
-	    /* find the depth of the original visual */
-	    depth = 0;
-	    d = 0;
-	    while( (depth==0) && (d < ndepth) ) {
-	       v = 0;
-	       while( (depth==0) && (v < pdepth[d].numVids) ) {
-		  if (pdepth[d].vids[v] ==  pVisual[i].vid) {
-		     depth = pdepth[d].depth;
-		  }
-		  v++;
-	       }
-	       d++;
-	    }
-
-	    /* check that the visual has the same class and depth 
-	     * as the new config
-             */
-	    if ( pVisual[i].class != pNewVisualPriv[k]->x_visual_class ||
-		  (depth != new_depth) )
-		continue;
-
-	    /* Initialize the new visual */
-	    pVisualNew[j] = pVisual[i];
-	    pVisualNew[j].vid = FakeClientID(0);
-
-	    /* Check for the default visual */
-	    if (!found_default && pVisual[i].vid == *defaultVisp) {
-		*defaultVisp = pVisualNew[j].vid;
-		found_default = TRUE;
-	    }
-
-	    /* Save the old VisualID */
-	    orig_vid[j] = pVisual[i].vid;
-
-	    /* Initialize the glXVisual */
-	    glXVisualPtr[j] = pNewVisualConfigs[k];
-	    glXVisualPtr[j].vid = pVisualNew[j].vid;
-
-	    /*
-	     * If the class is -1, then assume the X visual information
-	     * is identical to what GLX needs, and take them from the X
-	     * visual.  NOTE: if class != -1, then all other fields MUST
-	     * be initialized.
-	     */
-	    if (glXVisualPtr[j].class == -1) {
-		glXVisualPtr[j].class      = pVisual[i].class;
-		glXVisualPtr[j].redSize    = count_bits(pVisual[i].redMask);
-		glXVisualPtr[j].greenSize  = count_bits(pVisual[i].greenMask);
-		glXVisualPtr[j].blueSize   = count_bits(pVisual[i].blueMask);
-		glXVisualPtr[j].alphaSize  = glXVisualPtr[j].alphaSize;
-		glXVisualPtr[j].redMask    = pVisual[i].redMask;
-		glXVisualPtr[j].greenMask  = pVisual[i].greenMask;
-		glXVisualPtr[j].blueMask   = pVisual[i].blueMask;
-		glXVisualPtr[j].alphaMask  = glXVisualPtr[j].alphaMask;
-		glXVisualPtr[j].bufferSize = rootDepth;
-	    }
-
-	    /* Save the device-dependent private for this visual */
-	    glXVisualPriv[j] = pNewVisualPriv[k];
-
-            isGLXvis[j] = glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( &glXVisualPtr[j], 
-	                           dmxScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].glxVisuals,
-	                           dmxScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numGlxVisuals );
-	    if (isGLXvis[j]) numGLXvis++;
-
-	    j++;
-	}
-    }
-
-    assert(j <= numNewVisuals);
-    numNewVisuals = j;   /* correct number of new visuals */
-
-    /* Save the GLX visuals in the screen structure */
-    __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numVisuals = numNewVisuals;
-    __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numGLXVisuals = numGLXvis;
-    __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].isGLXvis = isGLXvis;
-    __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].pGlxVisual = glXVisualPtr;
-
-
-    /* Set up depth's VisualIDs */
-    for (i = 0; i < ndepth; i++) {
-	int numVids = 0;
-	VisualID *pVids = NULL;
-	int k, n = 0;
-
-	/* Count the new number of VisualIDs at this depth */
-	for (j = 0; j < pdepth[i].numVids; j++)
-	    for (k = 0; k < numNewVisuals; k++)
-		if (pdepth[i].vids[j] == orig_vid[k])
-		    numVids++;
-
-	/* Allocate a new list of VisualIDs for this depth */
-	pVids = (VisualID *)__glXMalloc(numVids * sizeof(VisualID));
-
-	/* Initialize the new list of VisualIDs for this depth */
-	for (j = 0; j < pdepth[i].numVids; j++)
-	    for (k = 0; k < numNewVisuals; k++)
-		if (pdepth[i].vids[j] == orig_vid[k])
-		    pVids[n++] = pVisualNew[k].vid;
-
-	/* Update this depth's list of VisualIDs */
-	__glXFree(pdepth[i].vids);
-	pdepth[i].vids = pVids;
-	pdepth[i].numVids = numVids;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * if the default visual was rejected - need to choose new
-     * default visual !
-     */ 
-    if ( !found_default ) {
-
-       for (i=0; i<numVisuals; i++)
-	  if (pVisual[i].vid == *defaultVisp)
-	     break;
-
-       if (i < numVisuals) {
-	  *defaultVisp = FindClosestVisual( &pVisual[i], rootDepth, pdepth, ndepth, pVisualNew, numNewVisuals );
-       }
-    }
-
-    /* Update the X server's visuals */
-    *nvisualp = numNewVisuals;
-    *visualp = pVisualNew;
-
-    /* Free the old list of the X server's visuals */
-    __glXFree(pVisual);
-
-    /* Clean up temporary allocations */
-    __glXFree(orig_vid);
-    __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);
-    __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);
-
-    /* Free the private list created by DDX HW driver */
-    if (visualPrivates)
-        xfree(visualPrivates);
-    visualPrivates = NULL;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
+/*

+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)

+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and

+ * either this permission notice or a reference to

+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/

+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from

+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <assert.h>

+#include "dmx.h"

+#include "glxserver.h"

+#include "glxutil.h"

+#include "dmx_glxvisuals.h"

+#include <stdlib.h>

+

+static int                 numConfigs     = 0;

+static __GLXvisualConfig  *visualConfigs  = NULL;

+static void              **visualPrivates = NULL;

+

+int glxVisualsMatch( __GLXvisualConfig *v1, __GLXvisualConfig *v2 )

+{

+      if ( (v1->class == v2->class) &&

+           (v1->rgba == v2->rgba) &&

+	   (v1->redSize == v2->redSize) &&

+	   (v1->greenSize == v2->greenSize) &&

+	   (v1->blueSize == v2->blueSize) &&

+	   (v1->alphaSize == v2->alphaSize) &&

+	   (v1->redMask == v2->redMask) &&

+	   (v1->greenMask == v2->greenMask) &&

+	   (v1->blueMask == v2->blueMask) &&

+	   (v1->alphaMask == v2->alphaMask) &&

+	   (v1->accumRedSize == v2->accumRedSize) &&

+	   (v1->accumGreenSize == v2->accumGreenSize) &&

+	   (v1->accumBlueSize == v2->accumBlueSize) &&

+	   (v1->accumAlphaSize == v2->accumAlphaSize) &&

+	   (v1->doubleBuffer == v2->doubleBuffer) &&

+	   (v1->stereo == v2->stereo) &&

+	   (v1->bufferSize == v2->bufferSize) &&

+	   (v1->depthSize == v2->depthSize) &&

+	   (v1->stencilSize == v2->stencilSize) &&

+	   (v1->auxBuffers == v2->auxBuffers) &&

+	   (v1->level == v2->level) &&

+	   (v1->visualRating == v2->visualRating) &&

+	   (v1->transparentPixel == v2->transparentPixel) &&

+	   (v1->transparentRed == v2->transparentRed) &&

+	   (v1->transparentGreen == v2->transparentGreen) &&

+	   (v1->transparentBlue == v2->transparentBlue) &&

+	   (v1->transparentAlpha == v2->transparentAlpha) &&

+	   (v1->transparentIndex == v2->transparentIndex) &&

+	   (v1->multiSampleSize == v2->multiSampleSize) &&

+	   (v1->nMultiSampleBuffers == v2->nMultiSampleBuffers) &&

+	   (v1->visualSelectGroup == v2->visualSelectGroup)         ) {

+

+	      return(1);

+

+      }

+

+      return(0);

+

+}

+

+VisualID glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual, __GLXvisualConfig *configs, int nconfigs )

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i=0; i<nconfigs; i++) {

+

+       if (glxVisualsMatch( pGlxVisual, &configs[i] )) {

+

+	  return( configs[i].vid );

+

+       }

+    }

+

+    return(0);

+}

+

+VisualID glxMatchVisualInConfigList( ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, __GLXvisualConfig *configs, int nconfigs )

+{

+    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen;

+    __GLXvisualConfig *pGlxVisual;

+    int i;

+

+    /* check that the glx extension has been initialized */

+    if ( !__glXActiveScreens ) 

+       return(0);

+

+    pGlxScreen = &__glXActiveScreens[pScreen->myNum];

+    pGlxVisual = pGlxScreen->pGlxVisual;

+

+    /* find the glx visual info for pVisual */

+    for (i = 0; i < pGlxScreen->numVisuals; i++, pGlxVisual++) {

+	if (pGlxVisual->vid == pVisual->vid) {

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+    if (i == pGlxScreen->numVisuals) {

+	/*

+	 * the visual is not supported by glx

+	 */

+        return(0);

+    }

+

+    return( glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList(pGlxVisual, configs, nconfigs) );

+}

+

+VisualPtr glxMatchVisual( ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr pVisual, ScreenPtr pMatchScreen )

+{

+    __GLXscreenInfo *pGlxScreen2;

+    int j;

+    VisualID vid;

+

+    /* check that the glx extension has been initialized */

+    if ( !__glXActiveScreens ) 

+       return NULL;

+

+    pGlxScreen2 = &__glXActiveScreens[pMatchScreen->myNum];

+

+    vid = glxMatchVisualInConfigList( pScreen, pVisual,

+                                      pGlxScreen2->pGlxVisual,

+				      pGlxScreen2->numVisuals );

+    if (vid) {

+       /*

+    	* find the X visual of the matching glx visual

+	*/

+       for (j=0; j<pMatchScreen->numVisuals; j++) {

+	  if (vid == pMatchScreen->visuals[j].vid) {

+	     return( &pMatchScreen->visuals[j] );

+	  }

+       }

+    }

+

+    return(0);

+}

+

+void glxSetVisualConfigs(int nconfigs, __GLXvisualConfig *configs,

+                 void **privates)

+{

+    numConfigs = nconfigs;

+    visualConfigs = configs;

+    visualPrivates = privates;

+}

+

+static int count_bits(unsigned int n)

+{

+   int bits = 0;

+

+   while (n > 0) {

+      if (n & 1) bits++;

+      n >>= 1;

+   }

+   return bits;

+}

+

+static VisualID FindClosestVisual( VisualPtr pVisual, int rootDepth, 

+                                   DepthPtr pdepth, int ndepths,

+				   VisualPtr pNewVisual, int numNewVisuals)

+{

+   int d, v;

+   VisualPtr vis;

+

+   /*

+    * find the first visual with the same or deeper depth

+    * of the same class.

+    */

+   for (d=0; d<ndepths; d++) {

+      if (pdepth[d].depth >= rootDepth) {

+	 for (v=0; v<pdepth[d].numVids; v++) {

+

+	    /* find the new visual structure */

+	    vis = pNewVisual;

+	    while( pdepth[d].vids[v] != vis->vid ) vis++;

+

+	    if (vis->class == pVisual->class) {

+	       return( pdepth[d].vids[v] );

+	    }

+	 }

+      }

+   }

+

+   /*

+    * did not find any.

+    * try to look for the same class only.

+    */

+   for (d=0; d<ndepths; d++) {

+      for (v=0; v<pdepth[d].numVids; v++) {

+

+	 /* find the new visual structure */

+      	 vis = pNewVisual;

+	 while( pdepth[d].vids[v] != vis->vid ) vis++;

+

+      	 if (vis->class == pVisual->class) {

+	    return( pdepth[d].vids[v] );

+	 }

+      }

+   }

+

+   /*

+    * if not found - just take the first visual

+    */

+   return( pdepth[0].vids[0] );

+}

+

+Bool glxInitVisuals(int *nvisualp, VisualPtr *visualp,

+			 VisualID *defaultVisp,

+			 int ndepth, DepthPtr pdepth,

+			 int rootDepth)

+{

+    int numRGBconfigs;

+    int numCIconfigs;

+    int numVisuals = *nvisualp;

+    int numNewVisuals;

+    int numNewConfigs;

+    VisualPtr pVisual = *visualp;

+    VisualPtr pVisualNew = NULL;

+    VisualID *orig_vid = NULL;

+    __GLXvisualConfig *glXVisualPtr = NULL;

+    __GLXvisualConfig *pNewVisualConfigs = NULL;

+    void **glXVisualPriv;

+    dmxGlxVisualPrivate **pNewVisualPriv;

+    int found_default;

+    int i, j, k;

+    int numGLXvis = 0;

+    GLint *isGLXvis;

+

+    if (numConfigs > 0)

+        numNewConfigs = numConfigs;

+    else

+        return False;

+

+    MAXSCREENSALLOC(__glXActiveScreens);

+    if (!__glXActiveScreens)

+        return False;

+

+    /* Alloc space for the list of new GLX visuals */

+    pNewVisualConfigs = (__GLXvisualConfig *)

+                     __glXMalloc(numNewConfigs * sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));

+    if (!pNewVisualConfigs) {

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* Alloc space for the list of new GLX visual privates */

+    pNewVisualPriv = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate **) __glXMalloc(numNewConfigs * sizeof(dmxGlxVisualPrivate *));

+    if (!pNewVisualPriv) {

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* copy driver's visual config info */

+    for (i = 0; i < numConfigs; i++) {

+       pNewVisualConfigs[i] = visualConfigs[i];

+       pNewVisualPriv[i] = (dmxGlxVisualPrivate *)visualPrivates[i];

+    }

+

+#if 1

+    /* FIXME: This is a hack to workaround a hang in xtest caused by a

+     * mismatch between what the front end (i.e., DMX) server calculates

+     * for the visual configs and what the back-end servers have.

+     */

+    {

+	int numTCRGBconfigs = 0;

+	int numDCRGBconfigs = 0;

+

+	numRGBconfigs = 0;

+	numCIconfigs = 0;

+

+	for (i = 0; i < numNewConfigs; i++) {

+	    if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].rgba) {

+		if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].class == TrueColor)

+		    numTCRGBconfigs++;

+		else

+		    numDCRGBconfigs++;

+		numRGBconfigs++;

+	    } else

+		numCIconfigs++;

+	}

+

+	/* Count the total number of visuals to compute */

+	numNewVisuals = 0;

+	for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {

+	    numNewVisuals +=

+		(pVisual[i].class == TrueColor)   ? numTCRGBconfigs :

+		(pVisual[i].class == DirectColor) ? numDCRGBconfigs :

+						    numCIconfigs;

+	}

+    }

+#else

+    /* Count the number of RGB and CI visual configs */

+    numRGBconfigs = 0;

+    numCIconfigs = 0;

+    for (i = 0; i < numNewConfigs; i++) {

+	if (pNewVisualConfigs[i].rgba)

+	    numRGBconfigs++;

+	else

+	    numCIconfigs++;

+    }

+

+    /* Count the total number of visuals to compute */

+    numNewVisuals = 0;

+    for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {

+        numNewVisuals +=

+	    (pVisual[i].class == TrueColor || pVisual[i].class == DirectColor)

+	    ? numRGBconfigs : numCIconfigs;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    /* Reset variables for use with the next screen/driver's visual configs */

+    visualConfigs = NULL;

+    numConfigs = 0;

+

+    /* Alloc temp space for the list of orig VisualIDs for each new visual */

+    orig_vid = (VisualID *)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(VisualID));

+    if (!orig_vid) {

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* Alloc space for the list of glXVisuals */

+    glXVisualPtr = (__GLXvisualConfig *)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals *

+						    sizeof(__GLXvisualConfig));

+    if (!glXVisualPtr) {

+	__glXFree(orig_vid);

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* Alloc space for the list of glXVisualPrivates */

+    glXVisualPriv = (void **)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(void *));

+    if (!glXVisualPriv) {

+	__glXFree(glXVisualPtr);

+	__glXFree(orig_vid);

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* Alloc space for the new list of the X server's visuals */

+    pVisualNew = (VisualPtr)__glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(VisualRec));

+    if (!pVisualNew) {

+	__glXFree(glXVisualPriv);

+	__glXFree(glXVisualPtr);

+	__glXFree(orig_vid);

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    isGLXvis = (GLint *) __glXMalloc(numNewVisuals * sizeof(GLint));

+    if (!isGLXvis) {

+	__glXFree(glXVisualPriv);

+	__glXFree(glXVisualPtr);

+	__glXFree(orig_vid);

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);

+	__glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);

+	__glXFree(pVisualNew);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* Initialize the new visuals */

+    found_default = FALSE;

+    for (i = j = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {

+

+	for (k = 0; k < numNewConfigs; k++) {

+

+	    int new_depth;

+	    int depth;

+	    int d,v;

+

+	    /* find the depth of the new visual config */

+	    new_depth = pNewVisualPriv[k]->x_visual_depth;

+

+	    /* find the depth of the original visual */

+	    depth = 0;

+	    d = 0;

+	    while( (depth==0) && (d < ndepth) ) {

+	       v = 0;

+	       while( (depth==0) && (v < pdepth[d].numVids) ) {

+		  if (pdepth[d].vids[v] ==  pVisual[i].vid) {

+		     depth = pdepth[d].depth;

+		  }

+		  v++;

+	       }

+	       d++;

+	    }

+

+	    /* check that the visual has the same class and depth 

+	     * as the new config

+             */

+	    if ( pVisual[i].class != pNewVisualPriv[k]->x_visual_class ||

+		  (depth != new_depth) )

+		continue;

+

+	    /* Initialize the new visual */

+	    pVisualNew[j] = pVisual[i];

+	    pVisualNew[j].vid = FakeClientID(0);

+

+	    /* Check for the default visual */

+	    if (!found_default && pVisual[i].vid == *defaultVisp) {

+		*defaultVisp = pVisualNew[j].vid;

+		found_default = TRUE;

+	    }

+

+	    /* Save the old VisualID */

+	    orig_vid[j] = pVisual[i].vid;

+

+	    /* Initialize the glXVisual */

+	    glXVisualPtr[j] = pNewVisualConfigs[k];

+	    glXVisualPtr[j].vid = pVisualNew[j].vid;

+

+	    /*

+	     * If the class is -1, then assume the X visual information

+	     * is identical to what GLX needs, and take them from the X

+	     * visual.  NOTE: if class != -1, then all other fields MUST

+	     * be initialized.

+	     */

+	    if (glXVisualPtr[j].class == -1) {

+		glXVisualPtr[j].class      = pVisual[i].class;

+		glXVisualPtr[j].redSize    = count_bits(pVisual[i].redMask);

+		glXVisualPtr[j].greenSize  = count_bits(pVisual[i].greenMask);

+		glXVisualPtr[j].blueSize   = count_bits(pVisual[i].blueMask);

+		glXVisualPtr[j].alphaSize  = glXVisualPtr[j].alphaSize;

+		glXVisualPtr[j].redMask    = pVisual[i].redMask;

+		glXVisualPtr[j].greenMask  = pVisual[i].greenMask;

+		glXVisualPtr[j].blueMask   = pVisual[i].blueMask;

+		glXVisualPtr[j].alphaMask  = glXVisualPtr[j].alphaMask;

+		glXVisualPtr[j].bufferSize = rootDepth;

+	    }

+

+	    /* Save the device-dependent private for this visual */

+	    glXVisualPriv[j] = pNewVisualPriv[k];

+

+            isGLXvis[j] = glxMatchGLXVisualInConfigList( &glXVisualPtr[j], 

+	                           dmxScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].glxVisuals,

+	                           dmxScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numGlxVisuals );

+	    if (isGLXvis[j]) numGLXvis++;

+

+	    j++;

+	}

+    }

+

+    assert(j <= numNewVisuals);

+    numNewVisuals = j;   /* correct number of new visuals */

+

+    /* Save the GLX visuals in the screen structure */

+    __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numVisuals = numNewVisuals;

+    __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].numGLXVisuals = numGLXvis;

+    __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].isGLXvis = isGLXvis;

+    __glXActiveScreens[screenInfo.numScreens-1].pGlxVisual = glXVisualPtr;

+

+

+    /* Set up depth's VisualIDs */

+    for (i = 0; i < ndepth; i++) {

+	int numVids = 0;

+	VisualID *pVids = NULL;

+	int k, n = 0;

+

+	/* Count the new number of VisualIDs at this depth */

+	for (j = 0; j < pdepth[i].numVids; j++)

+	    for (k = 0; k < numNewVisuals; k++)

+		if (pdepth[i].vids[j] == orig_vid[k])

+		    numVids++;

+

+	/* Allocate a new list of VisualIDs for this depth */

+	pVids = (VisualID *)__glXMalloc(numVids * sizeof(VisualID));

+

+	/* Initialize the new list of VisualIDs for this depth */

+	for (j = 0; j < pdepth[i].numVids; j++)

+	    for (k = 0; k < numNewVisuals; k++)

+		if (pdepth[i].vids[j] == orig_vid[k])

+		    pVids[n++] = pVisualNew[k].vid;

+

+	/* Update this depth's list of VisualIDs */

+	__glXFree(pdepth[i].vids);

+	pdepth[i].vids = pVids;

+	pdepth[i].numVids = numVids;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * if the default visual was rejected - need to choose new

+     * default visual !

+     */ 

+    if ( !found_default ) {

+

+       for (i=0; i<numVisuals; i++)

+	  if (pVisual[i].vid == *defaultVisp)

+	     break;

+

+       if (i < numVisuals) {

+	  *defaultVisp = FindClosestVisual( &pVisual[i], rootDepth, pdepth, ndepth, pVisualNew, numNewVisuals );

+       }

+    }

+

+    /* Update the X server's visuals */

+    *nvisualp = numNewVisuals;

+    *visualp = pVisualNew;

+

+    /* Free the old list of the X server's visuals */

+    __glXFree(pVisual);

+

+    /* Clean up temporary allocations */

+    __glXFree(orig_vid);

+    __glXFree(pNewVisualPriv);

+    __glXFree(pNewVisualConfigs);

+

+    /* Free the private list created by DDX HW driver */

+    if (visualPrivates)

+        free(visualPrivates);

+    visualPrivates = NULL;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/unpack.h b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/unpack.h
index 98fa10ee7..73d0485e3 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/unpack.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/unpack.h
@@ -1,228 +1,228 @@
-#ifndef __GLX_unpack_h__
-#define __GLX_unpack_h__
-
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#define __GLX_PAD(s) (((s)+3) & (GLuint)~3)
-
-/*
-** Fetch the context-id out of a SingleReq request pointed to by pc.
-*/
-#define __GLX_GET_SINGLE_CONTEXT_TAG(pc) (((xGLXSingleReq*)pc)->contextTag)
-#define __GLX_GET_VENDPRIV_CONTEXT_TAG(pc) (((xGLXVendorPrivateReq*)pc)->contextTag)
-
-/*
-** Fetch a double from potentially unaligned memory.
-*/
-#ifdef __GLX_ALIGN64
-#define __GLX_MEM_COPY(dst,src,n)	memcpy(dst,src,n)
-#define __GLX_GET_DOUBLE(dst,src)	__GLX_MEM_COPY(&dst,src,8)
-#else
-#define __GLX_GET_DOUBLE(dst,src)	(dst) = *((GLdouble*)(src))
-#endif
-
-extern void __glXMemInit(void);
-
-extern xGLXSingleReply __glXReply;
-
-#define __GLX_BEGIN_REPLY(size) \
-  	__glXReply.length = __GLX_PAD(size) >> 2;	\
-  	__glXReply.type = X_Reply; 			\
-  	__glXReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_HEADER() \
-	WriteToClient( client, sz_xGLXSingleReply, (char *)&__glXReply);
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_RETVAL(a) \
-  	__glXReply.retval = (a);
-  
-#define __GLX_PUT_SIZE(a) \
-  	__glXReply.size = (a);
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_RENDERMODE(m) \
-        __glXReply.pad3 = (m)
-
-/*
-** Get a buffer to hold returned data, with the given alignment.  If we have
-** to realloc, allocate size+align, in case the pointer has to be bumped for
-** alignment.  The answerBuffer should already be aligned.
-**
-** NOTE: the cast (long)res below assumes a long is large enough to hold a
-** pointer.
-*/
-#define __GLX_GET_ANSWER_BUFFER(res,cl,size,align)			 \
-    if ((size) > sizeof(answerBuffer)) {				 \
-	int bump;							 \
-	if ((cl)->returnBufSize < (size)+(align)) {			 \
-	    (cl)->returnBuf = (GLbyte*)Xrealloc((cl)->returnBuf,	 \
-						(size)+(align));         \
-	    if (!(cl)->returnBuf) {					 \
-		return BadAlloc;					 \
-	    }								 \
-	    (cl)->returnBufSize = (size)+(align);			 \
-	}								 \
-	res = (char*)cl->returnBuf;					 \
-	bump = (long)(res) % (align);					 \
-	if (bump) res += (align) - (bump);				 \
-    } else {								 \
-	res = (char *)answerBuffer;					 \
-    }
-
-#define __GLX_PUT_BYTE() \
-  	*(GLbyte *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLbyte *)answer
-	  
-#define __GLX_PUT_SHORT() \
-  	*(GLshort *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLshort *)answer
-	  
-#define __GLX_PUT_INT() \
-  	*(GLint *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLint *)answer
-	  
-#define __GLX_PUT_FLOAT() \
-  	*(GLfloat *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLfloat *)answer
-	  
-#define __GLX_PUT_DOUBLE() \
-  	*(GLdouble *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLdouble *)answer
-	  
-#define __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len) \
-	WriteToClient(client, __GLX_PAD((len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT8), (char *)answer)
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_SHORT_ARRAY(len) \
-	WriteToClient(client, __GLX_PAD((len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT16), (char *)answer)
-  
-#define __GLX_SEND_INT_ARRAY(len) \
-	WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT32, (char *)answer)
-  
-#define __GLX_SEND_FLOAT_ARRAY(len) \
-	WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32, (char *)answer)
-  
-#define __GLX_SEND_DOUBLE_ARRAY(len) \
-	WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64, (char *)answer)
-
-
-#define __GLX_SEND_VOID_ARRAY(len)  __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len)
-#define __GLX_SEND_UBYTE_ARRAY(len)  __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len)
-#define __GLX_SEND_USHORT_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_SHORT_ARRAY(len)
-#define __GLX_SEND_UINT_ARRAY(len)  __GLX_SEND_INT_ARRAY(len)
-
-/*
-** PERFORMANCE NOTE:
-** Machine dependent optimizations abound here; these swapping macros can
-** conceivably be replaced with routines that do the job faster.
-*/
-#define __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES \
-	GLbyte sw; \
-  	GLbyte *swapPC;		\
-  	GLbyte *swapEnd
-
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_INT(pc) 			\
-  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; 		\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; 	\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = sw; 		\
-  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; 		\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; 	\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = sw;	
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(pc) \
-  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; 		\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; 	\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = sw; 	
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(pc) \
-  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; 		\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[7]; 	\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[7] = sw; 		\
-  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; 		\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[6]; 	\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[6] = sw;			\
-  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; 		\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[5]; 	\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[5] = sw;			\
-  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; 		\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[4]; 	\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[4] = sw;	
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT(pc) \
-  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; 		\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; 	\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = sw; 		\
-  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; 		\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; 	\
-  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = sw;	
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(pc, count) \
-  	swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc));		\
-  	swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_INT32;\
-  	while (swapPC < swapEnd) {		\
-	    __GLX_SWAP_INT(swapPC);		\
-	    swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_INT32;		\
-	}
-	
-#define __GLX_SWAP_SHORT_ARRAY(pc, count) \
-  	swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc));		\
-  	swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_INT16;\
-  	while (swapPC < swapEnd) {		\
-	    __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(swapPC);		\
-	    swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_INT16;		\
-	}
-	
-#define __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE_ARRAY(pc, count) \
-  	swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc));		\
-  	swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64;\
-  	while (swapPC < swapEnd) {		\
-	    __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(swapPC);		\
-	    swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64;	\
-	}
-    
-#define __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT_ARRAY(pc, count) \
-  	swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc));		\
-  	swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32;\
-  	while (swapPC < swapEnd) {		\
-	    __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT(swapPC);		\
-	    swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32;	\
-	}
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_HEADER() \
-  	__GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&__glXReply.sequenceNumber); \
-  	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.length);
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_RETVAL() \
-  	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.retval)
-
-#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_SIZE() \
-  	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.size)
-
-#endif /* !__GLX_unpack_h__ */
-
-
-
-
-
+#ifndef __GLX_unpack_h__

+#define __GLX_unpack_h__

+

+/*

+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)

+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and

+ * either this permission notice or a reference to

+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/

+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,

+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from

+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.

+ */

+

+#define __GLX_PAD(s) (((s)+3) & (GLuint)~3)

+

+/*

+** Fetch the context-id out of a SingleReq request pointed to by pc.

+*/

+#define __GLX_GET_SINGLE_CONTEXT_TAG(pc) (((xGLXSingleReq*)pc)->contextTag)

+#define __GLX_GET_VENDPRIV_CONTEXT_TAG(pc) (((xGLXVendorPrivateReq*)pc)->contextTag)

+

+/*

+** Fetch a double from potentially unaligned memory.

+*/

+#ifdef __GLX_ALIGN64

+#define __GLX_MEM_COPY(dst,src,n)	memcpy(dst,src,n)

+#define __GLX_GET_DOUBLE(dst,src)	__GLX_MEM_COPY(&dst,src,8)

+#else

+#define __GLX_GET_DOUBLE(dst,src)	(dst) = *((GLdouble*)(src))

+#endif

+

+extern void __glXMemInit(void);

+

+extern xGLXSingleReply __glXReply;

+

+#define __GLX_BEGIN_REPLY(size) \

+  	__glXReply.length = __GLX_PAD(size) >> 2;	\

+  	__glXReply.type = X_Reply; 			\

+  	__glXReply.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

+

+#define __GLX_SEND_HEADER() \

+	WriteToClient( client, sz_xGLXSingleReply, (char *)&__glXReply);

+

+#define __GLX_PUT_RETVAL(a) \

+  	__glXReply.retval = (a);

+  

+#define __GLX_PUT_SIZE(a) \

+  	__glXReply.size = (a);

+

+#define __GLX_PUT_RENDERMODE(m) \

+        __glXReply.pad3 = (m)

+

+/*

+** Get a buffer to hold returned data, with the given alignment.  If we have

+** to realloc, allocate size+align, in case the pointer has to be bumped for

+** alignment.  The answerBuffer should already be aligned.

+**

+** NOTE: the cast (long)res below assumes a long is large enough to hold a

+** pointer.

+*/

+#define __GLX_GET_ANSWER_BUFFER(res,cl,size,align)			 \

+    if ((size) > sizeof(answerBuffer)) {				 \

+	int bump;							 \

+	if ((cl)->returnBufSize < (size)+(align)) {			 \

+	    (cl)->returnBuf = (GLbyte*)realloc((cl)->returnBuf,		 \

+						(size)+(align));         \

+	    if (!(cl)->returnBuf) {					 \

+		return BadAlloc;					 \

+	    }								 \

+	    (cl)->returnBufSize = (size)+(align);			 \

+	}								 \

+	res = (char*)cl->returnBuf;					 \

+	bump = (long)(res) % (align);					 \

+	if (bump) res += (align) - (bump);				 \

+    } else {								 \

+	res = (char *)answerBuffer;					 \

+    }

+

+#define __GLX_PUT_BYTE() \

+  	*(GLbyte *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLbyte *)answer

+	  

+#define __GLX_PUT_SHORT() \

+  	*(GLshort *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLshort *)answer

+	  

+#define __GLX_PUT_INT() \

+  	*(GLint *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLint *)answer

+	  

+#define __GLX_PUT_FLOAT() \

+  	*(GLfloat *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLfloat *)answer

+	  

+#define __GLX_PUT_DOUBLE() \

+  	*(GLdouble *)&__glXReply.pad3 = *(GLdouble *)answer

+	  

+#define __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len) \

+	WriteToClient(client, __GLX_PAD((len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT8), (char *)answer)

+

+#define __GLX_SEND_SHORT_ARRAY(len) \

+	WriteToClient(client, __GLX_PAD((len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT16), (char *)answer)

+  

+#define __GLX_SEND_INT_ARRAY(len) \

+	WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_INT32, (char *)answer)

+  

+#define __GLX_SEND_FLOAT_ARRAY(len) \

+	WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32, (char *)answer)

+  

+#define __GLX_SEND_DOUBLE_ARRAY(len) \

+	WriteToClient(client, (len)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64, (char *)answer)

+

+

+#define __GLX_SEND_VOID_ARRAY(len)  __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len)

+#define __GLX_SEND_UBYTE_ARRAY(len)  __GLX_SEND_BYTE_ARRAY(len)

+#define __GLX_SEND_USHORT_ARRAY(len) __GLX_SEND_SHORT_ARRAY(len)

+#define __GLX_SEND_UINT_ARRAY(len)  __GLX_SEND_INT_ARRAY(len)

+

+/*

+** PERFORMANCE NOTE:

+** Machine dependent optimizations abound here; these swapping macros can

+** conceivably be replaced with routines that do the job faster.

+*/

+#define __GLX_DECLARE_SWAP_VARIABLES \

+	GLbyte sw; \

+  	GLbyte *swapPC;		\

+  	GLbyte *swapEnd

+

+

+#define __GLX_SWAP_INT(pc) 			\

+  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; 		\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; 	\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = sw; 		\

+  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; 		\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; 	\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = sw;	

+

+#define __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(pc) \

+  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; 		\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; 	\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = sw; 	

+

+#define __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(pc) \

+  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; 		\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[7]; 	\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[7] = sw; 		\

+  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; 		\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[6]; 	\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[6] = sw;			\

+  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; 		\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[5]; 	\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[5] = sw;			\

+  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; 		\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[4]; 	\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[4] = sw;	

+

+#define __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT(pc) \

+  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[0]; 		\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[0] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[3]; 	\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[3] = sw; 		\

+  	sw = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[1]; 		\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[1] = ((GLbyte *)(pc))[2]; 	\

+  	((GLbyte *)(pc))[2] = sw;	

+

+#define __GLX_SWAP_INT_ARRAY(pc, count) \

+  	swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc));		\

+  	swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_INT32;\

+  	while (swapPC < swapEnd) {		\

+	    __GLX_SWAP_INT(swapPC);		\

+	    swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_INT32;		\

+	}

+	

+#define __GLX_SWAP_SHORT_ARRAY(pc, count) \

+  	swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc));		\

+  	swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_INT16;\

+  	while (swapPC < swapEnd) {		\

+	    __GLX_SWAP_SHORT(swapPC);		\

+	    swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_INT16;		\

+	}

+	

+#define __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE_ARRAY(pc, count) \

+  	swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc));		\

+  	swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64;\

+  	while (swapPC < swapEnd) {		\

+	    __GLX_SWAP_DOUBLE(swapPC);		\

+	    swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT64;	\

+	}

+    

+#define __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT_ARRAY(pc, count) \

+  	swapPC = ((GLbyte *)(pc));		\

+  	swapEnd = ((GLbyte *)(pc)) + (count)*__GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32;\

+  	while (swapPC < swapEnd) {		\

+	    __GLX_SWAP_FLOAT(swapPC);		\

+	    swapPC += __GLX_SIZE_FLOAT32;	\

+	}

+

+#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_HEADER() \

+  	__GLX_SWAP_SHORT(&__glXReply.sequenceNumber); \

+  	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.length);

+

+#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_RETVAL() \

+  	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.retval)

+

+#define __GLX_SWAP_REPLY_SIZE() \

+  	__GLX_SWAP_INT(&__glXReply.size)

+

+#endif /* !__GLX_unpack_h__ */

+

+

+

+

+

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c
index 5a486a464..f9acaa039 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c
@@ -1,1311 +1,1311 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides generic input support.  Functions here set up
- * input and lead to the calling of low-level device drivers for
- * input. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#define DMX_WINDOW_DEBUG 0
-
-#include "dmxinputinit.h"
-#include "dmxextension.h"       /* For dmxInputCount */
-
-#include "dmxdummy.h"
-#include "dmxbackend.h"
-#include "dmxconsole.h"
-#include "dmxcommon.h"
-#include "dmxevents.h"
-#include "dmxmotion.h"
-#include "dmxprop.h"
-#include "config/dmxconfig.h"
-#include "dmxcursor.h"
-
-#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
-#include "lnx-ms.h"
-#include "lnx-ps2.h"
-#include "usb-keyboard.h"
-#include "usb-mouse.h"
-#include "usb-other.h"
-#include "usb-common.h"
-
-#include "dmxsigio.h"
-#include "dmxarg.h"
-
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "extinit.h"
-
-DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocalCorePointer, dmxLocalCoreKeyboard;
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXDummyMou = {
-    "dummy-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyMouGetInfo
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXDummyKbd = {
-    "dummy-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyKbdGetInfo
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXBackendMou = {
-    "backend-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_BACKEND, 2,
-    dmxBackendCreatePrivate, dmxBackendDestroyPrivate,
-    dmxBackendInit, NULL, dmxBackendLateReInit, dmxBackendMouGetInfo,
-    dmxCommonMouOn, dmxCommonMouOff, dmxBackendUpdatePosition,
-    NULL, NULL, NULL,
-    dmxBackendCollectEvents, dmxBackendProcessInput, dmxBackendFunctions, NULL,
-    dmxCommonMouCtrl
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXBackendKbd = {
-    "backend-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_BACKEND,
-    1, /* With backend-mou or console-mou */
-    dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,
-    dmxBackendInit, NULL, NULL, dmxBackendKbdGetInfo,
-    dmxCommonKbdOn, dmxCommonKbdOff, NULL,
-    NULL, NULL, NULL,
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
-    NULL, dmxCommonKbdCtrl, dmxCommonKbdBell
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXConsoleMou = {
-    "console-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_CONSOLE, 2,
-    dmxConsoleCreatePrivate, dmxConsoleDestroyPrivate,
-    dmxConsoleInit, dmxConsoleReInit, NULL, dmxConsoleMouGetInfo,
-    dmxCommonMouOn, dmxCommonMouOff, dmxConsoleUpdatePosition,
-    NULL, NULL, NULL,
-    dmxConsoleCollectEvents, NULL, dmxConsoleFunctions, dmxConsoleUpdateInfo,
-    dmxCommonMouCtrl
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXConsoleKbd = {
-    "console-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_CONSOLE,
-    1, /* With backend-mou or console-mou */
-    dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,
-    dmxConsoleInit, dmxConsoleReInit, NULL, dmxConsoleKbdGetInfo,
-    dmxCommonKbdOn, dmxCommonKbdOff, NULL,
-    NULL, NULL, NULL,
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
-    NULL, dmxCommonKbdCtrl, dmxCommonKbdBell
-};
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXCommonOth = {
-    "common-oth", DMX_LOCAL_OTHER, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_COMMON, 1,
-    dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,
-    NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxCommonOthGetInfo,
-    dmxCommonOthOn, dmxCommonOthOff
-};
-
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXLocalDevices[] = {
-                                /* Dummy drivers that can compile on any OS */
-#ifdef __linux__
-                                /* Linux-specific drivers */
-    {
-        "kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-        kbdLinuxCreatePrivate, kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate,
-        kbdLinuxInit, NULL, NULL, kbdLinuxGetInfo,
-        kbdLinuxOn, kbdLinuxOff, NULL,
-        kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch, kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch, kbdLinuxVTSwitch,
-        kbdLinuxRead, NULL, NULL, NULL,
-        NULL, kbdLinuxCtrl, kbdLinuxBell
-    },
-    {
-        "ms", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-        msLinuxCreatePrivate, msLinuxDestroyPrivate,
-        msLinuxInit, NULL, NULL, msLinuxGetInfo,
-        msLinuxOn, msLinuxOff, NULL,
-        msLinuxVTPreSwitch, msLinuxVTPostSwitch, NULL,
-        msLinuxRead
-    },
-    {
-        "ps2", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-        ps2LinuxCreatePrivate, ps2LinuxDestroyPrivate,
-        ps2LinuxInit, NULL, NULL, ps2LinuxGetInfo,
-        ps2LinuxOn, ps2LinuxOff, NULL,
-        ps2LinuxVTPreSwitch, ps2LinuxVTPostSwitch, NULL,
-        ps2LinuxRead
-    },
-#endif
-#ifdef __linux__
-                                /* USB drivers, currently only for
-                                   Linux, but relatively easy to port to
-                                   other OSs */
-    {
-        "usb-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-        usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,
-        kbdUSBInit, NULL, NULL, kbdUSBGetInfo,
-        kbdUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,
-        NULL, NULL, NULL,
-        kbdUSBRead, NULL, NULL, NULL,
-        NULL, kbdUSBCtrl
-    },
-    {
-        "usb-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-        usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,
-        mouUSBInit, NULL, NULL, mouUSBGetInfo,
-        mouUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,
-        NULL, NULL, NULL,
-        mouUSBRead
-    },
-    {
-        "usb-oth", DMX_LOCAL_OTHER, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-        usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,
-        othUSBInit, NULL, NULL, othUSBGetInfo,
-        othUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,
-        NULL, NULL, NULL,
-        othUSBRead
-    },
-#endif
-    {
-        "dummy-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-        NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyMouGetInfo
-    },
-    {
-        "dummy-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,
-        NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyKbdGetInfo
-    },
-    { NULL }                    /* Must be last */
-};
-
-
-#if 11 /*BP*/
-void
-DDXRingBell(int volume, int pitch, int duration)
-{
-   /* NO-OP */
-}
-
-/* taken from kdrive/src/kinput.c: */
-static void
-dmxKbdCtrl (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
-#if 0
-    KdKeyboardInfo *ki;
-
-    for (ki = kdKeyboards; ki; ki = ki->next) {
-        if (ki->dixdev && ki->dixdev->id == pDevice->id)
-            break;
-    }
-
-    if (!ki || !ki->dixdev || ki->dixdev->id != pDevice->id || !ki->driver)
-        return;
-
-    KdSetLeds(ki, ctrl->leds);
-    ki->bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;
-    ki->bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration; 
-#endif
-}
-
-/* taken from kdrive/src/kinput.c: */
-static void
-dmxBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)
-{
-#if 0
-    KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;
-    KdKeyboardInfo *ki = NULL;
-    
-    for (ki = kdKeyboards; ki; ki = ki->next) {
-        if (ki->dixdev && ki->dixdev->id == pDev->id)
-            break;
-    }
-
-    if (!ki || !ki->dixdev || ki->dixdev->id != pDev->id || !ki->driver)
-        return;
-    
-    KdRingBell(ki, volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);
-#endif
-}
-
-#endif /*BP*/
-
-static void _dmxChangePointerControl(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal,
-                                     PtrCtrl *ctrl)
-{
-    if (!dmxLocal) return;
-    dmxLocal->mctrl = *ctrl;
-    if (dmxLocal->mCtrl) dmxLocal->mCtrl(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public, ctrl);
-}
-
-/** Change the pointer control information for the \a pDevice.  If the
- * device sends core events, then also change the control information
- * for all of the pointer devices that send core events. */
-void dmxChangePointerControl(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, PtrCtrl *ctrl)
-{
-    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
-    int i, j;
-
-    if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {       /* Do for all core devices */
-        for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
-            DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
-            if (dmxInput->detached) continue;
-            for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)
-                if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)
-                    _dmxChangePointerControl(dmxInput->devs[j], ctrl);
-        }
-    } else {                    /* Do for this device only */
-        _dmxChangePointerControl(dmxLocal, ctrl);
-    }
-}
-
-static void _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal,
-                                    KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
-    dmxLocal->kctrl = *ctrl;
-    if (dmxLocal->kCtrl) {
-        dmxLocal->kCtrl(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public, ctrl);
-        if (dmxLocal->pDevice->kbdfeed) {
-            XkbEventCauseRec cause;
-            XkbSetCauseUnknown(&cause);
-            /* Generate XKB events, as necessary */
-            XkbUpdateIndicators(dmxLocal->pDevice, XkbAllIndicatorsMask, False,
-                                NULL, &cause);
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-
-/** Change the keyboard control information for the \a pDevice.  If the
- * device sends core events, then also change the control information
- * for all of the keyboard devices that send core events. */
-void dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
-    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
-    int i, j;
-
-    if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {       /* Do for all core devices */
-        for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
-            DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
-            if (dmxInput->detached) continue;
-            for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)
-                if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)
-                    _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(dmxInput->devs[j], ctrl);
-        }
-    } else {                    /* Do for this device only */
-        _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(dmxLocal, ctrl);
-    }
-}
-
-static void _dmxKeyboardBellProc(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal, int percent)
-{
-    if (dmxLocal->kBell) dmxLocal->kBell(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public,
-                                         percent,
-                                         dmxLocal->kctrl.bell,
-                                         dmxLocal->kctrl.bell_pitch,
-                                         dmxLocal->kctrl.bell_duration);
-}
-
-/** Sound the bell on the device.  If the device send core events, then
- * sound the bell on all of the devices that send core events. */
-void dmxKeyboardBellProc(int percent, DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
-                         pointer ctrl, int unknown)
-{
-    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
-    int i, j;
-
-    if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {       /* Do for all core devices */
-        for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
-            DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
-            if (dmxInput->detached) continue;
-            for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)
-                if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)
-                    _dmxKeyboardBellProc(dmxInput->devs[j], percent);
-        }
-    } else {                    /* Do for this device only */
-        _dmxKeyboardBellProc(dmxLocal, percent);
-    }
-}
-
-static void dmxKeyboardFreeNames(XkbComponentNamesPtr names)
-{
-    if (names->keycodes) XFree(names->keycodes);
-    if (names->types)    XFree(names->types);
-    if (names->compat)   XFree(names->compat);
-    if (names->symbols)  XFree(names->symbols);
-    if (names->geometry) XFree(names->geometry);
-}
-
-
-static int dmxKeyboardOn(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, DMXLocalInitInfo *info)
-{
-    GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEVICE;
-    XkbRMLVOSet rmlvo;
-
-    rmlvo.rules = dmxConfigGetXkbRules();
-    rmlvo.model = dmxConfigGetXkbModel();
-    rmlvo.layout = dmxConfigGetXkbLayout();
-    rmlvo.variant = dmxConfigGetXkbVariant();
-    rmlvo.options = dmxConfigGetXkbOptions();
-
-    XkbSetRulesDflts(&rmlvo);
-    if (!info->force && (dmxInput->keycodes
-                         || dmxInput->symbols
-                         || dmxInput->geometry)) {
-        if (info->freenames) dmxKeyboardFreeNames(&info->names);
-        info->freenames      = 0;
-        info->names.keycodes = dmxInput->keycodes;
-        info->names.types    = NULL;
-        info->names.compat   = NULL;
-        info->names.symbols  = dmxInput->symbols;
-        info->names.geometry = dmxInput->geometry;
-
-        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: From command line: %s",
-                    info->names.keycodes);
-        if (info->names.symbols && *info->names.symbols)
-            dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.symbols);
-        if (info->names.geometry && *info->names.geometry)
-            dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.geometry);
-        dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, "\n");
-    } else if (info->names.keycodes) {
-        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: From device: %s",
-                    info->names.keycodes);
-        if (info->names.symbols && *info->names.symbols)
-            dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.symbols);
-        if (info->names.geometry && *info->names.geometry)
-            dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.geometry);
-        dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, "\n");
-    } else {
-        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: Defaults: %s %s %s %s %s\n",
-                    dmxConfigGetXkbRules(),
-                    dmxConfigGetXkbLayout(),
-                    dmxConfigGetXkbModel(),
-                    dmxConfigGetXkbVariant()
-                    ? dmxConfigGetXkbVariant() : "",
-                    dmxConfigGetXkbOptions()
-                    ? dmxConfigGetXkbOptions() : "");
-    }
-    InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDevice, &rmlvo,
-                                dmxKeyboardBellProc,
-                                dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc);
-
-    if (info->freenames) dmxKeyboardFreeNames(&info->names);
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-    
-static int dmxDeviceOnOff(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, int what)
-{
-    GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEVICE;
-    int              fd;
-    DMXLocalInitInfo info;
-    int              i;
-    Atom             btn_labels[MAX_BUTTONS] = {0}; /* FIXME */
-    Atom             axis_labels[MAX_VALUATORS] = {0}; /* FIXME */
-
-    if (dmxInput->detached) return Success;
-
-    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
-    switch (what) {
-    case DEVICE_INIT:
-        if (dmxLocal->init)
-            dmxLocal->init(pDev);
-        if (dmxLocal->get_info)
-            dmxLocal->get_info(pDev, &info);
-        if (info.keyboard) {    /* XKEYBOARD makes this a special case */
-            dmxKeyboardOn(pDevice, &info);
-            break;
-        }
-        if (info.keyClass) {
-            XkbRMLVOSet rmlvo;
-
-            rmlvo.rules = dmxConfigGetXkbRules();
-            rmlvo.model = dmxConfigGetXkbModel();
-            rmlvo.layout = dmxConfigGetXkbLayout();
-            rmlvo.variant = dmxConfigGetXkbVariant();
-            rmlvo.options = dmxConfigGetXkbOptions();
-
-            InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDevice,
-                                     &rmlvo,
-                                     dmxBell, dmxKbdCtrl);
-        }
-        if (info.buttonClass) {
-            InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numButtons,
-                                        btn_labels, info.map);
-        }
-        if (info.valuatorClass) {
-            if (info.numRelAxes && dmxLocal->sendsCore) {
-                InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numRelAxes,
-                                              axis_labels,
-                                              GetMaximumEventsNum(),
-                                              Relative);
-                for (i = 0; i < info.numRelAxes; i++)
-                    InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i, axis_labels[i],
-                                           info.minval[i], info.maxval[i],
-                                           info.res[i],
-                                           info.minres[i], info.maxres[i]);
-            } else if (info.numRelAxes) {
-                InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numRelAxes,
-                                              axis_labels,
-                                              dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(),
-                                              Relative);
-                for (i = 0; i < info.numRelAxes; i++)
-                    InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i, axis_labels[i],
-                                           info.minval[i],
-                                           info.maxval[i], info.res[i],
-                                           info.minres[i], info.maxres[i]);
-            } else if (info.numAbsAxes) {
-                InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numAbsAxes,
-                                              axis_labels,
-                                              dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(),
-                                              Absolute);
-                for (i = 0; i < info.numAbsAxes; i++)
-                    InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i,
-                                           axis_labels[i],
-                                           info.minval[i], info.maxval[i],
-                                           info.res[i], info.minres[i],
-                                           info.maxres[i]);
-            }
-        }
-        if (info.focusClass)       InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(pDevice);
-        if (info.proximityClass)   InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(pDevice);
-        if (info.ptrFeedbackClass)
-            InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, dmxChangePointerControl);
-        if (info.intFeedbackClass || info.strFeedbackClass)
-            dmxLog(dmxWarning,
-                   "Integer and string feedback not supported for %s\n",
-                   pDevice->name);
-        if (!info.keyboard && (info.ledFeedbackClass || info.belFeedbackClass))
-            dmxLog(dmxWarning,
-                   "Led and bel feedback not supported for non-keyboard %s\n",
-                   pDevice->name);
-        break;
-    case DEVICE_ON:
-        if (!pDev->on) {
-            if (dmxLocal->on && (fd = dmxLocal->on(pDev)) >= 0)
-                dmxSigioRegister(dmxInput, fd);
-            pDev->on = TRUE;
-        }
-        break;
-    case DEVICE_OFF:
-    case DEVICE_CLOSE:
-            /* This can get called twice consecutively: once for a
-             * detached screen (DEVICE_OFF), and then again at server
-             * generation time (DEVICE_CLOSE). */
-        if (pDev->on) {
-            dmxSigioUnregister(dmxInput);
-            if (dmxLocal->off) dmxLocal->off(pDev);
-            pDev->on = FALSE;
-        }
-        break;
-    }
-    if (info.keySyms.map && info.freemap) {
-        XFree(info.keySyms.map);
-        info.keySyms.map = NULL;
-    }
-    if (info.xkb) XkbFreeKeyboard(info.xkb, 0, True);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-static void dmxProcessInputEvents(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    mieqProcessInputEvents();
-#if 00 /*BP*/
-    miPointerUpdate();
-#endif
-    if (dmxInput->detached)
-        return;
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)
-        if (dmxInput->devs[i]->process_input) {
-#if 11 /*BP*/
-            miPointerUpdateSprite(dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice);
-#endif
-            dmxInput->devs[i]->process_input(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);
-        }
-
-#if 11 /*BP*/
-    mieqProcessInputEvents();
-#endif
-}
-
-static void dmxUpdateWindowInformation(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,
-                                       DMXUpdateType type,
-                                       WindowPtr pWindow)
-{
-    int i;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension && pWindow && pWindow->parent != WindowTable[0])
-        return;
-#endif
-#if DMX_WINDOW_DEBUG
-    {
-        const char *name = "Unknown";
-        switch (type) {
-        case DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE:            name = "Realize";         break;
-        case DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE:          name = "Unrealize";       break;
-        case DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK:            name = "Restack";         break;
-        case DMX_UPDATE_COPY:               name = "Copy";            break;
-        case DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE:             name = "Resize";          break;
-        case DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT:           name = "Repaint";         break;
-        }
-        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "Window %p changed: %s\n", pWindow, name);
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if (dmxInput->detached)
-        return;
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)
-        if (dmxInput->devs[i]->update_info)
-            dmxInput->devs[i]->update_info(dmxInput->devs[i]->private,
-                                           type, pWindow);
-}
-
-static void dmxCollectAll(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (dmxInput->detached)
-        return;
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)
-        if (dmxInput->devs[i]->collect_events)
-            dmxInput->devs[i]->collect_events(&dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice->public,
-                                              dmxMotion,
-                                              dmxEnqueue,
-                                              dmxCheckSpecialKeys, DMX_BLOCK);
-}
-
-static void dmxBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout,
-                            pointer pReadMask)
-{
-    DMXInputInfo    *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[(int)blockData];
-    static unsigned long generation = 0;
-    
-    if (generation != serverGeneration) {
-        generation = serverGeneration;
-        dmxCollectAll(dmxInput);
-    }
-}
-
-static void dmxSwitchReturn(pointer p)
-{
-    DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = p;
-    int          i;
-    
-    dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Returning from VT %d\n", dmxInput->vt_switched);
-
-    if (!dmxInput->vt_switched)
-        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxSwitchReturn called, but not switched\n");
-    dmxSigioEnableInput();
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++)
-        if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_post_switch)
-            dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_post_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);
-    dmxInput->vt_switched = 0;
-}
-
-static void dmxWakeupHandler(pointer blockData, int result, pointer pReadMask)
-{
-    DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[(int)blockData];
-    int          i;
-
-    if (dmxInput->vt_switch_pending) {
-        dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Switching to VT %d\n", dmxInput->vt_switch_pending);
-        for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++)
-            if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_pre_switch)
-                dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_pre_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);
-        dmxInput->vt_switched       = dmxInput->vt_switch_pending;
-        dmxInput->vt_switch_pending = 0;
-        for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
-            if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_switch) {
-                dmxSigioDisableInput();
-                if (!dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private,
-                                                  dmxInput->vt_switched,
-                                                  dmxSwitchReturn,
-                                                  dmxInput))
-                    dmxSwitchReturn(dmxInput);
-                break;          /* Only call one vt_switch routine */
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    dmxCollectAll(dmxInput);
-}
-
-static char *dmxMakeUniqueDeviceName(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)
-{
-    static int           k = 0;
-    static int           m = 0;
-    static int           o = 0;
-    static unsigned long dmxGeneration = 0;
-#define LEN  32
-    char *               buf = xalloc(LEN);
-
-    if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {
-        k = m = o     = 0;
-        dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;
-    }
-
-    switch (dmxLocal->type) {
-    case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Keyboard%d", k++); break;
-    case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE:    XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Mouse%d", m++);    break;
-    default:                 XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Other%d", o++);    break;
-    }
-
-    return buf;
-}
-
-static DeviceIntPtr dmxAddDevice(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)
-{
-    DeviceIntPtr pDevice;
-    Atom         atom;
-    const char   *name = NULL;
-    void         (*registerProcPtr)(DeviceIntPtr)   = NULL;
-    char         *devname;
-    DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;
-
-    if (!dmxLocal)
-        return NULL;
-    dmxInput = &dmxInputs[dmxLocal->inputIdx];
-
-    if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {
-        if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD && !dmxLocalCoreKeyboard) {
-            dmxLocal->isCore     = 1;
-            dmxLocalCoreKeyboard = dmxLocal;
-            name                 = "keyboard";
-            registerProcPtr      = RegisterKeyboardDevice;
-        }
-        if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE && !dmxLocalCorePointer) {
-            dmxLocal->isCore     = 1;
-            dmxLocalCorePointer  = dmxLocal;
-            name                 = "pointer";
-            registerProcPtr      = RegisterPointerDevice;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (!name) {
-        name            = "extension";
-        registerProcPtr = RegisterOtherDevice;
-    }
-
-    if (!name || !registerProcPtr)
-        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Cannot add device %s\n", dmxLocal->name);
-
-    pDevice                       = AddInputDevice(serverClient, dmxDeviceOnOff, TRUE);
-    if (!pDevice) {
-        dmxLog(dmxError, "Too many devices -- cannot add device %s\n",
-               dmxLocal->name);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    pDevice->public.devicePrivate = dmxLocal;
-    dmxLocal->pDevice             = pDevice;
-
-    devname       = dmxMakeUniqueDeviceName(dmxLocal);
-    atom          = MakeAtom((char *)devname, strlen(devname), TRUE);
-    pDevice->type = atom;
-    pDevice->name = devname;
-
-    registerProcPtr(pDevice);
-
-    if (dmxLocal->isCore && dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE) {
-#if 00 /*BP*/
-        miRegisterPointerDevice(screenInfo.screens[0], pDevice);
-#else
-        /* Nothing? dmxDeviceOnOff() should get called to init, right? */
-#endif
-    }
-
-    if (dmxLocal->create_private)
-        dmxLocal->private = dmxLocal->create_private(pDevice);
-
-    dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Added %s as %s device called %s%s\n",
-                dmxLocal->name, name, devname,
-                dmxLocal->isCore
-                ? " [core]"
-                : (dmxLocal->sendsCore
-                   ? " [sends core events]"
-                   : ""));
-
-    return pDevice;
-}
-
-static DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLookupLocal(const char *name)
-{
-    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr pt;
-    
-    for (pt = &DMXLocalDevices[0]; pt->name; ++pt)
-        if (!strcmp(pt->name, name)) return pt; /* search for device name */
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Copy the local input information from \a s into a new \a devs slot
- * in \a dmxInput. */
-DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxInputCopyLocal(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,
-                                       DMXLocalInputInfoPtr s)
-{
-    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = xalloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal));
-    
-    if (!dmxLocal)
-        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "DMXLocalInputInfoPtr: out of memory\n");
-
-    memcpy(dmxLocal, s, sizeof(*dmxLocal));
-    dmxLocal->inputIdx       = dmxInput->inputIdx;
-    dmxLocal->sendsCore      = dmxInput->core;
-    dmxLocal->savedSendsCore = dmxInput->core;
-    dmxLocal->deviceId       = -1;
-
-    ++dmxInput->numDevs;
-    dmxInput->devs = xrealloc(dmxInput->devs,
-                              dmxInput->numDevs * sizeof(*dmxInput->devs));
-    dmxInput->devs[dmxInput->numDevs-1] = dmxLocal;
-    
-    return dmxLocal;
-}
-
-static void dmxPopulateLocal(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, dmxArg a)
-{
-    int                  i;
-    int                  help = 0;
-    DMXLocalInputInfoRec *pt;
-
-    for (i = 1; i < dmxArgC(a); i++) {
-        const char *name = dmxArgV(a, i);
-        if ((pt = dmxLookupLocal(name))) {
-            dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, pt);
-        } else {
-            if (strlen(name))
-                dmxLog(dmxWarning,
-                       "Could not find a driver called %s\n", name);
-            ++help;
-        }
-    }
-    if (help) {
-        dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Available local device drivers:\n");
-        for (pt = &DMXLocalDevices[0]; pt->name; ++pt) {
-            const char *type;
-            switch (pt->type) {
-            case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: type = "keyboard"; break;
-            case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE:    type = "pointer";  break;
-            default:                 type = "unknown";  break;
-            }
-            dmxLog(dmxInfo, "   %s (%s)\n", pt->name, type);
-        }
-        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Must have valid local device driver\n");
-    }
-}
-
-int dmxInputExtensionErrorHandler(Display *dsp, char *name, char *reason)
-{
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static void dmxInputScanForExtensions(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int doXI)
-{
-    XExtensionVersion    *ext;
-    XDeviceInfo          *devices;
-    Display              *display;
-    int                  num;
-    int                  i, j;
-    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal;
-    int                  (*handler)(Display *, char *, char *);
-
-    if (!(display = XOpenDisplay(dmxInput->name))) return;
-    
-    /* Print out information about the XInput Extension. */
-    handler = XSetExtensionErrorHandler(dmxInputExtensionErrorHandler);
-    ext     = XGetExtensionVersion(display, INAME);
-    XSetExtensionErrorHandler(handler);
-    
-    if (!ext || ext == (XExtensionVersion *)NoSuchExtension) {
-        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "%s is not available\n", INAME);
-    } else {
-        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Locating devices on %s (%s version %d.%d)\n",
-                    dmxInput->name, INAME,
-                    ext->major_version, ext->minor_version);
-        devices = XListInputDevices(display, &num);
-
-        XFree(ext);
-        ext = NULL;
-
-                                /* Print a list of all devices */
-        for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-            const char *use = "Unknown";
-            switch (devices[i].use) {
-            case IsXPointer:           use = "XPointer";         break;
-            case IsXKeyboard:          use = "XKeyboard";        break;
-            case IsXExtensionDevice:   use = "XExtensionDevice"; break;
-            case IsXExtensionPointer:  use = "XExtensionPointer"; break;
-            case IsXExtensionKeyboard: use = "XExtensionKeyboard"; break;
-            }
-            dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "  %2d %-10.10s %-16.16s\n",
-                        devices[i].id,
-                        devices[i].name ? devices[i].name : "",
-                        use);
-        }
-
-                                /* Search for extensions */
-        for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
-            switch (devices[i].use) {
-            case IsXKeyboard:
-                for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {
-                    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxL = dmxInput->devs[j];
-                    if (dmxL->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD
-                        && dmxL->deviceId < 0) {
-                        dmxL->deviceId   = devices[i].id;
-                        dmxL->deviceName = (devices[i].name
-                                            ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)
-                                            : NULL);
-                    }
-                }
-                break;
-            case IsXPointer:
-                for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {
-                    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxL = dmxInput->devs[j];
-                    if (dmxL->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE && dmxL->deviceId < 0) {
-                        dmxL->deviceId   = devices[i].id;
-                        dmxL->deviceName = (devices[i].name
-                                            ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)
-                                            : NULL);
-                    }
-                }
-                break;
-#if 0
-            case IsXExtensionDevice:
-            case IsXExtensionKeyboard:
-            case IsXExtensionPointer:
-                if (doXI) {
-                    if (!dmxInput->numDevs) {
-                        dmxLog(dmxWarning,
-                               "Cannot use remote (%s) XInput devices if"
-                               " not also using core devices\n",
-                               dmxInput->name);
-                    } else {
-                        dmxLocal             = dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput,
-                                                                &DMXCommonOth);
-                        dmxLocal->isCore     = FALSE;
-                        dmxLocal->sendsCore  = FALSE;
-                        dmxLocal->deviceId   = devices[i].id;
-                        dmxLocal->deviceName = (devices[i].name
-                                                ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)
-                                                : NULL);
-                    }
-                }
-                break;
-#endif
-            }
-        }
-        XFreeDeviceList(devices);
-    }
-    XCloseDisplay(display);
-}
-
-/** Re-initialize all the devices described in \a dmxInput.  Called from
-    #dmxAdjustCursorBoundaries before the cursor is redisplayed. */
-void dmxInputReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
-        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
-        if (dmxLocal->reinit)
-            dmxLocal->reinit(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public);
-    }
-}
-
-/** Re-initialize all the devices described in \a dmxInput.  Called from
-    #dmxAdjustCursorBoundaries after the cursor is redisplayed. */
-void dmxInputLateReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
-        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
-        if (dmxLocal->latereinit)
-            dmxLocal->latereinit(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public);
-    }
-}
-
-/** Initialize all of the devices described in \a dmxInput. */
-void dmxInputInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
-    DeviceIntPtr         pPointer = NULL, pKeyboard = NULL;
-    dmxArg               a;
-    const char           *name;
-    int                  i;
-    int                  doXI               = 1; /* Include by default */
-    int                  forceConsole       = 0;
-    int                  doWindows          = 1; /* On by default */
-    int                  hasXkb             = 0;
-
-    a = dmxArgParse(dmxInput->name);
-
-    for (i = 1; i < dmxArgC(a); i++) {
-        switch (hasXkb) {
-        case 1:
-            dmxInput->keycodes = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));
-            ++hasXkb;
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            dmxInput->symbols  = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));
-            ++hasXkb;
-            break;
-        case 3:
-            dmxInput->geometry = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));
-            hasXkb = 0;
-            break;
-        case 0:
-            if      (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "noxi"))      doXI         = 0;
-            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "xi"))        doXI         = 1;
-            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "console"))   forceConsole = 1;
-            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "noconsole")) forceConsole = 0;
-            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "windows"))   doWindows    = 1;
-            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "nowindows")) doWindows    = 0;
-            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "xkb"))       hasXkb       = 1;
-            else {
-                dmxLog(dmxFatal,
-                       "Unknown input argument: %s\n", dmxArgV(a, i));
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    name = dmxArgV(a, 0);
-
-    if (!strcmp(name, "local")) {
-        dmxPopulateLocal(dmxInput, a);
-    } else if (!strcmp(name, "dummy")) {
-        dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXDummyMou);
-        dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXDummyKbd);
-        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Using dummy input\n");
-    } else {
-        int found;
-
-        for (found = 0, i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {
-            if (dmxPropertySameDisplay(&dmxScreens[i], name)) {
-                if (dmxScreens[i].shared)
-                    dmxLog(dmxFatal,
-                           "Cannot take input from shared backend (%s)\n",
-                           name);
-                if (!dmxInput->core) {
-                    dmxLog(dmxWarning,
-                           "Cannot use core devices on a backend (%s)"
-                           " as XInput devices\n", name);
-                } else {
-                    char *pt;
-                    for (pt = (char *)dmxInput->name; pt && *pt; pt++)
-                        if (*pt == ',') *pt = '\0';
-                    dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXBackendMou);
-                    dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXBackendKbd);
-                    dmxInput->scrnIdx = i;
-                    dmxLogInput(dmxInput,
-                                "Using backend input from %s\n", name);
-                }
-                ++found;
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-        if (!found || forceConsole) {
-            char *pt;
-            if (found) dmxInput->console = TRUE;
-            for (pt = (char *)dmxInput->name; pt && *pt; pt++)
-                if (*pt == ',') *pt = '\0';
-            dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXConsoleMou);
-            dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXConsoleKbd);
-            if (doWindows) {
-                dmxInput->windows          = TRUE;
-                dmxInput->updateWindowInfo = dmxUpdateWindowInformation;
-            }
-            dmxLogInput(dmxInput,
-                        "Using console input from %s (%s windows)\n",
-                        name, doWindows ? "with" : "without");
-        }
-    }
-
-    dmxArgFree(a);
-
-                                /* Locate extensions we may be interested in */
-    dmxInputScanForExtensions(dmxInput, doXI);
-    
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
-        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
-        dmxLocal->pDevice = dmxAddDevice(dmxLocal);
-        if (dmxLocal->isCore) {
-            if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE)
-                pPointer  = dmxLocal->pDevice;
-            if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD)
-                pKeyboard = dmxLocal->pDevice;
-        }
-    }
-    
-    dmxInput->processInputEvents    = dmxProcessInputEvents;
-    dmxInput->detached              = False;
-    
-    RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(dmxBlockHandler,
-                                   dmxWakeupHandler,
-                                   (void *)dmxInput->inputIdx);
-}
-
-static void dmxInputFreeLocal(DMXLocalInputInfoRec *local)
-{
-    if (!local) return;
-    if (local->isCore && local->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE)
-        dmxLocalCorePointer  = NULL;
-    if (local->isCore && local->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD)
-        dmxLocalCoreKeyboard = NULL;
-    if (local->destroy_private) local->destroy_private(local->private);
-    if (local->history)         xfree(local->history);
-    if (local->valuators)       xfree(local->valuators);
-    if (local->deviceName)      xfree(local->deviceName);
-    local->private    = NULL;
-    local->history    = NULL;
-    local->deviceName = NULL;
-    xfree(local);
-}
-
-/** Free all of the memory associated with \a dmxInput */
-void dmxInputFree(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
-    int i;
-    
-    if (!dmxInput) return;
-
-    if (dmxInput->keycodes) xfree(dmxInput->keycodes);
-    if (dmxInput->symbols)  xfree(dmxInput->symbols);
-    if (dmxInput->geometry) xfree(dmxInput->geometry);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
-        dmxInputFreeLocal(dmxInput->devs[i]);
-        dmxInput->devs[i] = NULL;
-    }
-    xfree(dmxInput->devs);
-    dmxInput->devs    = NULL;
-    dmxInput->numDevs = 0;
-    if (dmxInput->freename) xfree(dmxInput->name);
-    dmxInput->name    = NULL;
-}
-
-/** Log information about all of the known devices using #dmxLog(). */
-void dmxInputLogDevices(void)
-{
-    int i, j;
-
-    dmxLog(dmxInfo, "%d devices:\n", dmxGetInputCount());
-    dmxLog(dmxInfo, "  Id  Name                 Classes\n");
-    for (j = 0; j < dmxNumInputs; j++) {
-        DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[j];
-        const char   *pt = strchr(dmxInput->name, ',');
-        int          len = (pt
-                            ? (size_t)(pt-dmxInput->name)
-                            : strlen(dmxInput->name));
-
-        for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
-            DeviceIntPtr pDevice = dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice;
-            if (pDevice) {
-                dmxLog(dmxInfo, "  %2d%c %-20.20s",
-                       pDevice->id,
-                       dmxInput->detached ? 'D' : ' ',
-                       pDevice->name);
-                if (pDevice->key)        dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " key");
-                if (pDevice->valuator)   dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " val");
-                if (pDevice->button)     dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " btn");
-                if (pDevice->focus)      dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " foc");
-                if (pDevice->kbdfeed)    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/kbd");
-                if (pDevice->ptrfeed)    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/ptr");
-                if (pDevice->intfeed)    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/int");
-                if (pDevice->stringfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/str");
-                if (pDevice->bell)       dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/bel");
-                if (pDevice->leds)       dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/led");
-                if (!pDevice->key && !pDevice->valuator && !pDevice->button
-                    && !pDevice->focus && !pDevice->kbdfeed
-                    && !pDevice->ptrfeed && !pDevice->intfeed
-                    && !pDevice->stringfeed && !pDevice->bell
-                    && !pDevice->leds)   dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " (none)");
-                                                                 
-                dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "\t[i%d/%*.*s",
-                           dmxInput->inputIdx, len, len, dmxInput->name);
-                if (dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceId >= 0)
-                    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "/id%d", dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceId);
-                if (dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceName)
-                    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "=%s", dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceName);
-                dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "] %s\n",
-                           dmxInput->devs[i]->isCore
-                           ? "core"
-                           : (dmxInput->devs[i]->sendsCore
-                              ? "extension (sends core events)"
-                              : "extension"));
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/** Detach an input */
-int dmxInputDetach(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (dmxInput->detached) return BadAccess;
-    
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
-        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
-        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Detaching device id %d: %s%s\n",
-                    dmxLocal->pDevice->id,
-                    dmxLocal->pDevice->name,
-                    dmxLocal->isCore
-                    ? " [core]"
-                    : (dmxLocal->sendsCore
-                       ? " [sends core events]"
-                       : ""));
-        DisableDevice(dmxLocal->pDevice, TRUE);
-    }
-    dmxInput->detached = True;
-    dmxInputLogDevices();
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/** Search for input associated with \a dmxScreen, and detach. */
-void dmxInputDetachAll(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
-        DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
-        if (dmxInput->scrnIdx == dmxScreen->index) dmxInputDetach(dmxInput);
-    }
-}
-
-/** Search for input associated with \a deviceId, and detach. */
-int dmxInputDetachId(int id)
-{
-    DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = dmxInputLocateId(id);
-
-    if (!dmxInput) return BadValue;
-    
-    return dmxInputDetach(dmxInput);
-}
-
-DMXInputInfo *dmxInputLocateId(int id)
-{
-    int i, j;
-    
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
-        DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
-        for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {
-            DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[j];
-            if (dmxLocal->pDevice->id == id) return dmxInput;
-        }
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-static int dmxInputAttachNew(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int *id)
-{
-    dmxInputInit(dmxInput);
-    InitAndStartDevices();
-    if (id && dmxInput->devs) *id = dmxInput->devs[0]->pDevice->id;
-    dmxInputLogDevices();
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int dmxInputAttachOld(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int *id)
-{
-    int i;
-    
-    dmxInput->detached = False;
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {
-        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];
-        if (id) *id = dmxLocal->pDevice->id;
-        dmxLogInput(dmxInput,
-                    "Attaching device id %d: %s%s\n",
-                    dmxLocal->pDevice->id,
-                    dmxLocal->pDevice->name,
-                    dmxLocal->isCore
-                    ? " [core]"
-                    : (dmxLocal->sendsCore
-                       ? " [sends core events]"
-                       : ""));
-        EnableDevice(dmxLocal->pDevice, TRUE);
-    }
-    dmxInputLogDevices();
-    return 0;
-}
-
-int dmxInputAttachConsole(const char *name, int isCore, int *id)
-{
-    DMXInputInfo  *dmxInput;
-    int           i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
-        dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
-        if (dmxInput->scrnIdx == -1
-            && dmxInput->detached
-            && !strcmp(dmxInput->name, name)) {
-                                /* Found match */
-            dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Reattaching detached console input\n");
-            return dmxInputAttachOld(dmxInput, id);
-        }
-    }
-
-                                /* No match found */
-    dmxInput = dmxConfigAddInput(xstrdup(name), isCore);
-    dmxInput->freename = TRUE;
-    dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Attaching new console input\n");
-    return dmxInputAttachNew(dmxInput, id);
-}
-
-int dmxInputAttachBackend(int physicalScreen, int isCore, int *id)
-{
-    DMXInputInfo  *dmxInput;
-    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;
-    int           i;
-    
-    if (physicalScreen < 0 || physicalScreen >= dmxNumScreens) return BadValue;
-    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {
-        dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];
-        if (dmxInput->scrnIdx != -1 && dmxInput->scrnIdx == physicalScreen) {
-                                /* Found match */
-            if (!dmxInput->detached) return BadAccess; /* Already attached */
-            dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[physicalScreen];
-            if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return BadAccess; /* Screen detached */
-            dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Reattaching detached backend input\n");
-            return dmxInputAttachOld(dmxInput, id);
-        }
-    }
-                                /* No match found */
-    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[physicalScreen];
-    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return BadAccess; /* Screen detached */
-    dmxInput = dmxConfigAddInput(dmxScreen->name, isCore);
-    dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Attaching new backend input\n");
-    return dmxInputAttachNew(dmxInput, id);
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * This file provides generic input support.  Functions here set up

+ * input and lead to the calling of low-level device drivers for

+ * input. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#define DMX_WINDOW_DEBUG 0

+

+#include "dmxinputinit.h"

+#include "dmxextension.h"       /* For dmxInputCount */

+

+#include "dmxdummy.h"

+#include "dmxbackend.h"

+#include "dmxconsole.h"

+#include "dmxcommon.h"

+#include "dmxevents.h"

+#include "dmxmotion.h"

+#include "dmxprop.h"

+#include "config/dmxconfig.h"

+#include "dmxcursor.h"

+

+#include "lnx-keyboard.h"

+#include "lnx-ms.h"

+#include "lnx-ps2.h"

+#include "usb-keyboard.h"

+#include "usb-mouse.h"

+#include "usb-other.h"

+#include "usb-common.h"

+

+#include "dmxsigio.h"

+#include "dmxarg.h"

+

+#include "inputstr.h"

+#include "input.h"

+#include "mipointer.h"

+#include "windowstr.h"

+#include "mi.h"

+#include "xkbsrv.h"

+

+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>

+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>

+#include "exevents.h"

+#include "extinit.h"

+

+DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocalCorePointer, dmxLocalCoreKeyboard;

+

+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXDummyMou = {

+    "dummy-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyMouGetInfo

+};

+

+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXDummyKbd = {

+    "dummy-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyKbdGetInfo

+};

+

+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXBackendMou = {

+    "backend-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_BACKEND, 2,

+    dmxBackendCreatePrivate, dmxBackendDestroyPrivate,

+    dmxBackendInit, NULL, dmxBackendLateReInit, dmxBackendMouGetInfo,

+    dmxCommonMouOn, dmxCommonMouOff, dmxBackendUpdatePosition,

+    NULL, NULL, NULL,

+    dmxBackendCollectEvents, dmxBackendProcessInput, dmxBackendFunctions, NULL,

+    dmxCommonMouCtrl

+};

+

+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXBackendKbd = {

+    "backend-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_BACKEND,

+    1, /* With backend-mou or console-mou */

+    dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,

+    dmxBackendInit, NULL, NULL, dmxBackendKbdGetInfo,

+    dmxCommonKbdOn, dmxCommonKbdOff, NULL,

+    NULL, NULL, NULL,

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,

+    NULL, dmxCommonKbdCtrl, dmxCommonKbdBell

+};

+

+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXConsoleMou = {

+    "console-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_CONSOLE, 2,

+    dmxConsoleCreatePrivate, dmxConsoleDestroyPrivate,

+    dmxConsoleInit, dmxConsoleReInit, NULL, dmxConsoleMouGetInfo,

+    dmxCommonMouOn, dmxCommonMouOff, dmxConsoleUpdatePosition,

+    NULL, NULL, NULL,

+    dmxConsoleCollectEvents, NULL, dmxConsoleFunctions, dmxConsoleUpdateInfo,

+    dmxCommonMouCtrl

+};

+

+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXConsoleKbd = {

+    "console-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_CONSOLE,

+    1, /* With backend-mou or console-mou */

+    dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,

+    dmxConsoleInit, dmxConsoleReInit, NULL, dmxConsoleKbdGetInfo,

+    dmxCommonKbdOn, dmxCommonKbdOff, NULL,

+    NULL, NULL, NULL,

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,

+    NULL, dmxCommonKbdCtrl, dmxCommonKbdBell

+};

+

+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXCommonOth = {

+    "common-oth", DMX_LOCAL_OTHER, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_COMMON, 1,

+    dmxCommonCopyPrivate, NULL,

+    NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxCommonOthGetInfo,

+    dmxCommonOthOn, dmxCommonOthOff

+};

+

+

+static DMXLocalInputInfoRec DMXLocalDevices[] = {

+                                /* Dummy drivers that can compile on any OS */

+#ifdef __linux__

+                                /* Linux-specific drivers */

+    {

+        "kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+        kbdLinuxCreatePrivate, kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate,

+        kbdLinuxInit, NULL, NULL, kbdLinuxGetInfo,

+        kbdLinuxOn, kbdLinuxOff, NULL,

+        kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch, kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch, kbdLinuxVTSwitch,

+        kbdLinuxRead, NULL, NULL, NULL,

+        NULL, kbdLinuxCtrl, kbdLinuxBell

+    },

+    {

+        "ms", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+        msLinuxCreatePrivate, msLinuxDestroyPrivate,

+        msLinuxInit, NULL, NULL, msLinuxGetInfo,

+        msLinuxOn, msLinuxOff, NULL,

+        msLinuxVTPreSwitch, msLinuxVTPostSwitch, NULL,

+        msLinuxRead

+    },

+    {

+        "ps2", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+        ps2LinuxCreatePrivate, ps2LinuxDestroyPrivate,

+        ps2LinuxInit, NULL, NULL, ps2LinuxGetInfo,

+        ps2LinuxOn, ps2LinuxOff, NULL,

+        ps2LinuxVTPreSwitch, ps2LinuxVTPostSwitch, NULL,

+        ps2LinuxRead

+    },

+#endif

+#ifdef __linux__

+                                /* USB drivers, currently only for

+                                   Linux, but relatively easy to port to

+                                   other OSs */

+    {

+        "usb-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+        usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,

+        kbdUSBInit, NULL, NULL, kbdUSBGetInfo,

+        kbdUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,

+        NULL, NULL, NULL,

+        kbdUSBRead, NULL, NULL, NULL,

+        NULL, kbdUSBCtrl

+    },

+    {

+        "usb-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+        usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,

+        mouUSBInit, NULL, NULL, mouUSBGetInfo,

+        mouUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,

+        NULL, NULL, NULL,

+        mouUSBRead

+    },

+    {

+        "usb-oth", DMX_LOCAL_OTHER, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+        usbCreatePrivate, usbDestroyPrivate,

+        othUSBInit, NULL, NULL, othUSBGetInfo,

+        othUSBOn, usbOff, NULL,

+        NULL, NULL, NULL,

+        othUSBRead

+    },

+#endif

+    {

+        "dummy-mou", DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+        NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyMouGetInfo

+    },

+    {

+        "dummy-kbd", DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD, DMX_LOCAL_TYPE_LOCAL, 1,

+        NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, dmxDummyKbdGetInfo

+    },

+    { NULL }                    /* Must be last */

+};

+

+

+#if 11 /*BP*/

+void

+DDXRingBell(int volume, int pitch, int duration)

+{

+   /* NO-OP */

+}

+

+/* taken from kdrive/src/kinput.c: */

+static void

+dmxKbdCtrl (DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)

+{

+#if 0

+    KdKeyboardInfo *ki;

+

+    for (ki = kdKeyboards; ki; ki = ki->next) {

+        if (ki->dixdev && ki->dixdev->id == pDevice->id)

+            break;

+    }

+

+    if (!ki || !ki->dixdev || ki->dixdev->id != pDevice->id || !ki->driver)

+        return;

+

+    KdSetLeds(ki, ctrl->leds);

+    ki->bellPitch = ctrl->bell_pitch;

+    ki->bellDuration = ctrl->bell_duration; 

+#endif

+}

+

+/* taken from kdrive/src/kinput.c: */

+static void

+dmxBell(int volume, DeviceIntPtr pDev, pointer arg, int something)

+{

+#if 0

+    KeybdCtrl *ctrl = arg;

+    KdKeyboardInfo *ki = NULL;

+    

+    for (ki = kdKeyboards; ki; ki = ki->next) {

+        if (ki->dixdev && ki->dixdev->id == pDev->id)

+            break;

+    }

+

+    if (!ki || !ki->dixdev || ki->dixdev->id != pDev->id || !ki->driver)

+        return;

+    

+    KdRingBell(ki, volume, ctrl->bell_pitch, ctrl->bell_duration);

+#endif

+}

+

+#endif /*BP*/

+

+static void _dmxChangePointerControl(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal,

+                                     PtrCtrl *ctrl)

+{

+    if (!dmxLocal) return;

+    dmxLocal->mctrl = *ctrl;

+    if (dmxLocal->mCtrl) dmxLocal->mCtrl(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public, ctrl);

+}

+

+/** Change the pointer control information for the \a pDevice.  If the

+ * device sends core events, then also change the control information

+ * for all of the pointer devices that send core events. */

+void dmxChangePointerControl(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, PtrCtrl *ctrl)

+{

+    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;

+    int i, j;

+

+    if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {       /* Do for all core devices */

+        for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {

+            DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];

+            if (dmxInput->detached) continue;

+            for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)

+                if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)

+                    _dmxChangePointerControl(dmxInput->devs[j], ctrl);

+        }

+    } else {                    /* Do for this device only */

+        _dmxChangePointerControl(dmxLocal, ctrl);

+    }

+}

+

+static void _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal,

+                                    KeybdCtrl *ctrl)

+{

+    dmxLocal->kctrl = *ctrl;

+    if (dmxLocal->kCtrl) {

+        dmxLocal->kCtrl(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public, ctrl);

+        if (dmxLocal->pDevice->kbdfeed) {

+            XkbEventCauseRec cause;

+            XkbSetCauseUnknown(&cause);

+            /* Generate XKB events, as necessary */

+            XkbUpdateIndicators(dmxLocal->pDevice, XkbAllIndicatorsMask, False,

+                                NULL, &cause);

+        }

+    }

+}

+

+

+/** Change the keyboard control information for the \a pDevice.  If the

+ * device sends core events, then also change the control information

+ * for all of the keyboard devices that send core events. */

+void dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)

+{

+    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;

+    int i, j;

+

+    if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {       /* Do for all core devices */

+        for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {

+            DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];

+            if (dmxInput->detached) continue;

+            for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)

+                if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)

+                    _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(dmxInput->devs[j], ctrl);

+        }

+    } else {                    /* Do for this device only */

+        _dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc(dmxLocal, ctrl);

+    }

+}

+

+static void _dmxKeyboardBellProc(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal, int percent)

+{

+    if (dmxLocal->kBell) dmxLocal->kBell(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public,

+                                         percent,

+                                         dmxLocal->kctrl.bell,

+                                         dmxLocal->kctrl.bell_pitch,

+                                         dmxLocal->kctrl.bell_duration);

+}

+

+/** Sound the bell on the device.  If the device send core events, then

+ * sound the bell on all of the devices that send core events. */

+void dmxKeyboardBellProc(int percent, DeviceIntPtr pDevice,

+                         pointer ctrl, int unknown)

+{

+    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;

+    int i, j;

+

+    if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {       /* Do for all core devices */

+        for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {

+            DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];

+            if (dmxInput->detached) continue;

+            for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++)

+                if (dmxInput->devs[j]->sendsCore)

+                    _dmxKeyboardBellProc(dmxInput->devs[j], percent);

+        }

+    } else {                    /* Do for this device only */

+        _dmxKeyboardBellProc(dmxLocal, percent);

+    }

+}

+

+static void dmxKeyboardFreeNames(XkbComponentNamesPtr names)

+{

+    if (names->keycodes) XFree(names->keycodes);

+    if (names->types)    XFree(names->types);

+    if (names->compat)   XFree(names->compat);

+    if (names->symbols)  XFree(names->symbols);

+    if (names->geometry) XFree(names->geometry);

+}

+

+

+static int dmxKeyboardOn(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, DMXLocalInitInfo *info)

+{

+    GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEVICE;

+    XkbRMLVOSet rmlvo;

+

+    rmlvo.rules = dmxConfigGetXkbRules();

+    rmlvo.model = dmxConfigGetXkbModel();

+    rmlvo.layout = dmxConfigGetXkbLayout();

+    rmlvo.variant = dmxConfigGetXkbVariant();

+    rmlvo.options = dmxConfigGetXkbOptions();

+

+    XkbSetRulesDflts(&rmlvo);

+    if (!info->force && (dmxInput->keycodes

+                         || dmxInput->symbols

+                         || dmxInput->geometry)) {

+        if (info->freenames) dmxKeyboardFreeNames(&info->names);

+        info->freenames      = 0;

+        info->names.keycodes = dmxInput->keycodes;

+        info->names.types    = NULL;

+        info->names.compat   = NULL;

+        info->names.symbols  = dmxInput->symbols;

+        info->names.geometry = dmxInput->geometry;

+

+        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: From command line: %s",

+                    info->names.keycodes);

+        if (info->names.symbols && *info->names.symbols)

+            dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.symbols);

+        if (info->names.geometry && *info->names.geometry)

+            dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.geometry);

+        dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, "\n");

+    } else if (info->names.keycodes) {

+        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: From device: %s",

+                    info->names.keycodes);

+        if (info->names.symbols && *info->names.symbols)

+            dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.symbols);

+        if (info->names.geometry && *info->names.geometry)

+            dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, " %s", info->names.geometry);

+        dmxLogInputCont(dmxInput, "\n");

+    } else {

+        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "XKEYBOARD: Defaults: %s %s %s %s %s\n",

+                    dmxConfigGetXkbRules(),

+                    dmxConfigGetXkbLayout(),

+                    dmxConfigGetXkbModel(),

+                    dmxConfigGetXkbVariant()

+                    ? dmxConfigGetXkbVariant() : "",

+                    dmxConfigGetXkbOptions()

+                    ? dmxConfigGetXkbOptions() : "");

+    }

+    InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDevice, &rmlvo,

+                                dmxKeyboardBellProc,

+                                dmxKeyboardKbdCtrlProc);

+

+    if (info->freenames) dmxKeyboardFreeNames(&info->names);

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+    

+static int dmxDeviceOnOff(DeviceIntPtr pDevice, int what)

+{

+    GETDMXINPUTFROMPDEVICE;

+    int              fd;

+    DMXLocalInitInfo info;

+    int              i;

+    Atom             btn_labels[MAX_BUTTONS] = {0}; /* FIXME */

+    Atom             axis_labels[MAX_VALUATORS] = {0}; /* FIXME */

+

+    if (dmxInput->detached) return Success;

+

+    memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));

+    switch (what) {

+    case DEVICE_INIT:

+        if (dmxLocal->init)

+            dmxLocal->init(pDev);

+        if (dmxLocal->get_info)

+            dmxLocal->get_info(pDev, &info);

+        if (info.keyboard) {    /* XKEYBOARD makes this a special case */

+            dmxKeyboardOn(pDevice, &info);

+            break;

+        }

+        if (info.keyClass) {

+            XkbRMLVOSet rmlvo;

+

+            rmlvo.rules = dmxConfigGetXkbRules();

+            rmlvo.model = dmxConfigGetXkbModel();

+            rmlvo.layout = dmxConfigGetXkbLayout();

+            rmlvo.variant = dmxConfigGetXkbVariant();

+            rmlvo.options = dmxConfigGetXkbOptions();

+

+            InitKeyboardDeviceStruct(pDevice,

+                                     &rmlvo,

+                                     dmxBell, dmxKbdCtrl);

+        }

+        if (info.buttonClass) {

+            InitButtonClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numButtons,

+                                        btn_labels, info.map);

+        }

+        if (info.valuatorClass) {

+            if (info.numRelAxes && dmxLocal->sendsCore) {

+                InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numRelAxes,

+                                              axis_labels,

+                                              GetMaximumEventsNum(),

+                                              Relative);

+                for (i = 0; i < info.numRelAxes; i++)

+                    InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i, axis_labels[i],

+                                           info.minval[i], info.maxval[i],

+                                           info.res[i],

+                                           info.minres[i], info.maxres[i]);

+            } else if (info.numRelAxes) {

+                InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numRelAxes,

+                                              axis_labels,

+                                              dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(),

+                                              Relative);

+                for (i = 0; i < info.numRelAxes; i++)

+                    InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i, axis_labels[i],

+                                           info.minval[i],

+                                           info.maxval[i], info.res[i],

+                                           info.minres[i], info.maxres[i]);

+            } else if (info.numAbsAxes) {

+                InitValuatorClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, info.numAbsAxes,

+                                              axis_labels,

+                                              dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(),

+                                              Absolute);

+                for (i = 0; i < info.numAbsAxes; i++)

+                    InitValuatorAxisStruct(pDevice, i,

+                                           axis_labels[i],

+                                           info.minval[i], info.maxval[i],

+                                           info.res[i], info.minres[i],

+                                           info.maxres[i]);

+            }

+        }

+        if (info.focusClass)       InitFocusClassDeviceStruct(pDevice);

+        if (info.proximityClass)   InitProximityClassDeviceStruct(pDevice);

+        if (info.ptrFeedbackClass)

+            InitPtrFeedbackClassDeviceStruct(pDevice, dmxChangePointerControl);

+        if (info.intFeedbackClass || info.strFeedbackClass)

+            dmxLog(dmxWarning,

+                   "Integer and string feedback not supported for %s\n",

+                   pDevice->name);

+        if (!info.keyboard && (info.ledFeedbackClass || info.belFeedbackClass))

+            dmxLog(dmxWarning,

+                   "Led and bel feedback not supported for non-keyboard %s\n",

+                   pDevice->name);

+        break;

+    case DEVICE_ON:

+        if (!pDev->on) {

+            if (dmxLocal->on && (fd = dmxLocal->on(pDev)) >= 0)

+                dmxSigioRegister(dmxInput, fd);

+            pDev->on = TRUE;

+        }

+        break;

+    case DEVICE_OFF:

+    case DEVICE_CLOSE:

+            /* This can get called twice consecutively: once for a

+             * detached screen (DEVICE_OFF), and then again at server

+             * generation time (DEVICE_CLOSE). */

+        if (pDev->on) {

+            dmxSigioUnregister(dmxInput);

+            if (dmxLocal->off) dmxLocal->off(pDev);

+            pDev->on = FALSE;

+        }

+        break;

+    }

+    if (info.keySyms.map && info.freemap) {

+        XFree(info.keySyms.map);

+        info.keySyms.map = NULL;

+    }

+    if (info.xkb) XkbFreeKeyboard(info.xkb, 0, True);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static void dmxProcessInputEvents(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    mieqProcessInputEvents();

+#if 00 /*BP*/

+    miPointerUpdate();

+#endif

+    if (dmxInput->detached)

+        return;

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)

+        if (dmxInput->devs[i]->process_input) {

+#if 11 /*BP*/

+            miPointerUpdateSprite(dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice);

+#endif

+            dmxInput->devs[i]->process_input(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);

+        }

+

+#if 11 /*BP*/

+    mieqProcessInputEvents();

+#endif

+}

+

+static void dmxUpdateWindowInformation(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,

+                                       DMXUpdateType type,

+                                       WindowPtr pWindow)

+{

+    int i;

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension && pWindow && pWindow->parent != WindowTable[0])

+        return;

+#endif

+#if DMX_WINDOW_DEBUG

+    {

+        const char *name = "Unknown";

+        switch (type) {

+        case DMX_UPDATE_REALIZE:            name = "Realize";         break;

+        case DMX_UPDATE_UNREALIZE:          name = "Unrealize";       break;

+        case DMX_UPDATE_RESTACK:            name = "Restack";         break;

+        case DMX_UPDATE_COPY:               name = "Copy";            break;

+        case DMX_UPDATE_RESIZE:             name = "Resize";          break;

+        case DMX_UPDATE_REPARENT:           name = "Repaint";         break;

+        }

+        dmxLog(dmxDebug, "Window %p changed: %s\n", pWindow, name);

+    }

+#endif

+

+    if (dmxInput->detached)

+        return;

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)

+        if (dmxInput->devs[i]->update_info)

+            dmxInput->devs[i]->update_info(dmxInput->devs[i]->private,

+                                           type, pWindow);

+}

+

+static void dmxCollectAll(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    if (dmxInput->detached)

+        return;

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i += dmxInput->devs[i]->binding)

+        if (dmxInput->devs[i]->collect_events)

+            dmxInput->devs[i]->collect_events(&dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice->public,

+                                              dmxMotion,

+                                              dmxEnqueue,

+                                              dmxCheckSpecialKeys, DMX_BLOCK);

+}

+

+static void dmxBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout,

+                            pointer pReadMask)

+{

+    DMXInputInfo    *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[(int)blockData];

+    static unsigned long generation = 0;

+    

+    if (generation != serverGeneration) {

+        generation = serverGeneration;

+        dmxCollectAll(dmxInput);

+    }

+}

+

+static void dmxSwitchReturn(pointer p)

+{

+    DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = p;

+    int          i;

+    

+    dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Returning from VT %d\n", dmxInput->vt_switched);

+

+    if (!dmxInput->vt_switched)

+        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "dmxSwitchReturn called, but not switched\n");

+    dmxSigioEnableInput();

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++)

+        if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_post_switch)

+            dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_post_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);

+    dmxInput->vt_switched = 0;

+}

+

+static void dmxWakeupHandler(pointer blockData, int result, pointer pReadMask)

+{

+    DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[(int)blockData];

+    int          i;

+

+    if (dmxInput->vt_switch_pending) {

+        dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Switching to VT %d\n", dmxInput->vt_switch_pending);

+        for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++)

+            if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_pre_switch)

+                dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_pre_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private);

+        dmxInput->vt_switched       = dmxInput->vt_switch_pending;

+        dmxInput->vt_switch_pending = 0;

+        for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {

+            if (dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_switch) {

+                dmxSigioDisableInput();

+                if (!dmxInput->devs[i]->vt_switch(dmxInput->devs[i]->private,

+                                                  dmxInput->vt_switched,

+                                                  dmxSwitchReturn,

+                                                  dmxInput))

+                    dmxSwitchReturn(dmxInput);

+                break;          /* Only call one vt_switch routine */

+            }

+        }

+    }

+    dmxCollectAll(dmxInput);

+}

+

+static char *dmxMakeUniqueDeviceName(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)

+{

+    static int           k = 0;

+    static int           m = 0;

+    static int           o = 0;

+    static unsigned long dmxGeneration = 0;

+#define LEN  32

+    char *               buf = malloc(LEN);

+

+    if (dmxGeneration != serverGeneration) {

+        k = m = o     = 0;

+        dmxGeneration = serverGeneration;

+    }

+

+    switch (dmxLocal->type) {

+    case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Keyboard%d", k++); break;

+    case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE:    XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Mouse%d", m++);    break;

+    default:                 XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Other%d", o++);    break;

+    }

+

+    return buf;

+}

+

+static DeviceIntPtr dmxAddDevice(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)

+{

+    DeviceIntPtr pDevice;

+    Atom         atom;

+    const char   *name = NULL;

+    void         (*registerProcPtr)(DeviceIntPtr)   = NULL;

+    char         *devname;

+    DMXInputInfo *dmxInput;

+

+    if (!dmxLocal)

+        return NULL;

+    dmxInput = &dmxInputs[dmxLocal->inputIdx];

+

+    if (dmxLocal->sendsCore) {

+        if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD && !dmxLocalCoreKeyboard) {

+            dmxLocal->isCore     = 1;

+            dmxLocalCoreKeyboard = dmxLocal;

+            name                 = "keyboard";

+            registerProcPtr      = RegisterKeyboardDevice;

+        }

+        if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE && !dmxLocalCorePointer) {

+            dmxLocal->isCore     = 1;

+            dmxLocalCorePointer  = dmxLocal;

+            name                 = "pointer";

+            registerProcPtr      = RegisterPointerDevice;

+        }

+    }

+

+    if (!name) {

+        name            = "extension";

+        registerProcPtr = RegisterOtherDevice;

+    }

+

+    if (!name || !registerProcPtr)

+        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Cannot add device %s\n", dmxLocal->name);

+

+    pDevice                       = AddInputDevice(serverClient, dmxDeviceOnOff, TRUE);

+    if (!pDevice) {

+        dmxLog(dmxError, "Too many devices -- cannot add device %s\n",

+               dmxLocal->name);

+        return NULL;

+    }

+    pDevice->public.devicePrivate = dmxLocal;

+    dmxLocal->pDevice             = pDevice;

+

+    devname       = dmxMakeUniqueDeviceName(dmxLocal);

+    atom          = MakeAtom((char *)devname, strlen(devname), TRUE);

+    pDevice->type = atom;

+    pDevice->name = devname;

+

+    registerProcPtr(pDevice);

+

+    if (dmxLocal->isCore && dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE) {

+#if 00 /*BP*/

+        miRegisterPointerDevice(screenInfo.screens[0], pDevice);

+#else

+        /* Nothing? dmxDeviceOnOff() should get called to init, right? */

+#endif

+    }

+

+    if (dmxLocal->create_private)

+        dmxLocal->private = dmxLocal->create_private(pDevice);

+

+    dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Added %s as %s device called %s%s\n",

+                dmxLocal->name, name, devname,

+                dmxLocal->isCore

+                ? " [core]"

+                : (dmxLocal->sendsCore

+                   ? " [sends core events]"

+                   : ""));

+

+    return pDevice;

+}

+

+static DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLookupLocal(const char *name)

+{

+    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr pt;

+    

+    for (pt = &DMXLocalDevices[0]; pt->name; ++pt)

+        if (!strcmp(pt->name, name)) return pt; /* search for device name */

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+/** Copy the local input information from \a s into a new \a devs slot

+ * in \a dmxInput. */

+DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxInputCopyLocal(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput,

+                                       DMXLocalInputInfoPtr s)

+{

+    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = malloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal));

+    

+    if (!dmxLocal)

+        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "DMXLocalInputInfoPtr: out of memory\n");

+

+    memcpy(dmxLocal, s, sizeof(*dmxLocal));

+    dmxLocal->inputIdx       = dmxInput->inputIdx;

+    dmxLocal->sendsCore      = dmxInput->core;

+    dmxLocal->savedSendsCore = dmxInput->core;

+    dmxLocal->deviceId       = -1;

+

+    ++dmxInput->numDevs;

+    dmxInput->devs = realloc(dmxInput->devs,

+                              dmxInput->numDevs * sizeof(*dmxInput->devs));

+    dmxInput->devs[dmxInput->numDevs-1] = dmxLocal;

+    

+    return dmxLocal;

+}

+

+static void dmxPopulateLocal(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, dmxArg a)

+{

+    int                  i;

+    int                  help = 0;

+    DMXLocalInputInfoRec *pt;

+

+    for (i = 1; i < dmxArgC(a); i++) {

+        const char *name = dmxArgV(a, i);

+        if ((pt = dmxLookupLocal(name))) {

+            dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, pt);

+        } else {

+            if (strlen(name))

+                dmxLog(dmxWarning,

+                       "Could not find a driver called %s\n", name);

+            ++help;

+        }

+    }

+    if (help) {

+        dmxLog(dmxInfo, "Available local device drivers:\n");

+        for (pt = &DMXLocalDevices[0]; pt->name; ++pt) {

+            const char *type;

+            switch (pt->type) {

+            case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: type = "keyboard"; break;

+            case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE:    type = "pointer";  break;

+            default:                 type = "unknown";  break;

+            }

+            dmxLog(dmxInfo, "   %s (%s)\n", pt->name, type);

+        }

+        dmxLog(dmxFatal, "Must have valid local device driver\n");

+    }

+}

+

+int dmxInputExtensionErrorHandler(Display *dsp, char *name, char *reason)

+{

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static void dmxInputScanForExtensions(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int doXI)

+{

+    XExtensionVersion    *ext;

+    XDeviceInfo          *devices;

+    Display              *display;

+    int                  num;

+    int                  i, j;

+    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal;

+    int                  (*handler)(Display *, char *, char *);

+

+    if (!(display = XOpenDisplay(dmxInput->name))) return;

+    

+    /* Print out information about the XInput Extension. */

+    handler = XSetExtensionErrorHandler(dmxInputExtensionErrorHandler);

+    ext     = XGetExtensionVersion(display, INAME);

+    XSetExtensionErrorHandler(handler);

+    

+    if (!ext || ext == (XExtensionVersion *)NoSuchExtension) {

+        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "%s is not available\n", INAME);

+    } else {

+        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Locating devices on %s (%s version %d.%d)\n",

+                    dmxInput->name, INAME,

+                    ext->major_version, ext->minor_version);

+        devices = XListInputDevices(display, &num);

+

+        XFree(ext);

+        ext = NULL;

+

+                                /* Print a list of all devices */

+        for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+            const char *use = "Unknown";

+            switch (devices[i].use) {

+            case IsXPointer:           use = "XPointer";         break;

+            case IsXKeyboard:          use = "XKeyboard";        break;

+            case IsXExtensionDevice:   use = "XExtensionDevice"; break;

+            case IsXExtensionPointer:  use = "XExtensionPointer"; break;

+            case IsXExtensionKeyboard: use = "XExtensionKeyboard"; break;

+            }

+            dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "  %2d %-10.10s %-16.16s\n",

+                        devices[i].id,

+                        devices[i].name ? devices[i].name : "",

+                        use);

+        }

+

+                                /* Search for extensions */

+        for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {

+            switch (devices[i].use) {

+            case IsXKeyboard:

+                for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {

+                    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxL = dmxInput->devs[j];

+                    if (dmxL->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD

+                        && dmxL->deviceId < 0) {

+                        dmxL->deviceId   = devices[i].id;

+                        dmxL->deviceName = (devices[i].name

+                                            ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)

+                                            : NULL);

+                    }

+                }

+                break;

+            case IsXPointer:

+                for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {

+                    DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxL = dmxInput->devs[j];

+                    if (dmxL->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE && dmxL->deviceId < 0) {

+                        dmxL->deviceId   = devices[i].id;

+                        dmxL->deviceName = (devices[i].name

+                                            ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)

+                                            : NULL);

+                    }

+                }

+                break;

+#if 0

+            case IsXExtensionDevice:

+            case IsXExtensionKeyboard:

+            case IsXExtensionPointer:

+                if (doXI) {

+                    if (!dmxInput->numDevs) {

+                        dmxLog(dmxWarning,

+                               "Cannot use remote (%s) XInput devices if"

+                               " not also using core devices\n",

+                               dmxInput->name);

+                    } else {

+                        dmxLocal             = dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput,

+                                                                &DMXCommonOth);

+                        dmxLocal->isCore     = FALSE;

+                        dmxLocal->sendsCore  = FALSE;

+                        dmxLocal->deviceId   = devices[i].id;

+                        dmxLocal->deviceName = (devices[i].name

+                                                ? xstrdup(devices[i].name)

+                                                : NULL);

+                    }

+                }

+                break;

+#endif

+            }

+        }

+        XFreeDeviceList(devices);

+    }

+    XCloseDisplay(display);

+}

+

+/** Re-initialize all the devices described in \a dmxInput.  Called from

+    #dmxAdjustCursorBoundaries before the cursor is redisplayed. */

+void dmxInputReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {

+        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];

+        if (dmxLocal->reinit)

+            dmxLocal->reinit(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public);

+    }

+}

+

+/** Re-initialize all the devices described in \a dmxInput.  Called from

+    #dmxAdjustCursorBoundaries after the cursor is redisplayed. */

+void dmxInputLateReInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {

+        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];

+        if (dmxLocal->latereinit)

+            dmxLocal->latereinit(&dmxLocal->pDevice->public);

+    }

+}

+

+/** Initialize all of the devices described in \a dmxInput. */

+void dmxInputInit(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)

+{

+    DeviceIntPtr         pPointer = NULL, pKeyboard = NULL;

+    dmxArg               a;

+    const char           *name;

+    int                  i;

+    int                  doXI               = 1; /* Include by default */

+    int                  forceConsole       = 0;

+    int                  doWindows          = 1; /* On by default */

+    int                  hasXkb             = 0;

+

+    a = dmxArgParse(dmxInput->name);

+

+    for (i = 1; i < dmxArgC(a); i++) {

+        switch (hasXkb) {

+        case 1:

+            dmxInput->keycodes = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));

+            ++hasXkb;

+            break;

+        case 2:

+            dmxInput->symbols  = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));

+            ++hasXkb;

+            break;

+        case 3:

+            dmxInput->geometry = xstrdup(dmxArgV(a, i));

+            hasXkb = 0;

+            break;

+        case 0:

+            if      (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "noxi"))      doXI         = 0;

+            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "xi"))        doXI         = 1;

+            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "console"))   forceConsole = 1;

+            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "noconsole")) forceConsole = 0;

+            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "windows"))   doWindows    = 1;

+            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "nowindows")) doWindows    = 0;

+            else if (!strcmp(dmxArgV(a, i), "xkb"))       hasXkb       = 1;

+            else {

+                dmxLog(dmxFatal,

+                       "Unknown input argument: %s\n", dmxArgV(a, i));

+            }

+        }

+    }

+

+    name = dmxArgV(a, 0);

+

+    if (!strcmp(name, "local")) {

+        dmxPopulateLocal(dmxInput, a);

+    } else if (!strcmp(name, "dummy")) {

+        dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXDummyMou);

+        dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXDummyKbd);

+        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Using dummy input\n");

+    } else {

+        int found;

+

+        for (found = 0, i = 0; i < dmxNumScreens; i++) {

+            if (dmxPropertySameDisplay(&dmxScreens[i], name)) {

+                if (dmxScreens[i].shared)

+                    dmxLog(dmxFatal,

+                           "Cannot take input from shared backend (%s)\n",

+                           name);

+                if (!dmxInput->core) {

+                    dmxLog(dmxWarning,

+                           "Cannot use core devices on a backend (%s)"

+                           " as XInput devices\n", name);

+                } else {

+                    char *pt;

+                    for (pt = (char *)dmxInput->name; pt && *pt; pt++)

+                        if (*pt == ',') *pt = '\0';

+                    dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXBackendMou);

+                    dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXBackendKbd);

+                    dmxInput->scrnIdx = i;

+                    dmxLogInput(dmxInput,

+                                "Using backend input from %s\n", name);

+                }

+                ++found;

+                break;

+            }

+        }

+        if (!found || forceConsole) {

+            char *pt;

+            if (found) dmxInput->console = TRUE;

+            for (pt = (char *)dmxInput->name; pt && *pt; pt++)

+                if (*pt == ',') *pt = '\0';

+            dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXConsoleMou);

+            dmxInputCopyLocal(dmxInput, &DMXConsoleKbd);

+            if (doWindows) {

+                dmxInput->windows          = TRUE;

+                dmxInput->updateWindowInfo = dmxUpdateWindowInformation;

+            }

+            dmxLogInput(dmxInput,

+                        "Using console input from %s (%s windows)\n",

+                        name, doWindows ? "with" : "without");

+        }

+    }

+

+    dmxArgFree(a);

+

+                                /* Locate extensions we may be interested in */

+    dmxInputScanForExtensions(dmxInput, doXI);

+    

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {

+        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];

+        dmxLocal->pDevice = dmxAddDevice(dmxLocal);

+        if (dmxLocal->isCore) {

+            if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE)

+                pPointer  = dmxLocal->pDevice;

+            if (dmxLocal->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD)

+                pKeyboard = dmxLocal->pDevice;

+        }

+    }

+    

+    dmxInput->processInputEvents    = dmxProcessInputEvents;

+    dmxInput->detached              = False;

+    

+    RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(dmxBlockHandler,

+                                   dmxWakeupHandler,

+                                   (void *)dmxInput->inputIdx);

+}

+

+static void dmxInputFreeLocal(DMXLocalInputInfoRec *local)

+{

+    if (!local) return;

+    if (local->isCore && local->type == DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE)

+        dmxLocalCorePointer  = NULL;

+    if (local->isCore && local->type == DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD)

+        dmxLocalCoreKeyboard = NULL;

+    if (local->destroy_private) local->destroy_private(local->private);

+    if (local->history)         free(local->history);

+    if (local->valuators)       free(local->valuators);

+    if (local->deviceName)      free(local->deviceName);

+    local->private    = NULL;

+    local->history    = NULL;

+    local->deviceName = NULL;

+    free(local);

+}

+

+/** Free all of the memory associated with \a dmxInput */

+void dmxInputFree(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)

+{

+    int i;

+    

+    if (!dmxInput) return;

+

+    if (dmxInput->keycodes) free(dmxInput->keycodes);

+    if (dmxInput->symbols)  free(dmxInput->symbols);

+    if (dmxInput->geometry) free(dmxInput->geometry);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {

+        dmxInputFreeLocal(dmxInput->devs[i]);

+        dmxInput->devs[i] = NULL;

+    }

+    free(dmxInput->devs);

+    dmxInput->devs    = NULL;

+    dmxInput->numDevs = 0;

+    if (dmxInput->freename) free(dmxInput->name);

+    dmxInput->name    = NULL;

+}

+

+/** Log information about all of the known devices using #dmxLog(). */

+void dmxInputLogDevices(void)

+{

+    int i, j;

+

+    dmxLog(dmxInfo, "%d devices:\n", dmxGetInputCount());

+    dmxLog(dmxInfo, "  Id  Name                 Classes\n");

+    for (j = 0; j < dmxNumInputs; j++) {

+        DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[j];

+        const char   *pt = strchr(dmxInput->name, ',');

+        int          len = (pt

+                            ? (size_t)(pt-dmxInput->name)

+                            : strlen(dmxInput->name));

+

+        for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {

+            DeviceIntPtr pDevice = dmxInput->devs[i]->pDevice;

+            if (pDevice) {

+                dmxLog(dmxInfo, "  %2d%c %-20.20s",

+                       pDevice->id,

+                       dmxInput->detached ? 'D' : ' ',

+                       pDevice->name);

+                if (pDevice->key)        dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " key");

+                if (pDevice->valuator)   dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " val");

+                if (pDevice->button)     dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " btn");

+                if (pDevice->focus)      dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " foc");

+                if (pDevice->kbdfeed)    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/kbd");

+                if (pDevice->ptrfeed)    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/ptr");

+                if (pDevice->intfeed)    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/int");

+                if (pDevice->stringfeed) dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/str");

+                if (pDevice->bell)       dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/bel");

+                if (pDevice->leds)       dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " fb/led");

+                if (!pDevice->key && !pDevice->valuator && !pDevice->button

+                    && !pDevice->focus && !pDevice->kbdfeed

+                    && !pDevice->ptrfeed && !pDevice->intfeed

+                    && !pDevice->stringfeed && !pDevice->bell

+                    && !pDevice->leds)   dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, " (none)");

+                                                                 

+                dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "\t[i%d/%*.*s",

+                           dmxInput->inputIdx, len, len, dmxInput->name);

+                if (dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceId >= 0)

+                    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "/id%d", dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceId);

+                if (dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceName)

+                    dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "=%s", dmxInput->devs[i]->deviceName);

+                dmxLogCont(dmxInfo, "] %s\n",

+                           dmxInput->devs[i]->isCore

+                           ? "core"

+                           : (dmxInput->devs[i]->sendsCore

+                              ? "extension (sends core events)"

+                              : "extension"));

+            }

+        }

+    }

+}

+

+/** Detach an input */

+int dmxInputDetach(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    if (dmxInput->detached) return BadAccess;

+    

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {

+        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];

+        dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Detaching device id %d: %s%s\n",

+                    dmxLocal->pDevice->id,

+                    dmxLocal->pDevice->name,

+                    dmxLocal->isCore

+                    ? " [core]"

+                    : (dmxLocal->sendsCore

+                       ? " [sends core events]"

+                       : ""));

+        DisableDevice(dmxLocal->pDevice, TRUE);

+    }

+    dmxInput->detached = True;

+    dmxInputLogDevices();

+    return 0;

+}

+

+/** Search for input associated with \a dmxScreen, and detach. */

+void dmxInputDetachAll(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {

+        DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];

+        if (dmxInput->scrnIdx == dmxScreen->index) dmxInputDetach(dmxInput);

+    }

+}

+

+/** Search for input associated with \a deviceId, and detach. */

+int dmxInputDetachId(int id)

+{

+    DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = dmxInputLocateId(id);

+

+    if (!dmxInput) return BadValue;

+    

+    return dmxInputDetach(dmxInput);

+}

+

+DMXInputInfo *dmxInputLocateId(int id)

+{

+    int i, j;

+    

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {

+        DMXInputInfo *dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];

+        for (j = 0; j < dmxInput->numDevs; j++) {

+            DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[j];

+            if (dmxLocal->pDevice->id == id) return dmxInput;

+        }

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+static int dmxInputAttachNew(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int *id)

+{

+    dmxInputInit(dmxInput);

+    InitAndStartDevices();

+    if (id && dmxInput->devs) *id = dmxInput->devs[0]->pDevice->id;

+    dmxInputLogDevices();

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int dmxInputAttachOld(DMXInputInfo *dmxInput, int *id)

+{

+    int i;

+    

+    dmxInput->detached = False;

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxInput->numDevs; i++) {

+        DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal = dmxInput->devs[i];

+        if (id) *id = dmxLocal->pDevice->id;

+        dmxLogInput(dmxInput,

+                    "Attaching device id %d: %s%s\n",

+                    dmxLocal->pDevice->id,

+                    dmxLocal->pDevice->name,

+                    dmxLocal->isCore

+                    ? " [core]"

+                    : (dmxLocal->sendsCore

+                       ? " [sends core events]"

+                       : ""));

+        EnableDevice(dmxLocal->pDevice, TRUE);

+    }

+    dmxInputLogDevices();

+    return 0;

+}

+

+int dmxInputAttachConsole(const char *name, int isCore, int *id)

+{

+    DMXInputInfo  *dmxInput;

+    int           i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {

+        dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];

+        if (dmxInput->scrnIdx == -1

+            && dmxInput->detached

+            && !strcmp(dmxInput->name, name)) {

+                                /* Found match */

+            dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Reattaching detached console input\n");

+            return dmxInputAttachOld(dmxInput, id);

+        }

+    }

+

+                                /* No match found */

+    dmxInput = dmxConfigAddInput(xstrdup(name), isCore);

+    dmxInput->freename = TRUE;

+    dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Attaching new console input\n");

+    return dmxInputAttachNew(dmxInput, id);

+}

+

+int dmxInputAttachBackend(int physicalScreen, int isCore, int *id)

+{

+    DMXInputInfo  *dmxInput;

+    DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen;

+    int           i;

+    

+    if (physicalScreen < 0 || physicalScreen >= dmxNumScreens) return BadValue;

+    for (i = 0; i < dmxNumInputs; i++) {

+        dmxInput = &dmxInputs[i];

+        if (dmxInput->scrnIdx != -1 && dmxInput->scrnIdx == physicalScreen) {

+                                /* Found match */

+            if (!dmxInput->detached) return BadAccess; /* Already attached */

+            dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[physicalScreen];

+            if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return BadAccess; /* Screen detached */

+            dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Reattaching detached backend input\n");

+            return dmxInputAttachOld(dmxInput, id);

+        }

+    }

+                                /* No match found */

+    dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[physicalScreen];

+    if (!dmxScreen->beDisplay) return BadAccess; /* Screen detached */

+    dmxInput = dmxConfigAddInput(dmxScreen->name, isCore);

+    dmxLogInput(dmxInput, "Attaching new backend input\n");

+    return dmxInputAttachNew(dmxInput, id);

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxmotion.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxmotion.c
index 73580a215..d1c79f126 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxmotion.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxmotion.c
@@ -1,142 +1,142 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file provides functions similar to miPointerGetMotionEvents and
- * miPointerPutMotionEvents, with the exception that devices with more
- * than two axes are fully supported.  These routines may be used only
- * for motion buffers for extension devices, and are \a not compatible
- * replacements for the mi routines.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "dmxinputinit.h"
-#include "dmxcommon.h"
-#include "dmxmotion.h"
-
-#define OFFSET(offset,element) ((offset) * (numAxes + 1) + (element))
-
-/** Return size of motion buffer. \see DMX_MOTION_SIZE */
-int dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(void)
-{
-    return DMX_MOTION_SIZE;
-}
-
-/** This routine performs the same function as \a miPointerGetMotionEvents:
- * the events in the motion history that are between the start and stop
- * times (in mS) are placed in the coords vector, and the count of the
- * number of items so placed is returned.  This routine is called from
- * dix/devices.c so that coords can hold valuator->numMotionEvents
- * events.  This routine is called from \a Xi/gtmotion.c with coords large
- * enough to hold the same number of events in a variable-length
- * extended \a xTimecoord structure.  This provides sufficient data for the
- * \a XGetDeviceMotionEvents library call, and would be identical to
- * \a miPointerGetMotionEvents for devices with only 2 axes (i.e., core
- * pointers) if \a xTimecoord used 32bit integers.
- *
- * Because DMX uses the mi* routines for all core devices, this routine
- * only has to support extension devices using the polymorphic coords.
- * Because compatibility with miPointerGetMotionEvents is not possible,
- * it is not provided. */
-int dmxPointerGetMotionEvents(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
-                              xTimecoord *coords,
-                              unsigned long start,
-                              unsigned long stop,
-                              ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
-    int           numAxes = pDevice->valuator->numAxes;
-    unsigned long *c      = (unsigned long *)coords;
-    int           count   = 0;
-    int           i, j;
-
-    if (!dmxLocal->history) return 0;
-    for (i = dmxLocal->head; i != dmxLocal->tail;) {
-        if (dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,0)] >= stop) break;
-        if (dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,0)] >= start) {
-            for (j = 0; j < numAxes + 1; j++)
-                c[OFFSET(count,j)] = dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,j)];
-            ++count;
-        }
-        if (++i >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) i = 0;
-    }
-    return count;
-}
-
-/** This routine adds an event to the motion history.  A similar
- * function is performed by miPointerMove for the mi versions of these
- * routines. */
-void dmxPointerPutMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,
-                              int firstAxis, int axesCount, int *v,
-                              unsigned long time)
-{
-    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;
-    int           numAxes = pDevice->valuator->numAxes;
-    int           i;
-
-    if (!dmxLocal->history) {
-        dmxLocal->history   = xalloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal->history)
-                                     * (numAxes + 1)
-                                     * DMX_MOTION_SIZE);
-        dmxLocal->head      = 0;
-        dmxLocal->tail      = 0;
-        dmxLocal->valuators = calloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal->valuators), numAxes);
-    } else {
-        if (++dmxLocal->tail >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) dmxLocal->tail = 0;
-        if (dmxLocal->head == dmxLocal->tail)
-            if (++dmxLocal->head >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) dmxLocal->head = 0;
-    }
-
-    dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,0)] = time;
-
-                                /* Initialize the data from the known
-                                 * values (if Absolute) or to zero (if
-                                 * Relative) */
-    if (pDevice->valuator->mode == Absolute) {
-        for (i = 0; i < numAxes; i++) 
-            dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+1)]
-                = dmxLocal->valuators[i];
-    } else {
-        for (i = 0; i < numAxes; i++) 
-            dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+1)] = 0;
-    }
-    
-    for (i = firstAxis; i < axesCount; i++) {
-        dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+i)]
-            = (unsigned long)v[i-firstAxis];
-        dmxLocal->valuators[i] = v[i-firstAxis];
-    }
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ * This file provides functions similar to miPointerGetMotionEvents and

+ * miPointerPutMotionEvents, with the exception that devices with more

+ * than two axes are fully supported.  These routines may be used only

+ * for motion buffers for extension devices, and are \a not compatible

+ * replacements for the mi routines.  */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "inputstr.h"

+#include "dmxinputinit.h"

+#include "dmxcommon.h"

+#include "dmxmotion.h"

+

+#define OFFSET(offset,element) ((offset) * (numAxes + 1) + (element))

+

+/** Return size of motion buffer. \see DMX_MOTION_SIZE */

+int dmxPointerGetMotionBufferSize(void)

+{

+    return DMX_MOTION_SIZE;

+}

+

+/** This routine performs the same function as \a miPointerGetMotionEvents:

+ * the events in the motion history that are between the start and stop

+ * times (in mS) are placed in the coords vector, and the count of the

+ * number of items so placed is returned.  This routine is called from

+ * dix/devices.c so that coords can hold valuator->numMotionEvents

+ * events.  This routine is called from \a Xi/gtmotion.c with coords large

+ * enough to hold the same number of events in a variable-length

+ * extended \a xTimecoord structure.  This provides sufficient data for the

+ * \a XGetDeviceMotionEvents library call, and would be identical to

+ * \a miPointerGetMotionEvents for devices with only 2 axes (i.e., core

+ * pointers) if \a xTimecoord used 32bit integers.

+ *

+ * Because DMX uses the mi* routines for all core devices, this routine

+ * only has to support extension devices using the polymorphic coords.

+ * Because compatibility with miPointerGetMotionEvents is not possible,

+ * it is not provided. */

+int dmxPointerGetMotionEvents(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,

+                              xTimecoord *coords,

+                              unsigned long start,

+                              unsigned long stop,

+                              ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;

+    int           numAxes = pDevice->valuator->numAxes;

+    unsigned long *c      = (unsigned long *)coords;

+    int           count   = 0;

+    int           i, j;

+

+    if (!dmxLocal->history) return 0;

+    for (i = dmxLocal->head; i != dmxLocal->tail;) {

+        if (dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,0)] >= stop) break;

+        if (dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,0)] >= start) {

+            for (j = 0; j < numAxes + 1; j++)

+                c[OFFSET(count,j)] = dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(i,j)];

+            ++count;

+        }

+        if (++i >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) i = 0;

+    }

+    return count;

+}

+

+/** This routine adds an event to the motion history.  A similar

+ * function is performed by miPointerMove for the mi versions of these

+ * routines. */

+void dmxPointerPutMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr pDevice,

+                              int firstAxis, int axesCount, int *v,

+                              unsigned long time)

+{

+    GETDMXLOCALFROMPDEVICE;

+    int           numAxes = pDevice->valuator->numAxes;

+    int           i;

+

+    if (!dmxLocal->history) {

+        dmxLocal->history   = malloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal->history)

+                                     * (numAxes + 1)

+                                     * DMX_MOTION_SIZE);

+        dmxLocal->head      = 0;

+        dmxLocal->tail      = 0;

+        dmxLocal->valuators = calloc(sizeof(*dmxLocal->valuators), numAxes);

+    } else {

+        if (++dmxLocal->tail >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) dmxLocal->tail = 0;

+        if (dmxLocal->head == dmxLocal->tail)

+            if (++dmxLocal->head >= DMX_MOTION_SIZE) dmxLocal->head = 0;

+    }

+

+    dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,0)] = time;

+

+                                /* Initialize the data from the known

+                                 * values (if Absolute) or to zero (if

+                                 * Relative) */

+    if (pDevice->valuator->mode == Absolute) {

+        for (i = 0; i < numAxes; i++) 

+            dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+1)]

+                = dmxLocal->valuators[i];

+    } else {

+        for (i = 0; i < numAxes; i++) 

+            dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+1)] = 0;

+    }

+    

+    for (i = firstAxis; i < axesCount; i++) {

+        dmxLocal->history[OFFSET(dmxLocal->tail,i+i)]

+            = (unsigned long)v[i-firstAxis];

+        dmxLocal->valuators[i] = v[i-firstAxis];

+    }

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c
index 939a32f07..11f21e25c 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c
@@ -1,990 +1,990 @@
-/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/common/{xf86Io.c,xf86Kbd.c,xf86Events.c}
- *
- * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission.  Thomas Roell makes no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided
- * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c
- *
- * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support
- * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between
- * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also
- * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.
- * Orest Zborowski.
- *
- * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission.  Thomas Roell makes no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided
- * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/os-support/linux/lnx_io.c
- *
- * Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <obz@Kodak.com>
- * Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Dawes 
- * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of 
- * the software without specific, written prior permission.  Orest Zborowski
- * and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this 
- * software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or 
- * implied warranty.
- *
- * OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD 
- * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND 
- * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE 
- * FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * This code implements a low-level device driver for the Linux
- * keyboard.  The code is derived from code by Thomas Roell, Orest
- * Zborowski, and David Dawes (see the source code for complete
- * references). */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
- * part of the Xserver tree.  All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
- * here for the .c file.  The .h file will also have to be edited. */
-#include "dmxinputinit.h"
-#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
-
-#define GETPRIV       myPrivate *priv                            \
-                      = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
-
-#define LOG0(f)       dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
-#define LOG1(f,a)     dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
-#define LOG2(f,a,b)   dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
-#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
-#define FATAL0(f)     dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
-#define FATAL1(f,a)   dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
-#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
-#define MOTIONPROC    dmxMotionProcPtr
-#define ENQUEUEPROC   dmxEnqueueProcPtr
-#define CHECKPROC     dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
-#define SWITCHRETPROC dmxVTSwitchReturnProcPtr
-#define BLOCK         DMXBlockType
-#define MESSAGE       "\033c\n\n\nDMX taking input from this console..."
-#define FINALMESSAGE  "\033cDMX terminated."
-
-/* End of interface definitions. */
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <sys/vt.h>
-#include <sys/kd.h>
-#include <termios.h>
-#include "atKeynames.h"
-#if 00
-#include "xf86Keymap.h"
-#endif
-#include <linux/keyboard.h>
-#include <xkbsrv.h>
-
-#define NUM_AT2LNX (sizeof(at2lnx) / sizeof(at2lnx[0]))
-#define NUM_STATE_ENTRIES (256/32)
-
-
-/* Private area for Linux-style keyboards. */
-typedef struct _myPrivate {
-    int            fd;
-    int            vtno;
-    int            vtcurrent;
-    int            kbdtrans;
-    struct termios kbdtty;
-    int            kbdType;
-    CARD32         kbdState[NUM_STATE_ENTRIES];
-    DeviceIntPtr   pKeyboard;
-    unsigned char  prefix;
-
-    int            switched;
-    SWITCHRETPROC  switch_return;
-    void           *switch_return_data;
-
-                                /* For bell */
-    int            pitch;
-    unsigned long  duration;
-} myPrivate;
-
-static myPrivate *PRIV = NULL;
-
-#undef SYSCALL
-#define SYSCALL(call) while(((call) == -1) && (errno == EINTR))
-
-static int kbdLinuxKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)
-{
-    CARD8  byte = keyCode >> 5;
-    CARD32 bit  = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
-    if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;
-    return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)
-{
-    CARD8  byte = keyCode >> 5;
-    CARD32 bit  = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
-    if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;
-    if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;
-    else                  priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;
-}
-
-static KeySym linux_to_x[256] = {
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	XK_BackSpace,	XK_Tab,		XK_Linefeed,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	XK_Escape,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	XK_space,	XK_exclam,	XK_quotedbl,	XK_numbersign,
-	XK_dollar,	XK_percent,	XK_ampersand,	XK_apostrophe,
-	XK_parenleft,	XK_parenright,	XK_asterisk,	XK_plus,
-	XK_comma,	XK_minus,	XK_period,	XK_slash,
-	XK_0,		XK_1,		XK_2,		XK_3,
-	XK_4,		XK_5,		XK_6,		XK_7,
-	XK_8,		XK_9,		XK_colon,	XK_semicolon,
-	XK_less,	XK_equal,	XK_greater,	XK_question,
-	XK_at,		XK_A,		XK_B,		XK_C,
-	XK_D,		XK_E,		XK_F,		XK_G,
-	XK_H,		XK_I,		XK_J,		XK_K,
-	XK_L,		XK_M,		XK_N,		XK_O,
-	XK_P,		XK_Q,		XK_R,		XK_S,
-	XK_T,		XK_U,		XK_V,		XK_W,
-	XK_X,		XK_Y,		XK_Z,		XK_bracketleft,
-	XK_backslash,	XK_bracketright,XK_asciicircum,	XK_underscore,
-	XK_grave,	XK_a,		XK_b,		XK_c,
-	XK_d,		XK_e,		XK_f,		XK_g,
-	XK_h,		XK_i,		XK_j,		XK_k,
-	XK_l,		XK_m,		XK_n,		XK_o,
-	XK_p,		XK_q,		XK_r,		XK_s,
-	XK_t,		XK_u,		XK_v,		XK_w,
-	XK_x,		XK_y,		XK_z,		XK_braceleft,
-	XK_bar,		XK_braceright,	XK_asciitilde,	XK_BackSpace,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-	XK_nobreakspace,XK_exclamdown,	XK_cent,	XK_sterling,
-	XK_currency,	XK_yen,		XK_brokenbar,	XK_section,
-	XK_diaeresis,	XK_copyright,	XK_ordfeminine,	XK_guillemotleft,
-	XK_notsign,	XK_hyphen,	XK_registered,	XK_macron,
-	XK_degree,	XK_plusminus,	XK_twosuperior,	XK_threesuperior,
-	XK_acute,	XK_mu,		XK_paragraph,	XK_periodcentered,
-	XK_cedilla,	XK_onesuperior,	XK_masculine,	XK_guillemotright,
-	XK_onequarter,	XK_onehalf,	XK_threequarters,XK_questiondown,
-	XK_Agrave,	XK_Aacute,	XK_Acircumflex,	XK_Atilde,
-	XK_Adiaeresis,	XK_Aring,	XK_AE,		XK_Ccedilla,
-	XK_Egrave,	XK_Eacute,	XK_Ecircumflex,	XK_Ediaeresis,
-	XK_Igrave,	XK_Iacute,	XK_Icircumflex,	XK_Idiaeresis,
-	XK_ETH,		XK_Ntilde,	XK_Ograve,	XK_Oacute,
-	XK_Ocircumflex,	XK_Otilde,	XK_Odiaeresis,	XK_multiply,
-	XK_Ooblique,	XK_Ugrave,	XK_Uacute,	XK_Ucircumflex,
-	XK_Udiaeresis,	XK_Yacute,	XK_THORN,	XK_ssharp,
-	XK_agrave,	XK_aacute,	XK_acircumflex,	XK_atilde,
-	XK_adiaeresis,	XK_aring,	XK_ae,		XK_ccedilla,
-	XK_egrave,	XK_eacute,	XK_ecircumflex,	XK_ediaeresis,
-	XK_igrave,	XK_iacute,	XK_icircumflex,	XK_idiaeresis,
-	XK_eth,		XK_ntilde,	XK_ograve,	XK_oacute,
-	XK_ocircumflex,	XK_otilde,	XK_odiaeresis,	XK_division,
-	XK_oslash,	XK_ugrave,	XK_uacute,	XK_ucircumflex,
-	XK_udiaeresis,	XK_yacute,	XK_thorn,	XK_ydiaeresis
-};
-
-/*
- * Maps the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes
- */
-static unsigned char at2lnx[NUM_KEYCODES] =
-{
-	0x01,	/* KEY_Escape */	0x02,	/* KEY_1 */
-	0x03,	/* KEY_2 */		0x04,	/* KEY_3 */
-	0x05,	/* KEY_4 */		0x06,	/* KEY_5 */
-	0x07,	/* KEY_6 */		0x08,	/* KEY_7 */
-	0x09,	/* KEY_8 */		0x0a,	/* KEY_9 */
-	0x0b,	/* KEY_0 */		0x0c,	/* KEY_Minus */
-	0x0d,	/* KEY_Equal */		0x0e,	/* KEY_BackSpace */
-	0x0f,	/* KEY_Tab */		0x10,	/* KEY_Q */
-	0x11,	/* KEY_W */		0x12,	/* KEY_E */
-	0x13,	/* KEY_R */		0x14,	/* KEY_T */
-	0x15,	/* KEY_Y */		0x16,	/* KEY_U */
-	0x17,	/* KEY_I */		0x18,	/* KEY_O */
-	0x19,	/* KEY_P */		0x1a,	/* KEY_LBrace */
-	0x1b,	/* KEY_RBrace */	0x1c,	/* KEY_Enter */
-	0x1d,	/* KEY_LCtrl */		0x1e,	/* KEY_A */
-	0x1f,	/* KEY_S */		0x20,	/* KEY_D */
-	0x21,	/* KEY_F */		0x22,	/* KEY_G */
-	0x23,	/* KEY_H */		0x24,	/* KEY_J */
-	0x25,	/* KEY_K */		0x26,	/* KEY_L */
-	0x27,	/* KEY_SemiColon */	0x28,	/* KEY_Quote */
-	0x29,	/* KEY_Tilde */		0x2a,	/* KEY_ShiftL */
-	0x2b,	/* KEY_BSlash */	0x2c,	/* KEY_Z */
-	0x2d,	/* KEY_X */		0x2e,	/* KEY_C */
-	0x2f,	/* KEY_V */		0x30,	/* KEY_B */
-	0x31,	/* KEY_N */		0x32,	/* KEY_M */
-	0x33,	/* KEY_Comma */		0x34,	/* KEY_Period */
-	0x35,	/* KEY_Slash */		0x36,	/* KEY_ShiftR */
-	0x37,	/* KEY_KP_Multiply */	0x38,	/* KEY_Alt */
-	0x39,	/* KEY_Space */		0x3a,	/* KEY_CapsLock */
-	0x3b,	/* KEY_F1 */		0x3c,	/* KEY_F2 */
-	0x3d,	/* KEY_F3 */		0x3e,	/* KEY_F4 */
-	0x3f,	/* KEY_F5 */		0x40,	/* KEY_F6 */
-	0x41,	/* KEY_F7 */		0x42,	/* KEY_F8 */
-	0x43,	/* KEY_F9 */		0x44,	/* KEY_F10 */
-	0x45,	/* KEY_NumLock */	0x46,	/* KEY_ScrollLock */
-	0x47,	/* KEY_KP_7 */		0x48,	/* KEY_KP_8 */
-	0x49,	/* KEY_KP_9 */		0x4a,	/* KEY_KP_Minus */
-	0x4b,	/* KEY_KP_4 */		0x4c,	/* KEY_KP_5 */
-	0x4d,	/* KEY_KP_6 */		0x4e,	/* KEY_KP_Plus */
-	0x4f,	/* KEY_KP_1 */		0x50,	/* KEY_KP_2 */
-	0x51,	/* KEY_KP_3 */		0x52,	/* KEY_KP_0 */
-	0x53,	/* KEY_KP_Decimal */	0x54,	/* KEY_SysReqest */
-	0x00,	/* 0x55 */		0x56,	/* KEY_Less */
-	0x57,	/* KEY_F11 */		0x58,	/* KEY_F12 */
-	0x66,	/* KEY_Home */		0x67,	/* KEY_Up */
-	0x68,	/* KEY_PgUp */		0x69,	/* KEY_Left */
-	0x5d,	/* KEY_Begin */		0x6a,	/* KEY_Right */
-	0x6b,	/* KEY_End */		0x6c,	/* KEY_Down */
-	0x6d,	/* KEY_PgDown */	0x6e,	/* KEY_Insert */
-	0x6f,	/* KEY_Delete */	0x60,	/* KEY_KP_Enter */
-	0x61,	/* KEY_RCtrl */		0x77,	/* KEY_Pause */
-	0x63,	/* KEY_Print */		0x62,	/* KEY_KP_Divide */
-	0x64,	/* KEY_AltLang */	0x65,	/* KEY_Break */
-	0x00,	/* KEY_LMeta */		0x00,	/* KEY_RMeta */
-	0x7A,	/* KEY_Menu/FOCUS_PF11*/0x00,	/* 0x6e */
-	0x7B,	/* FOCUS_PF12 */	0x00,	/* 0x70 */
-	0x00,	/* 0x71 */		0x00,	/* 0x72 */
-	0x59,	/* FOCUS_PF2 */		0x78,	/* FOCUS_PF9 */
-	0x00,	/* 0x75 */		0x00,	/* 0x76 */
-	0x5A,	/* FOCUS_PF3 */		0x5B,	/* FOCUS_PF4 */
-	0x5C,	/* FOCUS_PF5 */		0x5D,	/* FOCUS_PF6 */
-	0x5E,	/* FOCUS_PF7 */		0x5F,	/* FOCUS_PF8 */
-	0x7C,	/* JAP_86 */		0x79,	/* FOCUS_PF10 */
-	0x00,	/* 0x7f */
-};
-
-/** Create a private structure for use within this file. */
-pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard)
-{
-    myPrivate *priv = calloc(1, sizeof(*priv));
-    priv->fd        = -1;
-    priv->pKeyboard = pKeyboard;
-    return priv;
-}
-
-/** Destroy a private structure. */
-void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate(pointer priv)
-{
-    if (priv) free(priv);
-}
-
-/** Ring the bell.
- *
- * Note: we completely ignore the \a volume, since Linux's ioctl()
- * interface does not provide a way to control it.  If it did, the XBell
- * manpage tells how the actual volume is a function of the percent and
- * the (base) volume.
- *
- * Note that most of the other PC-based bell drivers compute the
- * duration for KDMKTONE as a function of the volume and the duration.
- * For some drivers, the duration is only measured in mS if the volume
- * is 50, and is scaled by the volume for other values.  This seems
- * confusing and possibly incorrect (the xset man page says that the
- * bell will be "as closely as it can to the user's specifications" --
- * if we ignore the volume and set the duration correctly, then we'll
- * get one parameter "wrong" -- but if we use the volume to scale the
- * duration, then we'll get both parameters "wrong"). */
-void kbdLinuxBell(DevicePtr pDev, int percent,
-                  int volume, int pitch, int duration)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-
-    if (duration && pitch) {
-        ioctl(priv->fd,
-              KDMKTONE,
-              ((1193190 / pitch) & 0xffff) /* Low bits specify cycle time */
-              | (duration << 16)); /* High bits are duration in msec */
-    }
-}
-
-/** Set the LEDs. */
-void kbdLinuxCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-
-    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETLED, ctrl->leds & 0x07);
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber(void)
-{
-    int        fd = -1;
-    int        vtno;
-    int        i;
-    const char *tty0[] = { "/dev/tty0", "/dev/vc/0", NULL };
-    
-    for (i = 0; tty0[i]; i++)
-        if ((fd = open(tty0[i], O_WRONLY, 0)) >= 0) break;
-    if (fd < 0)
-        FATAL1("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot open tty0 (%s)\n",
-               strerror(errno));
-    if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &vtno) < 0 || vtno < 0)
-        FATAL0("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot find a free VT\n");
-    return vtno;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxOpenVT(int vtno)
-{
-    int        fd = -1;
-    int        i;
-    const char *vcs[] = { "/dev/vc/%d", "/dev/tty%d", NULL };
-    char       name[64];        /* RATS: Only used in XmuSnprintf */
-
-    for (i = 0; vcs[i]; i++) {
-        XmuSnprintf(name, sizeof(name), vcs[i], vtno);
-        if ((fd = open(name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0)) >= 0) break;
-    }
-    if (fd < 0)
-        FATAL2("kbdLinuxOpenVT: Cannot open VT %d (%s)\n",
-               vtno, strerror(errno));
-    return fd;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(int fd)
-{
-    struct vt_stat vts;
-    
-    if (!ioctl(fd, VT_GETSTATE, &vts)) return vts.v_active;
-    return -1;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig);
-
-/** Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch. */
-void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch(pointer p)
-{
-}
-
-/** Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch. */
-void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch(pointer p)
-{
-}
-
-/** Tell the operating system to switch to \a vt.  The \a switch_return
- * function is called with the \a switch_return_data when the VT is
- * switched back to the pre-switch VT (i.e., the user returns to the DMX
- * session). */
-int kbdLinuxVTSwitch(pointer p, int vt,
-                     void (*switch_return)(pointer),
-                     pointer switch_return_data)
-{
-    myPrivate *priv = p;
-
-    if (priv->switched) FATAL0("kbdLinuxVTSwitch: already switched...\n");
-    if (priv->vtno == vt) return 0;
-
-    PRIV                     = priv;
-    priv->switched           = 0; /* Will switch to 1 in handler */
-    priv->switch_return      = switch_return;
-    priv->switch_return_data = switch_return_data;
-    kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, vt, 0);
-    return 1;
-}
-
-/* RATS: This function is only ever used to handle SIGUSR1. */
-static void kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler(int sig)
-{
-    myPrivate *priv = PRIV;
-    
-    signal(sig, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
-    if (priv) {
-        ioctl(priv->fd, VT_RELDISP, VT_ACKACQ);
-        priv->switched = !priv->switched;
-        LOG2("kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler: got signal %d, switched = %d\n",
-             sig, priv->switched);
-        if (!priv->switched && priv->switch_return)
-            priv->switch_return(priv->switch_return_data);
-    }
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig)
-{
-    int            result;
-    struct vt_mode VT;
-
-    SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_ACTIVATE, vtno));
-    if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
-    SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_WAITACTIVE, vtno));
-    if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n");
-    if (setSig) {
-        SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT));
-        if (result < 0) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_GETMODE failed\n");
-        VT.mode   = VT_PROCESS;
-        VT.relsig = SIGUSR1;
-        VT.acqsig = SIGUSR1;
-        if (ioctl(fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT))
-            FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed\n");
-        signal(SIGUSR1, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
-    }
-    return Success;
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxOpenConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-    const char *msg = MESSAGE;
-
-    if (priv->fd >= 0) return;
-    priv->vtno      = kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber();
-    priv->fd        = kbdLinuxOpenVT(priv->vtno);
-    priv->vtcurrent = kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(priv->fd);
-    LOG2("kbdLinuxOpenConsole: current VT %d; using free VT %d\n",
-         priv->vtcurrent, priv->vtno);
-    kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtno, 1);
-    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS); /* To turn off gpm */
-    if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxCloseConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-    struct vt_mode VT;
-    const char     *msg = FINALMESSAGE;
-
-    if (priv->fd < 0) return;
-
-    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT);
-    if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
-    if (ioctl(priv->fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1) {
-        VT.mode = VT_AUTO;
-        ioctl(priv->fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT);
-    }
-
-    LOG1("kbdLinuxCloseConsole: switching to VT %d\n", priv->vtcurrent);
-    if (priv->vtcurrent >= 0) kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtcurrent, 0);
-    
-    close(priv->fd);
-    priv->fd = -1;
-}
-
-/** Initialize the \a pDev as a Linux keyboard. */
-void kbdLinuxInit(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-
-    if (priv->fd <= 0) kbdLinuxOpenConsole(pDev);
-    
-    ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBMODE, &priv->kbdtrans);
-    if (tcgetattr(priv->fd, &priv->kbdtty) < 0)
-        FATAL1("kbdLinuxInit: tcgetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(unsigned char *scanCode)
-{
-                                /* Table from xfree86/common/xf86Events.c */
-    switch (*scanCode) {
-    case KEY_KP_7:        *scanCode = KEY_Home;      break; /* curs home */
-    case KEY_KP_8:        *scanCode = KEY_Up;        break; /* curs up */
-    case KEY_KP_9:        *scanCode = KEY_PgUp;      break; /* curs pgup */
-    case KEY_KP_4:        *scanCode = KEY_Left;      break; /* curs left */
-    case KEY_KP_5:        *scanCode = KEY_Begin;     break; /* curs begin */
-    case KEY_KP_6:        *scanCode = KEY_Right;     break; /* curs right */
-    case KEY_KP_1:        *scanCode = KEY_End;       break; /* curs end */
-    case KEY_KP_2:        *scanCode = KEY_Down;      break; /* curs down */
-    case KEY_KP_3:        *scanCode = KEY_PgDown;    break; /* curs pgdown */
-    case KEY_KP_0:        *scanCode = KEY_Insert;    break; /* curs insert */
-    case KEY_KP_Decimal:  *scanCode = KEY_Delete;    break; /* curs delete */
-    case KEY_Enter:       *scanCode = KEY_KP_Enter;  break; /* keypad enter */
-    case KEY_LCtrl:       *scanCode = KEY_RCtrl;     break; /* right ctrl */
-    case KEY_KP_Multiply: *scanCode = KEY_Print;     break; /* print */
-    case KEY_Slash:       *scanCode = KEY_KP_Divide; break; /* keyp divide */
-    case KEY_Alt:         *scanCode = KEY_AltLang;   break; /* right alt */
-    case KEY_ScrollLock:  *scanCode = KEY_Break;     break; /* curs break */
-    case 0x5b:            *scanCode = KEY_LMeta;     break;
-    case 0x5c:            *scanCode = KEY_RMeta;     break;
-    case 0x5d:            *scanCode = KEY_Menu;      break;
-    case KEY_F3:          *scanCode = KEY_F13;       break;
-    case KEY_F4:          *scanCode = KEY_F14;       break;
-    case KEY_F5:          *scanCode = KEY_F15;       break;
-    case KEY_F6:          *scanCode = KEY_F16;       break;
-    case KEY_F7:          *scanCode = KEY_F17;       break;
-    case KEY_KP_Plus:     *scanCode = KEY_KP_DEC;    break;
-        /*
-         * Ignore virtual shifts (E0 2A, E0 AA, E0 36, E0 B6)
-         */
-    case 0x2A:
-    case 0x36:
-        return 1;
-    default:
-        /*
-         * "Internet" keyboards are generating lots of new codes.
-         * Let them pass.  There is little consistency between them,
-         * so don't bother with symbolic names at this level.
-         */
-        scanCode += 0x78;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(myPrivate *priv, unsigned char *scanCode)
-{
-    int           pressed = *scanCode & 0x80;
-    unsigned char code    = *scanCode & 0x7f;
-
-                                /* If we don't have a prefix, check for one */
-    if (!priv->prefix) {
-        switch (code) {
-        case KEY_Prefix0:
-        case KEY_Prefix1:
-            priv->prefix = code;
-            return 1;
-        }
-        return 0;               /* No change */
-    }
-
-                                /* We have a prefix from the last scanCode */
-    switch (priv->prefix) {
-    case KEY_Prefix0:
-        priv->prefix = 0;
-        if (kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(&code)) return 1; /* Skip sequence */
-        break;
-    case KEY_Prefix1:
-        priv->prefix = (code = KEY_LCtrl) ? KEY_LCtrl : 0;
-        return 1;                                       /* Use new prefix */
-    case KEY_LCtrl:
-        priv->prefix = 0;
-        if (code != KEY_NumLock) return 1;              /* Skip sequence*/
-        code = KEY_Pause;
-        break;
-    }
-
-    *scanCode = code | (pressed ? 0x80 : 0x00);
-    return 0;                                           /* Use old scanCode */
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxConvert(DevicePtr pDev,
-                            unsigned char scanCode,
-                            ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
-                            CHECKPROC checkspecial,
-                            BLOCK block)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-    XkbSrvInfoPtr  xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;
-    int            type;
-    KeySym         keySym   = NoSymbol;
-    int            keyCode;
-    int            switching;
-
-    /* Do special PC/AT prefix mapping -- may change scanCode! */
-    if (kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(priv, &scanCode)) return;
-
-    type    = (scanCode & 0x80) ? KeyRelease : KeyPress;
-    keyCode = (scanCode & 0x7f) + MIN_KEYCODE;
-
-    /* Handle repeats */
-
-    if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&
-        keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {
-
-        int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,
-                                                  &xkbi->state,
-                                                  scanCode);
-        keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);
-#if 0
-        switch (keySym) {
-        case XK_Num_Lock:
-        case XK_Scroll_Lock:
-        case XK_Shift_Lock:
-        case XK_Caps_Lock:
-            /* Ignore releases and all but first press */
-            if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;
-            if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
-            else                            xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;
-            break;
-        }
-#endif
-
-        /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */
-        if (type == KeyPress && kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {
-            KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pKeyboard->kbdfeed;
-
-            /* No auto-repeat? */
-            if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)
-                || priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]
-                || (feed
-                    && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]
-                         & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */
-            
-            /* Do auto-repeat */
-            enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
-            type = KeyPress;
-        }
-        
-        /* If key is already up, ignore */
-        if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;
-    }
-
-    switching = 0;
-    if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)
-        switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);
-    if (!switching) {
-        if (enqueue)
-            enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
-        kbdLinuxKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */
-    }
-}
-
-/** Read an event from the \a pDev device.  If the event is a motion
- * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function.  Otherwise, check for
- * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event
- * with the \a enqueue function.  The \a block type is passed to the
- * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the
- * caller of this function. */
-void kbdLinuxRead(DevicePtr pDev,
-                  MOTIONPROC motion,
-                  ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
-                  CHECKPROC checkspecial,
-                  BLOCK block)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-    unsigned char buf[256];     /* RATS: Only used in length-limited call */
-    unsigned char *pt;
-    int           n;
-
-    while ((n = read(priv->fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
-        for (pt = buf; n; --n, ++pt)
-            kbdLinuxConvert(pDev, *pt, enqueue, checkspecial, block);
-}
-
-/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */
-int kbdLinuxOn(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-    struct termios nTty;
-
-    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, K_RAW);
-
-    nTty             = priv->kbdtty;
-    nTty.c_iflag     = (IGNPAR | IGNBRK) & (~PARMRK) & (~ISTRIP);
-    nTty.c_oflag     = 0;
-    nTty.c_cflag     = CREAD | CS8;
-    nTty.c_lflag     = 0;
-    nTty.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
-    nTty.c_cc[VMIN]  = 1;
-    cfsetispeed(&nTty, B9600);
-    cfsetospeed(&nTty, B9600);
-    if (tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &nTty) < 0)
-        FATAL1("kbdLinuxOn: tcsetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
-    return priv->fd;
-}
-
-/** Turn \a pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from \a pDev). */
-void kbdLinuxOff(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-
-    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, priv->kbdtrans);
-    tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &priv->kbdtty);
-    kbdLinuxCloseConsole(pDev);
-}
-
-
-static void kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(int fd, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms)
-{
-    KeySym        *k;
-    int           i;
-    int           maxkey;
-    static unsigned char tbl[GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = { /* RATS: Use ok */
-        0,	/* unshifted */
-        1,	/* shifted */
-        0,	/* modeswitch unshifted */
-        0	/* modeswitch shifted */
-    };
-
-  /*
-   * Read the mapping from the kernel.
-   * Since we're still using the XFree86 scancode->AT keycode mapping
-   * routines, we need to convert the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes,
-   * then translate the Linux keysyms into X keysyms.
-   *
-   * First, figure out which tables to use for the modeswitch columns
-   * above, from the XF86Config fields.
-   */
-  tbl[2] = 8;	/* alt */
-  tbl[3] = tbl[2] | 1;
-
-#if 00/*BP*/
-  k = map+GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
-#else
-  ErrorF("kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping() is broken/no-op'd\n");
-  return;
-#endif
-  maxkey = NUM_AT2LNX;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < maxkey; ++i) {
-      struct kbentry kbe;
-      int j;
-
-      kbe.kb_index = at2lnx[i];
-
-      for (j = 0; j < GLYPHS_PER_KEY; ++j, ++k) {
-          unsigned short kval;
-
-          *k = NoSymbol;
-
-          kbe.kb_table = tbl[j];
-          if (kbe.kb_index == 0 || ioctl(fd, KDGKBENT, &kbe)) continue;
-
-          kval = KVAL(kbe.kb_value);
-          switch (KTYP(kbe.kb_value)) {
-          case KT_LATIN:
-          case KT_LETTER: *k = linux_to_x[kval]; break;
-          case KT_FN:
-              if (kval <= 19) *k = XK_F1 + kval;
-              else switch (kbe.kb_value) {
-              case K_FIND:       *k = XK_Home; /* or XK_Find */      break;
-              case K_INSERT:     *k = XK_Insert;                     break;
-              case K_REMOVE:     *k = XK_Delete;                     break;
-              case K_SELECT:     *k = XK_End; /* or XK_Select */     break;
-              case K_PGUP:       *k = XK_Prior;                      break;
-              case K_PGDN:       *k = XK_Next;                       break;
-              case K_HELP:       *k = XK_Help;                       break;
-              case K_DO:         *k = XK_Execute;                    break;
-              case K_PAUSE:      *k = XK_Pause;                      break;
-              case K_MACRO:      *k = XK_Menu;                       break;
-              default:                                               break;
-              }
-              break;
-          case KT_SPEC:
-              switch (kbe.kb_value) {
-              case K_ENTER:      *k = XK_Return;                     break;
-              case K_BREAK:      *k = XK_Break;                      break;
-              case K_CAPS:       *k = XK_Caps_Lock;                  break;
-              case K_NUM:        *k = XK_Num_Lock;                   break;
-              case K_HOLD:       *k = XK_Scroll_Lock;                break;
-              case K_COMPOSE:    *k = XK_Multi_key;                  break;
-              default:                                               break;
-              }
-              break;
-          case KT_PAD:
-              switch (kbe.kb_value) {
-              case K_PPLUS:      *k = XK_KP_Add;                     break;
-              case K_PMINUS:     *k = XK_KP_Subtract;                break;
-              case K_PSTAR:      *k = XK_KP_Multiply;                break;
-              case K_PSLASH:     *k = XK_KP_Divide;                  break;
-              case K_PENTER:     *k = XK_KP_Enter;                   break;
-              case K_PCOMMA:     *k = XK_KP_Separator;               break;
-              case K_PDOT:       *k = XK_KP_Decimal;                 break;
-              case K_PPLUSMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract;                break;
-              default:           if (kval <= 9) *k = XK_KP_0 + kval; break;
-              }
-              break;
-          case KT_DEAD:
-              /* KT_DEAD keys are for accelerated diacritical creation. */
-              switch (kbe.kb_value) {
-              case K_DGRAVE:     *k = XK_dead_grave;                 break;
-              case K_DACUTE:     *k = XK_dead_acute;                 break;
-              case K_DCIRCM:     *k = XK_dead_circumflex;            break;
-              case K_DTILDE:     *k = XK_dead_tilde;                 break;
-              case K_DDIERE:     *k = XK_dead_diaeresis;             break;
-              }
-              break;
-          case KT_CUR:
-              switch (kbe.kb_value) {
-              case K_DOWN:       *k = XK_Down;                       break;
-              case K_LEFT:       *k = XK_Left;                       break;
-              case K_RIGHT:      *k = XK_Right;                      break;
-              case K_UP:         *k = XK_Up;                         break;
-              }
-              break;
-          case KT_SHIFT:
-              switch (kbe.kb_value) {
-              case K_ALTGR:      *k = XK_Alt_R;                       break;
-              case K_ALT:
-                  *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x64 ? XK_Alt_R : XK_Alt_L);
-                  break;
-              case K_CTRL:
-                  *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x61 ? XK_Control_R : XK_Control_L);
-                  break;
-              case K_CTRLL:      *k = XK_Control_L;                   break;
-              case K_CTRLR:      *k = XK_Control_R;                   break;
-              case K_SHIFT:
-                  *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x36 ? XK_Shift_R : XK_Shift_L);
-                  break;
-              case K_SHIFTL:     *k = XK_Shift_L;                     break;
-              case K_SHIFTR:     *k = XK_Shift_R;                     break;
-              default:                                                break;
-              }
-              break;
-          case KT_ASCII:
-              /* KT_ASCII keys accumulate a 3 digit decimal number that
-               * gets emitted when the shift state changes. We can't
-               * emulate that.
-               */
-              break;
-          case KT_LOCK:
-              if (kbe.kb_value == K_SHIFTLOCK) *k = XK_Shift_Lock;
-              break;
-          default:                                                    break;
-          }
-      }
-      
-      if (k[-1] == k[-2])                   k[-1] = NoSymbol;
-      if (k[-2] == k[-3])                   k[-2] = NoSymbol;
-      if (k[-3] == k[-4])                   k[-3] = NoSymbol;
-      if (k[-4] == k[-2] && k[-3] == k[-1]) k[-2] = k[-1] = NoSymbol;
-      if (k[-1] == k[-4] && k[-2] == k[-3]
-          && k[-2] == NoSymbol)             k[-1] = NoSymbol;
-  }
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-    KeySym        *k, *mapCopy;
-    char          type;
-    int           i;
-
-#if 00/*BP*/
-    mapCopy = xalloc(sizeof(map));
-    memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));
-#else
-    ErrorF("kbdLinuxGetMap() is broken/no-op'd\n");
-    return;
-#endif
-
-    kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(priv->fd, pKeySyms);
-
-    /* compute the modifier map */
-    for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
-        pModMap[i] = NoSymbol;  /* make sure it is restored */
-  
-    for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;
-         i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;
-         i++, k += 4) {
-        switch(*k) {
-        case XK_Shift_L:
-        case XK_Shift_R:     pModMap[i] = ShiftMask;      break;
-        case XK_Control_L:
-        case XK_Control_R:   pModMap[i] = ControlMask;    break;
-        case XK_Caps_Lock:   pModMap[i] = LockMask;       break;
-        case XK_Alt_L:
-        case XK_Alt_R:       pModMap[i] = AltMask;        break;
-        case XK_Num_Lock:    pModMap[i] = NumLockMask;    break;
-        case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;
-        case XK_Kana_Lock:
-        case XK_Kana_Shift:  pModMap[i] = KanaMask;       break;
-        case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask;    break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    priv->kbdType = (ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBTYPE, &type) < 0) ? KB_101 : type;
-
-    pKeySyms->map        = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */
-    pKeySyms->mapWidth   = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
-    pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;
-    pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;
-}
-
-/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a
- * pDev. */ 
-void kbdLinuxGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
-{
-    info->keyboard         = 1;
-    info->keyClass         = 1;
-    kbdLinuxGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);
-    info->focusClass       = 1;
-    info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;
-}
+/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:

+ *

+ **********************************************************************

+ *

+ * xfree86/common/{xf86Io.c,xf86Kbd.c,xf86Events.c}

+ *

+ * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in

+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without

+ * specific, written prior permission.  Thomas Roell makes no representations

+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided

+ * "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+ * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ **********************************************************************

+ *

+ * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c

+ *

+ * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support

+ * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between

+ * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also

+ * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.

+ * Orest Zborowski.

+ *

+ * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in

+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without

+ * specific, written prior permission.  Thomas Roell makes no representations

+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided

+ * "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+ * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ **********************************************************************

+ *

+ * xfree86/os-support/linux/lnx_io.c

+ *

+ * Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <obz@Kodak.com>

+ * Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Dawes 

+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of 

+ * the software without specific, written prior permission.  Orest Zborowski

+ * and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this 

+ * software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or 

+ * implied warranty.

+ *

+ * OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD 

+ * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND 

+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE 

+ * FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 

+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 

+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Copyright 2001-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ *

+ * This code implements a low-level device driver for the Linux

+ * keyboard.  The code is derived from code by Thomas Roell, Orest

+ * Zborowski, and David Dawes (see the source code for complete

+ * references). */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+/*****************************************************************************/

+/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another

+ * part of the Xserver tree.  All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined

+ * here for the .c file.  The .h file will also have to be edited. */

+#include "dmxinputinit.h"

+#include "lnx-keyboard.h"

+

+#define GETPRIV       myPrivate *priv                            \

+                      = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private

+

+#define LOG0(f)       dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)

+#define LOG1(f,a)     dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)

+#define LOG2(f,a,b)   dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)

+#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)

+#define FATAL0(f)     dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)

+#define FATAL1(f,a)   dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)

+#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)

+#define MOTIONPROC    dmxMotionProcPtr

+#define ENQUEUEPROC   dmxEnqueueProcPtr

+#define CHECKPROC     dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr

+#define SWITCHRETPROC dmxVTSwitchReturnProcPtr

+#define BLOCK         DMXBlockType

+#define MESSAGE       "\033c\n\n\nDMX taking input from this console..."

+#define FINALMESSAGE  "\033cDMX terminated."

+

+/* End of interface definitions. */

+/*****************************************************************************/

+

+#include "inputstr.h"

+#include <X11/Xos.h>

+#include <sys/ioctl.h>

+#include <errno.h>

+#include <signal.h>

+#include <sys/vt.h>

+#include <sys/kd.h>

+#include <termios.h>

+#include "atKeynames.h"

+#if 00

+#include "xf86Keymap.h"

+#endif

+#include <linux/keyboard.h>

+#include <xkbsrv.h>

+

+#define NUM_AT2LNX (sizeof(at2lnx) / sizeof(at2lnx[0]))

+#define NUM_STATE_ENTRIES (256/32)

+

+

+/* Private area for Linux-style keyboards. */

+typedef struct _myPrivate {

+    int            fd;

+    int            vtno;

+    int            vtcurrent;

+    int            kbdtrans;

+    struct termios kbdtty;

+    int            kbdType;

+    CARD32         kbdState[NUM_STATE_ENTRIES];

+    DeviceIntPtr   pKeyboard;

+    unsigned char  prefix;

+

+    int            switched;

+    SWITCHRETPROC  switch_return;

+    void           *switch_return_data;

+

+                                /* For bell */

+    int            pitch;

+    unsigned long  duration;

+} myPrivate;

+

+static myPrivate *PRIV = NULL;

+

+#undef SYSCALL

+#define SYSCALL(call) while(((call) == -1) && (errno == EINTR))

+

+static int kbdLinuxKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)

+{

+    CARD8  byte = keyCode >> 5;

+    CARD32 bit  = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);

+

+    if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;

+    return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;

+}

+

+static void kbdLinuxKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)

+{

+    CARD8  byte = keyCode >> 5;

+    CARD32 bit  = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);

+

+    if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;

+    if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;

+    else                  priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;

+}

+

+static KeySym linux_to_x[256] = {

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	XK_BackSpace,	XK_Tab,		XK_Linefeed,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	XK_Escape,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	XK_space,	XK_exclam,	XK_quotedbl,	XK_numbersign,

+	XK_dollar,	XK_percent,	XK_ampersand,	XK_apostrophe,

+	XK_parenleft,	XK_parenright,	XK_asterisk,	XK_plus,

+	XK_comma,	XK_minus,	XK_period,	XK_slash,

+	XK_0,		XK_1,		XK_2,		XK_3,

+	XK_4,		XK_5,		XK_6,		XK_7,

+	XK_8,		XK_9,		XK_colon,	XK_semicolon,

+	XK_less,	XK_equal,	XK_greater,	XK_question,

+	XK_at,		XK_A,		XK_B,		XK_C,

+	XK_D,		XK_E,		XK_F,		XK_G,

+	XK_H,		XK_I,		XK_J,		XK_K,

+	XK_L,		XK_M,		XK_N,		XK_O,

+	XK_P,		XK_Q,		XK_R,		XK_S,

+	XK_T,		XK_U,		XK_V,		XK_W,

+	XK_X,		XK_Y,		XK_Z,		XK_bracketleft,

+	XK_backslash,	XK_bracketright,XK_asciicircum,	XK_underscore,

+	XK_grave,	XK_a,		XK_b,		XK_c,

+	XK_d,		XK_e,		XK_f,		XK_g,

+	XK_h,		XK_i,		XK_j,		XK_k,

+	XK_l,		XK_m,		XK_n,		XK_o,

+	XK_p,		XK_q,		XK_r,		XK_s,

+	XK_t,		XK_u,		XK_v,		XK_w,

+	XK_x,		XK_y,		XK_z,		XK_braceleft,

+	XK_bar,		XK_braceright,	XK_asciitilde,	XK_BackSpace,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+	XK_nobreakspace,XK_exclamdown,	XK_cent,	XK_sterling,

+	XK_currency,	XK_yen,		XK_brokenbar,	XK_section,

+	XK_diaeresis,	XK_copyright,	XK_ordfeminine,	XK_guillemotleft,

+	XK_notsign,	XK_hyphen,	XK_registered,	XK_macron,

+	XK_degree,	XK_plusminus,	XK_twosuperior,	XK_threesuperior,

+	XK_acute,	XK_mu,		XK_paragraph,	XK_periodcentered,

+	XK_cedilla,	XK_onesuperior,	XK_masculine,	XK_guillemotright,

+	XK_onequarter,	XK_onehalf,	XK_threequarters,XK_questiondown,

+	XK_Agrave,	XK_Aacute,	XK_Acircumflex,	XK_Atilde,

+	XK_Adiaeresis,	XK_Aring,	XK_AE,		XK_Ccedilla,

+	XK_Egrave,	XK_Eacute,	XK_Ecircumflex,	XK_Ediaeresis,

+	XK_Igrave,	XK_Iacute,	XK_Icircumflex,	XK_Idiaeresis,

+	XK_ETH,		XK_Ntilde,	XK_Ograve,	XK_Oacute,

+	XK_Ocircumflex,	XK_Otilde,	XK_Odiaeresis,	XK_multiply,

+	XK_Ooblique,	XK_Ugrave,	XK_Uacute,	XK_Ucircumflex,

+	XK_Udiaeresis,	XK_Yacute,	XK_THORN,	XK_ssharp,

+	XK_agrave,	XK_aacute,	XK_acircumflex,	XK_atilde,

+	XK_adiaeresis,	XK_aring,	XK_ae,		XK_ccedilla,

+	XK_egrave,	XK_eacute,	XK_ecircumflex,	XK_ediaeresis,

+	XK_igrave,	XK_iacute,	XK_icircumflex,	XK_idiaeresis,

+	XK_eth,		XK_ntilde,	XK_ograve,	XK_oacute,

+	XK_ocircumflex,	XK_otilde,	XK_odiaeresis,	XK_division,

+	XK_oslash,	XK_ugrave,	XK_uacute,	XK_ucircumflex,

+	XK_udiaeresis,	XK_yacute,	XK_thorn,	XK_ydiaeresis

+};

+

+/*

+ * Maps the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes

+ */

+static unsigned char at2lnx[NUM_KEYCODES] =

+{

+	0x01,	/* KEY_Escape */	0x02,	/* KEY_1 */

+	0x03,	/* KEY_2 */		0x04,	/* KEY_3 */

+	0x05,	/* KEY_4 */		0x06,	/* KEY_5 */

+	0x07,	/* KEY_6 */		0x08,	/* KEY_7 */

+	0x09,	/* KEY_8 */		0x0a,	/* KEY_9 */

+	0x0b,	/* KEY_0 */		0x0c,	/* KEY_Minus */

+	0x0d,	/* KEY_Equal */		0x0e,	/* KEY_BackSpace */

+	0x0f,	/* KEY_Tab */		0x10,	/* KEY_Q */

+	0x11,	/* KEY_W */		0x12,	/* KEY_E */

+	0x13,	/* KEY_R */		0x14,	/* KEY_T */

+	0x15,	/* KEY_Y */		0x16,	/* KEY_U */

+	0x17,	/* KEY_I */		0x18,	/* KEY_O */

+	0x19,	/* KEY_P */		0x1a,	/* KEY_LBrace */

+	0x1b,	/* KEY_RBrace */	0x1c,	/* KEY_Enter */

+	0x1d,	/* KEY_LCtrl */		0x1e,	/* KEY_A */

+	0x1f,	/* KEY_S */		0x20,	/* KEY_D */

+	0x21,	/* KEY_F */		0x22,	/* KEY_G */

+	0x23,	/* KEY_H */		0x24,	/* KEY_J */

+	0x25,	/* KEY_K */		0x26,	/* KEY_L */

+	0x27,	/* KEY_SemiColon */	0x28,	/* KEY_Quote */

+	0x29,	/* KEY_Tilde */		0x2a,	/* KEY_ShiftL */

+	0x2b,	/* KEY_BSlash */	0x2c,	/* KEY_Z */

+	0x2d,	/* KEY_X */		0x2e,	/* KEY_C */

+	0x2f,	/* KEY_V */		0x30,	/* KEY_B */

+	0x31,	/* KEY_N */		0x32,	/* KEY_M */

+	0x33,	/* KEY_Comma */		0x34,	/* KEY_Period */

+	0x35,	/* KEY_Slash */		0x36,	/* KEY_ShiftR */

+	0x37,	/* KEY_KP_Multiply */	0x38,	/* KEY_Alt */

+	0x39,	/* KEY_Space */		0x3a,	/* KEY_CapsLock */

+	0x3b,	/* KEY_F1 */		0x3c,	/* KEY_F2 */

+	0x3d,	/* KEY_F3 */		0x3e,	/* KEY_F4 */

+	0x3f,	/* KEY_F5 */		0x40,	/* KEY_F6 */

+	0x41,	/* KEY_F7 */		0x42,	/* KEY_F8 */

+	0x43,	/* KEY_F9 */		0x44,	/* KEY_F10 */

+	0x45,	/* KEY_NumLock */	0x46,	/* KEY_ScrollLock */

+	0x47,	/* KEY_KP_7 */		0x48,	/* KEY_KP_8 */

+	0x49,	/* KEY_KP_9 */		0x4a,	/* KEY_KP_Minus */

+	0x4b,	/* KEY_KP_4 */		0x4c,	/* KEY_KP_5 */

+	0x4d,	/* KEY_KP_6 */		0x4e,	/* KEY_KP_Plus */

+	0x4f,	/* KEY_KP_1 */		0x50,	/* KEY_KP_2 */

+	0x51,	/* KEY_KP_3 */		0x52,	/* KEY_KP_0 */

+	0x53,	/* KEY_KP_Decimal */	0x54,	/* KEY_SysReqest */

+	0x00,	/* 0x55 */		0x56,	/* KEY_Less */

+	0x57,	/* KEY_F11 */		0x58,	/* KEY_F12 */

+	0x66,	/* KEY_Home */		0x67,	/* KEY_Up */

+	0x68,	/* KEY_PgUp */		0x69,	/* KEY_Left */

+	0x5d,	/* KEY_Begin */		0x6a,	/* KEY_Right */

+	0x6b,	/* KEY_End */		0x6c,	/* KEY_Down */

+	0x6d,	/* KEY_PgDown */	0x6e,	/* KEY_Insert */

+	0x6f,	/* KEY_Delete */	0x60,	/* KEY_KP_Enter */

+	0x61,	/* KEY_RCtrl */		0x77,	/* KEY_Pause */

+	0x63,	/* KEY_Print */		0x62,	/* KEY_KP_Divide */

+	0x64,	/* KEY_AltLang */	0x65,	/* KEY_Break */

+	0x00,	/* KEY_LMeta */		0x00,	/* KEY_RMeta */

+	0x7A,	/* KEY_Menu/FOCUS_PF11*/0x00,	/* 0x6e */

+	0x7B,	/* FOCUS_PF12 */	0x00,	/* 0x70 */

+	0x00,	/* 0x71 */		0x00,	/* 0x72 */

+	0x59,	/* FOCUS_PF2 */		0x78,	/* FOCUS_PF9 */

+	0x00,	/* 0x75 */		0x00,	/* 0x76 */

+	0x5A,	/* FOCUS_PF3 */		0x5B,	/* FOCUS_PF4 */

+	0x5C,	/* FOCUS_PF5 */		0x5D,	/* FOCUS_PF6 */

+	0x5E,	/* FOCUS_PF7 */		0x5F,	/* FOCUS_PF8 */

+	0x7C,	/* JAP_86 */		0x79,	/* FOCUS_PF10 */

+	0x00,	/* 0x7f */

+};

+

+/** Create a private structure for use within this file. */

+pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard)

+{

+    myPrivate *priv = calloc(1, sizeof(*priv));

+    priv->fd        = -1;

+    priv->pKeyboard = pKeyboard;

+    return priv;

+}

+

+/** Destroy a private structure. */

+void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate(pointer priv)

+{

+    if (priv) free(priv);

+}

+

+/** Ring the bell.

+ *

+ * Note: we completely ignore the \a volume, since Linux's ioctl()

+ * interface does not provide a way to control it.  If it did, the XBell

+ * manpage tells how the actual volume is a function of the percent and

+ * the (base) volume.

+ *

+ * Note that most of the other PC-based bell drivers compute the

+ * duration for KDMKTONE as a function of the volume and the duration.

+ * For some drivers, the duration is only measured in mS if the volume

+ * is 50, and is scaled by the volume for other values.  This seems

+ * confusing and possibly incorrect (the xset man page says that the

+ * bell will be "as closely as it can to the user's specifications" --

+ * if we ignore the volume and set the duration correctly, then we'll

+ * get one parameter "wrong" -- but if we use the volume to scale the

+ * duration, then we'll get both parameters "wrong"). */

+void kbdLinuxBell(DevicePtr pDev, int percent,

+                  int volume, int pitch, int duration)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+

+    if (duration && pitch) {

+        ioctl(priv->fd,

+              KDMKTONE,

+              ((1193190 / pitch) & 0xffff) /* Low bits specify cycle time */

+              | (duration << 16)); /* High bits are duration in msec */

+    }

+}

+

+/** Set the LEDs. */

+void kbdLinuxCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+

+    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETLED, ctrl->leds & 0x07);

+}

+

+static int kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber(void)

+{

+    int        fd = -1;

+    int        vtno;

+    int        i;

+    const char *tty0[] = { "/dev/tty0", "/dev/vc/0", NULL };

+    

+    for (i = 0; tty0[i]; i++)

+        if ((fd = open(tty0[i], O_WRONLY, 0)) >= 0) break;

+    if (fd < 0)

+        FATAL1("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot open tty0 (%s)\n",

+               strerror(errno));

+    if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &vtno) < 0 || vtno < 0)

+        FATAL0("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot find a free VT\n");

+    return vtno;

+}

+

+static int kbdLinuxOpenVT(int vtno)

+{

+    int        fd = -1;

+    int        i;

+    const char *vcs[] = { "/dev/vc/%d", "/dev/tty%d", NULL };

+    char       name[64];        /* RATS: Only used in XmuSnprintf */

+

+    for (i = 0; vcs[i]; i++) {

+        XmuSnprintf(name, sizeof(name), vcs[i], vtno);

+        if ((fd = open(name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0)) >= 0) break;

+    }

+    if (fd < 0)

+        FATAL2("kbdLinuxOpenVT: Cannot open VT %d (%s)\n",

+               vtno, strerror(errno));

+    return fd;

+}

+

+static int kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(int fd)

+{

+    struct vt_stat vts;

+    

+    if (!ioctl(fd, VT_GETSTATE, &vts)) return vts.v_active;

+    return -1;

+}

+

+static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig);

+

+/** Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch. */

+void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch(pointer p)

+{

+}

+

+/** Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch. */

+void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch(pointer p)

+{

+}

+

+/** Tell the operating system to switch to \a vt.  The \a switch_return

+ * function is called with the \a switch_return_data when the VT is

+ * switched back to the pre-switch VT (i.e., the user returns to the DMX

+ * session). */

+int kbdLinuxVTSwitch(pointer p, int vt,

+                     void (*switch_return)(pointer),

+                     pointer switch_return_data)

+{

+    myPrivate *priv = p;

+

+    if (priv->switched) FATAL0("kbdLinuxVTSwitch: already switched...\n");

+    if (priv->vtno == vt) return 0;

+

+    PRIV                     = priv;

+    priv->switched           = 0; /* Will switch to 1 in handler */

+    priv->switch_return      = switch_return;

+    priv->switch_return_data = switch_return_data;

+    kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, vt, 0);

+    return 1;

+}

+

+/* RATS: This function is only ever used to handle SIGUSR1. */

+static void kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler(int sig)

+{

+    myPrivate *priv = PRIV;

+    

+    signal(sig, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);

+    if (priv) {

+        ioctl(priv->fd, VT_RELDISP, VT_ACKACQ);

+        priv->switched = !priv->switched;

+        LOG2("kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler: got signal %d, switched = %d\n",

+             sig, priv->switched);

+        if (!priv->switched && priv->switch_return)

+            priv->switch_return(priv->switch_return_data);

+    }

+}

+

+static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig)

+{

+    int            result;

+    struct vt_mode VT;

+

+    SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_ACTIVATE, vtno));

+    if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");

+    SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_WAITACTIVE, vtno));

+    if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n");

+    if (setSig) {

+        SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT));

+        if (result < 0) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_GETMODE failed\n");

+        VT.mode   = VT_PROCESS;

+        VT.relsig = SIGUSR1;

+        VT.acqsig = SIGUSR1;

+        if (ioctl(fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT))

+            FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed\n");

+        signal(SIGUSR1, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);

+    }

+    return Success;

+}

+

+static void kbdLinuxOpenConsole(DevicePtr pDev)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+    const char *msg = MESSAGE;

+

+    if (priv->fd >= 0) return;

+    priv->vtno      = kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber();

+    priv->fd        = kbdLinuxOpenVT(priv->vtno);

+    priv->vtcurrent = kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(priv->fd);

+    LOG2("kbdLinuxOpenConsole: current VT %d; using free VT %d\n",

+         priv->vtcurrent, priv->vtno);

+    kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtno, 1);

+    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS); /* To turn off gpm */

+    if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));

+}

+

+static void kbdLinuxCloseConsole(DevicePtr pDev)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+    struct vt_mode VT;

+    const char     *msg = FINALMESSAGE;

+

+    if (priv->fd < 0) return;

+

+    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT);

+    if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));

+    if (ioctl(priv->fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1) {

+        VT.mode = VT_AUTO;

+        ioctl(priv->fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT);

+    }

+

+    LOG1("kbdLinuxCloseConsole: switching to VT %d\n", priv->vtcurrent);

+    if (priv->vtcurrent >= 0) kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtcurrent, 0);

+    

+    close(priv->fd);

+    priv->fd = -1;

+}

+

+/** Initialize the \a pDev as a Linux keyboard. */

+void kbdLinuxInit(DevicePtr pDev)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+

+    if (priv->fd <= 0) kbdLinuxOpenConsole(pDev);

+    

+    ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBMODE, &priv->kbdtrans);

+    if (tcgetattr(priv->fd, &priv->kbdtty) < 0)

+        FATAL1("kbdLinuxInit: tcgetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));

+}

+

+static int kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(unsigned char *scanCode)

+{

+                                /* Table from xfree86/common/xf86Events.c */

+    switch (*scanCode) {

+    case KEY_KP_7:        *scanCode = KEY_Home;      break; /* curs home */

+    case KEY_KP_8:        *scanCode = KEY_Up;        break; /* curs up */

+    case KEY_KP_9:        *scanCode = KEY_PgUp;      break; /* curs pgup */

+    case KEY_KP_4:        *scanCode = KEY_Left;      break; /* curs left */

+    case KEY_KP_5:        *scanCode = KEY_Begin;     break; /* curs begin */

+    case KEY_KP_6:        *scanCode = KEY_Right;     break; /* curs right */

+    case KEY_KP_1:        *scanCode = KEY_End;       break; /* curs end */

+    case KEY_KP_2:        *scanCode = KEY_Down;      break; /* curs down */

+    case KEY_KP_3:        *scanCode = KEY_PgDown;    break; /* curs pgdown */

+    case KEY_KP_0:        *scanCode = KEY_Insert;    break; /* curs insert */

+    case KEY_KP_Decimal:  *scanCode = KEY_Delete;    break; /* curs delete */

+    case KEY_Enter:       *scanCode = KEY_KP_Enter;  break; /* keypad enter */

+    case KEY_LCtrl:       *scanCode = KEY_RCtrl;     break; /* right ctrl */

+    case KEY_KP_Multiply: *scanCode = KEY_Print;     break; /* print */

+    case KEY_Slash:       *scanCode = KEY_KP_Divide; break; /* keyp divide */

+    case KEY_Alt:         *scanCode = KEY_AltLang;   break; /* right alt */

+    case KEY_ScrollLock:  *scanCode = KEY_Break;     break; /* curs break */

+    case 0x5b:            *scanCode = KEY_LMeta;     break;

+    case 0x5c:            *scanCode = KEY_RMeta;     break;

+    case 0x5d:            *scanCode = KEY_Menu;      break;

+    case KEY_F3:          *scanCode = KEY_F13;       break;

+    case KEY_F4:          *scanCode = KEY_F14;       break;

+    case KEY_F5:          *scanCode = KEY_F15;       break;

+    case KEY_F6:          *scanCode = KEY_F16;       break;

+    case KEY_F7:          *scanCode = KEY_F17;       break;

+    case KEY_KP_Plus:     *scanCode = KEY_KP_DEC;    break;

+        /*

+         * Ignore virtual shifts (E0 2A, E0 AA, E0 36, E0 B6)

+         */

+    case 0x2A:

+    case 0x36:

+        return 1;

+    default:

+        /*

+         * "Internet" keyboards are generating lots of new codes.

+         * Let them pass.  There is little consistency between them,

+         * so don't bother with symbolic names at this level.

+         */

+        scanCode += 0x78;

+    }

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static int kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(myPrivate *priv, unsigned char *scanCode)

+{

+    int           pressed = *scanCode & 0x80;

+    unsigned char code    = *scanCode & 0x7f;

+

+                                /* If we don't have a prefix, check for one */

+    if (!priv->prefix) {

+        switch (code) {

+        case KEY_Prefix0:

+        case KEY_Prefix1:

+            priv->prefix = code;

+            return 1;

+        }

+        return 0;               /* No change */

+    }

+

+                                /* We have a prefix from the last scanCode */

+    switch (priv->prefix) {

+    case KEY_Prefix0:

+        priv->prefix = 0;

+        if (kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(&code)) return 1; /* Skip sequence */

+        break;

+    case KEY_Prefix1:

+        priv->prefix = (code = KEY_LCtrl) ? KEY_LCtrl : 0;

+        return 1;                                       /* Use new prefix */

+    case KEY_LCtrl:

+        priv->prefix = 0;

+        if (code != KEY_NumLock) return 1;              /* Skip sequence*/

+        code = KEY_Pause;

+        break;

+    }

+

+    *scanCode = code | (pressed ? 0x80 : 0x00);

+    return 0;                                           /* Use old scanCode */

+}

+

+static void kbdLinuxConvert(DevicePtr pDev,

+                            unsigned char scanCode,

+                            ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,

+                            CHECKPROC checkspecial,

+                            BLOCK block)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+    XkbSrvInfoPtr  xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;

+    int            type;

+    KeySym         keySym   = NoSymbol;

+    int            keyCode;

+    int            switching;

+

+    /* Do special PC/AT prefix mapping -- may change scanCode! */

+    if (kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(priv, &scanCode)) return;

+

+    type    = (scanCode & 0x80) ? KeyRelease : KeyPress;

+    keyCode = (scanCode & 0x7f) + MIN_KEYCODE;

+

+    /* Handle repeats */

+

+    if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&

+        keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {

+

+        int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,

+                                                  &xkbi->state,

+                                                  scanCode);

+        keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);

+#if 0

+        switch (keySym) {

+        case XK_Num_Lock:

+        case XK_Scroll_Lock:

+        case XK_Shift_Lock:

+        case XK_Caps_Lock:

+            /* Ignore releases and all but first press */

+            if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;

+            if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;

+            else                            xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;

+            break;

+        }

+#endif

+

+        /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */

+        if (type == KeyPress && kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {

+            KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pKeyboard->kbdfeed;

+

+            /* No auto-repeat? */

+            if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)

+                || priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]

+                || (feed

+                    && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]

+                         & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */

+            

+            /* Do auto-repeat */

+            enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);

+            type = KeyPress;

+        }

+        

+        /* If key is already up, ignore */

+        if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;

+    }

+

+    switching = 0;

+    if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)

+        switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);

+    if (!switching) {

+        if (enqueue)

+            enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);

+        kbdLinuxKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */

+    }

+}

+

+/** Read an event from the \a pDev device.  If the event is a motion

+ * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function.  Otherwise, check for

+ * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event

+ * with the \a enqueue function.  The \a block type is passed to the

+ * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the

+ * caller of this function. */

+void kbdLinuxRead(DevicePtr pDev,

+                  MOTIONPROC motion,

+                  ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,

+                  CHECKPROC checkspecial,

+                  BLOCK block)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+    unsigned char buf[256];     /* RATS: Only used in length-limited call */

+    unsigned char *pt;

+    int           n;

+

+    while ((n = read(priv->fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)

+        for (pt = buf; n; --n, ++pt)

+            kbdLinuxConvert(pDev, *pt, enqueue, checkspecial, block);

+}

+

+/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */

+int kbdLinuxOn(DevicePtr pDev)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+    struct termios nTty;

+

+    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, K_RAW);

+

+    nTty             = priv->kbdtty;

+    nTty.c_iflag     = (IGNPAR | IGNBRK) & (~PARMRK) & (~ISTRIP);

+    nTty.c_oflag     = 0;

+    nTty.c_cflag     = CREAD | CS8;

+    nTty.c_lflag     = 0;

+    nTty.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;

+    nTty.c_cc[VMIN]  = 1;

+    cfsetispeed(&nTty, B9600);

+    cfsetospeed(&nTty, B9600);

+    if (tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &nTty) < 0)

+        FATAL1("kbdLinuxOn: tcsetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));

+    return priv->fd;

+}

+

+/** Turn \a pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from \a pDev). */

+void kbdLinuxOff(DevicePtr pDev)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+

+    ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, priv->kbdtrans);

+    tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &priv->kbdtty);

+    kbdLinuxCloseConsole(pDev);

+}

+

+

+static void kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(int fd, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms)

+{

+    KeySym        *k;

+    int           i;

+    int           maxkey;

+    static unsigned char tbl[GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = { /* RATS: Use ok */

+        0,	/* unshifted */

+        1,	/* shifted */

+        0,	/* modeswitch unshifted */

+        0	/* modeswitch shifted */

+    };

+

+  /*

+   * Read the mapping from the kernel.

+   * Since we're still using the XFree86 scancode->AT keycode mapping

+   * routines, we need to convert the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes,

+   * then translate the Linux keysyms into X keysyms.

+   *

+   * First, figure out which tables to use for the modeswitch columns

+   * above, from the XF86Config fields.

+   */

+  tbl[2] = 8;	/* alt */

+  tbl[3] = tbl[2] | 1;

+

+#if 00/*BP*/

+  k = map+GLYPHS_PER_KEY;

+#else

+  ErrorF("kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping() is broken/no-op'd\n");

+  return;

+#endif

+  maxkey = NUM_AT2LNX;

+

+  for (i = 0; i < maxkey; ++i) {

+      struct kbentry kbe;

+      int j;

+

+      kbe.kb_index = at2lnx[i];

+

+      for (j = 0; j < GLYPHS_PER_KEY; ++j, ++k) {

+          unsigned short kval;

+

+          *k = NoSymbol;

+

+          kbe.kb_table = tbl[j];

+          if (kbe.kb_index == 0 || ioctl(fd, KDGKBENT, &kbe)) continue;

+

+          kval = KVAL(kbe.kb_value);

+          switch (KTYP(kbe.kb_value)) {

+          case KT_LATIN:

+          case KT_LETTER: *k = linux_to_x[kval]; break;

+          case KT_FN:

+              if (kval <= 19) *k = XK_F1 + kval;

+              else switch (kbe.kb_value) {

+              case K_FIND:       *k = XK_Home; /* or XK_Find */      break;

+              case K_INSERT:     *k = XK_Insert;                     break;

+              case K_REMOVE:     *k = XK_Delete;                     break;

+              case K_SELECT:     *k = XK_End; /* or XK_Select */     break;

+              case K_PGUP:       *k = XK_Prior;                      break;

+              case K_PGDN:       *k = XK_Next;                       break;

+              case K_HELP:       *k = XK_Help;                       break;

+              case K_DO:         *k = XK_Execute;                    break;

+              case K_PAUSE:      *k = XK_Pause;                      break;

+              case K_MACRO:      *k = XK_Menu;                       break;

+              default:                                               break;

+              }

+              break;

+          case KT_SPEC:

+              switch (kbe.kb_value) {

+              case K_ENTER:      *k = XK_Return;                     break;

+              case K_BREAK:      *k = XK_Break;                      break;

+              case K_CAPS:       *k = XK_Caps_Lock;                  break;

+              case K_NUM:        *k = XK_Num_Lock;                   break;

+              case K_HOLD:       *k = XK_Scroll_Lock;                break;

+              case K_COMPOSE:    *k = XK_Multi_key;                  break;

+              default:                                               break;

+              }

+              break;

+          case KT_PAD:

+              switch (kbe.kb_value) {

+              case K_PPLUS:      *k = XK_KP_Add;                     break;

+              case K_PMINUS:     *k = XK_KP_Subtract;                break;

+              case K_PSTAR:      *k = XK_KP_Multiply;                break;

+              case K_PSLASH:     *k = XK_KP_Divide;                  break;

+              case K_PENTER:     *k = XK_KP_Enter;                   break;

+              case K_PCOMMA:     *k = XK_KP_Separator;               break;

+              case K_PDOT:       *k = XK_KP_Decimal;                 break;

+              case K_PPLUSMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract;                break;

+              default:           if (kval <= 9) *k = XK_KP_0 + kval; break;

+              }

+              break;

+          case KT_DEAD:

+              /* KT_DEAD keys are for accelerated diacritical creation. */

+              switch (kbe.kb_value) {

+              case K_DGRAVE:     *k = XK_dead_grave;                 break;

+              case K_DACUTE:     *k = XK_dead_acute;                 break;

+              case K_DCIRCM:     *k = XK_dead_circumflex;            break;

+              case K_DTILDE:     *k = XK_dead_tilde;                 break;

+              case K_DDIERE:     *k = XK_dead_diaeresis;             break;

+              }

+              break;

+          case KT_CUR:

+              switch (kbe.kb_value) {

+              case K_DOWN:       *k = XK_Down;                       break;

+              case K_LEFT:       *k = XK_Left;                       break;

+              case K_RIGHT:      *k = XK_Right;                      break;

+              case K_UP:         *k = XK_Up;                         break;

+              }

+              break;

+          case KT_SHIFT:

+              switch (kbe.kb_value) {

+              case K_ALTGR:      *k = XK_Alt_R;                       break;

+              case K_ALT:

+                  *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x64 ? XK_Alt_R : XK_Alt_L);

+                  break;

+              case K_CTRL:

+                  *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x61 ? XK_Control_R : XK_Control_L);

+                  break;

+              case K_CTRLL:      *k = XK_Control_L;                   break;

+              case K_CTRLR:      *k = XK_Control_R;                   break;

+              case K_SHIFT:

+                  *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x36 ? XK_Shift_R : XK_Shift_L);

+                  break;

+              case K_SHIFTL:     *k = XK_Shift_L;                     break;

+              case K_SHIFTR:     *k = XK_Shift_R;                     break;

+              default:                                                break;

+              }

+              break;

+          case KT_ASCII:

+              /* KT_ASCII keys accumulate a 3 digit decimal number that

+               * gets emitted when the shift state changes. We can't

+               * emulate that.

+               */

+              break;

+          case KT_LOCK:

+              if (kbe.kb_value == K_SHIFTLOCK) *k = XK_Shift_Lock;

+              break;

+          default:                                                    break;

+          }

+      }

+      

+      if (k[-1] == k[-2])                   k[-1] = NoSymbol;

+      if (k[-2] == k[-3])                   k[-2] = NoSymbol;

+      if (k[-3] == k[-4])                   k[-3] = NoSymbol;

+      if (k[-4] == k[-2] && k[-3] == k[-1]) k[-2] = k[-1] = NoSymbol;

+      if (k[-1] == k[-4] && k[-2] == k[-3]

+          && k[-2] == NoSymbol)             k[-1] = NoSymbol;

+  }

+}

+

+static void kbdLinuxGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+    KeySym        *k, *mapCopy;

+    char          type;

+    int           i;

+

+#if 00/*BP*/

+    mapCopy = malloc(sizeof(map));

+    memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));

+#else

+    ErrorF("kbdLinuxGetMap() is broken/no-op'd\n");

+    return;

+#endif

+

+    kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(priv->fd, pKeySyms);

+

+    /* compute the modifier map */

+    for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)

+        pModMap[i] = NoSymbol;  /* make sure it is restored */

+  

+    for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;

+         i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;

+         i++, k += 4) {

+        switch(*k) {

+        case XK_Shift_L:

+        case XK_Shift_R:     pModMap[i] = ShiftMask;      break;

+        case XK_Control_L:

+        case XK_Control_R:   pModMap[i] = ControlMask;    break;

+        case XK_Caps_Lock:   pModMap[i] = LockMask;       break;

+        case XK_Alt_L:

+        case XK_Alt_R:       pModMap[i] = AltMask;        break;

+        case XK_Num_Lock:    pModMap[i] = NumLockMask;    break;

+        case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;

+        case XK_Kana_Lock:

+        case XK_Kana_Shift:  pModMap[i] = KanaMask;       break;

+        case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask;    break;

+        }

+    }

+

+    priv->kbdType = (ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBTYPE, &type) < 0) ? KB_101 : type;

+

+    pKeySyms->map        = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */

+    pKeySyms->mapWidth   = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;

+    pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;

+    pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;

+}

+

+/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a

+ * pDev. */ 

+void kbdLinuxGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)

+{

+    info->keyboard         = 1;

+    info->keyClass         = 1;

+    kbdLinuxGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);

+    info->focusClass       = 1;

+    info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-keyboard.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-keyboard.c
index c4667a3c3..fcbea47f9 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-keyboard.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-keyboard.c
@@ -1,444 +1,444 @@
-/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c
- *
- * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support
- * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between
- * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also
- * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.
- * Orest Zborowski.
- *
- * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission.  Thomas Roell makes no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided
- * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * This code implements a low-level device driver for a USB keyboard
- * under Linux.  The keymap description is derived from code by Thomas
- * Roell, Orest Zborowski. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "atKeynames.h"
-#include "usb-private.h"
-
-#define USB_KEYBOARD_DEBUG 0
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
- * part of the Xserver tree.  All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
- * here for the .c file.  The .h file will also have to be edited. */
-#include "usb-keyboard.h"
-#include <xkbsrv.h>
-
-#define GETPRIV       myPrivate *priv                            \
-                      = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
-
-#define LOG0(f)       dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
-#define LOG1(f,a)     dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
-#define LOG2(f,a,b)   dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
-#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
-#define FATAL0(f)     dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
-#define FATAL1(f,a)   dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
-#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
-#define MOTIONPROC    dmxMotionProcPtr
-#define ENQUEUEPROC   dmxEnqueueProcPtr
-#define CHECKPROC     dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
-#define BLOCK         DMXBlockType
-
-/* End of interface definitions. */
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-#define GLYPHS_PER_KEY	4
-#define NUM_KEYCODES	248
-#define MIN_KEYCODE     8
-#define MAX_KEYCODE     (NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE - 1)
-
-static KeySym map[NUM_KEYCODES * GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = {
-/* Table modified from xc/programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Keymap.h */
-    /* 0x00 */  NoSymbol,       NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x01 */  XK_Escape,      NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x02 */  XK_1,           XK_exclam,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x03 */  XK_2,           XK_at,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x04 */  XK_3,           XK_numbersign,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x05 */  XK_4,           XK_dollar,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x06 */  XK_5,           XK_percent,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x07 */  XK_6,           XK_asciicircum,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x08 */  XK_7,           XK_ampersand,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x09 */  XK_8,           XK_asterisk,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x0a */  XK_9,           XK_parenleft,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x0b */  XK_0,           XK_parenright,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x0c */  XK_minus,       XK_underscore,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x0d */  XK_equal,       XK_plus,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x0e */  XK_BackSpace,   NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x0f */  XK_Tab,         XK_ISO_Left_Tab,NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x10 */  XK_Q,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x11 */  XK_W,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x12 */  XK_E,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x13 */  XK_R,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x14 */  XK_T,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x15 */  XK_Y,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x16 */  XK_U,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x17 */  XK_I,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x18 */  XK_O,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x19 */  XK_P,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x1a */  XK_bracketleft, XK_braceleft,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x1b */  XK_bracketright,XK_braceright,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x1c */  XK_Return,      NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x1d */  XK_Control_L,   NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x1e */  XK_A,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x1f */  XK_S,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x20 */  XK_D,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x21 */  XK_F,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x22 */  XK_G,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x23 */  XK_H,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x24 */  XK_J,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x25 */  XK_K,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x26 */  XK_L,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x27 */  XK_semicolon,   XK_colon,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x28 */  XK_quoteright,  XK_quotedbl,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x29 */  XK_quoteleft,	XK_asciitilde,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x2a */  XK_Shift_L,     NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x2b */  XK_backslash,   XK_bar,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x2c */  XK_Z,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x2d */  XK_X,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x2e */  XK_C,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x2f */  XK_V,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x30 */  XK_B,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x31 */  XK_N,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x32 */  XK_M,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x33 */  XK_comma,       XK_less,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x34 */  XK_period,      XK_greater,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x35 */  XK_slash,       XK_question,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x36 */  XK_Shift_R,     NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x37 */  XK_KP_Multiply, NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x38 */  XK_Alt_L,	XK_Meta_L,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x39 */  XK_space,       NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x3a */  XK_Caps_Lock,   NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x3b */  XK_F1,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x3c */  XK_F2,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x3d */  XK_F3,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x3e */  XK_F4,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x3f */  XK_F5,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x40 */  XK_F6,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x41 */  XK_F7,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x42 */  XK_F8,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x43 */  XK_F9,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x44 */  XK_F10,         NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x45 */  XK_Num_Lock,    NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x46 */  XK_Scroll_Lock,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x47 */  XK_KP_Home,	XK_KP_7,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x48 */  XK_KP_Up,	XK_KP_8,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x49 */  XK_KP_Prior,	XK_KP_9,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x4a */  XK_KP_Subtract, NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x4b */  XK_KP_Left,	XK_KP_4,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x4c */  XK_KP_Begin,	XK_KP_5,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x4d */  XK_KP_Right,	XK_KP_6,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x4e */  XK_KP_Add,      NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x4f */  XK_KP_End,	XK_KP_1,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x50 */  XK_KP_Down,	XK_KP_2,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x51 */  XK_KP_Next,	XK_KP_3,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x52 */  XK_KP_Insert,	XK_KP_0,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x53 */  XK_KP_Delete,	XK_KP_Decimal,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x54 */  XK_Sys_Req,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x55 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x56 */  XK_less,	XK_greater,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x57 */  XK_F11,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x58 */  XK_F12,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x59 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x5a */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x5b */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x5c */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x5d */  XK_Begin,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x5e */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x5f */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x60 */  XK_KP_Enter,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x61 */  XK_Control_R,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x62 */  XK_KP_Divide,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x63 */  XK_Print,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x64 */  XK_Alt_R,	XK_Meta_R,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x65 */  XK_Break,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x66 */  XK_Home,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x67 */  XK_Up,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x68 */  XK_Prior,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x69 */  XK_Left,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x6a */  XK_Right,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x6b */  XK_End,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x6c */  XK_Down,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x6d */  XK_Next,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x6e */  XK_Insert,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x6f */  XK_Delete,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x70 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x71 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x72 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x73 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x74 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x75 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x76 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x77 */  XK_Pause,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x78 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x79 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x7a */  XK_Menu,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x7b */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x7c */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x7d */  XK_Super_L,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x7e */  XK_Super_R,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-    /* 0x7f */  XK_Menu,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,
-};
-
-static int kbdUSBKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)
-{
-    CARD8  byte = keyCode >> 5;
-    CARD32 bit  = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
-    if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;
-    return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;
-}
-
-static void kbdUSBKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)
-{
-    CARD8  byte = keyCode >> 5;
-    CARD32 bit  = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
-    if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;
-    if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;
-    else                  priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;
-}
-
-/** Set the LEDs. */
-void kbdUSBCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-    struct timeval     tv;
-    struct input_event event;
-    int                i, led;
-
-    gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
-    for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
-        event.time.tv_sec    = tv.tv_sec;
-        event.time.tv_usec   = tv.tv_usec;
-        event.type           = EV_LED;
-        if (i == 0)      led = 1; /* LED_CAPSL == 0x01 */
-        else if (i == 1) led = 0; /* LED_NUML  == 0x00 */
-        else             led = i;
-        event.code           = led;
-        event.value          = !!(ctrl->leds & (1 << led));
-        write(priv->fd, &event, sizeof(event));
-    }
-}
-
-/** Initialize \a pDev using #usbInit. */
-void kbdUSBInit(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
-    usbInit(pDev, usbKeyboard);
-}
-
-static void kbdUSBConvert(DevicePtr pDev,
-                          unsigned int scanCode,
-                          int value,
-                          ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
-                          CHECKPROC checkspecial,
-                          BLOCK block)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-    XkbSrvInfoPtr  xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;
-    int            type;
-    int            keyCode;
-    KeySym         keySym   = NoSymbol;
-    int            switching;
-
-    /* Set up xEvent information */
-    type   = value ? KeyPress : KeyRelease;
-    keyCode = (scanCode & 0xff) + MIN_KEYCODE;
-
-    /* Handle repeats */
-
-    if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&
-        keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {
-
-        int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,
-                                                  &xkbi->state,
-                                                  scanCode);
-        keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);
-#if 0
-        switch (keySym) {
-        case XK_Num_Lock:
-        case XK_Scroll_Lock:
-        case XK_Shift_Lock:
-        case XK_Caps_Lock:
-            /* Ignore releases and all but first press */
-            if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;
-            if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
-            else                            xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;
-            break;
-        }
-#endif
-        
-        /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */
-        if (type == KeyPress && kbdUSBKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {
-            KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pDevice->kbdfeed;
-
-            /* No auto-repeat? */
-            if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)
-                || priv->pDevice->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]
-                || (feed
-                    && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]
-                         & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */
-            
-            /* Do auto-repeat */
-            enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
-            type = KeyPress;
-        }
-        
-        /* If key is already up, ignore */
-        if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdUSBKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;
-    }
-
-    switching = 0;
-    if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)
-        switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);
-    if (!switching) {
-        if (enqueue)
-            enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
-        kbdUSBKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */
-    }
-}
-
-/** Read an event from the \a pDev device.  If the event is a motion
- * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function.  Otherwise, check for
- * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event
- * with the \a enqueue function.  The \a block type is passed to the
- * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the
- * caller of this function. */
-void kbdUSBRead(DevicePtr pDev,
-                MOTIONPROC motion,
-                ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
-                CHECKPROC checkspecial,
-                BLOCK block)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-    struct input_event raw;
-
-    while (read(priv->fd, &raw, sizeof(raw)) > 0) {
-#if USB_KEYBOARD_DEBUG
-        LOG3("KBD: type = %d, code = 0x%02x, value = %d\n",
-             raw.type, raw.code, raw.value);
-#endif
-        kbdUSBConvert(pDev, raw.code, raw.value, enqueue, checkspecial, block);
-    }
-}
-
-/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */
-int kbdUSBOn(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
-    GETPRIV;
-
-    if (priv->fd < 0) kbdUSBInit(pDev);
-    return priv->fd;
-}
-
-static void kbdUSBGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
-{
-    KeySym        *k, *mapCopy;
-    int           i;
-
-    mapCopy = xalloc(sizeof(map));
-    memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));
-
-    /* compute the modifier map */
-    for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
-        pModMap[i] = NoSymbol;  /* make sure it is restored */
-
-    for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;
-         i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;
-         i++, k += 4) {
-        switch(*k) {
-        case XK_Shift_L:
-        case XK_Shift_R:     pModMap[i] = ShiftMask;      break;
-        case XK_Control_L:
-        case XK_Control_R:   pModMap[i] = ControlMask;    break;
-        case XK_Caps_Lock:   pModMap[i] = LockMask;       break;
-        case XK_Alt_L:
-        case XK_Alt_R:       pModMap[i] = AltMask;        break;
-        case XK_Num_Lock:    pModMap[i] = NumLockMask;    break;
-        case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;
-        case XK_Kana_Lock:
-        case XK_Kana_Shift:  pModMap[i] = KanaMask;       break;
-        case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask;    break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    pKeySyms->map        = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */
-    pKeySyms->mapWidth   = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
-    pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;
-    pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;
-}
-
-/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a
- * pDev. */ 
-void kbdUSBGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
-{
-    info->keyboard         = 1;
-    info->keyClass         = 1;
-    kbdUSBGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);
-    info->focusClass       = 1;
-    info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;
-    info->names.keycodes   = xstrdup("powerpcps2");
-    info->force            = 1;
-}
+/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:

+ *

+ **********************************************************************

+ *

+ * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c

+ *

+ * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support

+ * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between

+ * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also

+ * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.

+ * Orest Zborowski.

+ *

+ * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in

+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without

+ * specific, written prior permission.  Thomas Roell makes no representations

+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided

+ * "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+ * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Copyright 2001,2002 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.

+ *

+ * All Rights Reserved.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining

+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,

+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,

+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,

+ * subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial

+ * portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,

+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND

+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS

+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN

+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE

+ * SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+/** \file

+ *

+ * This code implements a low-level device driver for a USB keyboard

+ * under Linux.  The keymap description is derived from code by Thomas

+ * Roell, Orest Zborowski. */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H

+#include <dmx-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "atKeynames.h"

+#include "usb-private.h"

+

+#define USB_KEYBOARD_DEBUG 0

+

+/*****************************************************************************/

+/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another

+ * part of the Xserver tree.  All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined

+ * here for the .c file.  The .h file will also have to be edited. */

+#include "usb-keyboard.h"

+#include <xkbsrv.h>

+

+#define GETPRIV       myPrivate *priv                            \

+                      = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private

+

+#define LOG0(f)       dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)

+#define LOG1(f,a)     dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)

+#define LOG2(f,a,b)   dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)

+#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)

+#define FATAL0(f)     dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)

+#define FATAL1(f,a)   dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)

+#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)

+#define MOTIONPROC    dmxMotionProcPtr

+#define ENQUEUEPROC   dmxEnqueueProcPtr

+#define CHECKPROC     dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr

+#define BLOCK         DMXBlockType

+

+/* End of interface definitions. */

+/*****************************************************************************/

+

+#define GLYPHS_PER_KEY	4

+#define NUM_KEYCODES	248

+#define MIN_KEYCODE     8

+#define MAX_KEYCODE     (NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE - 1)

+

+static KeySym map[NUM_KEYCODES * GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = {

+/* Table modified from xc/programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Keymap.h */

+    /* 0x00 */  NoSymbol,       NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x01 */  XK_Escape,      NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x02 */  XK_1,           XK_exclam,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x03 */  XK_2,           XK_at,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x04 */  XK_3,           XK_numbersign,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x05 */  XK_4,           XK_dollar,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x06 */  XK_5,           XK_percent,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x07 */  XK_6,           XK_asciicircum,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x08 */  XK_7,           XK_ampersand,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x09 */  XK_8,           XK_asterisk,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x0a */  XK_9,           XK_parenleft,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x0b */  XK_0,           XK_parenright,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x0c */  XK_minus,       XK_underscore,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x0d */  XK_equal,       XK_plus,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x0e */  XK_BackSpace,   NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x0f */  XK_Tab,         XK_ISO_Left_Tab,NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x10 */  XK_Q,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x11 */  XK_W,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x12 */  XK_E,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x13 */  XK_R,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x14 */  XK_T,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x15 */  XK_Y,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x16 */  XK_U,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x17 */  XK_I,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x18 */  XK_O,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x19 */  XK_P,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x1a */  XK_bracketleft, XK_braceleft,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x1b */  XK_bracketright,XK_braceright,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x1c */  XK_Return,      NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x1d */  XK_Control_L,   NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x1e */  XK_A,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x1f */  XK_S,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x20 */  XK_D,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x21 */  XK_F,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x22 */  XK_G,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x23 */  XK_H,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x24 */  XK_J,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x25 */  XK_K,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x26 */  XK_L,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x27 */  XK_semicolon,   XK_colon,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x28 */  XK_quoteright,  XK_quotedbl,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x29 */  XK_quoteleft,	XK_asciitilde,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x2a */  XK_Shift_L,     NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x2b */  XK_backslash,   XK_bar,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x2c */  XK_Z,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x2d */  XK_X,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x2e */  XK_C,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x2f */  XK_V,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x30 */  XK_B,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x31 */  XK_N,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x32 */  XK_M,           NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x33 */  XK_comma,       XK_less,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x34 */  XK_period,      XK_greater,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x35 */  XK_slash,       XK_question,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x36 */  XK_Shift_R,     NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x37 */  XK_KP_Multiply, NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x38 */  XK_Alt_L,	XK_Meta_L,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x39 */  XK_space,       NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x3a */  XK_Caps_Lock,   NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x3b */  XK_F1,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x3c */  XK_F2,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x3d */  XK_F3,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x3e */  XK_F4,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x3f */  XK_F5,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x40 */  XK_F6,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x41 */  XK_F7,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x42 */  XK_F8,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x43 */  XK_F9,          NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x44 */  XK_F10,         NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x45 */  XK_Num_Lock,    NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x46 */  XK_Scroll_Lock,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x47 */  XK_KP_Home,	XK_KP_7,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x48 */  XK_KP_Up,	XK_KP_8,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x49 */  XK_KP_Prior,	XK_KP_9,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x4a */  XK_KP_Subtract, NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x4b */  XK_KP_Left,	XK_KP_4,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x4c */  XK_KP_Begin,	XK_KP_5,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x4d */  XK_KP_Right,	XK_KP_6,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x4e */  XK_KP_Add,      NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x4f */  XK_KP_End,	XK_KP_1,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x50 */  XK_KP_Down,	XK_KP_2,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x51 */  XK_KP_Next,	XK_KP_3,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x52 */  XK_KP_Insert,	XK_KP_0,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x53 */  XK_KP_Delete,	XK_KP_Decimal,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x54 */  XK_Sys_Req,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x55 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x56 */  XK_less,	XK_greater,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x57 */  XK_F11,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x58 */  XK_F12,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x59 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x5a */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x5b */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x5c */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x5d */  XK_Begin,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x5e */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x5f */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x60 */  XK_KP_Enter,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x61 */  XK_Control_R,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x62 */  XK_KP_Divide,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x63 */  XK_Print,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x64 */  XK_Alt_R,	XK_Meta_R,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x65 */  XK_Break,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x66 */  XK_Home,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x67 */  XK_Up,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x68 */  XK_Prior,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x69 */  XK_Left,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x6a */  XK_Right,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x6b */  XK_End,		NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x6c */  XK_Down,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x6d */  XK_Next,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x6e */  XK_Insert,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x6f */  XK_Delete,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x70 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x71 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x72 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x73 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x74 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x75 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x76 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x77 */  XK_Pause,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x78 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x79 */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x7a */  XK_Menu,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x7b */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x7c */  NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x7d */  XK_Super_L,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x7e */  XK_Super_R,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+    /* 0x7f */  XK_Menu,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,	NoSymbol,

+};

+

+static int kbdUSBKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)

+{

+    CARD8  byte = keyCode >> 5;

+    CARD32 bit  = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);

+

+    if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;

+    return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;

+}

+

+static void kbdUSBKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)

+{

+    CARD8  byte = keyCode >> 5;

+    CARD32 bit  = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);

+

+    if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;

+    if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;

+    else                  priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;

+}

+

+/** Set the LEDs. */

+void kbdUSBCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+    struct timeval     tv;

+    struct input_event event;

+    int                i, led;

+

+    gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);

+    for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {

+        event.time.tv_sec    = tv.tv_sec;

+        event.time.tv_usec   = tv.tv_usec;

+        event.type           = EV_LED;

+        if (i == 0)      led = 1; /* LED_CAPSL == 0x01 */

+        else if (i == 1) led = 0; /* LED_NUML  == 0x00 */

+        else             led = i;

+        event.code           = led;

+        event.value          = !!(ctrl->leds & (1 << led));

+        write(priv->fd, &event, sizeof(event));

+    }

+}

+

+/** Initialize \a pDev using #usbInit. */

+void kbdUSBInit(DevicePtr pDev)

+{

+    usbInit(pDev, usbKeyboard);

+}

+

+static void kbdUSBConvert(DevicePtr pDev,

+                          unsigned int scanCode,

+                          int value,

+                          ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,

+                          CHECKPROC checkspecial,

+                          BLOCK block)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+    XkbSrvInfoPtr  xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;

+    int            type;

+    int            keyCode;

+    KeySym         keySym   = NoSymbol;

+    int            switching;

+

+    /* Set up xEvent information */

+    type   = value ? KeyPress : KeyRelease;

+    keyCode = (scanCode & 0xff) + MIN_KEYCODE;

+

+    /* Handle repeats */

+

+    if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&

+        keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {

+

+        int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,

+                                                  &xkbi->state,

+                                                  scanCode);

+        keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);

+#if 0

+        switch (keySym) {

+        case XK_Num_Lock:

+        case XK_Scroll_Lock:

+        case XK_Shift_Lock:

+        case XK_Caps_Lock:

+            /* Ignore releases and all but first press */

+            if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;

+            if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;

+            else                            xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;

+            break;

+        }

+#endif

+        

+        /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */

+        if (type == KeyPress && kbdUSBKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {

+            KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pDevice->kbdfeed;

+

+            /* No auto-repeat? */

+            if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)

+                || priv->pDevice->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]

+                || (feed

+                    && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]

+                         & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */

+            

+            /* Do auto-repeat */

+            enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);

+            type = KeyPress;

+        }

+        

+        /* If key is already up, ignore */

+        if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdUSBKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;

+    }

+

+    switching = 0;

+    if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)

+        switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);

+    if (!switching) {

+        if (enqueue)

+            enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);

+        kbdUSBKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */

+    }

+}

+

+/** Read an event from the \a pDev device.  If the event is a motion

+ * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function.  Otherwise, check for

+ * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event

+ * with the \a enqueue function.  The \a block type is passed to the

+ * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the

+ * caller of this function. */

+void kbdUSBRead(DevicePtr pDev,

+                MOTIONPROC motion,

+                ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,

+                CHECKPROC checkspecial,

+                BLOCK block)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+    struct input_event raw;

+

+    while (read(priv->fd, &raw, sizeof(raw)) > 0) {

+#if USB_KEYBOARD_DEBUG

+        LOG3("KBD: type = %d, code = 0x%02x, value = %d\n",

+             raw.type, raw.code, raw.value);

+#endif

+        kbdUSBConvert(pDev, raw.code, raw.value, enqueue, checkspecial, block);

+    }

+}

+

+/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */

+int kbdUSBOn(DevicePtr pDev)

+{

+    GETPRIV;

+

+    if (priv->fd < 0) kbdUSBInit(pDev);

+    return priv->fd;

+}

+

+static void kbdUSBGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)

+{

+    KeySym        *k, *mapCopy;

+    int           i;

+

+    mapCopy = malloc(sizeof(map));

+    memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));

+

+    /* compute the modifier map */

+    for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)

+        pModMap[i] = NoSymbol;  /* make sure it is restored */

+

+    for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;

+         i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;

+         i++, k += 4) {

+        switch(*k) {

+        case XK_Shift_L:

+        case XK_Shift_R:     pModMap[i] = ShiftMask;      break;

+        case XK_Control_L:

+        case XK_Control_R:   pModMap[i] = ControlMask;    break;

+        case XK_Caps_Lock:   pModMap[i] = LockMask;       break;

+        case XK_Alt_L:

+        case XK_Alt_R:       pModMap[i] = AltMask;        break;

+        case XK_Num_Lock:    pModMap[i] = NumLockMask;    break;

+        case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;

+        case XK_Kana_Lock:

+        case XK_Kana_Shift:  pModMap[i] = KanaMask;       break;

+        case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask;    break;

+        }

+    }

+

+    pKeySyms->map        = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */

+    pKeySyms->mapWidth   = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;

+    pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;

+    pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;

+}

+

+/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a

+ * pDev. */ 

+void kbdUSBGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)

+{

+    info->keyboard         = 1;

+    info->keyClass         = 1;

+    kbdUSBGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);

+    info->focusClass       = 1;

+    info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;

+    info->names.keycodes   = xstrdup("powerpcps2");

+    info->force            = 1;

+}